Fetch Up – a classic western action adventure

CHAPTER I.

Swearing under his breath, the grizzled old teamster yanked his four plodding mules to a halt.

There wasn’t much else that he could have done.

What are we going to do now, partners?

Turn back?”

Two other hombres, roughly dressed and weather-beaten, came crawling out of the wagon, disgusted and angry.

They were both past middle age, and had evidently experienced much hardship.

Strung across the rutted trail from one side of the narrow canyon to the other was a fence of galvanized barbed wire, bright and new, six strands high.

It was stretched tight between tall cedar poles and securely anchored to the frowning cliff-sided walls of the mountain pass.

The barrier glittered like silver in the hot sun of the Arizona afternoon.

“What’s the matter now, Luke?” demanded a testy voice from within the dirty canvas wagon top.

“Why’re you stopping’?”

“The fence again,” the driver groaned.

“If this ain’t the limit! stained and weary, they jumped to the ground to examine the fence and to punctuate the driver’s flow of profanity with a few choice and sizzling oaths of their own.

“We can’t go back!” clamored one of them.

“We’re practically out of water. Besides, I’m getting tired of this. The West Arroyo Pass was blocked the same as this. It means we’d have to go way around by Tuba City. They ain’t got no right to close the passes.”

“According to that sign,” growled the other, “they sure think they have.”

They all stared at it, a square of new pine board on which was daubed in black paint:

Keep out! this means you!

“The Circle-tail Ranch,” spelled out the driver.

“I’ve heard tell of this spread. It’s a big one, all right. Fills up the whole Caliente Basin. I never knew that they was so touchy about folks crossing it, though.”

“They’ve got no right, I tell you!” one of his companions fumed again.

“Even if this is their private property, they can’t block the only two passes inside of two hundred mile. Do they expect us to die here without no water?”

The view from the top of the pass was tantalizing to the three wagon men.

Ahead of them and below was a vast, basin-shaped valley, hemmed in on every side by towering naked peaks of volcanic stone, weirdly colored by the fires of ages past.

A violet-blue haze softened the harsh outlines of the farther mountains, while the wrinkled floor of the valley was dotted here and there by patches of dark green.

Those patches meant trees and water.

“We’re going on through, no matter what that danged sign says!” decided one of the old men in a desperate voice.

“There’s wire cutters in the wagon, and I’m going to use them!”

The two others looked a bit dubious, but they were too much angered at the Circle-tail’s highhandedness to make any protest when their partners went to work with the wire snippers.

After all, the ranch was going much too far when it closed the natural passes.

A man afoot or even on horseback might climb over those craggy walls, but with any sort of wagon it was impossible.

When the barbed wire had been cut and dragged aside, they climbed back into the wagon and started down the grade, the mules quickening their pace to a jogging trot.

The trail began to twist and zigzag between sharp ridges and queer-shaped monoliths and boulders.

The wheels creaked and rumbled; the tattered canvas fluttered in the hot breeze.

But the travelers didn’t get far.

They had gone only a mile or two, when half a dozen riders came galloping toward the wagon from the left.

They were yelling and brandishing rifles, and the driver pulled up his mules with an ejaculation of surprise and dismay.

As he did so, seven or eight other horsemen appeared on the crest of a ridge a few hundred yards to the right of the wagon.

They, too, approached at a gallop.

The three wayfarers exchanged uneasy glances.

Somehow, these riders didn’t appear to be cowpunchers; there was something suspicious about them.

They wore range clothes and rode range horses, but seemed more than usually weighted down with guns and ammunition.

Many of them wore two Colts, and most of them were armed with Winchesters as well.

There was something flinty and forbidding in their bleak faces that alarmed the wagon men.

“Get out of there! Get down out of there, you jaspers!” commanded one of the oncoming riders.

He was a burly hombre with tremendous shoulders and a shaggy red beard.

Luke, the driver, and his two partners hesitated and then slowly followed instructions.

The gunmen—for that was what they apparently were—drew up around the wagon in a ring.

Two or three were Mexican.

The rest were coarse-featured whites.

Some were sneering, and others were grinning mirthlessly.

“So you cut the fence, did you?” jeered the whiskered desperado, licking a brown cigarette together.

“You didn’t read that signboard, I reckon. Or wasn’t it plain enough?”

“We seen it, all right,” the old teamster admitted shakily.

“But, mister, we’re trying to get through to the Utah country. You got the west Arroyo closed, same as this one, and we’re danged near out of water. How come you strung up that wire, anyhow? All we want to do is cross this-”

“Who are you fellers?” asked another of the wagon men, speaking up in blunt defiance.

“Are you Circle-tail rannies?”

A hoarse, hooting laugh went up from the twelve or fourteen gunmen.

“Yeah, we happening to be riding line—riding the dead line, so to speak,” chortled the heavy-shouldered spokesman.

“We’re patrolling —the death patrol, you might call us.”

“I don’t know what you mean,” the driver of the wagon replied uneasily. The leader of the group showed his notched and jagged teeth.

“We’re going to show you what we mean— and pronto.”

Gun hammers and rifle mechanisms clicked sharply—the rattle of impending doom.

Old Luke’s mouth came open in stupefied amazement.

The two other wagon men paled.

“You—you’re just trying to give us a scare,” the driver piped feebly.

“You’re only fooling-”

“We ain’t fooling none.”

The spokesman’s laugh was as cruel as the rasp of steel on granite.

“For the love of Heaven, men!” gasped the oldest of the travelers, in plaintive appeal. “Don’t kill us! It’d be murder-”

“We’ll go back!” old Luke shrilled.

“We’ll go back right now.”

He started to clamber back to the wagon seat, but a sweeping blow with a rifle barrel by one of the desperadoes knocked him to the ground.

At the same moment, the red-bearded gunman barked a command. Colts and Winchesters roared, sending the echoes crashing across the basin.

Powder smoke swirled in a hot mist, streaked through by spitting tongues of red flame.

Splinters flew from the sides of the wagon.

One of the mules, struck by a glancing bullet, lurched upward, and the team would have run away if one of the killers hadn’t seized the lead animals.

Old Luke, trying to get to his feet, fell again, never more to rise.

His two partners died with him.

One, killed instantly, slid forward on his face, clawing in the sand; the other, pierced by several slugs, grabbed at the spokes of the nearest wheel of the wagon, clung there for a dreadful half minute, then slowly collapsed like a bag of rags.

“Heave them into the wagon,” said the whiskered man, with a brutal laugh.

“The boss might want to look them over afore we throw them to the buzzards. Jess,” he ordered one of the murderers,

“You get in and drive to headquarters. Cut the dead mule out of the harness and tie your own horse to the end gate. Let’s be moving.” He was just holstering his smoking Colt, when an exclamation from one of the others made him turn his ugly head with a quick jerk.

“Look, Cadwick! Over yonder!”

A lone rider, evidently attracted by the sound of the shots, had popped into view on the summit of a barren hogback about three hundred yards away.

At that distance, it was impossible to make out his identity, but the

“death patrol” could see that he was astride a black-and-white pinto cayuse.

He had halted abruptly, as if sizing up the situation.

“Who in blazes-” grunted one of the Circle-tail crew.

“Never mind who he is. Get him!” snarled the bearded hombre, furiously roweling his black bronc with his spurs.

“Bring him down!”

The whole band followed, leaving their three stiffening victims stretched out by the wagon where they had fallen.

Several of them opened up with their Winchesters.

The range, for rifles, was not difficult.

Another tragedy, it seemed, was about to take place there on the steep slopes of Caliente Basin.

Their quarry, however, had whirled his pinto and was off like a shot.

The Circle-tail band soon discovered that he was not going to be easy to bring down, or to catch.

The pinto was as wild as an antelope, and as sure of foot. Its master was an expert rider, as his pursuers quickly found out.

He dropped low over his saddle horn and sent his cayuse through a series of spins that fairly dazzled the sharpshooters who were cracking away with their Winchesters. The pinto, small and wiry, waltzed and zigzagged like a cottontail rabbit, cutting back and forth over the rocky and treacherous mountainside with dizzying speed.

None of the gang’s bullets came near him.

Within two minutes, he had increased his lead to more than a quarter of a mile, and still continued to gain.

One by one, he shook off his pursuers, until only four or five remained on his trail, the whiskered man being among them.

“It’s—no use!” rasped the leader, when the rider on the pinto had finally disappeared entirely.

“He’s made his get-away, blast him!”

Swearing, the last of the pursuit drew up their winded horses.

“Maybe we’d better not tell the chief about him getting’ away from us,” grunted one of the cutthroat crew.

“I wonder who in blazes he was.”

“That,” snarled the whiskered hombre between clenched teeth,

“is what I’d like to know!”

CHAPTER II.

In a little mountain meadow, near a tiny bubbling spring, a tall and lanky waddy was cooking his supper.

The western sky was aflame with the almost terrifying splendor of an Arizona sunset; reds and yellows mingled with fiery orange, all flecked through with specks of purple clouds, while the zenith overhead was of a luminous green.

Its reflection lighted the clearing with a weird glow.

Gradually, however, the colors faded, and it grew dark.

There was something furtive about the movements of the lean waddy, and from time to time he rose to his feet as if listening intently.

His cooking fire was so small that he could have put it out with a few flops of his shabby sombrero.

His horse, a rangy roan with a white forehead, was hobbled and grazing contentedly, but it was still saddled, and its owner could have reached it in a few strides.

The little meadow, though, was well concealed.

Walls rose on three sides of it, and on the fourth, the view was blocked by a fringe of matted cedars.

Anyone who penetrated the thicket would have to make considerable noise.

As the odor of coffee began to float from the blackened can on the fire, the lanky hombre began singing to himself in a cracked and unmusical voice:

“The sheriff done got me, Put my guns up for bail, Sure thought they’d hang me In the El Paso jail.”

He was twenty-eight or thirty years of age, and looked like a tramp. His shirt was a ruin; his calfskin vest was split up the back, and his boots were sadly run over and shapeless. At his hip, in a russet leather holster, was a Colt .45 with a chipped stag handle.

“Crime doesn’t pay, partners. So my luck I bewail, Forty years the judge gave me In the El Paso jail.

“After thirty-five years, boy, ’Cause you look kind of pale, We’ll make you a trusty In the El Paso jail.”

Suddenly the song broke off.

The lanky waddy, who had been crouched by his little fire, straightened to his feet, his eyes on the thicket.

He had heard a crackling, the snapping of branches.

The gathering darkness prevented him from seeing anything.

The tall hombre’s face, covered with a little fuzz of beard, tightened strangely, and his pale-yellow eyes half closed.

With a quick motion, he reached inside his shirt, pulled a stubby gun from a hidden shoulder holster, and tossed it to the ground at the camp-fire edge.

A cautious kick with his booted food covered it from sight among the pine needles.

Then he waited, and he was not kept long in suspense. Into the little park came a rider on a black-and white pinto pony.

“Howdy!” the lean waddy sang out.

His voice was cheery, but his eyes were still narrowed to shining slits.

“Hello,” replied the newcomer, slowly riding toward the fire.

The hombre on the pinto seemed to be just a kid, not much more than twenty.

His youthful bronzed face was innocent and apparently trustful.

One cheek was marked by a deep dimple, and his eyes were of a mild blue.

A wisp of blond hair curled from the rim of his pushed back cream-colored Stetson.

“What’s chances of me watering’ my bronc, amigo?”

He smiled boyishly.

“Alone, are you? Why,, yeah, light down,” the lean ranny invited cordially.

“Help yourself to some chuck. I ain’t got a big variety— just warmed-over biscuits and frijoles —but there’s plenty, and you’re welcome.”

“Thanks. That coffee shore smells good.”

The kid dismounted and the lanky hombre noted that he did so without once taking his eyes from his own.

They were quite remarkable eyes.

They seemed to look through and beyond whatever they were fixed on.

He was much better dressed than the man at the fire, though his outfit had seen much hard use.

He wore a blue-and-white-checkered shirt, brown leather chaps, and small, tall-heeled Coffeyville boots.

A Colt .45 was thonged low to each thigh.

A two-gun man!

About his trim waist were sloped two cartridge belts, the loops half filled.

The little pinto cayuse drank at the spring and then began to crop the coarse but wholesome grass that grew in patches about the clearing.

The saddle, by no means new, was decorated with medallions and tiny butterflies of beaten silver.

“My name’s Speer,” said the tall hombre with the yellow eyes.

“Glad to know you, Speer,” replied the younger hombre agreeably. He did not, however, give his own name.

“You work for the Circle-tail spread?” asked Speer in a careless tone, squatting down by the fire opposite his young host.

“I never heard of that spread,” the kid said, shaking his head.

“It’s in Caliente Basin, down yonder,” explained Speer, jerking his thumb toward the north.

He spoke with a slight Texas accent, and his humorous drawl seemed lazy and somewhat odd.

“I thought I heard some shooting down that a way this afternoon.” The boyish waddy didn’t change expression, but his sky-blue eyes were probing Speer’s yellow ones.

The lean hombre took the bubbling coffee from the fire and set it in the sand to cool.

His lips moved in his tuneless song:

“Says the turnkey to me, boy, Get your mop and your pail, ’Cause we’ve made you a trusty In the El Paso jail.

“Oh, crime doesn’t pay, partners, Pay heed to my tale, Or you’ll do all your riding’ In the El Paso jail.”

The ranny in the checkered shirt chuckled at his gangling host.

It was easy to see how he had come by the name of Speer.

There was something likable about the tall saddle tramp.

“Help yourself out o’ the coffee can, younker. Reckon it’s cool enough by now,” said Rip.

He reached down toward the edge of the fire, as if to pull the warmed beans from the coals.

His hand, however, darted under the pine branches.

The dimpled youth lifted the blackened can to his lips, murmuring his thanks.

He started to drink.

Then the long right arm of Speer snapped upward.

Clenched in his bony hand was something that glistened, blue and metallic, in the ruddy fireglow—the Colt that Speer had hidden out!

“Stretch them!” barked the tall hombre.

“Your name’s Rip Campbell, and I’ve got you!”

It must have been a paralyzing and terrible moment for the kid, but he didn’t betray his agitation by so much as the tremble of a finger as he laid down the coffee can.

He even smiled a little, smiled at those narrowed yellow eyes ‘that were glaring into his own.

“You’ve got me, I reckon,” he said softly, as he raised his hands.

“Darn tooting’, Campbell, I’ve got you,” said Speer.

“Turn around. If you make one bad move. I’ll have to kill you. Stand still!”

Expertly, he stripped off his prisoner’s gun belts with his left hand, holding the Colt muzzle against the small of the young waddy’s back with his right.

“Who are you?” The kid’s voice was quite cool.

“An Arizona Ranger,” said Speer brusquely. “And you’re not denying’ who you are.”

“I’m Rip Campbell,” the young ranny admitted.

Speer showed his long white teeth in a not particularly pleasant grin.

“The most ‘wanted’ outlaw in the Southwest, eh? I recognized you from the first, Campbell. Didn’t know I was going to be so lucky to-night. It’s just too bad for you. I’ve been carrying’ your description in my head for the last two years. You answered to it, even to that bullet crease in your cheek that looks so much like a baby dimple.” The Ranger jerked his head toward the grazing pinto.

“I even knew that cayuse.” He grinned.

“I suppose you’re going to take me over to Las Tablas,” said the outlaw resignedly.

“To town? Not much, I ain’t!” grunted Speer.

“I didn’t happen to be hereabouts on the lookout for you, Campbell. I got other work to do, and you’re going to help me do it.”

“Meaning?” Rip Campbell shrugged slightly.

“Meaning that you lied when you said you wasn’t with the Circle-tail outfit,” accused Speer.

“An outlaw like you not in with that gang of killers? Think I was born yesterday? You’re going to lead me to their headquarters, Campbell, and tonight!”

CHAPTER III.

At moon up, a couple of hours later, Rip Campbell and the Ranger left the little mountain meadow, bound for Caliente Basin.

Rip Campbell was astride his own pinto, and Speer rode a few yards behind him on his roan.

The outlaw’s gun belts were draped across the Ranger’s saddle pommel.

“Remember, now,” Speer warned coldly,

“I’ll shoot you, and shoot to kill, if you try and make a break for it. I won’t miss.” Rip had tried to tell the Ranger that he had nothing to do with the mysterious Circle-tail Ranch, but Speer had refused to listen.

The outlaw told of seeing the murder committed near the pass, explained how he had been pursued by the killers, but he might just as well have spoken to a stone wall.

“I don’t doubt that there was a murder,” growled the officer,

“but if so, kid, you was a party to it. Let’s move along. I’ve been sent up here to see what’s at the bottom of this trouble, and I sho’ aim to find out. Lead me to your partners, and I’ll do the rest!”

“Not much you can do,” Rip told him grimly.

“There’s thirteen or fourteen men in the bunch that I saw.”

“What are you trying to do—scare me out by such fool talk?” the Ranger scoffed.

“If there’s more than five or six of you Circle-tail gunnies. I’ll put in with you. And with you as a hostage, Campbell, I’ll get the rest. All I’ll have to do is tell them I’ll kill you if they open fire. For your sake, there better not be no shooting.”

“You’re makin’ a big mistake; that’s all I can say,” the outlaw muttered as he guided his pinto out of the clearing.

“Those rattlers are no friends of mine.” Rip Campbell was, of course, telling the truth.

He was an outlaw with a “dead-or-alive” price on his youthful head, but he was a lone wolf, and never cast his lot with gangs, especially with such a gang as the Circle-tail killers.

Fugitive from justice though he was, he had no sympathy for murderers.

The butchery that he had accidentally seen that afternoon had sickened him.

And what was he to do now?

He had no idea of where to find the gang’s headquarters.

This was a stretch of country new to him.

All he could possibly do, it seemed, was to go ahead into Caliente Basin and trust to luck—luck that would almost certainly be bad. Speer’s bullheadedness would probably end in getting them both killed.

It took them a good hour to descend to the floor of the great circular valley, for Speer kept the pace down to one not much faster than a walk.

The moon was very bright; each clump of mesquite, swaying gently in the night wind, was sharp and distinct; the mountains that rimmed the vast bowl loomed like icebergs against a sky of star-sprinkled ebony.

From somewhere in the distance, a coyote yapped hungrily.

“I’m telling you again, Ranger, that I don’t know where I’m going any more than you do,” said the outlaw.

“Never mind the talk,” sniffed Speer. “Ride on!”

Rip Campbell ran his hand through the mane of Waco, his faithful little bronc.

Even Waco seemed to realize that something was seriously wrong, and once or twice he snorted uneasily.

As the dead of night approached, the air became stingingly cold. Speer began to sing again in his cracked, unmelodious voice:

“After thirty-five years, boy, ’Cause you look kind of pale, Well make you a trusty In the El Paso jail.”

It was a good forty miles across the Caliente.

What had seemed an almost level floor from the heights above now became a tricky and uneven bottom land, cut by many arroyos and dry washes.

Sand dunes alternated with freak rock formations.

Once, they crossed a wide field of volcanic ash, where nothing whatever grew, and where the steel shoes of their broncs clinked and rang against the clinkers and lava.

“How did you happen to be sent here. Ranger?” Rip asked.

“What’s wrong on the Circle-tail?”

“Folks have been disappearing, that’s all,” grunted Speer.

“Hombres have started across the Caliente recently and ain’t never been heard from again. I’m here to investigate. But you know what’s going on there better than I do, Campbell, so why play innocent?”

It was useless to argue, so the outlaw remained silent.

His mind, though, was busy, and occupied with something more than his own troubles, which were serious enough.

He himself was in the hands of the law, and for him, that meant the hangman’s noose.

The mystery of the Circle-tail, however, perplexed him more than his own plight.

Finally, the eastern sky began to pale with approaching dawn.

The lesser stars faded, and presently a delicate pink glow heralded the returning sun.

A jack rabbit shuttled through the creosotes and went bobbing into the distance.

Rip began to see cattle; the basin seemed thick with them.

They passed close enough to some of the bunches for the outlaw to make out some of the brands.

Strangely enough, he saw few of the Circle-tail burns, although he saw Diamond 7s, a Turkey Track, a J Bar Connected, an Hourglass, and a Triple 8.

It appeared to Rip Campbell that the Circle-tail was a receiving ground for rustling on a gigantic scale.

Speer’s eyes, too, were busy.

“So this is the game, is it, Campbell?” he laughed dryly. “Who’s the kingpin of your outfit?”

Rip could only shrug his shoulders wearily.

It was no use trying to talk to the Ranger.

“What gets me,” growled Speer, “is that the owner of this spread is supposed to be an honest and respected man. Frank Pierce, his name is, and he’s been running an honest cattle business hereabouts for thirty years. I never met him myself, but he’s always been spoken well of. Hey, you, Campbell!” he sang out sharply.

“What’s the matter with you? If you’re aiming to try and-”

They had been following the course of a steep-sided, winding barranca, or small canyon, but the outlaw had suddenly turned sharply away from it.

His eyes were fixed intently on a prickly-pear-dotted ridge ahead.

“There’s trouble ahead, Speer,” said the outlaw in a low voice.

“Waco smells it, and Waco’s hard to fool.”

“No stalling, Campbell!” barked the Ranger, rolling back the hammer of his drawn gun. “You’re going straight ahead. And remember, I’m a-watching you.” The Ranger should have been watching something else, was Rip’s thought.

He had no choice, however, but to go ahead.

An icy chill passed down his spine.

It was bad enough to be dry gulched, but to be forced to ride right on into an ambush unarmed was.

It happened—just as they came alongside the out jutting ridge! Eight or nine riders came sweeping out from there hiding place with drawn guns.

Among them was the shaggy-bearded desperado.

“Keep back, you men!” yelled the Ranger, after an amazed gasp.

“Back, or I’ll kill your partner!”

His gun was on Rip Campbell.

The Circle-tail gunmen, however, kept coming.

It looked like the finish! 

CHAPTER IV.

Rip Campbell would have roweled his pinto and made a break for it if he could, but he had no chance.

At any moment, he expected to feel the pang of hot lead, either from the Ranger’s gun or the guns of the gang. Before either happened, however.

Waco’s bridle was caught up by one of the Circle-tail killers.

“Our partner?” bellowed the whiskered ruffian contemptuously.

“He ain’t our partner! You get up your mitts, feller!” he yelled at the Ranger.

Speer’s lean face showed its bewilderment.

He saw that he had no choice but to surrender.

Nine men had their Colts and Winchesters leveled at him.

He was no coward, but he was sensible enough to raise his hands.

“Well, well!” rumbled the copper bearded hombre, his evil glance passing from Rip to the Ranger and back to the outlaw once more.

“Danged if it ain’t that trail burning pinto rider again! Get his guns, men!”

“He ain’t got none,” announced a weasel-faced gunman.

“But there’s an extra pair hanging from this other hombre’s saddle horn.”

“There’s something strange about this,” mused the red-bearded giant.

“Who in blazes are you jaspers, and what are you doing in the basin?”

“Let’s give them the works, Cadwick, and get it over,” grated one of the gang before either the outlaw or the Ranger could answer.

“I don’t care who gets the roan, but I want the pinto. What are we waiting on, Mike?”

Mike Cadwick—the bearded desperado—shook his head.

“No, we’d better take them to the chief and let him question them. Tie their hands behind them.”

While their wrists were being securely bound with lariat rope, Rip exchanged a glance with Speer.

The Ranger managed a faint and wondering grin.

“I should’ve listened to you, kid,” he admitted.

The gang gathered close around the two prisoners, and the party started on at a trot.

Although Rip Campbell’s picture and description had been on many a reward poster, none of the gang had recognized, in this smiling youth, the most “wanted” outlaw in the Southwest.

But then, Rip’s innocent blue eyes and boyish manner were always deceiving.

As they rode on, Rip noticed that a bank of sullen dark clouds was rolling up to obscure the rising sun.

The wind had died down, and it was oppressively still.

A storm was brewing.

Without being aware of it. Rip had come within a few miles of the gang’s headquarters, for at the top of the next rise, he made out the ranch house toward which the bleak-faced party was heading.

He eyed it curiously as they approached.

The layout was much like that of any other large ranch, and looked innocent enough.

The yard and corrals covered some five acres, but the house itself—a long, white painted frame, with a porch the full length—was rather small.

On one side was a high fence of closely woven ocotillo, and on the other a square pond shaded by cottonwoods.

“Ride on ahead, Blue, and tell the chief that we got a couple of prisoners,” Mike Cadwick ordered one of the Circle-tail crew.

As the rest of them drew up alongside the house, a few minutes later, the door swung open, and a tall, powerfully built hombre stepped out onto the porch, or gallery.

His face was carefully masked by a red bandanna in which eyeholes had been cut.

From the way he carried himself. Rip judged that he was about forty.

He wore a wide belt, decorated with Navajo silverwork, and expensive chaparajos.

“Good work, Cadwick,” he cracked out in a sharp, hard voice.

“Bring them up here on the porch, and we’ll hold court.”

Rip and Speer, their arms still bound behind them, were taken from their broncs and marched up on the gallery.

The other desperadoes gathered close around, leaving their horses standing.

They had snickered at their leader’s mention of

“court.”

“When we picked them up, boss,” Cadwick explained,

“this tall crowbait had the young kid’s guns. I can’t savvy it.”

The glittering eyes behind the mask probed the two captives like steel drills.

The air was oppressively still, and it was darker now than it had been before sunrise.

The storm would soon break over the basin.

The rustler leader’s evil glance passed from Rip to Speer.

He pointed with an accusing forefinger, and as he did so, Rip noticed that his hands were covered with warts.

“You’re a Ranger!” he snarled at Speer.

Speer thrust out his bony jaw defiantly.

“Yes, I’m a Ranger, and proud of it. Not ashamed to show my face, either, like you are!”

“You’re going to be shot in about two minutes,” sneered the masked man, “and then we’ll see what your face will look like, Mr. Ranger.”

He turned the shadowed eyes.

“Well, young un,” he rasped at Rip, “who are you?”

“My name,” said the outlaw quietly, “is Rip Campbell.”

The masked hombre stiffened and took a step backward in his surprise.

The other desperadoes, some on the porch and some standing on the ground, gave gasps of amazement and disbelief.

The name

“Campbell” was well known throughout Arizona.

“You mean that you—you’re the hombre that’s been making monkeys out o’ the law for so long?” cried the rustler chief.

“Untie his hands, men!”

While one of the desperadoes unknotted Rip’s bonds, the masked hombre laughed in uproarious amusement.

“Welcome to Circle-tail, Campbell!” he roared.

“Why didn’t you say who you was, in the first place? I can use a gunny like you, young un! From what I hear, you’re plenty fast with a pair o’ hawglegs, and them’s the kind of men I need here.”

Rip’s face had whitened under its tan, and his eyes, no longer so boyishly mild, took on a frosty tinge.

The thought that these ruthless killers took him for a professional murderer like themselves made his pulses gallop with fury.

His hands were free now, and they itched for the masked man’s throat.

He knew that a few fawning words on his part would save his life, but he’d rather die than speak them.

There was nothing of the sneak in his make-up.

What could he do, though, against ten armed men?

And how could he save the Ranger from being shot?

Those questions raced through his mind like an electric current.

“You’ll join up with my outfit, Campbell?” demanded the masked unknown man.

Rip had noticed that the ranch house door, scarcely a stride away from him, was half open.

As quick as thought, he acted!

“No, you low-down skunks!”

He seized Speer by the slack of the shirt, and leaping toward the door, he yanked the Ranger in after him.

Kicking out like a flash, he slammed the door shut and dropped the heavy bar in place before the flabbergasted gang realized what was taking place.

CHAPTER V.

There were two rooms in the house, the kitchen—where Rip now found himself—and the long bunk room beyond.

There were no other doors to defend.

This door, which the outlaw had taken advantage of so unexpectedly, had recently been reinforced by plates of boiler iron. Rip noticed, too, that loopholes had been cut through the walls at several points, and that the window shutters had also been plated with iron on the inside.

The ranch house had lately been made over into a stronghold.

All this he saw at a glance, even before the loud bellow of fury and astonishment had gone up from the rustlers on the outside.

Speer was almost as amazed at Rip’s action as the Circle-tail gunmen were.

His yellow eyes were bulging like marbles, and his mouth was agape.

“What the-”

In the middle of the kitchen was a dirty, half-cleared table covered with unclean tin plates, morsels of food, cigarette stubs, playing cards, and a whisky bottle.

Rip snatched a knife from among the debris, and with one stroke cut Speer free of the rope that, bound his arms.

“We’ll have to fight for it, amigo!” the outlaw panted.

“If we can find guns-”

“Gee! I had you wrong. Rip,” Speer gasped.

“Golly, I-” Kicks and blows were sounding furiously on the heavy door, but it held securely.

The rustlers were all yelling and clamoring profanely.

Among the voices was that of the masked leader, insane with rage.

“Open that door, blast you, or we’ll-”

“Keep low, Speer!” Rip warned.

As he expected, the Circle-tail crew began shooting.

The frame walls of the house were not thick enough to stop lead, and bullets started coming in like angry bumblebees.

Rip dived into the sleeping quarters and reappeared again with what he’d hoped for—guns.

There were several Colt .45s among the soiled clothing, blankets, and gear, as well as a Winchester .45-70 and a ten-bore double-barreled shotgun.

They lost no time in returning the gang’s fire.

“Let’s give them blazes. Rip!”

Speer began working the rifle like an alarm clock, jerking the loading lever up and down with the regularity of a machine.

Smoke, stinging and acrid, began to fill the house like a blue-gray fog.

Armed with a pair of .45s, Rip Campbell bared his teeth and swept the porch clean.

He dropped two men on the sagging boards of the gallery. Speer accounted for another, sending his victim tumbling over the low rail to the ground.

The two defenders meant to sell their lives dearly at any rate!

They had one advantage, anyhow.

They had the shelter of the house, slight though it was, and could shift from loophole to loophole.

Their hot fire had driven the desperadoes to a respectful distance from the house and had forced them to take refuge behind the near-by buildings and the embankment by the pond.

The desperadoes, however, sent volley after volley crashing through the ranch house.

The slugs ripped through with a deadly z-z-z-z-zring, occasionally with a deeper b-r-r-r-r that meant the bullets were glancing end over end.

Those were the most dangerous of all; half spent, the wound they might inflict could be terrible.

In another gun fight, Rip had once seen a man’s entire jaw torn away by such a bullet.

Both he and Speer fought coolly and systematically.

The lanky Ranger’s eyes shone through the smoke like yellow topaz. Unable to find more .45-70 ammunition, he was using one of the Colts now.

During a short lull in the shooting, Rip heard the masked leader shouting orders, then the sounds of a galloping bronc going away.

“He’s sent for the rest of his men —reinforcements,” said Rip grimly.

“There’s half a dozen more, Speer, just as I told you.”

“We’re sunk, then, I reckon.” The Ranger grinned mirthlessly.

“But we’re going to give a good account of ourselves, me and you. Rip!”

And Speer lifted his unmusical voice in his favorite ditty:

“Oh, the coffee’s sure bitter, And the bread it is stale, Yo’ don’t eat chicken pie In the El Paso jail.

“My gal brought a file, And a tenpenny nail, But I couldn’t bust out Of the El Paso jail.”

A bullet burned its way through Rip’s checkered shirt, just grazing his ribs.

Firing in return, he sent a brace of slugs toward the spot from which the missile had come.

One of them, at least, took good effect, for he heard a shriek of agony from behind the tool house, fifty yards away.

Another hail of lead swept the shack.

Some of it glanced viciously from the iron of the door and window shutters; some droned through the splintering walls.

A tin kettle on the stove sprang into the air like a thing alive.

A long splinter of wood struck Rip in the neck, and for a moment he thought he’d been seriously hurt.

Speer was still singing—and shooting.

Rip hurriedly searched the next room for ammunition, but although he ransacked the place desperately, he could find no more.

Not many rounds remained now between the two trapped men.

They couldn’t hold off the rustler crew much longer, and when those reinforcements arrived, there wouldn’t

“Look, partner!” yelped Speer.

“Here they come with a wagon tongue! They’re going to try and bust in the door!”

“We’ll have to stop it,” said the outlaw coolly, as he punched smoking empty shells from the hot cylinder of his six-guns.

“We’ve got to go easy on the cartridges, though. Don’t waste any.” Rip longed for a shot at either the masked leader of the desperado band or Cadwick, his bearded straw boss.

Both were out of sight, and directing their men with shouts.

Four of them had appeared in the open, carrying the wagon pole for a battering-ram, and were approaching the door at a trot.

“Let them have it, Speer, old-timer,” snapped Rip Campbell, thumbing the hammers of his own guns when the wrecking crew was within thirty yards.

B-r-r-r-rooom!

Blended with the reports of Rip’s .45s was the terrific, ear-shattering thunder of the ten-bore.

Speer had let go with both barrels of the scattergun.

The hombre in the lead was fairly blown in two by the blast of buckshot.

With his clothing almost blown from his body, he fell, a huddled, reddened mass.

Rip stretched out the second man with a bullet through the head; the other two turned and scampered for their lives.

In the meantime, the red-bearded Cadwick and his leader, who had located themselves behind the pond embankment had continued shooting.

One of them—probably Cadwick —had a .30-30 high-power, and judging from the sounds, he was shooting jacketed, soft-pointed cartridges.

He was keeping his aim low, and Rip knew that sooner or later, he would score. And he did, in less than a minute. Rip heard a queer, choked intake of breath from Speer.

“Amigo! Are you-” Rip bent over the lean Ranger, who had doubled up on the floor.

He felt a dragging ache at his heart.

As an officer of the law, Speer was his sworn enemy, but Rip had never considered him that.

Ranger or not, he liked Speer, admired him much for his stubborn courage.

“My gut!” muttered Speer.

With an effort he sat upright and with a shaking hand reached behind his back. His hand came away crimson.

“Gone clean through,” Speer said, showing his long white teeth in a grimace.

“Dang those dumdum bullets! The hole in front’s no bigger than a nickel, but the one—in my back— you could—stuff your hat in. I’m shore-”

He was dying, but in spite of what Rip could do, he tottered to his feet, pulling himself up by means of the table, and leaving a red pool on the floor.

He took a firm grip on his Colt six-gun.

“Open the door—just a crack, Rip, and let me out there,” he coughed.

“I’m going to get one or two of them skunks afore I die.” Rip’s powder-grimed face was as gray and streaked as Speer’s own.

“No, Speer, you’d better-”

“I’m going,” said the dying man decisively.

“Might as well—gonna, anyhow. Rip, if you should get out o’ this—don’t think you will, but anyway—this ring.”

He took a cheap ring from his finger, a ring made of two twisted horseshoe nails, and put it in Rip’s hand.

“If you should get through, partner,” Speer whispered weakly,

“show that to my brother. His ranch is ten miles north of Las Tablas. Tell him —what happened here. Have him —send the Rangers here to wipe these coyotes out. Will you— Rip?”

Unable to speak, the outlaw could only squeeze Speer’s icy hand.

Small chance he would have of getting out of this alive, but if he did, he’d not forget Speer’s request.

“Don’t go out there, compadre,” Rip pleaded as the Ranger moved toward the door.

Speer took the bottle of whisky from the table and emptied it in a few gulps.

“It ain’t—that I need Dutch courage, Rip.” He grinned.

“It’s just that I sure hate to see that liquor go to waste. Adios, partner!”

Unbarring the door, the Ranger staggered out across the porch in plain view of the hidden marksmen, straightened himself with an effort, and strode slowly and deliberately out into the ranch yard, his head up and his gun gripped in a steady hand.

“The mountains are calling. I’m jumping my bail, And I’ll never go back To the El Paso jail.”

Guns roared violently.

Rip clenched his teeth as he saw puffs of dust fly from the tall Ranger’s clothing.

Speer swerved, went down to his knees, and then, making a terrible effort, supported himself with one hand and swayed to his feet again.

He walked on, straight toward the embankment.

By that time, there must have been a half dozen bullets in his body, but he went ahead like a man in a dream.

For a brief second, one of the desperadoes exposed himself in order to shoot once again at the terrifying figure of Speer.

The Ranger was waiting for that.

His gun streaked flame and smoke and the rustler rolled down the bank with a hole between his eyes.

Then there was a deadly fusillade.

With the thunder of the Colts came the sharper crack of the .30-30. Speer’s lean legs wavered under him, and then gave a convulsive leap, as if hurdling an invisible fence.

Falling heavily, he rolled over on his side.

Stretching out his long legs and arms, he quietly composed himself for his eternal sleep.

The first few drops of the rain fell in the ranch yard—like tears.

CHAPTER VI.

With a bitter cry, Rip kicked the door wide open, a half empty .45 in each hand.

His one thought was to avenge Speer, to die doing it. According to his count, only three of the desperadoes were left, and one of these badly wounded.

Among them were the masked leader and the whiskered Mike Cadwick with the .30-30.

If he could only line his sights on those two killers.

But before he could spring into the open, he heard the hammering of hoofs.

The reinforcements had arrived on the scene!

Four riders galloped in, yelling hoarsely.

Rip banged the door again, panting for breath and thinking hard. No use for him to throw his life away so recklessly.

He could get more of the rustlers by waiting for their rush.

Here, at least, he had the shelter of the house.

If they rushed him—well, he still had a few more cartridges in the chambers of his Colts.

Then the storm that had been threatening for two hours struck with sudden force.

There was a crashing among the limbs of the cottonwoods by the pond, a shriek of wind, then a deluge of blinding rain.

The downpour was almost a cloud-burst.

Lightning flashed with a brilliance that stung the eyeballs, and peal upon peal of thunder went echoing across Caliente Basin.

“If I’m going to get out of this,” the outlaw thought, “it’s now or never.”

The loose horses had galloped away when the battle had first begun.

Rip peered through the loopholes in the wall, but saw no sign of Waco, his own cayuse.

The little pinto, though, was near to him, he was quite sure, waiting somewhere for the expected summons.

Rip had trained it well. There was no shooting just then.

Evidently, the gang was waiting for the storm to pass before renewing the fight.

The rain was coming down harder than ever.

As Rip forced open the shutters at a window opposite the door, he suddenly straightened.

He’d heard something—but what? Something that seemed in the very room with him.

There!

Between thunderclaps he heard it again.

It sounded like a moan, a rattling groan that might have come from the throat of a dying man.

Rip looked about him, the hair tightening on his scalp.

He was alone, of course.

Nobody was in the bunk room beyond, either.

There was only that little pool of crimson where Speer had got his death wound.

A shiver passed down the outlaw’s spine. He couldn’t let his nerves give way, now!

He’d only imagined that sound.

It was just the let-down after the exciting strain he’d been under, he reasoned.

He threw open the shutter, and a gust of rain-laden wind struck his face.

It freshened and stimulated him, and he filled his lungs with it.

From the window, he could see only the vague outlines of swaying trees through the curtain of falling water.

Rip gave a long, keen whistle, following it with another.

He waited then, but only for a few moments.

There was an answering whinny, and he made out Waco splashing from the timber fringe. With his heart in his mouth. Rip jumped through the window; in another moment, he had thrown himself bodily across his saddle.

“Good boy, Waco! Let’s—get gone-”

The rustler gang, however, weren’t napping.

As Waco’s little hoofs began hammering into a sprint, Rip heard a warning yell go up from the masked hombre:

“There he is! Get him, you numskulls! He’s-”

Br-r-r-ang-bang-bangl

The four newly arrived riders came pounding from the alley between the pond embankment and the granary.

Cadwick and the chief, too, popped into view, their guns blazing viciously.

Rip turned in his saddle and returned the volley.

Shooting from the hurricane deck of a galloping cayuse through a curtain of windblown rain is no easy trick, but the outlaw was one of the finest shots in the Southwest.

At the roar of his guns, one of the riders went backward over the rump of his horse, killed instantly.

Bam!

Rip relaxed his grip on his guns, would have dropped them if his forefingers hadn’t contracted about the trigger guards.

He’d been hit.

A wave of sickness passed over him.

“You got him, men! Give him some more! Run him down!”

Rip managed, with leaden arms, to shove his guns into the slack of his Levi overall pants and grip the saddle horn with both hands.

He felt a warm, salty taste in the mouth, and there was a singing in his ears like the sound of violins.

He’d been shot up before, and he realized that he was badly, perhaps fatally hit.

“Waco—run—boy-”

They were still shooting at him, following him, but the wiry pinto was going like a tornado, its silky mane and tail streaming in the wind and rain.

Rip clung on desperately, fighting against the unconsciousness that was overwhelming his tired brain.

Looking back, he could see nothing except sheets of pelting water.

“Keep going, partner!” the outlaw murmured drowsily.

After that, everything was a blurred dream.

CHAPTER VII.

It was the storm, fully as much as the spotty bronc’s speed of hoofs, that saved Rip Campbell’s life that morning.

When he drifted out of his half sleep, the skies had cleared, the sun was shining, and it was afternoon.

The pain of his wound had aroused him.

At first, he had no idea of where he was; then he discovered that he was near the south rim of the basin.

He was amazed to find himself still uncaptured and still in the saddle.

He must have kept his seat by instinct alone.

Waco had settled down into a steady lope, and every time the pony’s hoofs touched the ground, a pang of torture passed through the outlaw’s body.

He’d been hit in the right side, but whether or not the bullet had penetrated the lung or any vital organs, he couldn’t tell.

They were nearing the top of the divide, and the were not far from the spot where he’d first met Speer.

It was hot after the rain, and he was dizzy and ill.

There was a queer emptiness in his head, and a gnawing, ever-increasing pain under his shoulder.

As carefully as his aching eyes would allow him, he searched the basin behind and below him.

He could see no signs of any pursuit.

The rain, he knew, had washed out his tracks, and the country was so vast and rugged that there wasn’t much chance of the rustlers finding him.

At the sky-line rim of the gigantic bowl, Rip turned his bronc’s head in the direction of Las Tablas.

“We’ve got to get word to Speer’s brother—on that ranch,” he muttered.

Many weary miles of rough-timbered country lay between him and his goal, a journey that would have been difficult even for an uninjured man.

Rip was soon to learn that he was overestimating his strength, underestimating the seriousness of his wound.

Examining his guns, he found that he had only one cartridge left.

“Reckon I made good use of some of them, though,” he muttered.

He was soon in a forest of pines, a wild and utterly lonely land. Waco went tirelessly on, and the outlaw was forced to keep his teeth tightly set to endure the misery of it.

But he must reach poor Speer’s brother.

He’d promised that.

Besides, Rip Campbell would never rest until the survivors of that murderous band had been wiped out.

Reaching a little spring that gurgled from among the rocks in a wooded hollow, Rip stopped to let Waco drink and graze a little.

He was badly in need of water, himself.

But when he tried to get back into his saddle again, he found that he hadn’t the strength to stand, much less drag himself aboard his bronc.

Putting the Colt that contained his one cartridge alongside, he stretched out on the grass and slept.

It was night when he awoke, and he found himself weaker than ever.

Pain darted through his side with every breath he took, and he was bathed in icy sweat.

Unable even to rise, he again closed his eyes wearily.

“This is trail’s end for me,” was the thought that drifted through his numbed mind.

He was almost too ill to care.

How long he lay by the dripping spring, whether it was two days and nights or three, he never knew.

The ever-faithful Waco stayed close by his side, sometimes anxiously nudging his master with his velvety muzzle.

Some of the time, Rip was conscious, but for most of those terrible hours, he was in the grip of hideous nightmares.

Over and over again, in his uneasy, troubled dreams, he fought the rustlers in Caliente Basin.

Many times, he thought he saw Speer’s dead and smiling face.

He awoke one night in a sort of delirium.

It was very black, but he saw Waco looming near him.

Over the pinto, in a tree, he thought he saw two points of greenish light, like staring eyes.

“I must be losing my head,” Rip mumbled. “I’m loco.”

The eyes came closer.

Waco was uneasy, too, and Rip fancied that the animal was trembling with fear.

The outlaw reached out for the Colt.

He had one bullet left, he remembered.

“Those eyes ain’t real—I’m a-seein’ things,” Rip thought.

“It’s like that groan I thought I heard back in the shack.”

But he impulsively lifted his arm, aimed at the center of those moving points of baleful light, and fired.

The echoes of the shot rang dismally among the trees.

“I’m crazy in the cabeza.”

He grinned faintly, and floated off to sleep again.

But in the morning he saw, stretched out on the ground twenty yards away, the tawny carcass of a dead mountain lion!

He hadn’t been so light-headed, after all.

He was going to get well!

“Waco, you fool,” said the outlaw tenderly. “You knew about that lion, and you didn’t run. You was scared stiff, but you wouldn’t leave your old trail partner. Won’t you ever get no sense?”

Rip felt wonderfully better, though weak from lack of food.

Waco put his intelligent head down, and Rip clutched the animal’s neck and dragged himself to his feet.

In the saddle pockets were a few provisions, and the outlaw ate ravenously and drank again at the spring.

He’d come through, thanks to his tough and wiry physique.

He rested for most of the day, feeling better and stronger with each passing hour.

He even managed to give Waco a much-needed rubdown before starting again in the direction of Las Tablas.

By sundown, he was miles away from the spring where he’d almost cashed in.

That evening, shortly after nightfall, he saw the expected glimmer of lamplight.

He was near journey’s end, at last. Without a doubt, this was the ranch of Speer’s brother.

“Reckon our troubles is over for a while. Waco boy,” sighed the outlaw.

If he could have guessed what fate had in store for him, he wouldn’t have been so confident.

CHAPTER VIII.

Fred Bowman, the brother of Ranger Speer Bowman, had only a small ranch, and at that slack season employed no cowhands.

A grim, lantern-jawed hombre of almost forty, he lived a lonely bachelor existence in his two-room shanty at the foot of Marble Mountain.

He was not lonely, however, that night. Bowman had plenty of company.

The little kitchen was thick with tobacco smoke, and an earnest consultation was taking place. Sheriff John Rankin—a short and heavy-set hombre with iron-gray hair and a bristling mustache—was there from Las Tablas, and with him were two members of the Arizona Rangers, Dave Bell and Frank Myers.

Both were keen-eyed young men in the twenties.

Bowman’s fourth guest had accompanied the officers from town.

He was Ned Black, a cattle shipper and buyer from Las Tablas— a middle-aged but powerfully built hombre, attired in a suit of dusty black.

Whenever he talked, he showed a line of gold teeth.

“No, he ain’t showed up here,” Bowman was saying nervously.

“Speer’s always been able to take pretty good care of himself. Think there’s anything really wrong?”

“Well, Speer’s been gone on this mission for three-four days now, and we haven’t heard from him,” said Ranger Myers, flipping away his cigarette.

“What do you reckon could’ve happened?” Sheriff Rankin shrugged his heavy shoulders.

“It’s what we want to know. Several folks have disappeared, dropped clean from sight, somewhere between here and the north side of Caliente. It’s mighty suspicious. The Rangers and me was talking it over today in town. Mr. Black, here, offered to come along.”

“Yes, I want to get at the bottom of this—whatever it is.” Ned Black nodded vigorously.

“All this hocus-pocus is hurting my business.”

“Do you really think there’s anything wrong on the Circle-tail?” Fred Bowman questioned, puffing at his pipe.

“We’ve decided to go there and find out,” Ranger Bell snapped.

“Want to come with us, Bowman?”

“I guess so,” hesitated the rancher.

“I don’t know what to think about Speer. I can’t hardly believe, though, that there’s anything wrong with Old Man Pierce and his Circle tail spread. Why, he’s as honest as the day is long. If he ain’t, then I’ve always been badly fooled.”

Ned Black heartily agreed with him.

“I’ve done business with the old man for ten years,” he said.

“He’s square, all right. But I agree with the sheriff about wanting to see what’s wrong in the basin, if anything.”

“Bueno, we’ll start early in the morning, then,” Bowman agreed.

“No, we’ve decided to ride tonight,” Black said.

“That’ll bring us to Pierce’s at about sunup. Then-”

He broke off, cocking his head in a listening attitude.

A horseman was entering the little ranch yard; they all heard the beating of shod hoofs.

“Now who the Sam Hill could that be? I don’t get a visitor once a month,” Fred Bowman ejaculated.

The three officers rose to their feet.

“We’ll just step into the other room,” said the sheriff, his brow wrinkling.

“You entertain this here night rider, Bowman, while we give him a sizing up.”

Ned Black accompanied the officers into the adjoining bedroom. They left the door partly ajar, and as there was no light in the sleeping apartment, they could see without being seen.

They had just concluded their arrangements when a rap was heard.

“Come in!” Bowman grunted.

Spurs jingled across the threshold. In the mellow glow of the lamp, Bowman saw a clean-cut, blue-eyed hombre stepping into the house, a young fellow the rancher had never seen before.

Bowman’s taut muscles relaxed.

The sheriff’s precautions had been unnecessary.

No harm in this waddy.

Just a saddle tramp after a job or perhaps a bite to eat.

Bowman grinned a welcome.

“Howdy, youngster,” he greeted.

His visitor did not smile; there was something somber in his expression.

“You had—you’ve a brother named Speer? A Ranger?” he inquired soberly.

“Why, yes, kid, what about it?” demanded Bowman anxiously.

The newcomer handed him a horseshoe-nail ring.

“Speer told me to give you that,” he said gently.

“He’s—well, something’s happened to him. Speer is—dead.”

In his agitation, Fred Bowman gave a shocked cry.

As he did so, the young stranger whirled catlike on the toes of his boots. His hands had dropped toward his guns.

Then they went upward.

“That’s right, Campbell!” boomed the voice of Sheriff John Rankin.

“Keep them there! We’ve got you!”

The law—and Ned Black— swarmed into the kitchen with guns drawn.

“Whew! Campbell himself! What do you know about that?” cried Ranger Dave Bell.

“This is luck!” Myers echoed.

“Are you shore, sheriff, that this baby-faced kid is really-”

“It’s him, all right,” the sheriff jubilated.

“I’ve had his picture’ tacked over my desk for a year, and I ought to know! Take those guns from him, Fred.”

Bowman, still dazed from the news he had received, did as he was told.

Then one of the Rangers put the prisoner’s hands behind his back and snapped on a pair of handcuffs.

“I suppose you’re going to tell us your name’s John Doe.” Dave Bell grinned.

“Oh, I’m the hombre you want, all right,” admitted the outlaw wearily.

His gloomy eyes were fixed on Fred Bowman.

“I promised Speer I’d come here. He-”

“If he’s dead, you killed him!” accused the rancher, his face white and twitching with fury.

Rip Campbell’s shoulders drooped a little.

“I wish you’d let me tell my story,” he said.

“If I’d killed Speer, do you think I’d come here with his ring? We fought those rustlers together, him and me, and I hope that when my time comes, I can die as game as he did.”

“Spin your yarn,” grunted the sheriff impatiently.

“What rustlers are you talking about?”

“Rustlers in Caliente Basin,” the outlaw shot back.

“I saw them commit three murders, and they killed Speer. The Circle-tail-”

“That’s a likely story!” sneered Ned Black.

Rip Campbell whirled to stare at him with narrowed eyes.

That voice!

Where had he heard it?

“This kid’s lying’, that’s plain to see,” the Las Tablas cattle shipper went on.

“There’s nothing wrong at Pierce’s ranch. He’s just trying to pull the wool over our eyes.”

Black began to roll a cigarette.

Rip looked at his hands.

They were covered with warts!

“Why, you—you’re the leader of that murdering outfit!” Rip shouted, a wave of rage sweeping over him.

Ned Black leaped toward Rip, his face distorted with hatred.

He smashed the outlaw full in the face, with all his force.

“Accuse me of being a rustler, will you?” he snarled rabidly.

Unable to defend himself with his manacled hands, Rip went down, crimsoned at the lips.

“Ned Black in with a rustler gang?” sneered the sheriff.

“That’s a good one! What game are you getting at?”

Rip was silent.

What was the use to try to make the officers believe his story?

It was hopeless.

“Shall we take Campbell over to jail at Las Tablas, sheriff?” Myers asked.

“Guess we’d better postpone the trip to the Circle-tail, eh?”

“I don’t know. I hate to,” began the sheriff.

“We ain’t so very far from there now, and-”

“That’s what I say,” chimed in Ned Black.

“Let’s get the Circle tail business over with. We can leave Campbell a prisoner in the shack here. He’ll keep.”

“Good! Tie Campbell’s feet, Myers,” Bell told his fellow Ranger.

“Can’t you see,” the outlaw cried desperately, “that this Black hombre is just trying to lead you into a trap, so his men can shoot you down? He’s-”

“Shut up!” he was told curtly, and Myers took a fancy coiled reata from the wall and securely bound the outlaw’s ankles together. When the job was finished, the men prepared to leave.

Fred Bowman buckled on a gun, and slipped into a leather vest. One of the Rangers took the lamp from the table and put it on a shelf, turning the wick down low.

“For the last time, won’t you listen?” Rip begged.

“You’ll be walking’ right into a dry-gulch, for sure. This Black hombre-”

“Adios, Campbell man,” leered Black, kicking the prostrate outlaw heavily in the ribs.

“Come on, now. Let’s be hitting the trail.”

They tramped out, the lock clicked on the door, and presently Rip heard the rattling of bit chains and the squeak of leather as they got their horses and mounted.

Hoofs clattered and finally throbbed off into silence.

More victims for the killers on the Circle-tail, going like sheep to the slaughter!

CHAPTER IX.

When making Rip Campbell a v prisoner, the officers hadn’t stopped to consider that they were dealing with the slipperiest hombre in the Southwest.

The outlaw had made more desperate escapes than he had fingers and toes, and had broken out of some of the strongest jails in Arizona.

A fugitive since his earliest teens, Rip knew all the tricks.

That was one reason why he had managed to elude the noose for so long.

He was hard to hold.

The cuffs that had been snapped on him were of the old pattern, of a type with which Rip was well acquainted.

Given time, he was sure that he could free himself. Rip Campbell’s hands were small, and he had learned how to compress the bones and tendons of his hand and thumbs almost to the point of dislocation.

And his hard muscles were as supple as those of an acrobat.

The fact that the cuffs were behind him made his task more difficult.

His wound, too, pained when he exerted himself.

He wondered if, after all, he would be able to free himself.

With sweat pouring from his face, he tugged and squirmed to get the encircling bracelets over his hands.

The dragging minutes seemed like hours.

Time after time, he almost succeeded, only to have the steel hands slip back onto his wrists again.

“I’ve got to get loose! I’ve got to!” he muttered.

Finally, making a superhuman effort that tore the skin from his thumbs, he succeeded.

Hurling the cuffs from him, he sat up, got his breath, and then with numbed fingers unknotted the reata that bound his legs.

He stood up dizzily, clutching at the table for support.

He got the .45s that had been taken from him and ransacked the place for ammunition.

On a dusty shelf in the bedroom, he found a fresh box of fifty cartridges.

After loading his guns and filling the pockets of his pants, he broke a window in the kitchen and crawled through.

At his sharp whistle, the spotty bronc came trotting toward him out of the darkness.

With a chuckle of relief, Rip climbed into his saddle.

“We got to go far, Waco, and fast. Can you do it?”

The pinto’s bit chain jingled

“Yes.” Rip started north, toward the distant Caliente Basin.

Few hombres on the outside of the law would have done what Rip was doing.

He was free, able now to make good his escape from the district for good and all.

The sheriff and the Rangers were his natural enemies, and in riding to their aid, he was risking his life and liberty.

It didn’t even occur to him to leave the men to the fate they’d brought on themselves.

They were going to be trapped, and Rip meant to spike Ned Black’s evil plans, at no matter what cost.

Lawmen or not, he couldn’t let them die without doing all in his power to save them.

Besides, Speer’s brother was with them.

The moon was obscured by flying clouds most of the time, but Rip knew the way well, and he extended Waco to the limit.

The sheriff’s party had a long start on him.

“I’ve got to beat them to the Circle tail, that’s all there is to it!” he gasped.

Uphill and down grade, through timber and over rocky hogbacks flashed the hammering pinto.

Miles streamed by. By midnight, they were at the top of the divide, and the great basin was a black gulf beneath them.

After making the perilous descent to the bottom of the bowl, the going became easier.

Rip remembered the night he had traveled over almost the same route, at gun’s point, with Speer.

And it seemed to the outlaw that he could hear that chanting tune of Jim’s “The El Paso Jail.”

The horizon on his right flushed with the first pale colors of the dawn, and as the light brightened.

Rip looked searchingly about him.

He was still several miles from the Circle-tail headquarters, and he saw nothing of the sheriff’s party.

Could he have passed them during the long night gallop?

He cut a little to the left.

Only one more ridge now cut off a view of the ranch house.

As he passed it, he gave a low whistle.

There they were, only a few hundred yards west of him—the three lawmen, Speer’s brother, and Ned Black!

The little party were riding straight toward the Circle-tail headquarters, and were less than a quarter of a mile from it!

All was peaceful and quiet about the ranch house, but Rip was not deceived.

A murderous ambush was waiting.

Black was riding a little apart from the men he was betraying, to be out of the line of the gunfire when it came.

There was no time to lose; Rip roweled his pinto to head the party off.

“Black!” he shouted, whipping out one of his Colts.

The rustler leader wheeled his horse about, stiffened in his stirrups, and yanked quickly at his own gun.

Br-r-rang-bang!

Once, twice Rip’s .45 flashed flame.

A scarf of blue smoke whipped out behind the running pinto.

His first shot missed, Waco having joggled his aim by hurdling a mesquite bush.

At the second shot, Black squirmed half about in his saddle, squalling with agony.

He clutched at his saddle horn, missed it and thudded to the sand.

From the way he had fallen, Rip knew that he would never rise again.

It had all happened in a few seconds, before the rest of the posse had time to realize what was taking place.

“It’s Campbell!” bellowed Sheriff Rankin, collecting his scattered wits.

They had more to think of, however, than Rip Campbell just then!

Guns flashed venomously from the loopholes in the ranch-house walls. Bullets began to whine among them.

“Get behind the corral fence— quick!” Rip shouted as he galloped up.

If Rip had been a minute later than he had, even half a minute, that first volley of rifle fire would probably have wiped them all out. As it was, the outlaw had forced the rustlers’ hand, made them open up before their victims were within effective range.

The surprise was premature.

The four hombres who had been saved from the gun trap didn’t hesitate long, but followed Rip’s advice.

Jumping from their horses, they took refuge behind the corral fence, three hundred yards from the house.

The young outlaw was right with them as they dug in.

“Campbell, looks like you’ve—you’ve saved us in spite of ourselves!” stuttered the sheriff.

“Black was shore leading’ us into…a hornet’s nest. But how in damnation did you—you-”

“Never mind, sheriff. Just keep your head down,” drawled the outlaw.

CHAPTER X.

The men in the shack kept their Winchesters going steadily, but by taking advantage of every bit of cover, Rip Campbell and the others worked their way alongside the corral to the shelter of the tool house and granary.

Thus far, the gang was burning powder to no avail; none of the lawmen had received a scratch. For the time, the fact that Rip was an outlaw—a “wanted” man with a price on his head—was forgotten.

They were all in it together now!

And somehow, although they couldn’t have told why, they seemed to look to him for leadership.

“Not much use for us to shoot at the house,” he told them.

“Let’s lay low a minute and figure this out.”

“How many do you reckon are in there?” Dave Bell demanded.

Rip made a swift calculation.

“Five, I think—and I believe one of them was wounded the other day.”

“Well, there’s five of us; it’s even, looks like,” the sheriff growled. The rustlers had the big advantage of shelter, though, and Rip knew that a rush would be disastrous.

He considered carefully.

In the alleyway was the heavy wagon tongue the rustlers had used in their unsuccessful attempt to batter in the door when he and Speer had defended the house.

“There’s no loopholes in the back of the house,” he told his companions.

“We’ll take that pole and try to knock one of the shutters down at the rear. If the gang had tried that the other day on Speer and me.  they’d have got us quick. Come on! We’ll circle through the trees by the pond.”

“Seems a good idea,” agreed Ranger Dave Bell.

“Wow! That was a close one!”

A high-powered bullet kicked up a volcano of sand and gravel near them with a loud spa-a-a-n-ng!

Cadwick’s .30-30 again!

Rip set his jaws grimly.

“Old Red-whiskers is plenty good with that long gun,” he warned them.

“Watch out for him. It was him that got Speer.”

“The murdering cutthroats!” choked Fred Bowman.

“Let’s go! Let’s wipe them stinkers out!”

“First, let’s decide exactly what we’re going to do, and how we’re going to do it,” the outlaw counseled.

They made swift plans; then, with the heavy pole, they circled the pond embankment, careful to keep out of sight.

They emerged from the timber thicket forty yards from the rear of the house, and some distance higher above it on the side of a knoll. There were two iron-shuttered windows.

It was agreed to ram the one on the right.

Four of them would be enough to use the pole.

Ranger Dave Bell’s job would be to blaze away at the one on the left to keep those inside from shooting out.

“Here goes! Ready?”

They charged down the slope.

Rip and Ranger Myers held the front of the wagon tongue.

Fred Bowman and the sheriff balanced the other end.

They gained speed at every stride.

Crash!

A combined weight of nearly half a ton smashed against the shutter.

Reinforced though it was, its fastenings burst asunder.

“In we go!” cried Rip Campbell as the obstruction fell inward.

He heaved his lithe body through the opening, guns drawn.

Myers scrambled after him, and Bowman and the slower-moving sheriff were right behind.

A hurricane of lead, aimed too high, came bursting from the rustler guns.

Rip Campbell, as he dropped to the floor inside, leaped to one side and crouched low.

He was in the kitchen—the room where Speer had got his death wound.

All was murky with smoke, but Rip had targets, and plenty of them.

His guns roared.

Three of the men were Mexicans, and he caught a glimpse of Mike Cadwick’s cruel, bearded face in the flash of guns.

By this time, three of Rip’s companions were in the house, and Dave Bell was just leaping through the window.

“Drop your guns!” bellowed the sheriff.

The five crooks chose to fight, instead, and they fought with all the insane ferocity of cornered animals.

At such close quarters, the battle was practically hand to hand.

Guns were used as clubs as well as firearms.

The noise was deafening.

Shrieks and yells were added to the uproar of exploding Colts.

Rip heard Fred Bowman laughing wildly.

Br-r-r-rang-bang-br-r-rang!

One of the Mexicans went slumping down, shot through the heart, his shirt on fire from the close-range gunpowder flash.

Myers tore a bowie from another swarthy rustler and blasted him down with his Colt.

Another desperado screamed and fell.

A weasel-faced hombre and Mike Cadwick rushed for the doorway that led into the bunk room, but only the whiskered Cadwick made it.

“Weasel-face” was nailed in his tracks by a shot from Sheriff Ran36  kin’s gun, and somersaulted to the floor. Rip leaped in alter Cadwick.

There was no door for the red-bearded ruffian to slam shut, only an opening in the partition.

As Rip jumped through it, Cadwick whirled on him, his .30-30 aimed from his hip.

Screaming an oath, he pulled the trigger.

But he was too close to his intended victim.

Rip knocked the barrel aside as the Winchester cracked savagely. He fired in return—twice—three times.

“That’s for Speer, you whiskered sidewinder!” the outlaw cried, his eyes frosty, his white teeth bared.

All of Rip’s shots took effect.

Cadwick, his beard parting in a laugh of agony, fell like a hamstrung buffalo.

He landed in a bunk, with his ugly head twisted under him.

With a long ah-r-r-r-r-r, he breathed his last, his death rattle clacking like a broken pump.

With a crimson-spotted sleeve. Rip wiped the sweat and powder stains from his face and, staggering a little, returned to the other room.

He hadn’t been hit this time, but his old wound was throbbing a little.

A yell went up from the sheriff and the others.

The fight was over, and only Ranger Myers had been wounded, his hurt being a bullet pierced arm and a cut on the left hand he’d received from a knife.

“Good work! Good work, all of you!” cried the sheriff, as excited and elated as a tot with a new toy.

“We wiped them all out, by jeepers! Campbell-”

But Rip was doing a curious thing.

He was stamping at the kitchen floor—and listening.

“What’s eating you?”

Ever since the day he’d made his escape from that very room. Rip had been puzzling himself over those groans he’d heard, or thought he’d heard.

It occurred to him now that there might be a cellar underneath the house.

Some of the boards gave back a hollow echo under his feet.

“I’m looking for some kind of a trapdoor,” he explained quickly.

“When I was here last-”

Dave Bell pushed the smashed table aside.

“By God!”

He whistled.

They all pushed forward eagerly at the sight of an iron ring, flush to the floor.

There was a cellar beneath.

The body of one of the Mexicans was rolled aside.

Bell got his fingers through the ring, and with an effort raised a good-sized door.

“Any one down there?” demanded the sheriff warily, his hand on the butt of his holstered gun.

There was no reply from the black opening in the flooring—only a faint sound that might have been made by a scampering rat.

Rip, though, thought he detected the sound of breathing.

“I’ll go down. Seems to be a ladder,” grunted Dave Bell, striking a match.

He descended carefully, his light flickering in his hand.

“Ain’t very deep,” he told them, his voice echoing back weirdly.

“Nothing here but a lot o’ canned stuff, an Oh, hell!”

“What do you see?” yelped the sheriff.

“Come and help me! There’s a man down here! It’s old Pierce! I don’t think he’s dead, but he’s mighty near it!”

Bowman and the sheriff hurriedly climbed down the ladder, and after some difficulty, they managed to bring the occupant up into the daylight.

Rip was shocked at the sight of him.

He was an old man of perhaps sixty, with long, unkempt white hair. He was practically a skeleton; his tatters of clothes were filthy, and his sunken eyes were half closed.

“He’s unconscious, but I think I can bring him around,” panted the sheriff when Pierce had been placed on one of the bunks.

He took a flask from his pocket, poured out a quarter cupful of whisky, added sugar and water, and held it to the old ranchman’s lips.

When Pierce was finally able to swallow, he took a few sips, and a little color began to creep back into his waxy face.

It was some time, though, before he could talk, and then only in a whisper.

He recognized the sheriff, but for a while, he seemed delirious.

“Have they—they gone?” he quavered at last.

“I—I’ve been through —through terrible-”

“I know, Pierce,” soothed the sheriff. “Here, take a little more of this, and then try and tell us about it. Have them skunks been keeping you down in that hole?”

“Yes, for weeks, I reckon. Have they gone?”

“Yes, they’ve gone to a place they’ll never come back from,” Rankin snapped.

“Did Ned Black do this to you?”

“Yes. When I wouldn’t consent to him using my spread for his stolen stock, he took my ranch anyhow,” groaned the old man.

“He had his gang murder the three punchers I had working for me. I’m near starved—ain’t had one meal for nigh a week.”

“How come he didn’t kill you right out, too?”

“Wanted me to sign—some papers. I wouldn’t. I been terrible weak. There was fighting’ going on the other day—unless I dreamed it. I tried to yell out, but I was too weak. I’d have been dead in another day, I reckon, if you hadn’t got here.”

“I’d sure never thought such a thing of Ned Black!” the sheriff said, shaking his head in bewilderment.

“Why, everybody thought he’d been carrying on a respectable cattle business. I’d never have dreamed–”

“Campbell was right, all the time,” ejaculated Ranger Bell.

“Hey! What the hell, Campbell?”

“Reach!” commanded the outlaw in a quiet voice.

“All of you get your hands up!” They’d all been so interested in Pierce’s story, they’d almost forgotten that Rip was among them. And now they found themselves staring into the muzzles of a pair of Colt .45 single-actions!

“Don’t worry,” Rip drawled whimsically. “I’m not going to hurt any of you.”

“But—but-”

Their hands had gone up, and their faces were white, as white as Pierce’s on the bunk.

“I just want to say adios to you, that’s all,” Rip chuckled,

“and when I say adios to three lawmen— well, I have to be careful, you know, how I say it.”

The tension relaxed a little, though they were careful to keep their hands aloft, and one by one they broke into wide grins.

“Good-by, Rip! Do you care if we wish you good luck?” they chorused.

The scar in Rip Campbell’s tanned cheek looked more than ever like a dimple.

“Just to make sure it’s good luck,” he said, “you’d better stay in the house until Waco and me have hit the trail. Adios, every one!”

And backing toward the door, one of the most “wanted” outlaw whistled cheerily for his pinto pony.

THE END

Can I send you WRANGLER for FREE?

Old Pie – a classic western adventure

OLD PIE

By

Curtis Long

The big oven was heating, filling the pin-neat kitchen of the bakery with the warm spicy odors Rip Campbell loved.

A gleaming kerosene lamp, tied to a rafter, lent its own bright cheer to the room.

Rip whistled to himself as he tilted the big, highly polished pot and whipped more batter for Arthur Crenshaw’s wedding cake.

It was taking much batter, and it would strain the capacity of the oven to bake it.

The cake would have to be a big one, for every soul on Hector Flats would naturally be on hand for the wedding of Penny Bishop and Arthur Crenshaw.

Rip Campbell had saved this night before the wedding specially to make the cake.

After the shop was closed he would have all the time he wanted to bake the many layers, smooth on the icing and fix the colored stripes and rosettes just as he wanted them to be.

Arthur and Penny did not know about the cake.

It was to be a surprise, quite as if anything could add to the happiness of the coming day for them.

The stocky, flour-whitened baker smiled to himself as he whipped with _his big beater.

It would only show Arthur again that Rip Campbell could never forget.

It might also make up a little for the fact that Rex Gold would not be at the wedding.

Something on the back porch drew Rip’s eyes turned toward the kitchen door.

He did not want to be disturbed.

Yet even his closest friends seldom visited him at night.

It must be important.

Rip went to the door to investigate.

A man stood there uncertainly, a pretty poor specimen such as sometimes came to Rip’s back door to beg for a hand-out.

He seemed frightened for he drew back into the shadows as the yellow light fell across the porch.

Then suddenly he bolted past Rip into the kitchen.

“Shut the door quick, mister!”

Rip closed the door and turned, his round, ruddy face wearing a frown.

“I don’t want you in here. What do you want?”

“Mister, you got to hide me! Just a little while, then I’ll skin out!”

“Why should I hide you? If you wanted food, then you would be hungry and I would give it to you. But if you want only to hide, it is probably because you have done something and you should be found.”

“I ain’t done nothing, honest—but | they’ll kill me!”

“Kill you?” Rip lifted his eyebrows,

He could not understand the violence that was always breaking out in this land.

“Maybe you had better tell me why, then I will decide whether I want to help you.”

The drifter had moved to a darkened corner of the kitchen.

He could be of any age, Rip decided, a wasted, spineless creature such as swirled in the back eddies of life.

He began to jabber.

“I found this jasper laying there in the dry wash. He was shot in the back. Honest, I didn’t have nothing to do with it! But I was hungry and burning up for a drink. So I frisked him, but he didn’t have. nothing on him. All I took was the ring. Then I played the fool, mister. I tried to trade it for a drink in the saloon up the street. That barkeep sure looked like I’d hit him in the face with a dead cat. He grabbed the ring and hightailed it for the back room. And [I lit a shuck!”

“What makes you think they would want to kill you?”

“Mister, I know when I’ve busted in on somebody else’s whizzer! If you’d seen that jasper’s eyes pop! That ring wasn’t worth much.

“Looked like somebody’d beaten it out of a dime—”

“What’s that you say?” Rip cried.

It came all together, the crash of a gun outside, the splintering of glass, then the sight of the pitiful creature dying.

He slid limply to the floor, blood welling from his temple and gushing from his nose.

Rip plunged through a near door into a dark storeroom.

Horror filled him, not for what had just happened, but for what he realized must have happened previously.

That would be Arthur Crenshaw’s ring!

Rip knew it with mounting alarm, for he had made the ring and given it to Arthur.

And this drifter had said he took it from the body of a man shot in the back and lying somewhere in a dry wash.

Rip was rocked with concern.

Everyone in town knew that yesterday Rex Gold, three days drunk, had sent a challenge to Arthur.

Everyone had laid that to jealousy and liquor and lack of self control, Rex and Arthur had been friends and partners on the big RC spread until they split over Penny.

Rex had known Penny first and figured that Arthur had double-crossed him.

But why had the barkeep over in Buffalo Creed’s Silver Steer Saloon acted so strangely at the sight of Arthur’s ring?

Rip lifted fingers to stroke his stubborn chin.

His direct mind went with unerring instinct to the most plausible answer.

Buffalo Creed knew all about Arthur’s accident.

He would not have been alarmed if he thought Rex had done it.

He probably had been fearful suddenly that the drifter had seen more than he actually had.

He or one of his henchmen had shot the drifter through the window.

With a shock Rip realized the danger to himself.

If he was right, Creed would not know how much the drifter had told him.

Creed would be after him, just as he had gone after the drifter.

But the more urgent thing was Arthur Crenshaw.

Had he been dead when the drifter discovered him?

How long ago had that been and where was the dry wash?

Rip Campbell was a gentle man, and in the Switzerland he had not seen for five years men had lived for peace.

Sometimes others had been deceived by that and emboldened, only to discover that the placid Rip was not a coward.

Aware that even now Creed might be seeking his life, Rip slid swiftly across the kitchen, looking down as he passed the dead drifter.

He went out through the front of the bake shop shedding his apron and getting his hat and coat on the way.

It was late, but merriment was unabated in the Silver Steer.

As it is the world over, in Hector Flats a wedding was the occasion for prolonged revelry by friends and enemies.

Many of the men in the Silver Steer were no friends of either Arthur Crenshaw or of Rex Gold.

These were Buffalo Creed and his hard-cases and the handful of cattlemen who trailed with Creed.

As he thought about Arthur’s wedding a hard lump formed in Rip’s throat.

He could not help thinking of that night two years before when Arthur had won his eternal gratitude.

Marlena had been living then, Rip’s wife.

And that night, bitter and stormy as it was, her time had been at hand to give Rip his child.

Doc Sperry, on a call into the Teninos, had been stormbound there. As night drew in upon the town, the storm’s increasing ferocity coupled with Marlena’s suffering to create in Rip an unbearable concern.

Word of Marlena’s plight passed through the town, and it was Arthur Crenshaw who quietly left a game in the Silver Steer, got his horse from the livery and rode away through the storm.

It was not Arthur’s fault that when he and Dec Sprey reached Rip’s porch in the first streaks of dawn Marlena was gone.

The town wives had been unable to help her, for Marlena was ever as fragile as she had been beautiful.

Later Rip had made Arthur the ring and given it to him, and though no word was spoken a pact of friendship had been sealed. Rip Campbell supposed it was-too late to help Arthur now.

Yet there were many things he could do, and he would do them gladly.

He thought of Penny, with the lump in his throat aching.

She had made her own choice, and she had chosen well.

Those two had been on the verge of great happiness, such as Rip and Marlena Campbell had known.

He moved down the street toward the hotel.

Eastward a few stars stood above the Teninos, brilliant in the spread of sable sky.

Here and there saddle horses loomed out of the darkness as Rip passed the hitchracks.

The only sound was that from the Silver Steer.

At the end of the second block Rip turned and climbed a pair of stairs to the high verandah of the hotel.

Rick Sleets was half asleep at the pine-board desk inside.

“I want to see Rex Gold,” Rip told him.

“Is he here?”

“In 212—if you can wake him up. He’s stinking drunk.” Rip climbed to the second floor.

There was no response to his knock and, trying the knob, he found the door unlocked.

Rip stepped inside.

He struck a match and lit the table lamp.

The room was stuffy and he quickly opened a window.

Rex Gold lay skewed on the bed, dressed and filthy, his head lolling.

It was a shame to see him so, for he was a handsome man and clean when he was sober.

Rip shook him.

“Rex!”

It did no good, and Rip laid several stinging slaps on Gold’s unshaven cheeks.

Gold grunted in protest, but finally his eyes opened.

Presently he mumbled.

“Shoo, Rip. What do you want?”

His reeking whiskey breath lifted to Rip’s nostrils.

“You must listen,” Rip said.

“You’ve got to answer a question. You hated Arthur Crenshaw because he is marrying the woman you wanted. Yesterday you sent word to Arthur you were looking for him.”

“You’re damn right! And the double crossing son’s been dodging me!”

“You’ll be glad of that, one day. Penny made her own choice. Had it been you, Arthur would have wished you luck. Now he’s been shot in the back. Did you do it?”

“What’s that, man?”

Arthur’s been shot in the back. Bushwhacked, you call it.”

“And you think I done it? Why, — you” Gold tried to lift himself upright, his bloodshot eyes: blazing. Alcohol had sapped him.

His eyes rolled upward, his head snapped back, and he slumped on the bed again.

Rip threw the blankets over him, blew out the light and left the room.

He was certain now of what he had only guessed before.

It was Buffalo Creed’s work.

When Arthur and Rex had been friends and partners they had kept law on Hector Flats.

They had held Creed and his kind in check.

Creed had been glad to see the rift come over Penny.

He had worked on Rex, building up his jealousy, convincing the sodden man he had been double-crossed.

He had probably goaded Rex into spitting out his bitter challenge, seeing his chance to remove both Arthur and Rex and have his own way on the flats.

Rex Gold was a fool and of no use, so it was up to Rip.

The methodical baker was not underestimating the enormity of the task he was undertaking when he went into the hot reeking Silver Steer.

The dozen card tables were filled, the bar was crowded, and every man there had too much hard liquor under his belt.

Rip passed through the batwings and paused, letting his gaze move over the crowd.

He did not like this place, which smelled so strongly of Buffalo Creed and his evil interests.

Creed and Spur Holloway were in a game at the far end of the room. In the cone of light Creed showed the solidness of the animal that had lent him his nickname, and his hat was pushed back tipsily on his large round head.

Holloway had lost an eye somewhere in his unsavory past which lent a special look of evil to his flushed narrow face.

Rip looked at them carefully, then his gaze swept on, seeking Joe Van.

Malevolent and unsocial, Joe Van stood drinking alone at the end of the bar, with the other customers willingly granting him elbow room.

Rip’s attention fixed upon him judiciously.

To a man like Joe Van a back shooting or a shot through a window would be less work than pleasure.

Joe would be his man.

And Joe stood there, more or less alone, his coarse black hair spilling over his eyes, not a dozen steps from the back door.

Rip moved down the room and filled the open space next to him, Van swung around, his lips sneering, his small agate eyes frosty. Then abrupt interest flickered in those eyes, and Rip felt their coldness go through to his spine.

He had no knowledge of guns and had never carried one.

He had only one thing to lend him a bit of confidence.

The years he had spent in the gymnasiums in the old country.

They had given him rippling muscles and a physical coordination unsuspected in Hector Flats.

He had only that to put up against Van’s killer prowess.

Rip had the wrist of Van’s gun arm in a crushing grip before the gunman knew what was happening.

It looked like an easy effort on Rip’s part, and pain and surprise surged into the other man’s eyes.

“I will crush the wrist so it will never be of use again,” Rip warned in a low voice, “if you make a fuss.”

Instinct nearly tore an oath from Van’s lips.

Rip increased the pressure, skilfully grinding nerves against bone, and saw reason asserting itself.

A question formed in Van’s eyes, which Rip answered.

“We will go out the back door, side by side. You will give no sign that there is anything unusual about this.”

The gun hand that was Van’s principal tool was helplessly arrested, with pain stabbing to his shoulder.

He seemed to realize that Rip could do what he had threatened but was not armed otherwise.

A break might come outside. He responded to Rip’s guiding pressure, and together they strode toward the rear door.

Out of the corner of his eye Rip watched Creed and Spur Holloway. He could not tell if any signal passed to them from Joe Van.

But the pair was aware of what was taking place.

Their faces sobered, their eyes went hard.

The alley that ran behind the false fronted structures on the main street was pitch dark.

Ahead the light still burned in the kitchen of the bake shop and Rip could see the shattered window.

Van growled,

“What’re you up to, Campbell?” and Rip returned,

“You will see.”

He took Van into the bakery kitchen.

The gunman looked down at the dead drifter, lifted his killer eyes defiantly to Rip’s.

Rip knew he had the right man.

His pressure on Van’s gun arm had never lessened, and now he took the man’s gun.

He let the arm go, then, and unshelled the gun and tossed it under a table.

Shorn of his fangs, Van blanched.

Rip had suspected he was a brave man only when he had the edge. Rip would have considered it unsporting to do what he now proceeded to do if so much had not depended on it.

He moved forward suddenly.

Van’s fists lashed out, but Rip did not mean to fight him.

He caught Van and turned him, and before the other knew it had him helpless in a crotch-and-neck hold, with his knee in the small of the man’s back,

“I will break you in two unless you tell me where Arthur Crenshaw is!” he promised.

“If you tell me. I will let you go.”

Joe Van threshed helplessly and unintelligible curses broke past the constriction at his throat.

Slowly Rip increased the pressure on his spine, knowing that few men could endure the awful feeling of their backbone being pulled apart.

He had learned this trick well, in the old days at the gymnasium, as a means of self-defense.

He applied a slow, mounting strain, then abruptly loosened his elbow clamp on Van’s throat.

The man had had enough,

“Washburn’s Gulch, damn you!” Van gasped hoarsely.

“Where the Boomtown road crosses it. About a mile beyond Johnson’s! I’ll get you for this!”

Rip smiled in grim satisfaction.

He knew the place and could find it, even in the dark.

He set Van down on his feet.

Hatred sprung into Joe Van’s eyes as he massaged sore muscles.

“You’ll ~ never get there: Campbell! You’ll never get there!”

“Go!” Rip ordered.

“You ought to die, but I’ll keep my promise. Get out!”

With a poisonous look, Van spun and darted through the door.

Rip moved swiftly, knowing the alarm would be carried directly to Buffalo Creed.

Creed would be convinced now that Rip knew the truth and he would want Rip Campbell’s life.

Rip blew out the lamp and slipped through the front way again.

He was grateful for the shrouding darkness and the cow ponies strung along the hitch racks.

The first streaks of dawn were seeping into the sky over the Teninos when Rip reached Washburn’s Gulch.

He had ridden hard, but he was neither horseman nor plainsman, and twice he had lost his bearings.

Perhaps it was well, for if the more expert Creed had decided to lay an ambush somewhere along the way it would have been easy.

He stopped just short of the long dry wash that the trail threaded, fearing a trap might have been laid for him there.

He left the spent roan in a thicket and proceeded on foot up the eastern cut bank, pausing frequently, carefully probing the way ahead before he moved again.

He reached the far end, and a bewildering disappointment rose in him.

There was no sign of Arthur Crenshaw.

He crept into a stand of jack pine, and abruptly a voice said:

“Stand, hombre! And lift them arms!”

Relief surged through Rip.

“Arthur!” he shouted.

“It’s me— Rip Campbell!”

Though Arthur Crenshaw was still alive, a glance told Rip the young rancher was in a bad way.

He had propped himself up under a tree, and a six-gun lay across his lap.

His shirt was stained with blood and his cheeks and eyes were gaunt from the draining.

Yet a trace of his old smile flickered over his lips.

“You doggone cookie wrangler!” Arthur gasped.

Rip ripped up his own. shirt, which was always scrupulously clean, and bound Arthur’s wound.

The bullet had gone into Arthur’s back under the short ribs, well away from the spine, and probably it had missed the lungs, or Arthur would not now be alive.

It hurt Arthur to talk when he gasped out the story.

He had no idea who had bushwhacked him.

He had regained consciousness during the night and crawled into the brush.

His horse had spooked.

Arthur had been unconscious much of the time since, too weak to try to reach a ranch,

“Anyone of several men night have done it,” said Arthur.

“Rex Gold made gun talk,” Rip pointed out.

“You think Rex would bushwhack a man?” demanded Arthur.

Rip sighed.

“For enemies, you are a strange pair.”

He decided that he would have to ride back to John son’s and borrow a buckboard.

For now that he knew Arthur was still alive, he was: going to get him to the doctor as swiftly as possible, Creed or no Creed.

He did not tell Arthur about that.

Arthur Crenshaw had enough to endure on this morning of his intended wedding day.

Rip was on the point of mounting to start for Johnson’s when he heard the telltale drum of horses’ hoofs.

He knew without seeing them that it would be Buffalo Creed and his riders.

They must have come here in the darkness and, failing to find Arthur, guessed that somehow Rip had beaten them.

Since then they must have been scouring the country between Washburn’s Gulch and town, hoping to flush their quarry.

Rip hurried back to Arthur and told him all he suspected.

“I reckon you’re right, Rip. Creed knows you’ll tell me what you know. They’ll try to kill and, hide you. Me, too, when they find Van’s aim was a little off last night. Prop me up and find yourself a hole, boy!

“Maybe—maybe they still won’t find us, Arthur!”

Yet Rip entertained no such hope, and he knew Arthur did not, either.

Creed must have grown aware that they were still in the vicinity of the ‘ wash, or why was he returning?

They would go over the site with a fine-tooth comb.

Rip’s throat grew dry while he waited.

Presently he saw five riders break over the distant, morning washed rise. It would be Creed, Holloway and Van, with a couple of reinforcements.

There was no time to move Arthur to a better hiding place.

The party thundered into the wash and down its length and back again. _

They dismounted, and after that Rip could not see them without exposing himself too much.

Arthur had examined his gun and laid his ammunition belt close by.

Arthur did not look afraid, and suddenly Rip wasn’t either.

He was only baffled, not knowing what he could do to help.

Arthur put the seal of doom on their predicament.

“In the light they can see the blood I spilled. They’ll follow it straight to us.”

Muscle knots appeared on Rip’s big jaw.

So be it.

He had set out to bake Arthur a wedding cake and here he was beside Arthur, facing death.

Everything depended on Arthur, but Rip would do what little he could.

Sound told him that men were moving toward them.

Rip rolled up rocks to make a fort for Arthur and helped him turn onto his belly behind them.

Arthur grinned, and Rip smiled back.

It was not so bad, when you were with your friend.

Rip stretched out beside Arthur.

If Arthur went first he would take the gun and do the best he could while the thing lasted.

It became apparent that Buffalo Creed intended to get it over with as quickly as possible, for this was an inhabited section and there was danger of somebody happening along.

Rip had no hope of that, but Creed did not intend to risk it, for abruptly gunfire opened in ‘the thin brush ahead.

They were skulking from tree to tree, on three sides.

Rip groaned involuntarily.

Then the movement ceased.

Arthur Crenshaw was not kicking about the odds.

His gun spoke sharply and a man tumbled from behind a tree.

Lead nicked the rocks . and puffed dust all around.

To his surprise Rip found himself wishing they would come on.

The wish was quickly granted.

Creed’s men surged ahead, growing careless of cover in their confidence.

Rip did not know what instinct moved him, but suddenly he was on his feet, refusing to be shot down without a fight.

Then he saw Joe Van, coming in from the left.

Rip surged across the intervening space, and the surprise of his move checked the gun in Van’s fist for a split second.

Then it spoke, a mite too late, and though Rip felt a searing burn run against his side, he kept going.

He collided with Van with terrific impact.

Van struggled with his gun, and for a second Rip expected it to explode in his face.

Desperation lent him speed and power.

With Van whipping with the gun, Rip caught him in the crotch-and-neck strangle.

This time he did not hesitate, and when he threw the body from him it lay broken and still.

Rip whirled, remembering that gunfire had been crackling all around him, wondering why he had not been riddled with lead. There were three bodies sprawled on the ground, not twenty feet from Arthur.

“You—you got them all!” Rip gasped.

Arthur grinned.

“I only got one. Buffalo Creed.”

He lifted his voice.

“Come out, Rex, you lead-slapping. galoot!”

Rex Gold emerged from behind a tree and walked toward them.

His eyes were bloodshot, his clothes rumpled, but he looked steady. His jaw had its firm thrust again.

“I knew it was you.” Arthur said.

His eyes were shining.

Gold would not meet those eyes.

Rip understood.

When a man harbors hatred, however wrongly, it is not easily forgotten.

“I was sure stewed when Rip told me you’d been bushwhacked,” he mumbled.

“The loco son figured I done it! I wasn’t too drunk but I’d understood that! And plenty of others might figure it, too. So I drunk a gallon of coffee and took a bath in the creek. I kind of figured it’d be Washburn’s Gulch, and I headed this way. Then I saw Buffalo was beating the country for you. I trailed them here.” He looked at Arthur steadily, as if trying to make himself clear.

“Be damned if I’m going to have it said I’d bushwhack you!”

The fire was going good under the big oven again, and the dead drifter had been taken away.

Rip had the kitchen spic and span, and the spiciness was in the air again.

He was happy, for Arthur Crenshaw was in bed over in Doc Sprey’s house, and the doctor said he was well enough for the wedding to go ahead as planned, though Arthur would have to be married in bed.

The wedding cake was baked and iced, and it was a beautiful thing. Rip was stirring coloring into a fresh batch of icing to make the stripes and rosettes.

He was stiff and sore, for the bandage the doctor had put on his ribs was a tight one.

Rip frowned when he heard the knock on the back door.

He did not want to be bothered, and he remembered with distaste all the trouble the knock last night had brought.

But that trouble was over. He went to the door and opened it.

Rex Gold stood there.

He had shaved and cleaned up and looked a different man.

He grinned sheepishly.

“Thought I’d drop in a minute, Rip,”

“Sure. I’m glad you did, Rex.”

Rip was suddenly embarrassed about Arthur’s wedding cake.

Rex had saved Arthur’s life but that did not alter the fact that Arthur was marrying the girl Rex had hoped to have.

He had made that plain, up there at the wash.

Rex looked at the cake.

“It’s real pretty, Rip.” Rip beamed.

“Wait until you see the rosettes, Rex, and—!”

The little bell rang, warning Rip that there was a customer out front.

It was old Jake Cushman who, after he had bought his daily loaf, always wanted to ravel the town’s affairs with Rip.

It was five minutes before Rip could get back to the kitchen.

Gold was gone.

Rip looked at the cake as he came across the room and he swore under his breath.

Rex had ruined it.

But no.

As Rip stood over it he saw that Rex had decorated it far better than Rip Campbell might have.

At least Arthur would think so.

The colored icing had dripped and the letters were crude.

But on top of the cake Rex had printed:

GOOD LUCK JOHNNY

THE END

Can I send you WRANGLER for FREE?

MORE WORK BY THE AUTHOR

Fool’s Game

CHAPTER ONE

I met her and for me, she was the most beautiful woman in the world. I hadn’t expected her to be beautiful. I’d expected her to be fifty and perhaps fat.

She was neither. She was, I think, only a year or two older than I, but I never knew exactly, for she never discussed her age.

“You have a voice,” she told me, at our first meeting.

“I’ve heard you a dozen times in that choir where you’ve been singing, but you have something else which is more important. You have a way with women, old women—” she smiled slightly as if daring me to agree with her—“women like me.”

I was too tongue-tied to say anything for a moment. I knew her reputation.

She had started a dozen singers on careers.

she had produced a number of radio programs herself.

The stories they told about her in the Times Square district, around Radio City and in the Hollywood night clubs were almost too fabulous to be believed.

They sounded like the ravings of an overworked press agent, but I knew they were true.

Linda Hale had been born in a trunk.

Her family were show people and she had had her first walk-on part at three, coming out of the wings in a little white and pink dress. There was a picture on her dressing table of this child, and Linda always referred to her in the third person.

“Poor little kid,” she’d say.

“Never a mud pie, never a sled and a snowy hill to slide down. You don’t know how lucky you are, Gumbo.”

She was calling me Gumbo by then.

In fact she started calling me Gumbo that first afternoon in her office.

“We’ll make a star out of you, Gumbo,” she’d promised.

“We won’t make another Crosby or another Sinatra. We’ll make you Danny Gumbo. It won’t be easy. You’re going to work, my lad, work as you’ve never worked before. But, I’ll personally guarantee that if you take orders, if you do everything I tell you to, you’ll be making a thousand a week, or better, within a year.”

I stared.

I thought she was crazy.

I was making two hundred and fifty a week and picking up change, singing on the outside. I couldn’t act. I didn’t know what a mike looked like, and I’m no beauty. “

“Rave on,” I said and stared at her. The desk was of light wood. The walls were light and a thick white rug covered the office floor. 9 10_Even at the desk she wore fox furs about her throat and I was to learn that she loved them, better even than life itself. Her hair was silver white, not platinum, and I’d have guessed that she was twenty-seven.

She smiled at me and picked up the gold plated telephone.

“Tony, darling,” she said. “Pick up a contract and come over here. I want you to meet my latest chump.”

That’s how I met Linda Hale.

I met Tony that afternoon also—Tony Maloney, her attorney, her partner and, as she was wont to say, her brains.

He was about forty, I judged, thin and trim and well-tailored.

His hair was grey at the temples and dark curly on top. His face was thin, his mouth sensitive and a little cynical.

His eyes were dark and soft looking.

Somehow they did not go with the rest of his face.

Maybe it was the eyelashes.

They were very long and inclined to curl.

He was, I thought, one of the most striking men I had ever met.

He looked at Linda and I thought,

“He loves her,” and a pang went through me.

This woman, whom I had met less than half an hour before, had captured my imagination.

I’m not certain that she hadn’t captured the rest of me.

We were married the following July. If you own a radio, you’ve heard me sing. If you go to the pictures, you’ve seen me on the screen. I wonder just how much you know about me, how much you think of me as an individual, divorced from the characters I’ve played. The chances are that, if certain things had not happened, you’d have never known anything else, that I’d have remained the Danny Gumbo who played Torrid Nights, who sang in Moonstruck and who sells you light beer over the air every Tuesday night. After our marriage, Linda continued on as my agent. In fact my main complaint was that she was more agent than wife.

“You’re a fool,” she said.

“You don’t seem to realize what I’m doing for you.”

“I realize,” I admitted.

We were in our penthouse, atop one of New York’s better known hotels.

Below us, coming faintly like the waves of a distant ocean, I could hear the swish of late traffic on Park Avenue.

“I can’t help but realize. I’ve become a national figure, thanks to you, my darling, and I’m not. I’m just Danny Gumbo, the boy from Ohio. It was fun at first, fun having waiters recognize me, fun having people turn and stare, but now—”

“Now!”

I knew that tone.

It was Linda’s tone when she was aroused, when someone was crossing her.

“Now,” I said.

“I don’t like it. What’s the use of working my head off, if I can’t have a moment’s peace to myself? I won’t do it.”

“Am I interrupting something?”

It was Tony Maloney, looking exactly as he had on that first afternoon in Linda’s office, poised, suave, cynical.

“Come in,” said Linda. “This fool won’t listen to reason. He refuses to do what I tell him.”

“A very bad trait in a husband.” Tony came across the room to lean against the mantel.

“What’s our little boy scout refusing to do now ? ”

“He won’t take Paige to dinner,” Linda said, and she made it sound as if I’d failed her in the most important thing in life.

“I can’t seem to make him understand that publicity is what he lives on, what keeps him going.”

“I’m old-fashioned,” I told Maloney.

“I know exactly what will happen. I’ll take Paige out several times, and then my darling wife will tip off a columnist and there’ll be a squib. ‘What actor is crossing what agent with what songbird—’ or something equally intelligent. Paige’s a nice kid. She is a little green at this business, almost as bad as I was a couple of years ago. I’m not going to have her hurt, merely for some cheap publicity.”

“He’s in love with her,” said Linda.

I don’t think she meant it.

She was merely trying to get a rise out of

me.

“I’m not,” I told them, rising, “but I could be.”

What I didn’t say was that I feared that Paige Austin was attracted to me—not in any serious way.

But she was just a kid, trying to break in.

I was a name, and I’d been nice to her because she was Linda’s newest chump.

I didn’t want things to go any further.

I was fond of the kid, and I didn’t want her hurt.

Behind me I heard Maloney chuckle.

“Careful, Linda, my sweet, you’ll give your boy scout ideas.”

She had already given me one. I wasn’t going to stay there that night. I was going out, going somewhere so that I could think. Linda by her very presence always tangled me up.

Everything was always out of perspective when she was around.

It was at the corner of Sixth and Forty third that the cop stopped me.

He was a young fellow, looking bigger than he was in the bulky blue uniform.

“Aren’t you Danny Gumbo?” he said.

I stopped. My mind had been a thousand miles away and it took conscious effort to bring it back.

“Why, yes.”

“I recognized you from the pictures,” he said, and his voice was not unkind.

“You’d better come with me.”

“Come with you?” I didn’t understand and said so.

“Haven’t you seen the papers?”

He seemed surprised.

I shook my head and he told me.

“Your wife—” he said.

“She’s dead. Someone killed her.”

I didn’t get it, even then—didn’t realize that almost every headline held my name, that every cop in town was looking for me.

I paid for the cab to headquarters.

It was better than riding in the transportation they furnish.

I walked into the building like a man walking into a bad dream, and the first person I saw when I entered Captain Baldwin’s office was Paige Austin.

She wasn’t crying, but she looked as if she were going to.

She sat facing away from the door, and she didn’t know I was there until the captain came to his feet.

“So, here you are.”

She turned then and said,

“Gumbo.”

It wasn’t what she said, but the way she said it.

I saw the glance that passed between Baldwin and the uniformed man.

And then she seemed to sense her mistake and said in a more formal tone,

“Mr. Winston.” I said, “Hello Paige.”

I tried to make my voice sound normal.

I made it sound too normal. That’s the trouble with acting—you overplay.

I knew I was doing it and the knowledge made me angry.

The cop who had picked me up hadn’t told me anything.

In answer to my questions he’d said,

“I’ll let the captain tell you.”

But he wasn’t kidding me.

Linda was dead and the police had picked me up.

That could mean only one thing—there had to be something suspicious about the way she had died.

There was something suspicious.

Someone had choked her to death, some time between two and five in the morning.

The maid, Mary, found her when she came in with the breakfast tray at eight.

Captain Baldwin took me down to the morgue to see her.

The place was white and clean, and smelled something like a hospital.

I knew that he was watching every move I made, every expression of my face.

She looked very natural in death.

Her face might have been a cameo, softly carved.

It gave me a shock to see her lying there.

Somehow it hadn’t really registered that she was dead. It was impossible that Linda was dead. I stood there, looking down at her, saying over and over to myself,

“This is your wife. She’s dead, you should feel grief,” but I felt nothing. Maybe I was numbed by the shock, felt nothing but a haunting nameless fear that rode over me. Baldwin was a tall man, thin with a lined face and tired eyes. He said, suddenly.

“Why’d you kill her, Winston? Was it because of Paige Austin?” I turned and flared at him.

“I suppose Tony Maloney told you that.” Baldwin’s face was unreadable.

“He told us that you and Linda quarreled last night. That you walked out.”

“That’s right,” I said.

“I went to a Turkish bath because I couldn’t find a hotel room. I slept on one of the rubbing couches.”

“And you could have sneaked out, gone back to the hotel, killed your wife and then gotten back to the rubbing room without anyone’s seeing you.”

“That’s right,” I said.

We had a private elevator at the hotel, automatically operated.

It served the three penthouses.

“You’re smart,” he said.

“You don’t deny anything we can prove. . . . How come you didn’t love your wife?”

“Do you think a horse loves its master?” I asked and saw the flicker of surprise in his tired eyes.

“What are you talking about?” I said,

“Linda used me like a horse, or cow, or a slave, that belonged to her. She fed me well, saw I was decently clothed, and that was that.”

“She didn’t love you?” He was not trying to conceal his surprise. I shrugged.

“She loved me the way a sculptor loves the statue he’s created. She created me.”

“And you hated her?”

I glanced again at the body, lying now under the covering sheet which Baldwin had pulled back into place.

“No,” I said, slowly, surprised by the thought, for it had never really entered my mind before.

“I think I pitied her. With all that she had, all that she stood for, there was only one thing that I believed she really loved—her fox furs.” He gave me a strange look.

“That remark may hang you, Winston, or did you read in the papers about the fox furs which were tied around her throat when she was found?” I hadn’t known that, and I was silent as we turned and walked back to the squad car.

“I’d better have a lawyer,” I suggested as we got in.

“I don’t think Tony Maloney will care to represent me.”

“Why not?” Baldwin settled back after giving the driver instructions.

“Because,” I said,

“He was in love with Linda. He always has been, I think, at least for a long time before I ever met them.”

CHAPTER TWO

Paige Austin said, “We shouldn’t be seeing each other, Gumbo. Someone—a reporter, maybe—will see us.”

I smiled at her.

We were in a big restaurant right off Times Square, one of those affairs that’s a cross between a restaurant and an old-style automat.

“Don’t worry about it,” I said. “People are watching us now, they’ve watched every move I’ve made since I left police headquarters.”

She was a small girl, brown-haired, grey eyed. Nothing striking about her as there had been about Linda, but a warmth and understanding—something that Linda had never had.

“Gumbo, I’m sorry. You—you didn’t kill her, did you?”

I shook my head.

“No, Paige, did you?” She looked at me, and there was a hurt deep in her eyes and I said, quickly,

“I know you didn’t, but the police told me you went to see her last night. The hotel record shows that you called her from the lobby at eleven-twenty, and they don’t know when you left.”

“She called me,” said Paige.

“When I got there, she accused me of being in love with you.”

“Are you?” She looked at me for a long moment.

“I’m not quite sure. Sometimes I think I am, and I can’t sleep. Other times, I think it’s merely the glamor with which Rick Frost has surrounded you.”

Rick Frost was Linda’s press agent.

He’d been a sports reporter before setting up his own office.

A smart man, cynical and yet with a soft streak in him.

I’d liked him better than anyone else on the staff.

“And Tony Maloney wasn’t there when you saw Linda?”

She shook her head.

“No, he’d gone, but from something Linda said I judged that he was coming back. Who killed her? Did Tony?”

I looked at her sharply.

“What makes you say that?”

She shrugged.

“He loved her.”

She hesitated as if hunting for words.

“And she used him like a dog. Sometimes I’ve caught him watching her when he didn’t think anyone noticed. There was something in his eyes that I didn’t like.” I said,

“He’s my bet, but I haven’t any evidence and it’s going to take evidence, Paige. Otherwise—I’ll be it.” I don’t know why I said that. I had that haunting feeling of restlessness—a premonition. And Captain Baldwin, of course, had all but called the turn. She reached across the table, clenching her small hand over mine.

“Don’t say that. You don’t mean it. The police let you go.” I laughed. The sound was bitter in my own ears.

“Did they? Take a look at the large gentleman at the table beside the door. He’s holding that newspaper, but you can see he isn’t reading it.”

“A policeman?”

“Dan Topper,” I said.

“He knows this part of town like the back of his hand. The boys call him the Inspector of Times Square. He’s smart, honey, and he hasn’t lost sight of me since I stepped out of Baldwin’s office. I’m just bait. They’ve got me out on a string, just to see what happens.”

“Then you shouldn’t have phoned me. ”

The worry in her voice wasn’t for herself. I knew that, it was for me.

“I’d have been foolish if I’d done anything else,” I told her.

“They knew we were friends. If I avoided you now, if we made a point of not seeing each other, it would make them even more suspicious. But if you want my advice, you’ll go back home and stay there.” She said, quickly.

“Would that make it easier for you?”

I shook my head.

“No, but I don’t want you mixed up in this any more than need be. You weren’t married to Linda. She was your agent, that’s all. There’s no need in dragging you into the muck. You’ve got your career to think of.” She snapped her fingers.

“That for the career. I’m staying, Gumbo. I’m in this as much as you are. Whether you like it, or I like it doesn’t make any difference. These things happen. You can’t help yourself, but I should think the police, thinking you guilty, would be afraid you’d run away.”

“They hope I will,” I said.

“Running would be the worst thing I could do. They’d have me on the teletype in fifteen minutes after Dan lost me. A man has no chance, running away. ” T HE trouble was, I didn’t know how to fight. I let Paige leave the restaurant first and waited until she was out of sight before I stood up and moved toward the door. At Dan Topper’s table I paused.

“I’m going over to the office, Dan. You might as well share the cab.” He looked up, but didn’t move.

“Nuts to you, killer,” he said in a voice that barely reached my ears. I felt the red come up to my face. I felt my fists clench at my sides. But I knew he was purposely trying to anger me, and I didn’t mean to let him.

“Have it your way,” I said.

“If you’d rather stand on a cold street than sit around in a comfortable chair, that’s your business.” I went out, feeling that everyone in the restaurant was staring at me, caught a cab and gave the office address. It was late, almost six, but everyone was still there. Linda had never opened the place until noon and usually closed anywhere from seven to eight. Her clients weren’t the kind of people who got up before luncheon. Katie, the blonde receptionist, let out a little squeal when she saw me. I suppose she thought Death Is Like That 13 I’d already be decorating the end of a rope. Jenson, Linda’s fifty-year-old secretary, greeted me as I stepped into the inner office, but we’d never liked each other and her manner showed plainly that I was tried and convicted in her mind. I had an office of my own, a cubbyhole which I almost never used. I didn’t turn towards it now, but headed straight for the big room which had been Linda’s. Jenson started to rise from her own desk as if to bar my way, thought better of it and settled back.

“The studio called and said they were replacing you with a temporary substitute.” There was malice in her tone. I nodded. I had expected that. The broadcasting company and the sponsor could hardly afford me on the air, especially until the publicity blew over, if it ever would. I went on, pushing open Linda’s door, surprised that the lights were burning within the big room. Then I saw why, and a wave of sudden anger swept over me. Tony Maloney was seated in Linda’s chair, calmly going through the drawers of her desk. I never realized until that moment that I had hated this man, and his quiet assumption of authority in going through Linda’s desk was more than I could stand. Before he realized I was in the room, I had crossed it, reached over the desk and, grasping the lapels of his coat, jerked him to his feet. He stared at me.

“Get out of here before I throw you out!”

“Why Gumbor, I—”

“Get out!” my voice was trembling.

“Get out before I kill you.”

“He means it,” said a voice from the right. It was the first indication I had that we were not alone. I swung around to see Rick Frost lounging beside the window. Frost was a short man, with a thick, barrel like body and powerful arms. His face was round, his hair and eyebrows sandy. He grinned now.

“Take it easy, Gumbo. Don’t go haywire on us.” I let go of Maloney’s lapels and stepped back, finding that my hands were shaking slightly from the rage which burned through me. I was still angry, but somehow Frost’s presence, his ready grin, blunted my rage.

“Sorry,” I muttered, without meaning it.

“I just—I’ve had a devil of a day.”

Maloney straightened his coat.

He didn’t seem to be put out by my violence, and nothing ever seemed to crack his cynical calm.

“That’s okay. I imagine it was something of a shock to walk in here and find me calmly going through Linda’s things. But we thought you were still in the hands of the police, and someone had to do it.”

“Do what?”

The anger had all drained out of me now, leaving me empty and ill at ease.

“Search her desk,” said Maloney.

“The cops have already been through it, but since they might not have known what they were looking for, they might not find it.”

I borrowed a cigarette from Rick Frost and used the pause it took to light it to pull myself together.

“And what were they looking for?” I asked. I saw Maloney throw a quick glance toward Frost.

then he said to me,

“I guess you were about the only one in the world who didn’t know it, but our friend Linda was one of the most accomplished little blackmailers who ever lived.”

He held up his hand as I tried to speak.

“Wait a minute, Winston. You don’t like me, and I can’t say that I’ve ever been really fond of you, but we’re in this thing together whether we like it or not.”

“But…”

“She wasn’t a blackmailer in the ordinary sense,” he went on.

“She knew a lot of things about a lot of people, things that they wouldn’t want told. Remember, she grew up in show business, and she was smart. The boys around the Rialto knew that if they had the dirt on someone, Linda would pay money for it, good money. Didn’t it ever occur to you to wonder how she managed some of the deals she put over, that she had to know where the bodies were buried, or she wouldn’t have gotten away with the things she did.” His words made sense. I was seeing things that I had never really understood before, seeing a new Linda. I’d known she was hard, ruthless, but I’d thought she pushed through on her glitter, on her personal charm. T

his put an altogether new slant on many things.

“I guess I’m just dumb,” I said.

“That’s right,” Rick Frost told me, “one of the dumbest bums that ever hit the stem.”

Surprisingly Tony Maloney shook his head.

“No you aren’t,” he said.

“You were just so busy being a success, thinking about yourself, that you never bothered to think about much of anything else. And Linda made darn certain that you didn’t find out. I don’t blame you if you did kill her.”

I looked at him, startled.

“I thought you loved her?”

“For ten years,” he said, his mouth twisting.

“I loved her and I think at times I hated her. One thing about Linda, she inspired emotion of some kind. You couldn’t ignore her.” I asked something that had bothered me for a long time.

“Why didn’t you marry her?”

“I was too smart,” he said.

“Linda was possessive. She had to control people, body and soul. I couldn’t play the game that way—and yet, I couldn’t stay entirely away from her. I compromised by being her attorney. I saw more of her than almost anyone else, and I think I’m the one person whose opinion she respected. If we’d been married, that wouldn’t have been true.”

I knew he was telling the truth.

Strange, I was seeing things in their proper perspective for the first time since I’d walked into her office.

I went over and sank onto a window seat.

“All right, I’ll assume for the moment you didn’t kill her. Paige says that something Linda dropped led her to believe that you were going back to the penthouse late last night. Did you go?” For the barest fraction of an instant he hesitated. The hesitation wouldn’t have been noticeable if I hadn’t been watching him closely. Then he nodded.

“I went back,” he said.

“Linda sent me out to look for you. She was really burned when you walked out. I think it was the first time you’d ever crossed her.” I nodded.

“She called Paige,” he went on,

“and told her to come over. She didn’t really want to see Paige. All she wanted was to make certain that you hadn’t gone over there. Then she sent me out. I tried every place I could think of. Several hotel clerks said you’d been there, trying to get a room, but I couldn’t locate you.”

“I was at a Turkish bath.” He snapped his fingers and I got the impression that he was angry at himself.

“I should have thought of that. But I didn’t. I finally went back to the penthouse to report. I didn’t like the idea of going. I knew Linda would be furious, and unpleasant. I meant to tell her off. I’d had about enough.”

“Did you?” He shook his head.

“I didn’t. She was already dead. I don’t know why I tell you this. I didn’t tell the police and if you give them the story, it’s not going to put me in a good light, but, well, I guess you have a right to know. ”

“That’s one for the book,” Rick Frost said. “Tony Maloney goes soft.”

Color darkened Maloney’s face.

He swung to say something to the press agent, then checked himself and added to me,

“You and Paige are in a tough spot. Anything that will help—”

“Let’s keep her out of this.” Rick Frost laughed.

“You’ve got a fat chance of doing that. Dan Topper and Baldwin already have her slated for the big act. It makes better copy that way.” I turned on him angrily.

“Don’t you ever think of anything but headlines?”

“What else is there?” He drew a pipe from his pocket and began to fill it. I looked at him for a long moment, thinking that the only man in town that I really trusted was deserting me, then I turned back to Maloney.

“Tony,” I said. “You knew Linda a lot longer than I did. Tell me something. What made her love silver fox fur so much? Maybe if we knew that, and knew who knew it, it might be a clue. The murderer wrapped her furs about her throat after he finished choking her.” Maloney’s face got a strained look.

“I’m afraid that won’t help you,” he said, the words coming out in a kind of rush.

“You see, Gumbo, I put those furs around her throat. She was lying there—dead.” His voice broke a little at the word and I saw him shiver, then recover himself.

“She looked so alone, so cold, and the furs were on the couch. I took them and put them around her.”

The silence in the office was a heavy, solid thing. None of us felt like speaking.

Rick Frost was the first to recover and he spoke in a different tone than I’d ever heard him use.

“Well, chumps. Where do we go from here? We were Linda’s boys. Going to try and carry on the office, Gumbo? I suppose it belongs to you.”

I hadn’t thought about that angle.

The office and all it represented was mine, but I didn’t want it. I said,

“I couldn’t carry on if I wanted to. I don’t know the angles. I’m no salesman, and most of the clients didn’t like me, they resented me.” Rick said,

“You’re smarter than I thought.” “Maloney can carry on if he wants to.”

I glanced toward the lawyer.

“He’s been running the business end for years, anyway. Why don’t you two combine? I’ll turn the works over to you.”

They looked at each other.

Maloney cleared his throat.

“There’s an angle you haven’t thought of, maybe. I said Linda was a blackmailer. She had her secret file, and maybe some of the boys who are on it are going to want to make certain that the information she had doesn’t pass into the wrong hands.”

“But this file, where is it?”

He hesitated for an instant.

“In my office. I shouldn’t tell you this I suppose. It would be better if I burned the cards and let it go at that. I’m telling you for a reason. You’re going to be approached in the next twenty four hours by a number of characters. They’ll all conclude that you inherited the file. It wasn’t fair for you not to know what they are talking about.” He broke off, again hesitating, then he drew an automatic from his coat pocket.

“Ever use one of these?” I was surprised.

“Why yes, but—” He said,

“Take it. Some of the boys Linda dealt with were rough characters. They might try and get rough with you.” I took the gun and said,

“Maybe one of them killed her. Maybe if we went through the list it would give us a lead.” Maloney shrugged.

“There are over a thousand cards in that file—a lot of suspects, if you ask me. Even Dan Topper couldn’t sort them out. However, the file is yours if you want it”

“Why yes,” I said.

“I want it. A lot of the names can come off. We can check. They wouldn’t be in town and—”

“They could hire it done,” Maloney told me

“However, come on, we’ll take a look, anyhow.”

CHAPTER THREE

A thousand file cards aren’t so many Linda had arranged them carefully am the notations were in her slanting script.

Evidently she hadn’t wanted them seen even by a typist.

I borrowed a brief case from Maloney and carted them back to the penthouse conscious that Dan Topper was staying with I thought that, although they did not know it, the police were furnishing me with a body guard.

I might need one before the night was over.

I wanted Maloney to come, but he shook his head.

“I wouldn’t do you any good, and I don’ want any part of it. I only stood for the fib because of Linda.”

“Scared?” I said, without meaning what he read into it.

His eyes grew smoky.

Then he nodded

“Frankly, yes. Men are on that list who have killed before and might well kill again. Linda overlooked few bets. The best thing is to burn it.”

“But you’ve been over it,” I said.

“You know what is on some of the cards?” His tone had an unwilling note.

“Yes, I’ve been over it. I know what is on some cards.”

“Would some be missing?” He looked at me sharply.

“What do you mean by that?”

“The murderer might have stolen his own card.” I pointed out.

“Who besides Linda knew that these things were kept in your office, not hers?” ‘‘No one.”

“Then the murderer’s card is still in this bunch,” I told him.

“By the way, is your name on this list?” I thought for an instant that he would hit me. He controlled himself with a visible effort and said tensely,

“What do you mean by that, Gumbo?” I shrugged.

“Only that I’m learning fast. From what I’ve learned and from knowing her, I can’t think that my darling wife would trust anyone unless she had the deadwood on them. ” He laughed. It was a short, sharp, bitter sound.

“You’re right,” he said.

“But Linda would not keep the card referring to me where I could lay my hands on it. You won’t find it there. I don’t know where she kept it. ”

“You might have killed her for it.” He nodded.

“I might have, any time during the last ten years.” I picked up the brief case and turned to where Rick Frost stood, watching us.

“I think you’re a friend of mine. Do you want to help?” He grinned.

“I might help at that, if the job wasn’t too tough a one.” I said,

“All I want you to do is to circulate around the district, the drug store where all the boys hang out, the night spots, drop a word here and there. Just say that I have Linda’s list. It won’t mean a thing to the ones who aren’t on it. The ones who are will know what you’re talking about.”

“Can do.” Maloney said,

“You are a fool, Winston. You’re making a clay pigeon of yourself. You’re making a bid for someone to kill you.” I shrugged.

“I might as well be murdered as have the state kill me for a murderer. Death is the same no matter how it comes. ” I picked up the brief case and moved toward the door.

“Coming, Rick?” He grinned at me.

“Righto. I’ve published a lot of things, but this is the first blackmail list I ever press agented. I hope it does you some good, although I doubt it.”

There was no cab in sight and the night was clear.

“Think I’ll walk.”

He raised a hand.

“Be seeing you. I go the other way.”

I watched him swing off down the street, whistling softly to himself. If Linda’s death affected him, he gave no sign.

I walked along, trying to think.

After a block I opened the case and started to glance through the cards.

Some of the names listed and the information contained made me catch my breath.

If that list were published, it certainly would make juicy reading.

I was surprised to find Paige listed.

There wasn’t anything startling about her, her date of birth, parents’ names, schools, jobs. Linda had certainly been thorough.

A curious, dispassionate anger flowed through me as I found a card with my name on it. Linda must have hired detectives to get the information.

Even the three nights I’d spent in jail during my senior year at college were listed. I passed a hotel, retraced my steps and went into the writing room.

Seated at the little desk, I saw Dan Topper pass the door twice and grinned sourly to myself.

My actions must have been confusing to anyone trailing me.

Then the grin died as the nameless fear took hold of me again. Topper was the law, the law that should have been my protection and was, instead, my antagonist.

I left the hotel and saw that Topper followed me.

He made no effort at concealment, yet he stayed almost half a block behind.

He followed grimly and it might have been humorous, this dogged pursuit, had it not been that my nerves were jumpy, on edge, so that I was almost doubting my own innocence.

The automatic elevator which led to the penthouses was reached by a small side corridor from the main lobby.

It could also be reached from the street, if you knew the way, and I came in through this side entrance, not feeling like facing the crowded lobby.

There was no attendant in the small corridor and I pushed the button and waited impatiently until the car came down.

I got in hurriedly and pushed the button marked ROOF. The door closed itself and the car started upward.

Even in the small elevator I had the feeling that someone was watching me, waiting behind some hidden corner to spring out at me. I didn’t know what I would find upstairs. The police might have left a guard in the apartment, or the hotel management might have stationed a bellboy there to prevent curiosity seekers. The car came to a halt with a slight jar, the door slid open. I stepped out into the small hall which served the three penthouses. On the other side of this hall was the public elevator, one shaft of which rose from the lobby and which most guests used.

Beyond it was a stairway with a steel fire door.

I stared at this stairway. I’d forgotten its existence since we had never used it, but the murderer could have come that way.

I crossed the hall, fitted my key into the lock, opened the door and stepped into the penthouse. It was quiet inside.

I hadn’t expected it to be anything else.

The maid came in by the day and left at six.

If we wanted anything after that we called room service.

I turned on the foyer lights, looking around the small hall.

Then I flipped my hat onto the small hall table, recalling as I did so that Linda had never allowed me to leave it there. It was curious, but the only things I remembered about Linda were the prohibitions she had set up.

I never remembered her complimenting me for anything, and I thought bitterly, I’m glad she’s dead. I should feel sorry about it, but I’m no hypocrite, I don’t feel sorry. . . . I shook myself, as a dog might, trying to rid my mind of Linda.

It seemed that she haunted me worse now than she ever had alive.

Everything I saw reminded me of her, everything I touched. . . . I walked into the long living room, still carrying the brief case, but I didn’t turn on the lights.

I went over to the window and stood looking down at the street, far below.

I heard nothing behind me. I did not know there was anyone else within the room until the blow fell.

It came against the back of my head with sickening force.

I thought, even as I fell, that it was a sap, a sandbag, something soft and giving and yet deadly.

I wasn’t out.

Why I wasn’t I don’t know, for the force of the blow had stunned my nerve centers and made it impossible for me to move.

Nor was I fully conscious, for I knew only vaguely that someone had stooped, caught up the brief case and was carrying it into the foyer.

How long I lay there, I’ll never know.

Probably it was for seconds only, maybe for minutes.

I came to my full senses to find that I was on my hands and knees, trying to get up.

The noise in the foyer seemed to be continuing. I was certain I heard the door close.

I struggled to my feet, grasping the heavy window drape for momentary support.

Then I felt in my coat pocket for the gun Maloney had given me.

It was still there, and I took it out.

I just had sense enough to slip the safety before I started across the room.

Then I heard a movement in the foyer.

Whoever it was had not gone.

I hurried, although my legs seemed to be made out of a curious rubbery substance which was not quite firm. I reached the connecting door, stepped through it, my gun raised.

“Hands up.”

I poked the gun almost directly into Paige Austin’s face.

She gasped, and I almost dropped the gun.

“ Paige, where did you come from ? What are you doing here?” She was staring at me, at the gun which I held, clenched in my hand. Beyond her I saw Maloney’s brief case, a little to the right, leaning against the hall wall, its straps fastened.

“Gumbo, what’s the matter? What’s happened? What are you doing with that gun?” I looked at the automatic stupidly for a moment, as if I’d never seen it before, then I slid the safety into place and put the gun in my pocket.

“How long have you been here?”

“Why, I—I just came in. I knocked and no one answered. I thought that strange since I could see the light from the crack under the door. So, I tried the knob. The door was unlocked and I came in.” I stood there, watching her, trying to decide whether or not she was telling the truth. I saw the worry in her eyes, heard her say,

“But you, something’s happened. You’re acting strangely.”

“I’ve been hit on the head.” I told her.

“Someone was waiting for me in the darkened living room when I came in.”

“But, what did they—who was it?”

“I don’t know yet,” I said, picking up the brief case. I carried it back into the living room and turned up the lights.

“You shouldn’t have come here.”

“I know it,” she said, watching me as I ran through the cards,

“but I couldn’t help it, Gumbo. I—I had to see you, to talk to you, to know you were all right.” I wanted to believe her—and yet. . . .

“Did you see anyone as you came up, anyone who might have been leaving here?” She shook her head.

“Why should anyone want to break in here to knock you out?”

“For these cards,” I said. She stared at them, her eyes wide.

“What are they?” I hadn’t intended to tell her, but I did.

“You see,” I finished,

“Linda used the knowledge she had accumulated about people to force them to do what she wished. I remember last winter when she put on that play by those Hollywood writers, I thought it funny that two of the town’s biggest gamblers would put up the money. Let’s see,” I ran through the cards and I could feel my face burn.

“They’re here all right. One of them is an escaped convict, the other—”

I broke off for I’d heard sound from the room behind me and I was pretty certain that Paige hadn’t made any noise.

He was standing in the doorway, watching me, a man about forty, black-haired, with a dark, oval face and too full lips.

I felt my face muscles go stiff, for I knew him.

Most people who make the night clubs their habit knew Connie Snyder, and no one seemed to know exactly what he did, but he could be here for one reason and one only— his name must be on one of Linda’s cards.

I managed to twist my lips into a smile.

“Hello, there. Nice of you to knock.”

He didn’t answer.

He stepped into the room and another man came in after him. This man was tall and thin.

He was so thin that the bony framework of his face stood out against the skin, making him look like a living skeleton.

“This the guy, Connie?” Snyder nodded.

He’d thrown one look at Paige, then turned his full attention on me.

“Evening, Gumbo.”

Something very cold seemed to be clawing its way slowly up my back.

I didn’t like Snyder.

I’d never liked him, but up until this moment he’d been of no importance to me.

He was now.

He was here for something, and how he’d act in getting it was of the utmost importance to me, to me and Paige.

For an instant I’d forgotten her presence. I wished fervently that she were somewhere else.

“Sorry to hear about Linda.” Snyder was lipping his words.

There was no meaning in them.

He might have remarked about the weather.

“Understand you have a list she was keeping?” I nodded, dumbly and his eyes fell on the cards.

I could see his face tighten.

“At least,” he said,

“Linda didn’t talk in the wrong places, not when she was taken care of.” I wanted to tell him that I wouldn’t talk either, that I had no interest in what he had done or what he meant to do in the future. All I wanted was to have him leave Paige and me alone.

And then I thought of the purpose of bringing the file here.

It was to be used for bait, to draw the murderer to me.

I looked at Connie Snyder, at his slender hands, trying to picture him as the man who had killed Linda.

I didn’t doubt that he would kill if it served his purpose—that he had killed in the past—but had he killed Linda?

For some reason I couldn’t picture him choking her.

The gun would be more his style, and if he could hire it done, I doubted that he would use the gun himself.

For all his arrogance there was a careful streak in the man.

He was a sure-thing player, not a real gambler.

For this reason I said, quickly.

“I’ve got the list here. I was just going to look it over.”

He gave me a stare.

“Meaning you’ve never seen it?”

My mouth felt a little dry as if it were filled with cotton.

“That’s right. There’s a card with my name on it in that list, the same as yours.”

“I thought you said you hadn’t looked. How d’you know my name is on Linda’s list if you haven’t looked?”

“Would you be here if it wasn’t?”

“I might,” he said, and grinned at me thinly.

“Didn’t it ever occur to you, Junior, that that list might be valuable to a guy who knew how to use it right?”

That was an angle I hadn’t thought of, an angle I didn’t like. I wasn’t going to use Linda’s list myself and I certainly didn’t mean to turn it over to a sharper like Connie Snyder to blackmail Broadway with.

 I said,

“Now, look. I don’t want any trouble with you, Connie, and I don’t want any trouble with anyone else. I was going to use this list to try and find Linda’s murderer. After that, I’m going to burn it.”

“You kill me,” he said, and he wasn’t smiling.

“You bumped your wife yourself. Everyone in town knows it. Quit stalling and hand over those cards.” I shrugged.

“Help yourself. There isn’t much I can do to stop you.” He moved forward and gathered up the cards, turning to look at me speculatively.

“If I thought you’d looked them over—”

“Sure he has,” said the skeleton man.

“Don’t trust him, boss. Both him and the dame know too much.” Connie said,

“We gotta be careful. Dan Topper is downstairs, and there may be other flatfeet hanging around.”

His gunman sneered.

“So what? Look, we can bump him and the dame. Topper will figure that he got scared of the police, knocked over the broad and then gunned himself—a cinch.”

He watched me with glittering, deep-set eyes. I wondered if I could get the automatic from my pocket.

I was pretty certain I couldn’t before he shot me.

His hand was on his gun, although it wasn’t in sight.

It was Paige who surprised them, and me.

She’d been standing perfectly quiet, without a word, her hands at her sides, one clutching her purse.

Suddenly I noticed the purse was open.

She raised her other hand now and there was a gun in it.

It was the smallest gun I’ve ever seen, but still a gun.

“Put your hands up,” she told the skeleton man.

“You too,” she swung the gun a little, so that it covered Connie Snyder. He swung away from me to face her.

“Drop that pop-gun, sister, or I’ll feed it to you.” He took a step toward her.

“But not this one,” I said, and brought Maloney’s automatic into sight.

“Hold it, Connie, I’d love to put a bullet into your back. ”

He stopped, turned and slowly raised his hands, his thin lips curving a little.

“Well, well, look who comes to life.”

My voice sounded harsh, even in my own ears.

“I said I didn’t want any trouble with you. I don’t, but you butted into this. You’re in and you’re going to stay here. Turn around.” He turned and I got the gun from under his arm. Then I did the same for the skeleton man and, after that, told the girl:

“There’s tape in the bathroom. Get it, will you.” She got it, helped me fasten their wrists and ankles. When that was done I said:

“I didn’t know you were a gun girl?”

“I’m not,” her voice was shaking a little.

“My father gave me that when I came to New York. He had the idea that there was danger in a big city. I’ve always carried it, but—it wasn’t even loaded.” Connie Snyder, bound securely in a chair, swore harshly. The skeleton man said nothing, but his deep-set eyes burned with an all consuming hate.

“What are you going to do?” Paige was still trembling a little as she looked at the prisoners. I shook my head.

“I don’t know,” I told her.

“First I want to see if Snyder is on that list.” I turned and picked up the cards. He was there all right, so much there that Linda had utilized two cards to record-his exploits. Rumrunner, bootlegger, numbers operator, and cigarette black marketeer. The card gave further information, source of his supply, warehouse location. . . I began to think that the police had overlooked a bet in not hiring my wife. She seemed to have been able to secure information that apparently was beyond their grasp.

“Is he there?” The girl had walked over to my side. I nodded and showed her the cards.

“A fine, upstanding citizen. Now look, Paige, I’m going to leave you here with our friends. Frankly, I don’t know what to do. I want to talk to Tony Maloney for one thing.” She stared at me, wide-eyed.

“Gumbo, is he tied up in this?”

“I don’t know,” I said.

“That’s what I want to find out. He was the only one who had a key to this apartment, besides Linda and myself. Whoever was waiting to knock me out as I came in had a key. I want to ask Maloney about it.”

CHAPTER FOUR

Dan Topper’s cab trailed mine to Maloney’s apartment.

I watched it, wondering what would happen if I were to stop Topper and tell him what I suspected.

It seemed the sensible thing to do, but I knew, deep down, that I’d get the same answer I’d gotten in the restaurant earlier. Nuts to you, killer.

In Dan Topper’s eyes I was a murderer, squirming, trying to get out of the consequences of my crime, trying to throw the blame onto someone else.

The apartment was an old building in the Thirties, between Lexington and Third.

I’d been there a couple of times and the old elevator man nodded.

“Mr. Maloney went up an hour and a half ago.” I nodded, stepped off at the fourth floor and knocked. Nothing happened and I knocked again, louder this time, my hand shaking a little, for I’d just thought of something. Still no response and I turned back toward the elevator, intending to get the old operator. Then I stopped. Dan Topper was lurking somewhere out front. If what I feared was true, I’d be held, delayed. And Paige was alone in my apartment with Connie and his gunsel. Instead, I turned toward the end of the hall. There was a big window at the side of Maloney’s apartment, a window of which he was justly proud, which opened into a little, narrow balcony. I’d been out on this balcony. It was hardly bigger than a dining room table, but it was possible to reach it from the fire escape.

I slid up the window at the end of the hall and stepped out onto the iron grating.

From the fire escape

I could see that the lights were on inside the apartment.

I stepped across to the little balcony and tried the window.

It wasn’t locked and I raised the wide sash.

The window seat inside was covered with potted plants.

I got past them and stepped in.

The room was empty.

I stood for a moment looking uncertainly at the well-filled bookcases, then crossed to the hall which led back to the bedroom. Maloney lay in the hall.

He apparently had been trying to get away, realizing his danger, and hadn’t made it.

The bullet had caught him directly in the back, under the left shoulder blade. It had probably reached the heart. I wondered why the sound of the shot had attracted no one, and then I heard the rattle of the el, only a few lots distant. If the shot had come while a train were passing, certainly no one would have had to have noticed. Much as I hated to, I stooped down and went through the lawyer’s pockets, looking for his keys. They were there in a little leather folder, which I drew out and examined. The key to the penthouse was missing. I stood for a long minute staring down at him. Certainly he had not survived Linda long. Their lives had been curiously linked and they were united now. Death was like that. I turned away and moved to the outer door. It fastened on a night latch and I let myself out, the door locking automatically behind me. When the elevator came up the old man said,

“You didn’t stay long.”

“Guess he’s not home,” I said and stepped into the car.

“But he must be. I haven’t taken him down. . .”

“Maybe he walked down,” I said,

“or maybe he was in bed and didn’t want to be disturbed. I’ll see him later.” I left the building as hurriedly as I could and walked to Third Avenue. I own that I was relieved when a cab came sliding between the el posts and drew to a stop at my signal. I’d been afraid that the old man might investigate, might raise a cry before I got out of the neighborhood.

I settled back and gave the address of my hotel in a voice loud enough to reach Dan Topper on the curb where he was looking up and down the street vainly for a cab—then I settled back and tried to think.

At the hotel the first person I saw was Rick Frost.

He came forward to greet me in the little hall that led to the private elevator, his round face wearing a worried frown.

“Gumbo. Am I glad to see you I couldn’t figure what was going on.”

I stared at him.

“Going on? What are you talking about?”

He said,

“I called the apartment and Paige answered. She wouldn’t tell me why she was there or where you were, or anything. All she said was that I couldn’t come up.”

I stepped to the house phone at the side of the elevator and called the penthouse.

“Paige, it’s me, Gumbo. I’m coming up, everything okay?”

Her voice had a little tremor of relief.

“Yes, everything’s okay. Our guests are getting restless, come on.”

I hung up and, motioning to Frost to follow, stepped into the little car,

“I’m glad to see you,” I told him.

“Something’s happened and I need advice. I went over to get it from Maloney. I didn’t.”

“Wasn’t he there?”

“He was dead,” I said.

“Someone shot him in the back.”

Rick swore under his breath.

“Probably after Linda’s list.”

I hadn’t thought of that and said so as the car stopped and I opened the door for him. P

aige met us at the penthouse entrance, her surprise showing at sight of Frost.

“I thought you went for Maloney.”

“He couldn’t come,” I told her.

“In here, Rick. I want you to see our visitors. I want you to tell me what to do with them.”

He followed me to the living room door and stopped, again swearing under his breath.

“Connie!”

 Snyder looked at us from his place in the chair.

“Tell the fool to turn us loose, Frost. I’ll see that he burns for this, plenty.”

“The cops are trying to make me burn,” I told him.

“I’m afraid your efforts wouldn’t get far compared with theirs.”

“But what—” Frost was staring at me.

“He’s on Linda’s list,” I said.

“He came up here to do something about it. The question is what am I going to do with him?” Frost said, slowly.

“That will take some thinking, I—”

“Wait,” I said.

“You think about it. I want to see Paige for a minute.”

I pulled her after me into the foyer, lowering my voice.

When I stepped back into the living room door a couple of minutes later, Connie Snyder was stretching his arms and Frost was just releasing the skeleton man.

Then Snyder had a gun in his hand and raised it so that it covered me.

“Come in, my friend. What was that you were saying about me not burning you?”

 I stared at Frost who had straightened and was grinning at me crookedly.

“The easiest way is to turn them loose, Gumbo.”

“So I see,” I told him. The skeleton man said, suddenly.

“Hey, where’s the dame.” I looked at him.

“I sent her home.”

Snyder swore and took a quick step toward the door, then stopped as if he realized that it was impossible to head Paige off. I said to Frost,

“So, you couldn’t bear to see your pals tied up.” He fumbled.

“Or maybe,” I said.

“You mean to kill me—as you killed Maloney and Linda.”

“Hey, wait,” it was Connie Snyder who spoke.

“We didn’t kill your wife.”

“I didn’t say that you did,” I told him.

“I was talking to Frost. He choked Linda to death and he killed Maloney this evening.”

Snyder turned to look at the press agent. Frost said,

“He’s crazy. Why would I want to kill Linda? Why should I bump off Tony?”

“Both for the same reason,” I said. “Linda had your name on the list.”

“You are crazy!”

“It isn’t there now,” I told him, “because you stole it, after you’d knocked me on the head. Let me guess at what you did tonight. You and I left Maloney’s office together. I walked over here. You started out to spread the news that I had the list, only, you didn’t. You went directly to Maloney’s apartment, climbed the stairs and went in through the big window, the same way I did.

“You waited until he got home, which was almost at once, according to the time the elevator man said he arrived. He came in, saw you and guessed what you were doing there and started to run down the hall towards the bedroom. Maybe he had a second gun there— he’d given me the other.

“Anyhow, you shot him, because you knew he’d looked at the list and seen your name on the card. you searched him and got the key to this penthouse from his ring. You then came over here, intending, I think, to kill me and try and make it look like suicide. I hadn’t gotten here yet, so, you hid, knocked me out and stole your file card. Why you didn’t take the whole file, I’ll never know. Probably afraid that Topper or some other cop might spot you in the hotel and pick you up for questioning. But you wanted the file, for you’d concluded that in the right hands, that list could be very valuable, so, you sent Snyder and his gunman after it.”

Frost said, not speaking to me.

“He’s crazy, Connie. Even if there had been a card, why should I have chosen last night to kill Linda?” I said,

“I’ll tell you why, and I can prove there was a card. You see, Rick, I figured that anyone who Linda worked with would be on that list. I was curious about you, since I thought you were the one man I could trust. I stopped in a hotel on the way over here and looked at your card. You knifed a man in a newspaper brawl in Fort Worth in nineteen twenty-four, but that wasn’t the important thing. The card said that you’ve been peddling black market cigarettes for our friend here. It worked in well with your publicity contacts.

“And I know Linda. She wouldn’t have stood for it, not because of patriotic reasons alone, but from her angle you were jeopardizing her business. So, she called up and told you to come over last night. You argued, you lost your head, and you killed her.” Snyder swore. Frost said stubbornly,

“You still can’t prove any of this.” I nodded.

“Yes I can. You see, Rick, when I read what was on your card, I had a hunch. There in the hotel writing room, I copied the card, faking Linda’s writing. The copy I put back in the file, and it was that you lifted, the other is hidden in the desk of that writing room.”

“What hotel?” The words came out before he thought and Snyder laughed.

“So, you’re a killer.” From the foyer Dan Topper stepped into the room, reinforced by two of the hotel’s staff.

“Watch it, Frost.” Rick Frost ignored the warning. He must have known what was coming, but he tried to raise his gun. Topper shot him twice, then swung to cover Connie Snyder and the skeleton man.

“Want any?” Connie Snyder spread his hand.

“You’ve got nothing on us, copper, we didn’t help that rat Strangle Linda. Her husband will tell you.” I said.

“Yeah, but we’ll send you away for this cigarette thing, and you were fixing to kill both me and Paige.”

“You can’t shoot a guy for trying,” Connie Snyder said. Topper growled and I could tell he’d have loved to squeeze the trigger. He didn’t. The police are well disciplined. Later Paige said.

“But when you brought him up in the elevator, you knew he was guilty. Otherwise you wouldn’t have sent me back downstairs to get Topper.” I nodded.

“That’s right, but I had no real proof that he’d killed Linda. I had the card from her file, and I was morally certain he’d killed Maloney and stolen the penthouse key, but that still didn’t prove the murder. I had to get him to give himself away. I didn’t want you there when it happened and I did want Topper to walk in, so I sent you after him.” She nodded.

“I’m glad it’s over. Poor Linda, she didn’t need that list. She had a lot of ability, a lot. . .”

“A lot,” I said.

“Too much for me, I guess.” Paige said,

“I’m going home tomorrow. I don’t think I like New York.”

“It isn’t New York,” I told her.

“It’s just that we got tied up in something. Don’t forget to let me have the address before you go. I might write you a letter sometime.”

She didn’t forget.

PI Problems

Chapter 1

I remeber the day was Friday, along in mid-August, about eight in the evening.

Ordinarily by that time there would be a pleasant breeze off the lake, but this night the air was hot and sultry as a strip dancer’s face after the fifth encore.

I’d started out for her apartment wearing a freshly laundered white linen suit, fresh blue shirt, white and blue striped tie to match, white socks with blue clocks and the blue scar of a stinking rifle bullet still visible across the corner of my jaw.

“It ain’t the heat, it’s the humidity,” the hack driver said, sighing. ‘You said Pierson near Michigan is the address, mister?”

“That’s what I said,” I snapped and mopped some more perspiration off my face.

The cabbie glanced swiftly up in his mirror, shrugged, clammed up and paid attention to his driving.

He was thinking this guy is one of them surly ones, and I didn’t blame him.

I was feeling nasty and I was showing it.

And the old scar which extended almost to the corner of the mouth wasn’t helping things any.

“Okay, chump, so she waggles her little finger and right away you go racing off to see her,” I told myself.

Assorted years ago I’d sworn it was the last time I’d ever see Taylor Townley.

She was tawny blonde and she was elegant.

And full of ambition.

She wasn’t the babe for me, Danny Gumbo, who took things as they came, not caring a hell of a lot if he made a mint of money or not, and having a little fun all along the way.

Taylor —the small-town girl who made good in raucous, noisy, burly Chicago.

And along the way she picked up guys and used them and dropped them like trash littering the wayside.

But not this guy, angel lamb. Gumbo got himself out before it was too late.

Stevie took his one hundred and ninety pounds of brawn and muscle and went off to the wars to become a hero.

A nice big “hero” with a nice ugly scar across his face, and a deeper scar that didn’t show because it was too deep down inside.

Taylor got herself married to a sackful of money two weeks after you left, remember?

Lovely Taylor.

Sure!

So now you’re chasing right over there like a hungry dog going to rout up a remembered bone.

I remembered her urgent words, less than an hour ago on the phone.

“Can you come over?”

It had been years, and her voice was still husky and low and capable of twisting your stomach into tight knots.

The cab stopped on a nice quiet street on the near North Side before a tall nicely kept apartment building with a doorman who held the door open for you and said in a nice polite voice,

“Good evening, sir.”

Another polite, uniformed gentleman waited inside the small, correct lobby, a few feet away.

“Whom do you wish to see, sir?” A quiet, impassive, unhurried man. I told him.

“Are you expected?”

“Yes, I’m expected,” I said impatiently and he walked unhurriedly to a house phone unit set in the wall within a little cubicle of the lobby.

He spoke politely to someone for a moment, then nodded to me, turned and started through the lobby in his correct, unhurried manner.

He stood aside at an elevator, waited until I got inside, then carefully closed the doors.

We rode upstairs without having anything further to do with each other.

The white hallway was carpeted and quiet, and the door to Taylor’s apartment was just across from the elevator.

It opened as I stepped out.

The maid standing there was young and had skin the color of pale smooth amber.

She had big wide eyes, a cute mouth, and she would never be troubled too much with thinking.

“Right this way, Mr. Gumbo,” she said and led the way across the foyer into the living room.

She wore a black dress and something that was supposed to be a little white apron but looked like a handkerchief.

“Miss Taylor will be right out, Mr. Gumbo,”’ the maid said.

She took my Panama and indicated a chair.

Then-she went across the big room and disappeared some place.

It was a nice living room.

Money had been spent on it.

The rug went from wall to wall and cuddled your ankles like soft white snow.

Everything else in the room was various shades of pale pink.

The lamps were pink and chrome, and there were crystal knickknacks here and there.

The drapes at the long casement windows were pink too and so long they covered several feet of rug.

On the pale pink walls hung large photographs of beautiful women, the glamour girl kind found on magazine covers.

They were smart, professional photographs that had been taken by someone who knew the business.

They were Taylor’s work, and she knew her business.

Her studio worked with some of the biggest ad agencies in the Loop. I sat back in a wide, deep chair and felt the quiet coolness of the expensive room touch me.

The casement windows were tightly closed.

Somewhere there came the soft hum of an air-conditioning unit, gentle enough not to disturb one’s thoughts.

It was a good quiet room in which to think.

But I didn’t want to think.

I got up and strode around the room and then sat down again.

The two straight shots of Scotch I’d quickly tossed off before coming here were now water over the dam. I needed a couple more.

“Darling,” she said in almost a whisper.

In a way that made the little hairs on the back of my neck stand on end, like a cool wind over too warm skin.

She stood there in the doorway across the room.

She must have been there a full instant before she spoke, and there was a smile teasing her red curved lips but not yet in her ‘cool, level gray eyes.

She came smoothly across the deep carpet, both slim hands outstretched with the palms held downward, waiting for me to take them.

“It’s been so long,” she watched me as she waited for a response.

Lips outlined with a hint of make up.

A small rumble in the pit of my stomach, fueled by the memory of them.

“I guess it has,” I said inanely and held her cool smooth hands and felt the pain gnawing at my belly.

Her eyes, wide and intelligent, went over me swiftly, then came back to my face.

“Years?”

I nodded.

“Sit down,” she said quickly. ‘‘Let me get you a drink.”

She turned, as though to call the maid, then moved toward a liquor cabinet.

“Do you still like Scotch?”

“When I get it.”

“With soda.”

She turned, smiling.

“You don’t forget,” I said.

I watched her fix the drinks.

She was tall and graceful and softly curved.

Her tawny hair was burnt gold on top from summer sunlight.

Her smooth features were tanned.

She looked healthy and vital.

She was wearing something that probably passed for a lounging robe-and left nothing to the imagination about her beautiful shoulders and back.

It was also cut low in front, and you didn’t have to use your imagination there either.

Taylor had a beautiful body.

Her hair swept back from her high forehead, was tied some way at the back, then fell gently to her shoulders.

Handing me one of the drinks, she sat on the long divan opposite me, curving a foot beneath her.

Her deep eyes were bright.

“Let me look at you,” she said in that husky way.

“It’s so good to see you again, Gumbo.”

I let her look.

I swallowed half the drink, hoping it would take the knots out of my insides.

“Tell me all about you.”

I shrugged.

“It isn’t much.”

“Please do. You’ve never called me, you know.”

“I’ve been pretty busy.”

She let that pass.

‘Tell me about it.”

She settled down cozily in the deep cushions and the dress fell away from an outstretched leg.

It was a nice leg, beautifully formed right up to the thigh, so why should she worry about showing it.

It was something to show.

I’d seen it before.

It was still worth a look.

So I looked.

I gave her just a sketchy bit of it.

“I was lucky.”

I fingered the scar.

“One of them took me out of it a long time ago without mussing me up much.”

“It hardly shows,’’ she said. “It wouldn’t show at all if you didn’t frown.”

I finished the drink and wished she’d get on with it.

Maybe I didn’t want to tell her that there wasn’t much to smile about right now.

The drink hadn’t helped a bit.

It was hell sitting there looking at her beautiful body and knowing she had? married Alan Townley two weeks after I had gone off to be a hero.

“Why did you call?” I said,

She got up and took my glass and went over to the cabinet to refill it.

With her back to me,

“You never knew Alan, did you?”

“No.”

When she came back across the room the half smile had left her face.

“You knew I married him?”

I nodded.

She handed me the glass and I watched her across the top of it as she sat down again.

“I suppose that’s why you never called?”

I shrugged.

“After all…”

I let it trail, off.

She said quickly,

“I’ll tell you why, Gumbo! You thought it wouldn’t be proper to call a married woman, someone you had gone around with for over two years, and who still thought you were a pretty swell guy. A gal who remembered all the fun we had together.”

I grinned.

“Well, would it?”

A flush crept into her smooth cheeks.

She said jumped to her feet and went to the liquor cabinet again.

She jerked around and her gray eyes flashed.

“I never knew you to rest on formalities.”

I finished the drink, staring at her over the rim of the glass.

Anger made her eyes sparkle.

She came back across the room, almost yanked the empty glass from my hand and returned to the cabinet.

The drop of soda that she added to the two drinks didn’t do any good at all.

It was like sprinkling a lawn after a cloudburst.

This time Taylor Townley sat down beside me and her left hand rested lightly on my knee.

“You’ve changed,” she said throatily.

“Getting shot at does that to a man. Getting shot makes it a bit worse.”

“You’re hard and you’re bitter. You were always a big rough guy. But never like this.”

She looked at me sideways.

“Am I so different? Don’t you care any more?”

She was close to me, her hand still on my knee, her lithe figure separated from me only by the thinness of the gown.

I stood up, strode to the liquor cabinet and spiked the glass with straight Scotch.

I drank the stuff down, banged the heavy glass on the table and came back across the room.

I was feeling the liquor and was wondering what hours her husband kept at the office.

I was aware of Taylor Townley’s eyes watching me curiously. Standing in front of her, I said harshly,

“After all, you’re married. Things are different, damn it. Why didn’t you leave me alone? Why bother calling me at the office? What do you think I am, anyway? I’ve got a heart and lungs and there’s blood in me. I tick inside.”

I snapped my fingers before her curious, lovely face.

“I tell myself it was swell and terrific and all that, but now the lady’s married and you forget her. She’s private property. Go along and be a private detective, Gumbo, and forget all about Taylor. She’s not for you, chum. Don’t make your life miserable.”

“Gumbo!”

She was also on her feet now.

Very close to me.

Hands pressed against my chest and the enticing fragrance of her all mixed up with the burn of the liquor in my guts.

“Gumbo, darling. I’m trying to tell you. Alan and I haven’t lived together for a year—”’

“Furthermore—” I stopped.

I frowned down at her.

She was tall, but I still had to look down into her upturned face.

“T’’m trying to fell you,”’ she said.

“It never worked out, Gumbo. We’ve been separated for a year. It’s all over.”

Her hands slid down my chest and went beneath my arms.

She held herself tight against me.

‘You haven’t even kissed me,” she said softly.

I put my arms over hers.

I tilted her head back and my fingers were lost in her tawny hair.

Her warm lips came up and for a long moment there was only the delicate hum of the air-conditioning unit.

Finally she broke away and took a moment getting her breath.

‘That’s better.”

I felt like I was rocking when I let go of her.

Maybe I was.

It was good Scotch.

“Now, we can talk sense,” Taylor was saying.

It took me a moment to gather that in.

Along with it I detected a speculative sharpness rising in the back of her eyes.

“I heard that you’d gone back to operating your own detective agency. That’s why I called you.”

She wanted something. I should have known.

“I called you because there’s no one else I can turn to, darling. Have you got a cigarette?”’

I dug two out of the pack, lit both and passed her one.

Unconsciously I had done it the way we used to do in the past when we were out driving.

She smiled briefly, remembering, and letting me know that she remembered those nights along some deserted highway far up the North Shore. I still didn’t say anything.

“Alan has disappeared,” she announced.

She was sitting down again, but on the edge of the chair. There was tenseness in her.

“You said you haven’t seen him in a year.”

She shook her head.

“I didn’t say that. I said we hadn’t lived together in a year. Naturally, I’ve seen him. I couldn’t afford to let anyone know the way it was, especially business acquaintances. You know how it is when you’re dealing with ad agency people. They’re touchy as racehorses at the post. None of them guessed that Alan and I—”

“He disappeared?” I said.

She nodded.

“A week ago. I’ve checked everywhere. There’s no trace of him at all!” I grinned a little.

“Did he walk out on you, pet?” Abruptly she was on her feet again. She walked to a tier table and mashed out her cigarette. Her eyes had darkened. She snapped, ‘

“That’s one of the things I want to know! If he’s walking out, I’m not giving him the opportunity to divorce me. If divorce is what he wants, it’s going to be the other way around. Nobody’s making a fool out of me!”

I was intrigued.

I’ve said Taylor Townley was ambitious and now I saw the angle.

I told her, “I begin to see what you mean. You sue for the divorce and maybe you can collect a nice settlement. I understand the guy’s worth a bucketful of dough. You did all right marrying him. You’re a very smart girl, Taylor.”

Then I stood up and started across the room.

“But all you need is a two-bit shyster lawyer who specializes in divorce stuff. Cut him in for a good slice and you won’t have any trouble.”

My face was hot and the old scar seemed to be burning like a fiery iron across my jaw.

“Now, if you’ll just tell me where in hell the maid put my hat—”

“There’s something else,” Taylor said.

She said it in such a way that I paused, turning back to look at her. She hadn’t moved away from the table, but stood there stiffly, eyes intent on my face, her voice almost a whisper as she spoke.

“It’s the real reason I called you,” she continued.

“Gumbo, you had a reputation once. You were supposed to be good. You did things in your own way and you didn’t go around advertising it to others. I imagine it’s still that way. You know your way around this town, and you can do this without anyone finding out. . .at least, yet.”

“Do what?” I said.

“Find out if he’s dead.”

“You mean—”

“I think he is.”

I wondered where I had ever picked up the foolish idea I wanted to leave.

Taylor needed someone.

“T haven’t seen him,” she explained,

“I haven’t heard from him. He hasn’t been at his office for a week, or up at the lake where the crowd is spending the summer.”

“Is that so terribly important? Maybe the guy had something to do.” Slowly she shook her head.

“Not Alan. When you’re involved in as many deals as he is, you have to be on the job constantly. He never misses spending a part of each day watching the board at Simpkins Hart, a leading brokerage office on LaSalle Street. The market has been so erratic. And he always has a dozen things on the fire. You never know when someone is going to cut your throat—”

Shock widened her eyes the moment she said the last.

She stared at me.

I said,

“Did he have any enemies?”

“Naturally! Anyone who collects a fortune in a few years also collects some enemies along the way.”

Unconsciously her fingers caressed her soft throat.

“Gumbo! You don’t think—”

“I didn’t say anything.”

“No, but you’re thinking.”

“What else?”

She was tense again.

“What do you mean?”

“Damn it, Taylor,” I said impatiently, “get the rest of it off your chest and be done with it. Maybe the guy’s dead. You don’t love him, you practically said that. So there’s something else. What?”

My voice had the same effect as shaking her.

“All right,” she said.

She gave me a contemplative stare. Apparently she was satisfied with what she found in my eyes, because she went on.

“Suppose he’s dead. Suppose I sit back and do nothing but just wait. A thing like _ that could go on for months, years. I’ve got to know, Gumbo. Alan’s insured for a million dollars. I could use that money right now. I need it in the business. . .”

“My God!”

I stood up again.

I wanted to slap her across the face. —

“Wait!” she pleaded quickly. ‘Please try to look at it my way, Gumbo. The uncertainty of the thing is driving me frantic. I can’t go to the police. If nothing is wrong, everyone would laugh at me. And if he’s alive, perhaps we’ll learn what he’s up to and I can act accordingly.” Taylor was shrewd, an ambitious woman who didn’t miss any bets.

I asked.

“What makes you think something might have happened to him?” Her gray eyes, intent, held on mine,

“It was the weekend before last,’’ she offered.

“I was up at the lake. Alan dropped over to the cottage to see me early Saturday evening. A man came there asking to see him. I’d never seen the man before. Alan excused himself and the two of them went out on the porch and talked. There was an argument.”

“About what?”

“It seemed to be about gambling. The man left. Alan left, too, shortly after. And… I haven’t seen him since.”

“You say you didn’t know the guy?”

She shook her head.

“But I’d know him if I saw him again.”

She frowned in thought.

“He was clean shaven, but he had the kind of skin that always looks blue where the beard grows. He was thin and dark and he might have been Italian. He was the kind of person you might find around the race track. Not a tout, but a clever, quiet man who had money. There was a streak of gray right in the center of his thick dark hair.”

“You’d make a good private eye,” I said.

“I notice people.”

I smoked a cigarette and was silent for a while. Taylor was watching me.

I knew a dozen reasons why I shouldn’t touch this job with a ten-foot pole.

If something did turn up, I was the guy who used to run around with Taylor.

People would remember.

I was going to be caught right in the middle if something had happened to Alan Townley.

So I said,

“When are you going up to the lake again?”

“Gumbo,” she practically purred as her face lit up. “Then you are going to look for him?”

She knew damn well I was.

She came over and flung her arms around me and held on to me a moment.

Then she looked up and said excitedly,

“I’m driving up tonight. It only takes a couple of hours. You can come along with me. . .”

“That would tear it,” I said.

I shook my head.

“No, I’ll drive up in the morning. I’ve still got the old truck. Give me the address and I’ll see you up there.”

She went to a desk and wrote something down on a slip of paper.

It was the name of a cottage at a spot up in the Chain O’ Lakes region in Wisconsin.

It wasn’t far from town.

I’d been there a few times in the past.

This particular spot was patronized by the ad agency people, a clique of them had been going there for years.

I’d known some of them.

They’d remember me.

I’d met most of them through Taylor.

She had them call me in the time a millionaire client had been found floating around sunning himself in Lake Michigan.

Very dead and bloated.

He’d been a client of the advertising agency for which Taylor did the bulk of her work.

Everyone had thought the guy had been murdered.

But it was suicide.

He’d been on the liquor for a week and one night jumped off the pier beyond the Edgewater Beach Apartments.

Few people had known he was a dipsomaniac.

Taylor interrupted my jaunt into the past,

“I’ve written the phone number down, too. I’ll be there all weekend.””

You’d think she was starting on a trip to Bermuda. There was too much bright excitement in her eyes.

“What time will I see you tomorrow?”

“You might not see me at all.”

I shook my head, looking at her.

“For a bright girl, you’re sometimes dumb as hell. Naturally we can’t be seen too much together up there. If something has happened to Alan, people are going to start raising their eyebrows.”

Taylor waved her hand lightly as though it were the least important thing in the world.

“Don’t be silly. You just dropped up there for the weekend, that’s all. You were looking up old friends. I happened to be one of them. No one need know the real reason for your being there at all.”

“You’re cute,” I said.

I looked around.

The maid had never’ once appeared again after showing me in.

“I’ll get in touch with you.”

Seeing that I was ready to go, she nodded and called, “Wendy.”

The light-skinned colored girl appeared so quickly she must have been standing in the hallway taking everything in.

And she had my Panama.

Taking it from her, I said,

“What big ears you have, Grandma.”

The maid gave me a curious look.

I could tell she was trying to remember where she’d heard those words before.

But her brain was too relaxed to be bothered.

So she giggled and said.

“Yeah, aren’t you funny!” she said.

I nodded.

“I’m a riot.”

She didn’t look like she agreed with my assessment, but she didn’t disagree either.

I decided to take it as a win in the joke column instead of calling it a draw.

Taylor took my arm then and walked with me to the door.

She expected to be kissed again.

The maid was hovering around somewhere beyond the small foyer. I knew she’d remember just the kind of things you didn’t want her to remember.

I said,

“Well, good night,” and got out of there.

On the way back downtown to my hotel room I picked up a pint of bourbon.

A little later, sitting in my room, I cursed the heat and drank some of the stuff. I cursed Alan Townley for leaving his wife.

If I had a wife like Taylor, I certainly wouldn’t leave her.

I cursed myself every time I thought how exciting it had been when I held her in my arms.

I thought about the man with a gray streak running through his hair and who was more than likely a gambler.

Taylor’s description of him made it sound that way.

I played around with an idea.

With the sudden impulse to drive up to the lake that very night. Liquor gives you sudden impulses.

I threw a few things in a bag, laid the Police Special and shoulder holster on top, looked around the room once, picked up my bag and left.

It was pleasant driving, once I got away from the city and out along the open Skokie Highway.

Chapter 2

It was a resort town.

It did a nice summer business and a number of people stayed right there throughout the year.

Most of them lived out of town at the various lakes scattered hither and yon, but there were a couple of The Greenwood looked as good as any.

I found a parking garage nearby, left the car there and walked back down the main street.

It wasn’t too late, not much after eleven.

There were people on the streets and the movie house had not yet let out.

The hotel was a big white frame building on the main thoroughfare. Rocking chairs lined the long veranda.

There were green painted metal fire escapes in front, above the porch.

The lobby was big and cool.

A small green neon sign above a doorway across the room read:

“Log Cabin Taylornge.”

I heard the tinkle of glasses and people talking.

I went around some palm trees and put my bag down before the desk.

“A single room,” I told the clerk.

He was a dainty little man with pale eyes and a carnation in his buttonhole.

“You have a reservation, sir?”

I shook my head.

“I’m sorry, sir. We are filled up.”

I let him see the bill in my hand.

His gaze fluttered to it, then back up again, and he looked like he’d just sucked on a lemon.

He wanted to protest

“Good heavens, sir!” but decided not to.

He shook his pretty head again.

He repeated,

“I’m sorry.”’

I walked across the lobby and found the bell captain at his pulpit-like desk.

I slid the twenty into his grip.

“My name is Danny Gumbo. Would you mind seeing if I have a reservation? Single room.”

He took the money and said quickly,

“Yes, Sir.”

He was an alert young man with wise eyes.

Gone only three or four minutes, he returned with a rectangular slip of paper in his hand.

“Here you are, Mr. Gumbo. If you’ll register, I’ll have a boy take you up to your room.”

I went back to the desk, handed the dainty little clerk the slip and registered.

With a slight smirk I stared at the fellow but I could have saved the effort.

His outward shell of impeccability couldn’t have been dented with an axe.

The room was good.

It faced on the rear, had a large double bed that wouldn’t cramp me, and there was a shower.

The place was clean and cool.

I watched the bellboy fuss around arranging shades, opening and closing bureau drawers as he stalled for his tip.

I pulled a folded five dollar bill from my pocket and tipped him.

“I haven’t been up here lately. How are the gambling spots?” Silently, he looked me over for a moment. He was no bigger than a jockey and looked like he knew his way around.

“Valentine’s place is still operating out at the lake,” he finally said.

“That’s just west of town. Only it’s called The Oaks. They feature steaks and good dance music. Do you know anyone?”

“Not any more.”

“I doubt if you’d get in the gambling part,” he said.

“You have to have a card.”

“How do you get a card?”

He didn’t say anything.

I grinned.

“That puts us right back where we started from.

“I’m sorry,” he said, and really meant it.

“If there’s anything else. . .”

“Not tonight,” I told him.

Apparently it was a wide-open town.

The people who came to this section had money to throw around. And where there’s that kind of dough, you’ll find sharp characters who know how to take care of it.

After he left, I went down to the bar.

The room was long, air-conditioned and fairly well filled.

Tables, chairs and bar were supposed to be of a rustic design, but they were veneered and polished so smoothly they would have served as mirrors.

The light, peeking from old-fashioned lanterns, was intimate enough to make the lounge a popular gathering place.

Most of the crowd was divided up in pairs, or foursomes.

There were good-looking women wearing expensive jewelry.

But there was no one I remembered.

I sat there at the bar listening to the talk from a table directly behind me—four youngsters with too much money wondering what excitement they could find tonight.

Abruptly I heard one of the lads give a soft whistle.

“Say!’’ he exclaimed and sounded very pleased.

One of the girls shushed him.

“Quiet, you dope! That’s Stevie Deering.”

“I don’t know who she is,” said the lad, “but she sure is a looker.”

“Now, listen—” one of the girls started to complain.

I turned slightly on the stool.

The kids were looking toward the front of the room.

I saw what they were looking at and I had to give the lad credit.

Stevie was something to see.

She was tall and rangy and silvery blonde.

She wore a long blue gown and a short blue mink jacket.

She probably looked better than she really was, for she knew how to use makeup.

Just the same she wasn’t anything you’d leave out on the doorstep.

Other patrons glanced at her as she stood there a moment glancing over the room. She seemed to be looking for someone.

Then she started down along next to the bar.

I turned back to my bourbon.

The bartender had glanced her way, too.

He was a short, solid, bald man.

His eyes continued to follow the woman, then he was quickly wiping the bar alongside me.

The bar didn’t need wiping.

“Evening, Miss Deering,” he said, smiling.

“Hi, Joe,” the voice was soft, smooth.

She had taken the stool beside me.

She used a kind of perfume that I had never smelled before, and I liked what I smelled.

It wasn’t easy to forget.

“Sherry, Miss Deering?”

“I think so, Joe.” A silvery, beaded small purse appeared beside my right arm on the bar.

Casually I glanced up into the backbar mirror.

Right then she was doing the same thing and our eyes met.

She gave me a casual regard that said nothing.

I went on about my drinking— beer, this time.

She said to Joe, ‘Has Moose been in?”

The bartender shook his head.

“I haven’t seen him all evening.”

I gave her a covert glance.

She was frowning now.

She would be a little older than she appeared, without makeup.

Thirty, maybe.

She’d been around long enough to know a lot of answers.

“Aren’t you working tonight at The Oaks?”

She shook her head.

I was interested now.

The Oaks was the place the bellhop had mentioned.

The place I might find the man Taylor had mentioned with the gray streak in his hair.

“I was thinking of running out there,” said Stevie Deering.

“Moose said he’d be in town tonight. I haven’t seen him anyplace.”

“Haven’t you?

“Ain’t he at the club?”

“No.”

She finished the sherry and reached for her purse.

Her arm touched mine.

I glanced up and our eyes met again.

They were quiet green eyes and she had probably used Murine in them.

The look still didn’t tell me anything.

Again she spoke to the barman.

“Joe, would you mind calling me a cab?”

“Sure thing.”

Putting down his towel he went to the end of the bar and picked up the phone off the handset sitting on the backbar.

He came back shortly and told her,

“They can’t send a cab for about half an hour. They’re busy.”

She frowned again.

“Excuse me,” I said.

She turned her silvery blonde head.

“I’m driving out to The Oaks,” I said.

“I’d be glad to give you a lift.”

Again she gave me that quiet regard.

Beyond her the bartender was watching me.

He shook his head imperceptibly in my direction but she didn’t see it.

“Well—” she said as though thinking.

“My car’s in the garage just down the street.”

Then she decided.

“Well, all right.” I stood up.

She started to open her purse.

“I’ve got this,” I said.

So she started ahead of me down the room.

As I handed the bartender his money, he said,

“I wouldn’t, Mac. That’s Moose Valentine’s woman.”

“Why not?”

“I wouldn’t, is all.”

I grinned at him.

“The lady hasn’t objected,” I said briefly and followed her down the room.

“Moose didn’t call,” she said as we drove westward out of town, along tree-shaded streets.

The night was pleasantly cool now.

The soft glow from the dashboard light softened the slightly sharp lines of her features.

She sat there with her knees crossed and she had long, strong, good legs.

I offered her a cigarette, struck a match and held it out cupped in my hand.

Her hands touched mine as she steadied the light.

She blew a lungful of smoke out slowly and looked across at me.

“I don’t recall ever seeing you at The Oaks,” she said.

“I’ve never been there.”

“That’s what I thought.” I

t didn’t seem to make any difference to her either way.

“I take it you work out there?” I said.

She nodded and explained,

“Singer. Tonight’s my night off.

“Busman’s holiday?” I smiled.

“Or are you going to play a little roulette?”

As she considered that, I said,

“I haven’t been up here in several years. I’ve sort of got out of touch. I thought I’d like to shoot some dice.”

“So that explains the offer of the ride,” she said.

“I don’t know anybody out there. Maybe you could help me out.”

“Perhaps.”

I let it rest there for a while.

The purr of the engine made a pleasant sound in the quiet night.

Once I glanced at her face.

Her lips were set too grimly for the kind of mouth she had.

It could be a nice sultry mouth if she wanted it to be.

This guy Moose must have stood her up tonight.

Soon she pointed out a side road.

“It’s shorter that way.”

I followed the narrower road.

Next we were skirting the lake.

Here and there cottage showed through the trees.

Light: flickered across the water from some of them

Many of the houses had big boathouses two or three-car garages and at least dozen rooms.

Nice little shacks in which to change to your bathing suit.

A party was going full blast in a rambling white one that we were just passing.

A gal was racing across the lawn with a drink in her hand and screaming like a hyena.

A lubricated young buck on rubbery legs was chasing her.

From inside the house music blared a rock number that sounded more like thumps and noise from a distance than any sort of melody.

Along with that, it sounded like ninety-nine people were attempting to outshout each other all at once.

“Nothing like a restful vacation in the country,” I said.

Stevie Deering’s mouth twisted.

“The stinking rich. Money buys anything you want up here.”

We passed a stretch of deep woods, then the sign appeared like a white ghost out of the night:

“The Oaks.”

It was long and rambling, the size of a ranch. There was a wide parking area in front, between the lake and the main building. Stevie said,

“Drive around to the rear.”

“I thought we might get something to eat,” I suggested. “I drove up from Chicago.”

“All right, but let’s go around back anyway.”

There was a smaller, private parking space on the side of the building.

We entered in a carpeted hallway that bisected the club.

In the front part were the main dining room and apparently a dance floor, because you could hear the muffled beat of a band.

A waiter came out of a doorway and started down the hall, a tray of dishes above his head.

He paused, waiting until we passed, and his eyes seemed to raise a little as he saw Stevie.

Then he frowned slightly.

But she marched past him as though he were a hat rack.

We went through another door and were in a wide foyer now that led back from the main entrance.

At the counter of the hat check room, a cigarette girl stood talking to the check girl.

The scanty costume she wore revealed a cute figure, and a lot of it.

She saw Stevie Deering, started to say brightly,

“Honey, I thought tonight you were—”’

Then she looked at me and stopped.

Her eyes became cautious. I was beginning to feel like a guy with a sign on his back that read:

“Leave knives here.”

But what the hell?

She didn’t have to say yes.

I began to develop a slow burn.

Let somebody say something about us and they’d get their teeth knocked down their throat.

I was all tightened up inside.

Perhaps a fight would relieve the strain.

We reached the dining room.

It was big as a hotel layout, designed to cater to money.

I saw champagne in silver ice buckets and waiters as numerous as customers.

A headwaiter holding menus the size of three— posters appeared like magic.

“A table for two, Morris,” said Stevie.

“But,” The man started to shake his head.

“One of those spares you always keep over there.”

She motioned ever so slightly with her beautiful head.

I guess he’d been on the verge of telling us that everything was taken.

But he bowed briefly and led the way through the room.

My neck burned.

Patrons were watching us across the room.

You’d think I was escorting a duchess.

Morris held a chair stiffly and properly, motioning to a waiter as he seated Stevie. He placed the menus before us.

“What would you like to drink?” I asked.

I didn’t want to crowd this thing.

The gambling rooms probably operated most of the night.

Maybe I’d find out something if I waited.

“Martinis would be good before the steaks,” she suggested.

“Two martinis—extra dry,” I told the waiter.

I saw dapper Morris going across the room but he wasn’t moving toward the main entrance.

He reached a doorway back near the bandstand and glanced back briefly.

And he was looking at us.

Then he disappeared. Stevie had not noticed.

While we were sipping the drinks, the waiter walked over and said,

“The steaks will take about forty-five minutes.”

The band was playing some good numbers.

“Dance?”

She nodded.

“All right.”

We ran the gauntlet of the room again. The dance floor was at the far end. Lights were dimmer down here and it was kind of private and cozy.

A few couples were on the floor.

She was a good dancer.

Her movements were smooth and she was tall enough to fit into my arms nicely.

We didn’t talk much.

You could tell she liked the music.

She hummed the tune softly to herself. Our cheeks brushed lightly a couple of times.

She bent her silvery head back a little and smiled up at me.

“I like big men.”

Then, as though she had been giving it some thought,

“‘You’re kind of nice.”

I smiled back.

“You’re all right yourself, duchess.”

Her fingers came up and gently touched the scar on my jaw.

It was done the way a child innocently explores something.

“The war?”

“Uh-huh,” I murmured.

She moved her head, indicating the band.

“Know that number they’re playing?”

“What is it?”

“It’s called Memories,” her voice was warm against my skin.

I stared at a small space above her quiet eyes, dark green now in the soft light.

Silently, she glanced up at me.

Then she said,

“I thought you weren’t looking for—”

“I’m not married,” I said.

“That part of it is not important to me. There’s another reason.”

She held my eyes calmly.

“You’re not a gambler. And you don’t look like a guy who hangs around a lake with a fishing pole in his hand. You want something. What is it?”

“I’m looking for somebody.”’

She smiled a little.

“A woman?” I shook my head. Stevie looked like the kind of girl who knew most of the answers. Perhaps she could help me. I also figured she was not one to shoot off her mouth. It was worth a try.

“A man named David Townley,” I said.

“Know him?”

“Oh, him!” Her penciled eyebrows raised reason why I want to know.

“He comes here.”

“Alone?”

“Not always.”

“Any women?”

“Does he come with the same woman all the time?”

She shook her head.

“Different ones.”

“When was he here last?”

She thought a second.

“A week ago, maybe.”

I happened to glance toward the bandstand, then, and realized something was going on of which I hadn’t been aware.

Each musician, while still playing, was watching us as we moved across the floor.

It should have been funny.

A half-dozen pairs of eyes sliding left to right, right to left.

Like a litter of puppies watching someone slowly wave a tempting bone back and forth in front of them.

But it wasn’t funny at all.

Each man’s eyes were concerned.

The music stopped.

We returned to the table and finished a second martini.

I felt a glow again.

A few more and I wouldn’t give a damn about the way everyone in the place looked at us.

Stiff, dapper Morris slid up to the table and spoke to Stevie.

“Moose wants to see you.”

Her face set in sudden sharp lines.

“Moose’s here? I thought—”

Morris nodded and even the nod was stiff.

“Upstairs in his office.” Stevie’s face lost a little color.

I was mildly surprised.

She didn’t look like a girl who frightened easily.

I looked up at the headwaiter and felt the scar burning across my jaw.

“So you pussy-footed right upstairs to tell him, huh? How would you like a punch in the mouth?”

“I wouldn’t start anything, friend,” he said quietly.

“No,” Stevie pleaded, “don’t do anything.”

Her eyes flashed like green crystal.

“I’ll see him.”

She stood up.

“He can’t push me around like this!”

Grinning now, I got up along with her.

“Miss,” I assured her, “no one’s going to shove you around.”

She didn’t want me to go, but I held her arm firmly and we passed through the doorway at the back of the long room.

We climbed a flight of stairs.

It was very quiet.

The heavy carpeting muffled steps.

They would muffle a shot, too, I thought, or a scream.

The office was down at the rear of the hall. It Was open a crack and I could hear voices talking quietly.

Stevie marched down the hall with her shoulders held straight and her hands clenched.

She was angry now. She hurried into the office and I was right behind her.

I remember two or three men were sitting in the room, along with a man leaning back in a heavy swivel chair behind a wide, solid desk.

“Now, listen, Moose,” Stevie began and her voice was tight.

“I looked all over for you. I waited—”

“Shut up,” he snapped, not even glancing at her.

Instead he looked at me.

Moose Valentine was a clean-shaven, trim lad of about forty with hot dark eyes and blue shadow around his jowls.

There was an odd gray streak right through the middle of his thick dark hair.

“Who’s your boy friend?” Moose Valentine demanded without taking his sharp eyes off my face.

“I met him at the hotel,” Stevie said.

“When I couldn’t find you, he gave me a ride out. He—”

“I said, who is he?”

“I don’t know. But he was kind enough.”

“Get out,” Valentine snapped.

He repeated coldly,

“I said, shove off.”

Stevie’s face was white and frightened again.

All the anger that had been pent up in her seemed to wash away when she saw the cold fury in his eyes.

She started toward the door, face frozen.

I turned and said easily,

“I’ll be with you in a few minutes, duchess.”

I watched her go out.

Valentine must have got up then and come around the desk swiftly while my back was turned.

His fist was moving through the air when I swung back to face him.

It was too late to slide away from the blow.

He caught me alongside the jaw with a punch that had good snap behind it.

My head jerked around and I was jarred a little.

I let him have a left jab right in the face as I turned with the blow. Blood spurted from his nose and he went backward on his heels.

He either tripped or fell and landed on the floor.

A kind of animal snarl on his white lips, he started to his feet again. I waited for him, giving him my best leer.

The two men who had been in the chairs against the wall moved in fast.

The one with blue-white eyes and a missing tooth.

He muttered,

“I’ll hold him, Donny.”

His chest bulged like a barrel. Donny looked like an ex-fighter.

His face had been flattened.

His ears were out of shape. And he had dull, staring eyes and 83 fists like hams.

Donny started swinging, and while I was busy with him, his playmate moved in behind and pinioned my arms.

He had the strength of a truck horse.

“Hold him, Russ,” Donny said, while he smashed my jaw right and left.

I tried to catch Russ, the one behind me, in the shins with my heel. But he knew that one.

He had his legs widespread and continued to hold me in a vise.

Donny kept slugging.

His dull eyes were red around the edges.

My teeth started to ache.

Donny said,

“You should stay away from Stevie, friend. The boss don’t like it none.”

He sounded sad about the entire thing.

My face felt sad, too.

He got too close and I kneed him.

He fell back, cursing.

Moose Valentine was standing to one side watching, patting his nose with an expensive linen handkerchief.

There was a glitter in his black eyes.

There was still another man in the room, but he seemed to take no interest in what was going on.

He was fat, of medium build.

He sat in an armchair that had been partially drawn behind the desk, as though he’d been discussing some business with Valentine before I came in.

He wore a heavy, old fashioned gold watch chain, and attached to one end of it was a small gold penknife.

He was quietly and unhurriedly cleaning his fingernails with the blade.

He didn’t bother to look up.

Donny didn’t like being kicked that way.

The redness spread into the whites of his eyes.

He came in again. I turned, jerking Russ half off his feet.

I twisted back fast, got my right arm momentarily free of his mighty grasp and brought the elbow back into his belly.

Air went out of him like steam from a safety valve.

I kept turning neatly and smoothly and brought up an uppercut to straighten him out.

He crashed into. Donny.

While I was doing that Moose Valentine made his move.

He used a sap and brought it down on the back of my hand.

I don’t remember what he was staring to say.

Something like, “What’s delaying you two punks—”

I don’t know what else he said after that.

The day was Saturday, and it was shortly past nine o’clock in the morning.

My watch told me the time.

The calendar on the wall outside my cell told me the other.

My head felt as though it had been worked over thoroughly with a riveting machine.

I sat up on the hard metal bunk.

My clothes looked as if I had slept in them.

I had.

How many hours?

Well, it was sometime around midnight when Moose Valentine had had explained to me how he didn’t like Stevie going out with strange men.

After that he must have called the police and given them a tale of woe.

He must be the town’s leading citizen to get such fine service.

There was an interlude—it came back to me hazily—when I had awakened for a moment some time after Valentine had sapped me.

Someone had given me a glass of water.

It was Donny, the dull-eyed bruiser with the bashed-in face.

Right after that I had felt like I wanted to lie down and sleep for a month.

Now the fuzziness in my brain and the dry taste in my mouth told me the rest.

Donny had slipped me a mild Mickey, to keep me quiet for a few hours.

Thoughtful lad, that Donny.

I must look him up later.

“How’s it?” said the voice casually. I took my hand off my head and looked up. A cop was standing outside the bars.

He was hatless, so he was probably the jailer.

He grinned. I said,

“Can the condemned have a cup of coffee before they go to the gallows?”

“Sure, pal,” he said. “Anything you say.”

“Make it black.”

“Black’s the only way we ever serve it, pal.”

I don’t think he really considered me a pal.

He went away.

I sat there trying to figure out why I was in jail. Moose Valentine, of course, was the man Taylor had so accurately described. Valentine was, in her opinion, one of the last persons to see her husband before Alan Townley had disappeared.

She’d mentioned an argument about gambling.

And Moose Valentine ran a gambling joint that catered to the rich. Stevie herself had said that Alan Townley came there often.

There must be some connection between Valentine and Alan Townley’s disappearance.

Yet Valentine had not known that I was connected in any way with Alan Townley.

The gambler didn’t even know me. Certainly he wouldn’t have stuck his neck out by having me thrown in the local jail.

The answer was that he hadn’t suspected anything.

I was just a mug who had got into his hair, and he had enough local police protection to be nasty with me about it.

He was going to make damn sure that little Stevie was kept safe. That was good.

The gal didn’t even know my name.

And no passes had been intended.

The jailer came back with a thick white mug of coffee.

He held it in through the bars.

I stood up, winced, and walked very carefully over to him.

It would have been all right if I could only have walked on deep feathers.

Then the shock wouldn’t have carried up to my pounding head.

I took the cup, grasped a heavy bar with the other hand and sipped the hot fluid.

It was strong enough to eat its way through leather.

But that was all right.

At least I could taste it.

I eyed the jailer as I drank.

“What happened?”

The man shook his head sadly.

“Pal, you get yourself involved. You slug a cop. You break our speed laws. You drive while drunk. You disturb the peace. You try assault and battery on a leading citizen—”’

“How about spitting on the sidewalk?”

“Now you’re just kidding me, pal.”

“I was just kidding when I did all those things they charge me with. Or maybe I was walking and driving in my sleep.”’

“Unh-unh. We got some witnesses.”

“So that’s the way it is?”

He nodded. ‘

“‘That’s the way it is.”

“When do I come up for trial?”

I drained the mug and handed it back to him.

He said,

“Soon as the chief comes down to the office, he’ll talk to you.”

“Does he bother to come down before lunch?”

“Usually about ten.” I sat down and waited.

It was ten-thirty when the jailer finally took me upstairs. He led the way as far as a heavy oak door on which was lettered neatly in gold:

“Wm. B. Botts.” Underneath this:

“Chief of Police.”

“You go right in,” he said.

Then he closed the door softly behind me and I imagine he stood out there in the hall and waited.

The chief was seated behind a big desk across the big, airy room. Windows were open and there was the movement of warm summer air.

This was the city hall building of the resort town, I presumed. Stores, people, kids and numerous parked cars and station wagons were visible outside on the street.

He was a big man, looking well-fed and well-kept behind the wide desk.

He was a little bald.

I was halfway across the big room when I knew I had seen him before, just a few hours ago.

The unruffled fellow who had sat in Moose Valentine’s office and calmly fixed his fingernails while the boys worked me over

“Oh, good morning,” he said softly.

He nodded.

“Feel better?” His eyes went back to finish some item in the paper, then he laid the paper aside, placing it neatly on a corner of the large desk.

He looked at me again.

We studied each other without making any fuss about it.

“How much bail do I have to raise?” I asked.

He waved a soft hand, as if such matters were trivial.

“It might not be necessary. Tell me, sir, why are you here in town?” I wondered if he was needling me.

Obviously Moose Valentine was paying plenty for protection, and the chief was just a guy who took the orders.

I wanted to know where I stood.

I shrugged.

“Just picking up old threads,” I told him.

“I haven’t visited here in several years. You know how it is.”

He smiled softly.

“Of course. You were in the service, were you not, sir?”

So they’d gone through my wallet while I was temporarily out of circulation.

I nodded.

“We have some pretty serious charges against you, sir. But I’ve considered your war record. That copy of your discharge papers, you know.”

He studied his fingernails to make certain they needed no further trimming.

“We’re not going to hold you. We will say that last night’s incident was—ah—the result of a little misunderstanding. I suggest, however, that you forget you ever met the young lady or the gentleman who usually escorts her.’ I think you know what I mean, sir?”

He sat quietly, waiting.

“I can take a hint,” I said finally.

“Good. I guess that’s all then, sir.”

He didn’t bother to get up.

He leaned back, crossed his fat legs and picked up the morning newspaper.

“Enjoy our town. Just forget about last night.” I went out of the office thoughtfully. I was puzzled. The big jailer was still there. He held out my Panama.

“How’d it go, pal?” he asked.

“Now you’re kidding me,” I said. He grinned.

“Your keys are in your car parked out front.”

He motioned toward the front stairs that led out of the building.

“So long, pal,” he said.

He came as far as the open front doors and watched me go down the wide steps of the city hall.

I glanced back once and he was still standing there.

I wondered if he was doing that in order to point me out to someone else who was going to tail me.

I didn’t see anyone else watching me, but the tail was probably in plain clothes and good at keeping himself inconspicuous.

I drove directly to the hotel parking lot.

A shower and breakfast made me practically well again.

The back of my head was sore but there were no cuts.

The left side of my jaw felt pushed out of line and was going to be stiff for a while.

The white linen suit could do with a pressing, but it would pass.

I checked through my pockets to make sure I had everything. Nothing in my wallet had been taken.

Naturally they’d seen the private eye’s license.

Perhaps that’s why Chief Wm. B. Botts had been lenient.

Or maybe he also knew I had once been connected with the D.A.’s office back in the city.

I remained puzzled, however, until I discovered that the slip of paper containing Taylor Townley’s address was missing from my left pocket, where I had put it last night.

Then things began to clear. Either Moose Valentine or the police chief had found that piece of paper.

Either would have informed the other.

And one of them wanted to know what my connection was with the wife of Alan Townley.

For some reason I had been let off too easily by the chief of police.

Valentine’s orders?

Possibly.

What was their game?

What did they want? If I knew the answer to that one, perhaps some of the mystery around Alan Townley’s disappearance would be cleared tp.

I didn’t like it.

Something was phony about the whole situation.

The telephone rang.

The voice was soft and pleasant, and ordinarily it would have been a nice voice to listen to.

But I winced.

It was Stevie.

“I’ve got to see you. May I come to your room?”

“You’d better not,’’ I told her quickly. “I think I’m being watched. They’ll tail you from the lobby.”

“I’m not in the lobby. I’m upstairs in my room. The floor above you.”

“Look, duchess—”’ I started.

But she said,

“I’m coming down,” and hung up.

I put the latch on the door and it wasn’t a minute later that she knocked softly, then walked in.

She must have used a stairway, for there’d been no sound of the elevator door opening or closing.

Stevie looked just as good in the daylight as she had the night before.

Her green eyes were a shade lighter but her face was troubled.

She came up close to me and I’d have liked it—if I hadn’t of known there were probably a few watching outside.

“You’re all right? You’re not hurt?”

“Only my feelings, duchess. I spent the night in the bastille.”

She nodded quickly.

“I heard. They’ve let you go?”

“The chief practically kissed me goodbye.”

She stood there saying nothing.

Her red lips worried one another for several seconds.

Then she stated tensely,

“You’ve got to get out of town. You can’t stay here!”

“Why, duchess?”

She shook her blonde head.

“Why?” I waited.

I listened for any sound of footsteps outside in the hallway.

It was quiet.

I don’t think anyone had seen her.

“Don’t ask me,” she blurted.

“I—I don’t know.”

She stepped closer and touched my arm with her fingers.

“I really don’t know. But you’ve got to leave. Please believe me. It isn’t safe for you here anymore!”

I said,

“Has it anything to do with Alan Townley?”

She stood very still, her eyes blank green pools. I added,

“What is it about Townley?”

Slowly, she moved her head back and forth.

She stared at me almost vaguely and murmured,

“He asked me about Townley last night, after they had taken you into town. They found a piece of paper and address you had in your pocket. He wanted to know if you had asked questions about Townley. I told him no.”

“Was that fat slob of a police chief there, too?”

“Yes.”

“What else did they ask?”

“That was all.”

“Why did he ask it?” I demanded.

“Please…”

She shook her head again.

“I told you I don’t know.” Her eyes came up and pleaded.

“I only know that you’re in danger. I can feel it. That’s why—”

“Look, pet,” I said quietly, “I’m in a dangerous game. I’m used to trouble. So don’t fret about me.”

I took her arms—she was trembling a little—and guided her to a chair.

“But you can help me. Tell me about this Alan Townley.”

“Up until a week or so ago, he came to the club regularly,” she admitted without any hint that she was trying to cover up anything. ‘He seemed to have plenty of money. He was pretty popular.”

“Did he gamble?”

“Yes, Heavily. I heard he lost fifty thousand dollars one night.”

“How long ago was that?”

“About two weeks .ago.”

A distant thoughtfulness climbed into her troubled eyes.

She stood up stiffly.

“I know what you’re thinking. I’ve thought it, too. You don’t believe that he—”’

I said,

“Honey, he’s not a lad to shove around.”

We were both referring to Moose Valentine without mentioning names.

“But I don’t know. I don’t know.”

I stared out the window.

She was near me again.

“I’m afraid,” she said very softly.

I patted her shoulder.

She didn’t look like a girl who frightened easily, but nevertheless she was afraid.

‘If anyone asks you, you haven’t seen me again. You’ve forgotten all about me.” I led her toward the door.

“Now, you’d better get out of here.”

She paused near the door.

“What are you going to do?”

“That’s something I’ve got to think about, pet. But don’t worry about little Gumbo.”

I remembered something.

“You live right here at the hotel?”

She gave me the room number on the floor above, then she left as sadly as though she’d just paid her respects to the dead. I thought perhaps Taylor could add something to it.

I didn’t need the address that she’d handed me in Chicago last night.

It was filed away in my mind. I got the car and drove out there to the lake again.

Her cottage was on the far side of the lake, and the road around there did not lead past The Oaks, for which I was thankful.

Before leaving town I had done some neat driving around back streets until I was positive that I was not being followed.

Out here at the lake a tail would have been an easy thing to detect.

It was a lazy, warm day.

People drifted about in small boats.

Some were fishing.

Along the shore, near the cottages, others were swimming.

You could hear their voices clearly on the soft morning air.

The background of trees acted like a sounding board.

I found Taylor’s cottage, a green-and white house guarded by tall stately birches. It looked cool and comfortable.

The narrow roadway passed the rear and I parked the car in a short drive that ended at a neat white garage.

A pathway led past flower beds to the front of the cottage.

The sun filtered down through leaves high overhead and made a splotched quilt of the smooth green lawn.

There was a wide screened porch, nicely furnished for easy, gay living.

Windows of a large living room and bedroom faced upon it. The windows were wide open, as was the main door to the fairly large house.

I stood in the open inside doorway and called, ‘

“Anyone here?”

There was no answer.

Everything was quiet.

I could still hear an occasional voice from down by the lake.

Directly in front of the cottage some more people were in swimming.

The water was shallow and they were so far out that I couldn’t see who they were.

I wondered if Taylor was one of them.

I was standing there watching when someone moved behind me.

It was the amber-skinned maid.

Her eyes looked sleepy.

“Oh,” she said.

Her teeth shone whitely in her untroubled face.

“Miss Taylor has been looking for you.”

“She around?”

She motioned toward the water.

“They’re out swimming. Did you have a nice trip up?”

“Lovely,” I said.

“Was there something you’d like while you wait for them, Mr. Gumbo?”

I shook my head.

“I’ll just go down there.”

I dropped my hat on a gay-colored porch swing and started toward the shore.

A path cut down the gentle slope.

It led to a long, narrow, wooden string fence that ended in a dock and diving platform.

A man and woman had just hauled themselves out of the water.

They watched a figure swimming some distance from shore.

The man turned as he heard my footsteps clattering on the wooden planking.

Then he was getting to his feet.

“Danny Gumbo!” he said in surprise.

He came over and shook hands heartily.

He was a thin, long man with skinny knotted legs and not much chest.

But his neat black mustache was in excellent condition.

I remembered that his name was Sheldon Patterson and that he was president of Patterson, Martin and Thomas, one of the big Chicago ad agencies.

He’d made money but was still no more than fifty.

“Taylor told us you’d phoned her yesterday in town. What are you doing now?”

“Same business.”’ He turned.

The woman coming toward us was his wife.

He said brightly,

“Elsie, you remember Danny Gumbo?”’

The woman nodded.

“Why, yes! How are you?”

She held out a strong, bony hand.

She had good legs.

But that was all.

You see women like that.

The rest of her was too thin and too lean.

She was brown as a nut and her dark, flashing eyes matched. She made up for her figure with something that was in her watchful, questioning eyes:—she liked men.

She was younger than her husband.

“Taylor told us you might drop by,” she said.

“Have you a place to stay? There’s plenty of room at our place.”

“I’m at the hotel,”’ I told her.

“Oh,” she said.

Nothing changed in her face, yet I thought her remark meant something.

Sheldon Patterson was staring toward the lake.

“Look at her, will you!” he said, glancing at me. “Can’t she swim, though!”

I followed his eyes.

There was a sleek, white-capped head, some distance out from shore, and flashing arms that moved steadily in a lazy crawl.

The figure was approaching the edge of the dock.

We kept watching.

Then Taylor raised her head, saw me, gave a joyous shout.

Immediately she increased the pace of the crawl and moved through the calm water with powerful strokes.

Soon she was climbing up on the dock.

She looked just as good dripping wet as any other way, and that was plenty good.

She rushed over to clasp my hands.

“Gumbo!’’ she cried.

“Let me look at you.” She was happy and excited and uninhibited as a pup.

“Doesn’t he look wonderful?” she asked the others. “I haven’t seen him in ages!”

She did it all up in a nice neat package.

She was good indeed.

She turned back to me.

“How long are you staying?”

I shrugged.

“I just stopped by. I’m looking up some old friends.”

“We ought to have a party,” said Elsie Patterson.

“I get him first,” exclaimed Taylor.

“We’ll see. But first I’ve got to hear everything he’s done since I saw him.”

“How about tonight?” Elsie asked me.

There was some meaning in her eyes and I tried to figure out what it was.

“Sure, old man,” put in her husband.

“This calls for a celebration. Tonight it is.”

We went back to Taylor’s house and the maid, Ciara, served cocktails.

Soon Sheldon Patterson and his wife were leaving.

“We’ll have to get things started,” he explained.

The maid drifted off, leaving a silver cocktail shaker almost full on a coffee table.

Taylor still wore the white two-piece swim suit.

Her stomach between trunks and halter top was flat and hard and brown.

Her tawny hair tumbled about her lovely head.

She sat down on the chintz-covered divan, unmindful of the wet suit, and looked up at me, her face serious now.

“When did you get here?”

“I drove up last night.”

“You should have phoned me.”

“It was late.”

She made an impatient gesture.

“I was up.”

She nodded toward our empty glasses.

“You can pour me another cocktail. Did you find out anything?”

“About Alan?”

“Of course.”

“Not yet.”

She bit her lip.

“I wish there was something I could tell you. But there’s nothing. No word from him . . . nothing at all. I can’t suggest where to start.”’

I asked,

“Did Alan owe any money? Gambling debts, for instance?”

“No. He had plenty of money.”

She put down her glass and looked at me quickly.

“Oh, I see. That man I described to you. The one who came to see him here that last Saturday. I told you they were arguing. But it couldn’t have been about debts. Alan always paid his bills. I didn’t even know that man.”

“Ever hear of Moose Valentine?”

She shook her head.

I sighed, finished the drink and stood up.

“Well, maybe I’d better nose around a bit.”

“Aren’t you going to stay for lunch?”

“I’d better not.”

I motioned toward the rear of the house.

“It’s too bad that maid is here.”

I let her take that for what it was worth.

Taylor said quickly,

“Don’t worry about Ciara. She’s wiser than you think.”

“Just the same.”

“Please, stay.”

Her gray eyes took on a lazy, half-sleepy expression.

She put her tawny head back against the divan and looked up at me.

Her smile was soft.

Alluring.

“Look,” I tried to explain. “Either I work or I play. It can’t be both at the same time. I think it’d better be work.”

Her face changed.

Her eyes said she wanted to make some acid comment, then she decided not to.

“But you’ll go to the party tonight, won’t you? Elsie and Sheldon are such nice people.”

“I suppose we’ll have to.”

She followed me out to the screened porch.

“I think you’ve already learned something about Alan. I wish you’d tell me, Gumbo?”

“Maybe I’ll have something tonight.”

I went around the house to the roadster.

Backing out to the lake road, I saw the kitchen curtain move slightly.

She should have left Ciara back in Chicago.

Chapter 3

I was drifting along the highway back to town when I realized, after awhile, that a car had been following me.

I watched it in the rear-view mirror.

It snuggled far back, dropping from sight each time I went around a curve.

It must have picked me up when I left the lake road.

It trailed me into town. I drove to the hotel, parked, went directly upstairs.

But before I walked down the long hall to my room I stepped to a wide, curtained window at the front of the hall and peered out.

The car that had been following me, a heavy dark sedan, was parked almost across the street close to a fire hydrant.

I couldn’t make out who was at the wheel.

I went downstairs again and crossed the street to the parked car.

It was the two lugs who worked for Valentine.

The ex-pug, Donny, was at the wheel.

The sandy-haired one with the blue-white eyes sat beside him.

I put my hands on the open window and bent forward to look at them.

Donny said,

“Well, if it isn’t Mac. Small world!”’

“I’m sorry to have to disappoint you gentlemen,”’ I said.

Donny’s dull eyes looked puzzled.

“Come again, Mac?”

“I haven’t found him yet. I’ll let you know as soon as I do.”

Neither man spoke.

Each gave me an unblinking stare.

I grinned, flicked my fingers to my hat and went back to the hotel. When I got upstairs and peered out the-window again, the car was gone.

In the room I found a yellow telephone slip pushed beneath the door.

There was probably a duplicate in the box at the desk, but I hadn’t stopped off in the lobby.

The writing on the slip said:

“Please call me and a number.”

The time stamp on the message showed that the call had been received only five minutes ago.

It was a local exchange and I wondered who it was.

I gave the switchboard girl the number.

A woman’s voice answered.

A quick, clear, direct voice, strangely familiar.

But for the moment I could not place it.

“You called me?” I said.

“Danny Gumbo?”

“Right.”’

“This is Elsie Patterson.”

I frowned.

Her voice didn’t sound exactly as it had back there on the dock. It held a tense urgency.

“Yes?” I said.

“I’ve only a moment. Sheldon will be right back.”

Her words sounded crowded together like a phonograph record that has been speeded up.

“You knew Alan Townley, didn’t you?”

“Slightly,” I said and wondered what was this?

“Then you can help me.”

“T don’t understand—”’

She cut me off.

“You’re a private detective, aren’t you? At least, you were?”

“Yes?”

“Well, then I’ve got to tell you. It’s terribly important. If there was any way I could, I’d run into town now, but it’s impossible. I’ll see you at the party tonight. I’ll manage it, somehow, so that we can be alone for a few moments.”

“I don’t like mysterious women,” I said. “Tell me now and we’ll both spend a restful afternoon.”

“I can’t. Sheldon’s liable to—”

There was a sound as if she had caught her breath, then her voice, very low, finishing in a rush, “He’s coming in now. Tonight, then!”

The connection was broken.

I sat there with the phone cradled in my hand and asked myself what it was.

Taylor wanted to know whether her husband was dead or alive. Moose Valentine knew some of the answers and was standing off, awaiting developments.

And now Elsie Patterson, ambitious socialite, was intensely interested in Alan Townley’s whereabouts.

There was a lad, that Alan, who got around!

I got on the telephone again and made some calls to Chicago.

The office of internal revenue was closed for the half holiday, but I finally located Bill Hendricks at his home in Oak Park.

Bill Hendricks was an old friend.

He had several brothers, all of them working in various city jobs down there.

One was connected with Chief Storm’s office at headquarters. Another was a politician.

Still another had some connection with a brokerage house.

I told Bill what I wanted.

“If there’s any way possible, I’d like to hear before tonight,” I said.

“I know that’s asking a lot.”

“Maybe I can do it by phone,” he said.

“I’ll see what I can do.”

I gave him my room number and the hotel name and hung up. There was little to do now but wait.

Somewhere along the line there must be a clearly defined lead to the mystery of Alan Townley.

I had an idea that perhaps Elsie Patterson was going to supply that lead.

Tonight would tell.

I had a sandwich and beer sent up to the room, ordered some newspapers, sent the linen suit down to the valet shop for a press, then stretched out on the bed with the papers.

The day was hot.

I should have spent the afternoon with Taylor out at the lake, where it was cool.

My jaw still ached.

At six o’clock that evening the urgent ringing of the telephone woke me up.

It was Bill Hendricks calling from Chicago.

“I got what I could,” he said.

“I’m not fussy,” I told him.

“I’ve been away too long. I don’t know what’s been going on.”

“Well, I guess nobody else does either. He’s managed to keep it pretty quiet.”

“Are you talking about Alan Townley?”

“Yeah. . . I reached the right people and I think I’ve got it straight. The guy’s broke, Gumbo. Flatter than the old bank roll on the day before pay day. Most of it went down the drain in wildcat stocks. The rest, Lord knows where else. He’s been putting up a swell front, however.”

“Anyone know where he is?”

“No:”

“Anything else?”

“I’ll keep working on it for you, Gumbo. Can I reach you there over the weekend?”

“Probably. If I’m out, leave word and I’ll call back. Thanks a lot.”

I hung up. Here was something interesting.

So Alan Townley was broke—and even his wife didn’t know it.

A guy with money is always a target for some kind of pitch.

But not a man without it.

Paupers usually die of old age.

I kept wondering what Elsie Patterson was going to tell me.

Taylor and I started for the Patterson place about nine-thirty that night.

I hadn’t told her what I’d heard from Chicago that afternoon.

We put away a couple of martinis and by the time we climbed into the car there was a brightness in her eyes and a manner about her that gave her the appearance of a teenager on her first date.

I hoped no one else would notice it.

She glowed like a beacon atop the Palmolive Building on Michigan Avenue.

People might wonder.

About us.

But I needn’t have worried.

They were all whooping it up by the time we arrived.

It was a big place, set on a smooth, velvet-lawned slope and screened by tall trees.

Down at the foot of the slope there was a large boathouse and pavilion.

When you drove up an efficient fellow relieved you of your car and took it off somewhere to park it.

I wondered if he’d be able-to find his way back.

The patio had been decorated with gay lanterns and people sat out there, with butlers in short white mess jackets serving martinis and dabs of stuff on small crackers.

Somewhere in the background a string orchestra played the right kind of soft music.

From inside the sprawling stone house a dance band pounded out jitterbug stuff.

Taylor said,

“We’d better stop inside first and say hello—though they’ll probably never know whether we’re here or not.”

“They sure whipped this affair together in a hurry.”

Taylor smiled.

“Elsie knows how to spend money.”

We met people roaming in and out, and they said hello, and we said hello, and I asked Taylor,

“Who are they?”

“Lord knows,” she said.

But we did bump into Sheldon Patterson, our host.

He was maneuvering through the wide front hallway like a sailboat tacking against a stiff wind.

He was going to make it to the arched doorway halfway down the hall, but he wasn’t going to have much left of the cocktail that he was carrying.

He saw us.

Or maybe he saw tall, sleek, gorgeous Taylor.

He swayed over, bowed and said,

“You’re lovely,” and held out his thin, bony hand.

“I’m Sheldon Patterson. I opened the door and some people dropped in. You’ll find them around. Did anyone ever tell you that you’re lovely?”

Worriedly, Taylor watched the drink jiggling in his hand.

Then she smiled at him.

“Sheldon, you remember Gumbo?”

She turned and gave me some of the smile.

He squinted at me rather blearily.

He wore good sport clothes and he was not a bad looking fellow, but his face was too pale.

Still he looked better dressed than he had in the swim shorts this morning.

He stuck out his hand.

“Glad to know you, old man,” he said.

I doubt if he knew either of us. He waved vaguely toward some room behind him.

“Go have a drink. I’ll be back.””

He winked owlishly.

Knowingly.

“I’ve got a prospective client in here, and, boy, is he drunk!”

He swayed on and disappeared through the archway.

I looked after Sheldon Patterson and said,

“He isn’t doing so bad himself.”

Taylor nodded and that sweep of soft hair touched my face,

“They got an early start. They had a dinner party earlier.”

A maid appeared then and relieved Taylor of her summer ermine cape and took my hat.

We waited until she disappeared again.

“Sheldon never drinks during the week. He’s smart and he’s a real salesman and showman. He probably has a prospect here tonight. Sheldon will sign him up, drunk or no!”

“A nice business.”

“Probably about a million dollars’ worth.”

Two huge rooms had been thrown open and cleared for dancing.

At one end was the orchestra, at the other a long table set up with appetizers.

Two waiters were serving cocktails.

I saw Elsie Patterson standing nearby, talking to a group of people. She saw us, broke away, and came over.

“Hi, kids,’’ she exclaimed brightly.

She looked smart and trim and expensive.

“Gumbo, I want you to meet these people. I’ve been telling them about you.’’

She touched my arm.

“Come on.”

It was an ordeal, and no mistake.

Elsie Patterson babbled and I wished to hell I’d never let myself in for a thing like this.

I tried to recall faces I had known a few years ago, and recognized none.

That was the way it was with this kind of cocktail set.

Money attracted them like moths around a flame.

The moment someone else showed up with a few more dollars in the bank, they joined the pilgrimage to new haunts.

After a while more guests arrived.

Elsie had to excuse herself to meet them.

I’d been trying to escape the darling-I-want-you-to meet-so-and-so business in order to get Elsie Patterson alone for a second.

I wanted to hear the rest about that telephone call.

I wanted to hear it now.

But too many people were close by.

She did manage, however, to slip in a word just before she started across the room.

She spoke swiftly and softly.

“I’ll signal you the first chance I get. Perhaps we can meet on the patio.”’

And in that brief instant there was a troubled light deep in her eyes. Somewhere along the way I’d lost Taylor.

I drifted around, eased out of the house, wandered toward the patio. Through the trees I saw one or two lights bobbing on small boats out on the lake.

The air had cooled.

On it drifted the bright chatter of sophisticated talk.

I watched well dressed, attractive women trying to impress men, and well dressed, bright-looking lads trying to impress women, and here and there a lady who didn’t know how to drink, and others watching her and talking slyly.

The little remarks, the knowing glances, the hatreds and jealousies that make people click.

All the time I was waiting to hear more about Alan Townley.

But an hour went by and I was still muddled.

I’d wandered through a garderi, was returning toward a long, wide, open veranda faced with French doors, when I saw Elsie Patterson again.

She was talking to a man in a white jacket.

They were alone. Everyone else was either inside or around the far side of the house on the patio.

Tall shrubs partially cut me off from the two standing there.

And the grass had silenced any sound of my approach.

Not that I was attempting any Peeping Tom business.

It was just that I came upon them unexpectedly.

After all, if Elsie Patterson wanted to talk to someone. .

A pale slice of light from beyond one of the French doors touched their faces as they stood there alone.

The man was watching those French doors.

I was watching the man and suddenly being very careful that the shrubs screened me.

He was the slender, dapper gentleman of the burning dark eyes and with the odd gray slash through his black hair.

Moose Valentine—gambler.

You don’t get surprises in this business.

You get ideas.

If you match the right ideas together sometimes you come up with something.

But all you could do with this case was label it The Disappearance of Alan Townley.

Was the guy dead or alive?

Where was he?

The ideas weren’t doing me much good unless I found him.

But perhaps the solution was here in a few swift spoken words that were being exchanged.

Words murmured too softly to be overheard.

I was a dozen yards away.

If there was some way I could step closer.

Then it was too late.

Elsie moved toward one of the French doors and entered the house.

Valentine waited a moment, then went down three wide steps at the end of the long stone veranda and disappeared toward the patio. But the big scene was yet to come, I discovered.

It was lucky I hesitated a moment before stepping out of the shadows.

Another man was on the long open porch.

He’d been standing down there at the far end, his figure blended against a stone column.

Now light from one of the doors revealed him clearly.

His thin face was set in harsh, grim lines.

And he was no more drunk than I was.

Cold fury was in his alert, watchful manner.

He was our host, Sheldon Patterson.

There had been some determined purpose in that little act he’d put on when we met him in the front hall.

Chapter 4

Taylor was looking for me when I reached the patio.

She looked warm and excited.

She grasped my arm and said,

“Buy me a drink, darling. Forgive me for running off like that. Everyone wanted a dance.”

She gave a squeeze.

“Now I’m free. I’m not going to let you out of my sight!”

“Is that a threat? You talk like a wife.”

Her eyes changed as she looked at me briefly.

“Did you have to say that?”

It could have meant a lot of things. I hoped it meant what I thought it did.

I murmured,

“Sorry, sweetheart,” and steered her toward a table away from the string quartet that was still trying to compete with the talking going on all around.

The talk and laughter was winning.

It had good hundred-proof on its side.

Taylor’s brightness returned as quickly as it had left for the moment. She motioned to one of the butlers as we spotted a table.

“Right here should be nice—” she started.

Then her fingers tightened on my arm.

Her quick gray eyes were centered on a table across from us.

I followed her intent glance.

It was Moose Valentine.

“That man— stopped.

“I know,” I said. “He’s the one who came to see your husband that Saturday.”

“Yes.”

She searched my face briefly with her level eyes.

“How did you know him?’’

“We met. Last night. Would you like to meet the woman with him? I met her, too.”

Stevie, the silvery blonde singer, was seated with the sleek gambler. I was positive she had seen me.

She was attempting to keep Valentine absorbed in conversation.

He had not yet looked across the open space of the patio.

People moving back and forth cut us partially from view.

Taylor seemed to be struggling to overcome an uneasiness.

Her firm fingers pressed into my arm.

But almost instantly she said,

“All right.”

We went over.

Moose was good.

He was polite.

I introduced blonde Stevie Deering to Taylor and watched the women size each other up in a single glance.

Then I introduced Valentine himself.

He was as gracious as a secretary of state.

I said,

“It’s nice seeing you again,”’ and he said,

“Thank you,” and deep in his dark eyes there was a soft, watchful, catlike smile.

“I believe you know my husband,” Taylor was saying, and I admired her smooth, cool courage, saying that, watching him for any reaction that might tell her something.”

“Yes, I believe I do,” he said, and it didn’t tell a thing.

“He drops in at my place once in a while.” I noticed he wasn’t drinking.

We went back to the table, where a butler was waiting. Taylor was holding my arm again.

She was trembling almost violently.

Yet, talking to the gambler, her manner had been casual and outwardly relaxed.

But as she sat down she breathed tensely,

“God get me a drink. That man’s eyes! He knows something, Gumbo. The way his eyes watch you!”

“Perhaps you’re just imagining—”’

“No! I could read something in his eyes, Gumbo. He frightens me.”

“All gamblers have fishy eyes.”

“This was different.”’

I wanted to find Elsie Patterson.

I got the opportunity a few moments later.

Some people closed in on our table and one of the women said,

“There you are, Taylor! Look, here’s someone I want you to meet.”

I told Taylor I’d see her back there in a few minutes and excused myself, heading quickly toward the house.

Luck held out. Elsie was just coming through a doorway and she saw me.

There were cushioned swings on the terrace.

Some were set apart in shadowy corners.

I motioned toward one and she nodded.

“It’s the first chance I’ve had,” she said, sitting on the edge of the swing. Her eyes looked wide and too bright in the shadows.

Then she blurted without further delay,

“It’s about Alan Townley!”

“That’s why you called me at the hotel?”

“I couldn’t go to anyone else. And it was only last night that a little insignificant thing happened that caused me to wonder. Then I saw the whole awful picture as I thought back, and I was positive—”

I touched her hand lightly in order to stop her for a moment.

She was shaking.

“You’re getting excited,” I warned.

“Try to tell it clearly. Right now you’re sort of jumbled up.”

“It’s so horrible,” she gasped softly.

“About Alan, you mean?”

“Yes, about Alan. You see—” She looked at me quickly, eyes full of some horror that was in her mind.

“First, let me explain one’ thing. Then you’ll understand. You see, Alan and I went out a few times together. Sheldon found out. That’s why I can’t go to him. If I do, he’ll know I was with Alan that night, the night—”

I wanted to tell her to get the hell to the point, but I waited patiently.

She was nervous enough.

“The night—’’ She started again.

“Yes?”

She seized my arm as though she were going to faint.

Her taut voice was a whisper.

“Alan—is dead! I know!”

Then, so softly that I thought I had only imagined hearing the words,

“I think I know who killed Alan Townley.”

Just then a group of people burst out of one of the doors from inside the house.

They were laughing and apparently intent on a purpose.

One of them saw Elsie and immediately swooped down on her. :

“We’re going to have a swimming marathon!” one exclaimed.

“With cash prizes,” a woman added.

“The men have formed a pool. They’re going to swim down to the Anderson dock, below here. There’s prize for women, too.”

The speaker grabbed Elsie Patterson’s arm and pulled her to her feet.

Elsie was an excellent hostess.

Instantly she fitted her mood to theirs.

She got up laughing and protesting.

“I’m not a good enough swimmer. Really.”

“Then you can help judge. Some of us are going to sit in boats and hold flashlights, so the swimmers can see the course.”’

With Elsie in tow, they stormed across the patio looking for more entries.

One woman and her partner stared directly at me, and the woman cried, ‘Hey! Look at him. With a build like that he ought to carry off first prize!”

The man said,

“All right. He’s our entry. I’ll put ten on his nose.”

There was no eluding them.

Everyone was going for the idea as though it was the Kentucky Derby.

I said,

“I look cute without trunks.”

The fellow who had elected to promote me said,

“You don’t get off that easy, mister. There’s trunks full of shorts upstairs in Sheldon’s bedroom. Come on!”

I glanced across the patio as we started into the house.

I didn’t see Taylor.

I wondered if she had been snared into it, too.

Moose Valentine had quietly disappeared.

I wondered where he was.

A carnival atmosphere reigned on the lake front.

Those who couldn’t swim held flashlights and were getting into rowboats.

Someone had even located lanterns.

The finish line—the dock of another estate down the lake—was merely a part of the outer rim of blackness that was the night. Someone attempted to indicate the spot with a wave of his arm.

“Don’t worry,” he said. “We’ll light the course from the boats.”’

Bets were being offered and covered.

Each team had an entry in the form of a swimmer.

Money changed hands as if it were peanuts.

The lad who had elected himself my manager had more good luck than sense.

“I’ve got three hundred on you, Gumbo. You win and we split.”

Well, I’ve worked a hell of a lot harder for less.

I’ve even taken a slug for that kind of money, when times were tough.

“I’ll try,” I promised him.

“Want a drink?” I shook my head.

I saw Taylor.

She was wearing a swim suit and a robe, and I wondered if she was in this crazy thing, too.

Then some people surged around and I lost her again.

I also heard a man calling out across the dark water to someone in a rowboat.

“Not that way, Elsie. Row in closer to shore.”

But I couldn’t catch Elsie Patterson’s answer.

hen the cockeyed race was on.

The women went first. Flashlight beams revealed their moving legs and arms, but soon they were lost out there in the darkness.

Out of the gloom the thin white pencils of light jerked here and there like tiny beacons gone haywire.

Laughter floated across the dark water.

In the night there was confusion and shouting and voices trying to call direction.

After a while you could hear yells from up the lake, and apparently the women’s race was over.

Then the men were under way.

I was in the water, thinking, what a hell of a thing to be doing at midnight!

There were six of us.

We soon were separated, because the rowboats now spread out all over half the damned lake.

Some guy was standing up in flat scow and waving a bottle.

He was high as the Empire State building.

“Right this way, gents,” he called out. “Stop off at the nineteenth hole bar for a quick one.”

I ignored the boats and the bobbing lanterns and flashlights.

Before plunging into the water I’d taken a line on the goal down there in the blackness.

I hoped I was heading straight for it.

That’s how I won the screwy race.

I wasn’t any better than anyone else.

Just soberer.

Two men who had been posted at the goal hauled me up on the dock.

The women swimmers had disappeared toward the Patterson place to dress.

Another contestant arrived behind me, but the others were all off course.

We held flashlights and tried to guide them.

You could hear the voices trying to shout directions from the boats. Then all you could hear was the woman’s shrill, keening, terrified scream.

It came out of the night like a slash of lightning.

Every other sound stopped, as everyone heard that awful cry and paused to listen.

In the stark silence it came again.

“My God!” breathed one of the fellows on the narrow dock beside me. :

He stared into the night and directed the flashlight beam out into the darkness.

The woman’s cry had come from close by.

A boat leaped into the white cone of light.

It was tilted crazily as a woman, on hands and knees, bent over the gunwale.

She seemed to be tugging at something in the water.

She was trying vainly to haul it into the boat.

“Oh, my God!” the man beside me repeated.

I was diving off the dock while he was still saying it.

No more than two minutes were required to reach the boat.

The woman kneeling in the bottom, tugging at the figure in the water, was sobbing and half hysterical.

I’d met her, but I didn’t remember her name.

I went up over the stern of the rowboat, so that it wouldn’t tilt completely over, dived toward the woman and pushed her aside.

“Get your weight on the other side so we won’t tip over!’’

I snapped, trying to jar her into clear thinking.

I held a fistful of hair as she released the figure in the water.

While she balanced the rocky boat, I bent low over the gunwale and hauled the figure over side.

It was Elsie Patterson.

And I didn’t like the looks of her.

Not one bit.

Her eyes were closed.

Being slender, she was fairly easy to handle, though no one who is limp, dead weight is easy to manage.

I started working over her while the other woman tried desperately to handle the oars.

She was so excited she hardly knew what she was doing.

Almost instantly other boats were arriving.

A man piled in with us and took over the oars.

“Get to the dock,” I ordered. “Hurry!”

He didn’t need urging.

Blankets were spread out on the dock by the time we arrived there, moments later.

Elsie Patterson hadn’t yet stirred.

I got what water I could out of her, laid her flat on her stomach, turned her face so that she could breathe, and knelt over her and started artificial respiration.

I still didn’t like the looks of her and yelled up at someone standing over us,

“Can we get ambulance?”

“The police, in town, have equipment.”

“Call them !’’

But long before they arrived, I knew a resuscitator wasn’t going to do any good at all.

Elsie Patterson was dead.

She had drowned, there seemed no doubt about that.

And long before the local coroner arrived, and allowed the body to be moved up to the house where he made a more complete examination, I had noticed something about Elsie Patterson’s too thin figure.

I was positive she had been murdered.

“A horrible accident,” Chief of Police Wm. B. Botts was saying with the right note of sympathy.

Yes, he was there, giving me that half cynical look he had used at headquarters.

I was dressed now.

With him were a couple of cops from town.

They didn’t look very smart.

“Accident, hell!” I said.

We were gathered in the big library of the Patterson home.

Elsie lay on a leather divan, a blanket covering her, even her face.

There were maybe a dozen people in the room.

The others had been shut off by the closed doors.

They were watching me intently.

Lovely Taylor was in the group.

I’d learned she hadn’t been one of the contestants in the women’s race, though she wore a suit and bathing cap.

She’d been in one of the rowboats, serving as a guide for the swimmers.

Now she stared at me and gasped:

“Gumbo! You don’t mean that?”

I nodded.

Chief Botts pushed his fat body in front of me.

“You’d better explain that remark, sir.”

“She wasn’t a very good swimmer,” I said.

“I saw her this morning.”

“But she wasn’t swimming tonight, not in that contest,’ Botts said softly in a manner he probably thought was suave.

“We’ve already been told that. She probably got excited and fell out of the boat. She was alone out there—”

“Don’t be a fool,” I said. “She could have been held under water. It only takes a part of a minute to drown.”

The coroner—a stocky, quiet man with glasses—had been listening. Now he put in,

“Naturally, I leave nothing to chance. We think of those things, too, my good man. But there are no marks on her throat showing there was any kind of struggle.”

“But there are marks on her ankles,” I said grimly.

The coroner nodded.

“Marks caused by the straps of her sandals. I saw them.”

“Were they caused by that?” I asked.

No one spoke.

One man had not entered the conversation.

He stood apart from us, stiff, his face thin and gray and strained.

He, too, wore swim trunks over which he had thrown a robe.

He was thin as a matchstick.

It was Elsie’s husband, Sheldon Patterson.

Now he spoke for the first time.

His voice almost cracked, and he controlled it with a mighty effort.

“Just what do you mean, Gumbo?”

“I mean,” I said harshly, “someone held your wife under water by the ankles until she drowned. They tilted the boat, then pulled her under.”

He looked at me out of eyes that seemed frozen.

I returned the look.

‘‘By the way, Patterson,” I said, “where were you all the time?”

He looked as if he wanted to hit me.

But finally he said,

“I was right in the boat with her. She was perfectly all right when I left her—”

“When you left her?”

His eyes glittered.

“Tommy Engles called me over to his boat for a drink.”

I remembered the drunk who had been waving the bottle at the start of the men’s race.

“I swam over there. I was afraid something would happen to him. I rowed him in to the dock. We had just gotten there when—when Amy screamed.”

I said meaningfully, ‘‘ I suppose Tommy Engles can verify that you were with him all the time ?”’

He almost sneered.

“Tommy Engles passed out and you damn well know it. He won’t remember a thing.”

I was sticking my neck out from here to there.

Chief of Police Botts knew it, and was wondering why.

But I was remembering Elsie Patterson’s swiftly spoken words:

“I think I know who killed Alan Townley.”

And there’d been her secret rendezvous with the gambler, Moose Valentine, and her husband’s expression as he watched them. Someone knew that Elsie Patterson had suspected.

Because of that Elsie was dead.

It had to be murder!

It went on for another hour, but we got no place.

It was Sheldon Patterson who said quietly,

“Chief, do you mind?” He looked ill.

He was nodding toward the closed doors.

Fat, officious Botts said,

“Everybody be around for the inquest tomorrow.”’

He swung and gave me his soft smile.

“That includes you, sir.” Then Sheldon Patterson was leaving the room, murmuring shakily,

“There are so many things to do. I’ll have to make arrangements.”

He didn’t look at the covered figure on the leather divan.

I got hold of Taylor and we got out of there.

There was still some questioning going on as the police moved among the other guests. Then they were leaving one by one.

What had been a fun evening had swiftly changed into a horrible affair of people speaking in hushed voices and moving on tiptoe.

I asked Taylor,

“What happened to Moose Valentine?”

“The gambler?”

“Yes.”

“He left with that singer. The one called Stevie.”

“Before it happened?”

“I’m pretty sure. But it was difficult to keep track of everybody.”

“I’ll take you home,” I said.

We were going down the steps now and Taylor gave me a swift, thoughtful look.

“Then where are you going?”

“I didn’t say—”

“No, but you’re thinking of something.”

I didn’t answer until we began looking for the fellow who had parked the cars.

It took about five minutes for him to bring it around.

Just as we were climbing into the seats, another car came along the drive.

It had appeared from a garage at the rear of the place.

I paused, one foot on the running board, watching.

Sheldon Patterson was behind the wheel of the car.

Alone.

I got a glimpse of his face.

His features were set in stony, purposeful lines. ‘

“I had an idea of this,” I said musingly. “He certainly got dressed in a hurry.”

“What do you mean?”

“He’s heading for trouble. He’s going to see Moose Valentine.”

Taylor gasped as she held on to my arm tight.

“That man again?”

“That man again,” I said, and climbed behind the wheel.

Taylor wanted to ask more questions.

But I ignored them.

“You ought to have something around you,” I said.

“Where are your clothes?”

She motioned toward the Patterson house, then shuddered a little.

Her tanned, bare thighs gleamed in the dashboard glow.

“I don’t want to go back in there tonight,’’ she pointed out.

“Run me home. I’ll change.”

“You’ll stay home,” I said.

“Take me with you?”

“Unh-unh.”’

A few moments later we pulled up in her driveway behind the white cottage.

The night was very quiet.

It must have been about two o’clock.

Taylor looked like a bronzed, ivory smooth goddess in the tight swim cap.

She leaned close to a moment.

“Please be careful, darling. If anything ever happened to you—”’ There was a time to be romantic, but this wasn’t it.

I was thinking of Sheldon Patterson.

“Scram,”’ I ordered.

Her eyes shone in the night light.

“Do you have to be so damned cold!” she snapped.

“Babe,” I told her, “every time I think of that poor Elsie.”

I shook my head, helped her out of the car, and kissed her because that’s what she wanted.

I did it. thoroughly because it might be a long time before I kissed her again.

I yanked. off the tight-fitting bathing cap and let her tawny hair fall down.

I buried my hands in her hair and pulled her head toward me again and kissed her so hard my teeth hurt.

“Whew!” she gasped, staring at me.

I drove away still feeling as though someone were running ice water down my back, drop by drop.

I sent the roadster roaring around the lake, because I had to catch Sheldon Patterson.

Chapter 5

He must have reached Moose Valentine’s upstairs office at The Oaks only moments ahead of me.

He was in the room when I came along the carpeted hallway, and there were only the two of them.

For once, Valentine’s strong-arm lads were not around.

Patterson must have caught the gambler flatfooted.

Thin and gray-faced, Patterson held an automatic in his fist, standing in front of Valentine’s desk, and he was talking.

I came up to the doorway and paused.

They had not heard me.

I didn’t want to startle Patterson into action.

A guy not used to handling guns can do a lot of damage on short notice.

Patterson was saying,

“You’ll damn well tell me what was going on, Valentine! Don’t think I didn’t see you talking to my wife on the veranda tonight. I knew she’d been going out with some man.”

Valentine’s voice was tight but calm.

“You’re a blind fool, Patterson.”

“What did you have on Elsie? Why did she withdraw twenty-five thousand dollars from her personal bank account a few weeks ago?” Valentine was on his feet, his face hard and his black eyes blazing. He was taking an awful chance on getting drilled. But I didn’t think Patterson would shoot just yet. He had more to say—and I wanted to hear it. But it was the gambler who said,

“She drew that money out of the bank to help Alan Townley. He was the man she was chasing around with, you blind sap. Townley was broke. He came here one night and made a desperate attempt to clean the house in order to get some money. Instead, he lost fifty thousand.”

Valentine yanked a slip of paper from his pocket and threw it on the desk.

“Read it! There’s his I.0.U.”

For a little while the office was deathly silent.

I saw Patterson’s trim head bend slightly to glance at the note, while he kept the automatic leveled in his fist.

“Then why were you talking to her so secretively tonight?”

The tone of Patterson’s voice had changed.

There was doubt now.

“I’ll tell you why. Your wife suspected the truth—that Alan Townley was dead. I’d had somewhat the same idea. That’s why I was playing it safe. A man owes me fifty grand and he disappears. Suppose he’s found murdered? Someone learns that I hold that 1.0.U. and I’m the fall guy for the murder !”

He gave a short, brittle laugh.

‘‘That private dick shows up here and he’s looking for the guy, too. So I figure I’ll let him do the looking—”

“What detective?” demanded Patterson.

“Gumbo, the fellow who was at your house tonight. What do you think Alan Townley’s wife has him up here for? Gumbo’s supposed to be good. He’s a tough article when he wants to be.”

Sheldon Patterson thought a moment.

Then he blurted,

“You talk too easily, Valentine.”

The doubtful tone had left his voice.

It was accusing again.

“If Townley’s dead, then you killed him. And then you were afraid Elsie would talk, so you—”

It was time for me to move.

Patterson’s voice started to tremble as he mentioned his wife’s name.

He was working himself up to the task and if he got there, he would do some damage.

I didn’t want to get caught in that kind of trouble.

His fingers were white where they held the gun.

I stepped quickly inside the room.

“Patterson,” I said softly, not to startle him too much.

He swung and came around with the gun not a foot away from me, which was exactly where I wanted it.

If the gun is held too far away from you, the Judo trick won’t work. My right hand slashed down, caught the barrel of the automatic and carried it downward and to the left.

In the same fast movement my left hand seized Patterson’s gun hand just at the wrist in a crisscross impact.

The weapon twisted easily from his hand.

It’s a trick of leverage and timing.

Even a woman could do it with practice.

I dropped the automatic into my pocket and said,

“Everything he’s told you, Patterson, is true. You’re forgetting one thing. Valentine, here, wasn’t even at your place tonight when Elsie was—when it happened. He’d left.”

Valentine looked at me and_ nodded.

“Thanks,”’ he said, and he really meant it.

Patterson sat down.

His thin shoulders drooped.

He must have thought a hell of a lot of her.

He turned to Valentine again.

“What else did Mrs. Patterson tell you?”

“She had an idea about something,” Valentine explained.

“She had an idea Alan Townley’s body was right out here in the lake. I don’t know what it was that started her thinking about it. She was going to explain in more detail later.”

He was telling the truth, no doubt about that.

I recalled Elsie’s own words to me.

He added:

“I thought it was funny, if he was in the lake, that the body had not been found. Then I remembered the lake overflows down here at this end near a small dam. It’s stream-fed at the other end. That creates a current that would carry a body this way. I’ve got a couple of the boys out there looking now, just on chance.”

“Could Townley swim?”

Valentine slowly shook his head.

‘That’s something else. I just found out a little while ago that he couldn’t.”’

Suddenly I saw a need for hurry.

I said,

“Let’s see if they’ve found anything.”

Valentine nodded.

We took Patterson with us.

He was in a bad way.

A guy in that condition is liable to do himself no good.

Keeping him occupied was the best thing.

We drove down to the end of the lake, not far from The Oaks. Valentine used his own sedan.

The dam was a concrete wall not more than fifty yards across, half concealed by old trees and brush that grew wildly at this part of the lake.

Russ, the barrel-chested fellow with the blue-white eyes, was there, and the ex-pug, Donny.

They were smeared with mud and rubbish that had collected in the heavily barred gate just below water level of the dam.

Alan Townley was there, too.

He wasn’t very nice to look at.

They’d pulled him up with iron grappling hooks.

He must have been caught down against the gate for a week or so, below the water level.

I wouldn’t have known him, but Valentine and Patterson made the identification positive.

A moment later I found myself staring at the palms of my hands.

I held them up, looking at them, and felt that drip of ice water along my spine again.

Valentine glanced at me curiously as I rubbed my hands down across my hips, as though to rid them of the coldness that I felt there.

I drew Valentine to one side and told him where I was going.

I also asked him some questions.

His dark eyes showed astonishment.

It was the first time his poker face had ever revealed his feelings.

“Call fatso—the police chief,” I said. “Have him meet you there. Give me ten minutes or so alone over there. I want to find out something.”

“You take a hell of a chance,”’ Moose Valentine.

“We’ll see.”’

I left, alone.

I figured not more than twenty or maybe twenty-five minutes had elapsed since I had started for the gambler’s office.

That wasn’t too long.

A few moments later I left the roadster parked along the curving road.

I walked the rest of the way.

Crickets chattered at me as I moved silently through the night. There was a light on upstairs, in the bedroom.

Downstairs was in total darkness.

I went up the steps and across the outside porch and found the house wide open.

No one ever locks doors at a lake colony.

I stood just inside the living room and waited until my eyes adjusted to the inside shadows.

Then I found the stairs and climbed them like a tom-cat on the prowl.

Light came from the open bedroom doorway.

There was a soft humming sound, like an electric fan running in the night.

I stepped quietly to that doorway.

She sat on a bench before a vanity mirror.

She wore some kind of negligee, and there was no doubt about it that she was an elegant kind of creature.

Thick tawny hair tumbled about her shoulders.

The soft humming sound came from the electric dryer that she held in her hand.

She was just about done.

She had not heard me. I said,

“Taylor?”

She turned with a startled jerk.

A sharp intensity leaped into her gray eyes.

“I discovered your hair was wet when I kissed you just a short while ago;” I said.

“Yet you weren’t swimming in that race tonight. You were supposed to be sitting in one of the rowboats. You never mentioned being in the water. While the excitement was going on, that lovely body of yours dried off. But your hair didn’t. That’s why you kept on the rubber, cap, isn’t it?’”

She didn’t answer.

Caution was in her eyes.

There was a brief silence.

“We’ve found him,” I said. “He couldn’t swim, could he? And Elsie Patterson was a weak swimmer. You drowned them both by pulling them under. You’re an excellent swimmer, Taylor.”

She came stiffly to her feet, putting on an expression of clever, amazed horror.

“Gumbo!” she gasped.

“Cut it, Taylor,” I said bitterly. “I’ve learned too much. Alan was broke. You knew that, though you pretended not to. And what you want more than anything else in the world is money. You live for it. The only way you could bleed more out of him was to have him dead—he had plenty of insurance.”

I dragged the words out and felt cold as ice while I was doing it.

“You planned bringing me up here, and then cleverly steering me toward Moose Valentine, all the time pretending you didn’t even know the man. But you did. He just told me. He told.me something else. He phoned you about Alan’s IOU.”

I came closer to her.

I had to hold myself in, for I had a terrible desire to hit her.

“Tonight at Patterson’s house you pretended shock when you saw Valentine. There was that man you had told me about, you said. But you knew him all along.”

“Stop it!” rasped Taylor.

“Stop, hell!” I snapped.

“You killed Elsie Patterson tonight because you were terrified when you saw Valentine at the party. You knew she had been out with Alan, your husband. You knew Elsie’s husband—or Valentine —was in a good spot to take the rap. You knew about the I.0.U. and Valentine, and you steered suspicion toward him. But you couldn’t find Alan’s body. It must be someone else. Somehow you would have led someone to that discovery.”

Only once did she show fear.

Her tongue moved swiftly over her red lips, then her mouth set in a thin line.

A sneer wiped all the beauty from her face.

“Prove it!” she flung at me. I came up to her and seized her by her lovely shoulders.

My hands cut into her smooth flesh.

“You’re going to confess,” I warned her.

She screamed.

I held onto her.

I shook her so hard her negligee fell off one shoulder.

The maid, Ciara, heard the racket and came rushing in from another room.

She pounded helpless fists on my back and screamed.

Taylor was terrified.

To mar that smooth beauty of hers was far worse than death.

She kept screaming in ungodly terror.

And I hadn’t done a thing except to hold and shake her a little.

It was the fear that was in her mind that made her crack.

“All right,” she screamed.

“I killed them. I’ll tell you everything. Only don’t hit me. Please,” she sobbed

During all the bedlam, Valentine and the big man Chief Botts and the others must have arrived.

I was so intent I never heard them.

But they heard her words, and that was the finale.

They were right there in the upstairs hall.

It was the next afternoon before I could be alone again.

There had been details to clean up.

We learned Taylor had even consulted an insurance agent preparatory to filing a claim for Alan’s insurance.

She’d told them she suspected foul play, and just wanted to know where she stood and how much would be coming if something had happened to her husband.

Going to them first was another one of her clever moves.

What murderer would ever consult an insurance company before the corpse was found?

She had cool nerve. T

he day was Sunday, and I’d been up for hours, and what I needed more than anything else before I started back to Chicago was a drink.

The hotel bar didn’t open until one in the afternoon.

I went down there after checking out of the room, parked my bag near the bar and climbed on the stool.

“Some bourbon,”’ I told stocky, bald Joe, the same fellow who had been there when I picked up Stevie.

“I guess it’s tough,” he said seriously as he set a shot glass and bottle before me.

“I’ve been hearing about it.”

“Yeah,” I said.

“A lousy business.”

He saw I didn’t want to talk so he walked away and left me alone. The bar was deserted.

Then someone came in.

I turned.

She was nice.

She had silvery blonde hair and deep green eyes.

A smooth number you’d like to take places.

She sat down on the stool beside me.

“I just heard you were driving into Chicago,” Stevie said.

“I thought I might ride along. I have a few days off. I want to see my agent about the fall season, when things close here.”’

Joe looked at me like he had the other night, but he didn’t have to worry.

I said to Stevie,

“Right now’s a bad time. I wish you hadn’t asked me.”

I patted her smooth shoulder gently.

“Some other time when you’re in Chicago, look me up and drop around. Maybe things’ll be different. I don’t know. I don’t know.”’

I finished a drink, put a bill on the bar and picked up my bag. Stevie was looking at me.

She wasn’t looking at me like any other woman would in a moment like that.

I think she understood.

I would have been willing to bet she’d call me some day.

And I’d probably be glad

The End

Guns and Magic – an urban fantasy adventure

The Marshal of Magic

Guns and Magic

by

Chris Lowry

GUNS AND MAGIC

1

The Chinook flew in low and heavy over the Kyber Pass, the whirring blades cracking the silent dawn air and revealing to every person in the area their exact location. 

The belly was filled with seven men, covered head to toe in black combat fatiques, faces hidden behind baklavas, short barreled MP-5’s cradled against their chests.

They sat silent, stoic as two men manned the giant M-60 mini guns pointed out of the windows.

The seventh man sat apart from the rest and even though he was dressed exactly the same, he was in fact, different. 

The man, this soldier in SEAL combat gear was in fact a wizard.

More than a wizard, he was a combat trained Magus, CTM embedded with a Special Operations Group comprised of Navy Seals.

His name was Davees MacAlroy and he was a trained killer who could do the job with the automatic rifle in his hands or the wand he wore strapped to his combat webbing. 

Right now, his eyes were closed in concentration as he murmured a cloaking spell for the helicopter as it flew past the barren mountains.

The spell casting was draining, and sweat slipped down the bridge of his nose to soak the black fabric that covered his mouth. 

He could cloak the passage of the chopper, mask it from prying eyes, but he could do nothing for the sound.

“Davees?”

“Chief?”

“How you holding up?”

Chief Warrant Officer Gregory Lucas sat closet to Davees on the benches in the helicopter.  His gray blue eyes were hard as flint and glared out at the world.

“Fine.”

“How far?”

Chief motioned to the copilot who consulted a radar map.

He held up one hand and flashed five fingers twice.

“Ten minutes,” Chief told Davees.

The wizard nodded and never stopped murmuring.

2

Ten minutes later the helicopter settled quickly onto a bare patch of earth at the edge of a canyon. 

The Special Operations Group or SOG Team quickly jumped out of the helicopter in a standard two by two formation.

The first two men to hit the ground took up positions to set up a cross-fire as the others followed and assumed their positions.

By the time Davees stumbled out of the side of the whirly bird seconds later the men had established a perimeter which they held as the chopper lifted off and disappeared into the thin altitude.

Davees crawled forward to join the Chief.

“Two klicks up that hill,” he pointed up the vertical mountain path that slid up into the canyon.

“I’ll take point,” volunteered Davees.

“Move out,” the Chief ordered.

3

Davees took lead about six yards ahead of the others. 

He volunteered for point because that was his job.  Even as his eyes scanned the details of the geography, his senses were stretched out. 

Wizards were real keen on senses, which is how they came to be attached to almost every Special Forces Team in both the American and British armies.

Davees had been in the SOG for three years, commissioned there after distinguished service with four other SEAL teams. 

It was a lonely existence.

The American government “discovered” wizards at the end of World War II when a Ranger detachment discovered a Nazi camp in Germany that trained magic users for combat.

Before that there were no records of wizards being involved in human conflict. 

Uncle Sam decided if the Nazis could use Wizards for war then so could they. 

Just as they smuggled out scientists and intellectuals from the country, they stole and gave solace to German wizards in exchange for developing an American force.

“Anything?”

Davees extended his sight up into the canyons.  He could feel people around them, but no one near enough to notice.

“Clear, Chief.”

The Chief nodded and Davees kept walking.  The rest of the men fell in behind them. 

Contrary to what the movies and Hollywood would have you believe a SOG Team can spread out almost fifty yards between point and rear.

The idea is to keep the men away from each other so that any ambush would limit losses.

A SEAL Team was cut down that way in a pass not too far from where they were. 

The men bunched up at a boulder and the terrorists they were hunting attacked and killed them all.

That team did not have a Wizard embedded.

“Around that bend, Chief,” Davess warned.

They had traveled the distance very quickly.  The Chief passed Davess by and moved for the curve in the path.

He glanced around the edge, confirmed the area was occupied by friendlies and motioned the rest of the SOG forward.

The area was another mountain clearing. 

This time it was occupied by a group of soldiers and odder still four men in suits who looked very out of place in the arid mountains. 

The soldiers were an Army Special Forces recovery unit, a designation given to teams that retrieved the bodies of fallen soldiers from a combat site.

They moved around now, preparing body bags for the seven men who lay in various stages of death. 

There had been a firefight, that much was obvious.  Shell casings littered the bodies and bullet scars gouged the sides of the mountain and rock face. 

There was no sign of what they were shooting at.

The CTM for this team was on point and the furthest body away from the men as they filed into the clearing.

Davess noticed right away that the body was scorched by magic. 

All of the men were touched in some way.  No bullets, but plenty of blood. 

Limbs at odd angles, looks of surprise, shock and agony etched on every face.

The CTM was young, his baby faced cheeks making him look barely out of his teens.

Davees stared down at the body.

“Know him?”

One of the suits walked up to stand beside him.

“No Sir.”

“Rogers.”

“Your name or his?”

“His.  Six months out.”

“He’s too young to be this high up.”

“This was a routine patrol,” the Suit motioned to the hills.  “We’re in ally territory.”

“They do this?”

“You tell me.”

Davees muttered a spell, casting out into the region. Again he could feel more people, a village over the hill, but nothing malicious.  No hint of the kind of magic that did this.

“I got zero,” he said.

“Then you know what this means?”

“Yes Sir.”

He didn’t have to say it.

“Al Queda’s got themselves a wizard too,” said the Suit.

“Shit,” said the Chief.

It was how they all felt.

3

The bodies were bagged and tagged by the forensics team while Davees cast a seeking spell into the crags and hills surrounding them. 

He searched for clues, a trace of the magical energies that had been used to wreak havoc on the SEAL team.

“Anything?” asked the Chief.

“No Sir,” Davees blew out a soft breath releasing the magical energy pent up inside his chest.

“It’s like they were never here. 

There’s no life energy, no residual energy, nothing.”

“Weird?”

“Real weird, Sir.”

Chief turned to the others.

“All right boys, the Wizard says he can’t feel anything and he put the voo doo on it.  That means we’re working with some non-regulated shit.  Got it?”

The men nodded.  They were pros.

“What we doing Chief?”

That was Redeye, a tall thin man with tiger stripes painted across his face with camo paint.

“Orders are to move on that village and find the magician doing the voo doo.”

“Wizard.”

Chief shrugged.

“Same thing, right.”

It wasn’t a question.

He nodded for Davees to take point again and lead them up the rocky path.

4

Davees stopped at the edge of the village and studied the layout below.  Some might think he was using his eyes to trace the lines of the sunbaked mud huts, or the tiny plots of donkey offal enhanced soil that sported meager plants.

But he was casting his senses to see the hidden.

He squinted his eyes against the glare of the sun and wished for a moment he could put on the pair of aviator sunglasses he kept in a pouch on the front of his jacket. 

While the mirror lenses looked cool, they interfered with his ability to sense magic.

He needed true eyesight for this.

He was searching for signs of use, hidden signatures that any wizard would leave behind in passing. 

It wouldn’t be much, like a tracker seeing a blade of grass bent in the wrong direction and knowing it indicated someone moved through.

So too did magic leave a trace.

Especially the kind of magic used to take out an entire squad.

The Pakistani wizard would be exhausted, he knew that much.

Davees motioned the Chief to join him.

“I can’t see him down there.”

“With your eyes?” the Chief double checked.

“Those either.  Maybe our tracker can look for a boot print or something.  They might be carrying him.”

“He like to get treated like a royal princess too?”

“Am I a burden to your command Chief?”

The Chief hung his head for a moment and chewed on his ample lip.

“Sorry,” he offered.  “Still not used to you guys on the Teams.”

“Here by DOD order,” Davees squinted.  “It’s a new world Chief.”

“Sometimes I miss the old one.”

He opened his mouth and a bubble of blood burst from his lips as he fell forward across Davee.

The magic user barely had time to shout before the rest of his squad flopped to the ground in grotesque spasms that left them twisted and twitching in the dirt.

Davee shoved the dead weight of the Chief off of him and prepared his death curse even as he scrambled to his knees, ready to fire a spell back.

The area around him fogged up in a bubble.

He could make out the almost perfect edges where the smoke ended and the acrid desert began.

But he couldn’t see his foe.

He didn’t see the spell that crashed into the base of his skull where it met the spine. 

He just blinked into darkness as he pitched forward and rolled down the hill.

5

“You’re being drafted.”

The hell I am.

That’s what I wanted to say.  It’s what I almost said.

But when you’re standing in front of the Judge, who may be the most powerful magic user on the planet, maybe even the whole galaxy, it’s always good advice to keep your mouth shut.

“Sir?”

I tried not to squeak it.

I mostly succeeded.

“Did you blow yourself up in the lab?”

“No,” I said.

I thought I knew where this was going though.

The Judge did not like to repeat himself.

“I don’t like to repeat myself.”

I know.

“Yes sir.”

“I can hear you, you know.”

Gulp.

It’s not so much I forgot that my boss was probably a mind reader.  It was a craft beer induced state of fogginess.

Also he had dragged me out of bed with a summons in the middle of the night.

Technically, it was morning, because of the whole after midnight turns into tomorrow deal.

Personally, I always wondered about the way we kept time, but I had other things to research.

I put a pin in it.

Maybe one day I’d ask the judge about the whole calling early morning “the middle of the night” debate.

Or save it for my Watcher, Elvis Rodriguez.  He liked to research, and obscure information like that was right up his alley.

“You ready to join me son?”

He didn’t ask with any affection.

I wasn’t his son.  I was one of his Marshal’s, one of a rotating roster of twelve scattered across the seven continents.

He might have liked me a little bit more than the rest, but only because I had been with him the longest.

Alive the longest.

A Marshal of Magic does not have a long life span.

Not normally.

My magical gift is a pre-cog, combined with some training as a Battle Mage and a whole lot of luck.

I outlived the others.

Anytime he brought on someone new, he tossed them in the Eastern USA for me to train.

Sometimes it was Bueno.  Muy beuno.

I got to help prepare a new Marshal on a million ways to not die in our line of work.

Which was keeping magic users in line and taking care of those who got out of it.  Usually in a spell first, get info later kind of manner.

Except now my boss was telling me I was drafted.

“Excuse me?”

“I said, get your hump in gear.  We’ve got a situation over in Afghanistan.”

“Yes Sir,” I agreed.  “We’ve got a war going on in Afghanistan.”

At least I think we did.

Don’t blame me for not keeping up with current events.

They’re way more important to the normals than they are to us.  Me.

I was born in the early 1900’s, so I’ve watched a lot of changes.

I hazarded a guess that the Judge was born sometime before Merlin. 

Hell, he might have been Merlin, except that he looked like that Colonel in the TV show about Army doctors in Korea.  Small round spectacles that gave his eyes a liquid, amplified look.

He didn’t need them.

Balding pate that almost gleamed in a perpetual glow.

Did you know magic can’t cure baldness?  If that’s not ironic, I can’t define it.

Bright blue eyes with hourglass shaped irises.

Eyes that drilled through you and laid bare your soul.  Eyes that were staring at me right now, waiting for an answer.

Or movement.

That’s what he wanted.  The Judge wanted me to move my hump over to the other side of the world.

“Why isn’t the Marshal handling it?”

I referred to the two Marshal’s on the Asian continents.  One was Russian.  One was Chinese.  Two Marshal’s per continent, except for Antarctica.

Nothing there to Marshal.

“Because,” he said in a really slow voice.  “I want you to handle it.”

Yikes.

There’s no other way to answer except to agree.  I wasn’t sure if he expected a salute, but I gave him one anyway.

It made him smile.

“Keep that in mind,” he flicked a finger in my direction.

I felt a whoosh and I was standing outside an FOB in the middle of the Afghan desert.

6

The four Marines guarding the gate of the FOB had standing orders to fire first, ask questions later. 

That or they were so spooked when a man popped out of thin air in front of their guard shack that they lost control of their trigger fingers, sprayed and prayed.

I had been with some Marines in World War II on an assignment and figured they were as well or better trained now than they were then.

My pre-cog kicked in half a second before the first bullet flew, so I threw up a shield between us and caught almost all the bullets.  They deflected out into the sandy wash with dull thuds.

They emptied their magazines and stopped shooting as they ran out of bullets.

It had to look freaky from where they were standing. Something out of a superhero movie.  Here’s some guy, strutting up to the front gate like he owned the place, hand lifted just off the waist and their bullets pinging, zipping and chewing dirt everywhere except where they aimed.

If I was them, I’d have to question my masculinity, my ability to fight, hell, my reason de’ existence.

I guess they realized I was a magic user before they reloaded and started shooting again, because they didn’t waste any more ammunition.

They did fan out and surround me while reinforcements from the base joined them.

Most folks get a little squirrely at the center of a ring of machine guns aimed at their face.

I am not the exception to that rule. 

Well trained or not, I didn’t want anyone to get hurt, most of all me.

So I lifted up both hands in the universal sign of surrender.

They weren’t fooled.

“Wizard!” one of the gate guards shouted to the others.

That meant they were zeroed in on my hands.  I saw eyeballs flick up to my fingers and hoped the guys behind me didn’t decide to shoot anything off.

They didn’t need to know that a wizard uses willpower for magic, and the hands, fingers, wand were just for focus and sometimes show.  Strong magic users could make it happen with their mind.

Battle mages are some of the strongest on the planet.  Hey, we have to be.  Battle isn’t for the weak.

Lucky battle mages who have pre-cog usually don’t worry about being surrounded by Marines.

But the Judge had popped me here for a reason.

A situation he had called it.

But didn’t give me any info.  Not even a location other than the part of the globe I happened to be standing in.

Somewhere on the Asian continent.

“I need to speak to the man in charge,” I called out. “Take me to your leader.”

6

Their leader turned out to be a Colonel. 

He did not look like a kind hearted TV character.  He actually looked like a real son of a bitch with frown lines etched on the corners of his mouth and between his eyebrows.

I’d heard that look called a permanent scowl before.  It looked etched on his granite jaw. 

I thought if ever there was a man who needed to get drunk and get laid, here he was.

Probably not too many opportunities out here though.

“You want to tell me what you’re doing here?” he growled.

I bet he said everything in a growl.

“I was hoping you could tell me.  Sir.”

I added the sir because a lifetime ago I was in the military.  Or a version of it.

We called it the Sidhe War, but most history books referred to it as WW II.  I was part of the wizard fighting force allied with the normals against the Nazis.

The Nazis were real bastards, tapping into dark wizards and witches, that we called Sorcerers to do some really evil shite.

I was trained to stop them.  It’s how I met my wife and her twin sister.  I was a lucky wizard.  They were just good.

Better than good, they were great.

Judge level powerful.  Or maybe just under, because you know, like I mentioned before I thought the Judge might be Merlin.

The Colonel growled again.

“How do you people know so much so fucking fast?”

He moved to the Spartan metal desk on the edge of a plywood wall and picked up a piece of yellow paper.

“I just composed the message to send to HQ.”

He showed it to me, but my luck does not extend to long distance eyesight.

I could see that there were letters on the paper, but couldn’t make them out.

“We lost two CTM’s today.  I figured they would chopper in one of you to investigate.”

Damn it Judge.

“What’s a CTM?”

“Combat Team Mage.”

He screwed up his eyes and looked at me like I was stupid.

I screwed mine up back and looked at him like I could vaporize him on the spot and go get a beer after.

His eyes unscrewed quick.

“I thought you would know more.”

That made me shrug.

“Pretend I know nothing since I was a Battle Mage.”

The hand holding the paper shook a little.

I had a small thrill of satisfaction because you know, being a Marshal is kind of bad ass and all, but letting a big tough as nails Marine know you were just a different kind of nail was cool too.

“Battle Mage?”

“Germany.  France.  Netherlands.”

He swallowed.  It wasn’t a gulp.

“And now?”

I just let the Colonel know I had some military training and history with it.

He wanted to know how long it had been.  I bet so he could just skip what I knew and fill in the blanks on what I didn’t.

But I wasn’t sure how much he was in the know.

“I know they phased out the Battle Mage program after Vietnam.”

The Demon crossover in Vietnam had not been pretty.  A lot of normals died in that conflict.  Mop up on Sorcerers and Witches had been a pain.

“We transitioned out the Battle Mage program,” the Colonel explained.  “But we needed the skill set embedded in our units, especially since the enemy had them.  So we created Combat Team Mages.”

“To fight?”

“To keep the fight fair,” he said.  “Think of it like radar jamming. 

That’s what it’s supposed to be.  They go to battle to keep the enemy magi from using magic on our boys.”

That made sense to me.  We had used similar tactics in the Sidhe War.

“Got it,” I said.  “What’s going on here?”

If he lost two of the Combat Mages, then some magic user had gone rogue.

That might be why the Judge sent in a Marshal.

“The Squads we lost had magic used against them.”

I nodded.

“We had a Special Operations Group embedded with us, working out of this base.  We lost both today.”

The enemy had a wizard.  A bad wizard that killed two Combat Mages.

That told me a couple of things.

First, he or she was powerful. 

Taking out a couple of newbies wasn’t all that impressive.  Taking down two combat trained wizards meant they had some mojo to work with.

Second, they were pure evil pieces of walking crap.

I know what you’re thinking. 

Hey Marshal, you kill people, have killed people and a couple of dozen werewolves, so what gives you the right to hop up on a high horse and act all judgmental?

They were bad.

All bad.

I don’t necessarily like that part of the job.  But it’s something I’m not so bad at. 

Finding the magical criminals and bringing to the Judge so he can do the whole judging part.

If he sentences them to death, like the hanging judge of Fort Smith once did, I string them up. 

Metaphorically speaking, since the Judge is the one who does the stringing.  With magic. 

And it’s not like hanging at all.  It’s really just more of a flick of the finger and there is confetti where once a person was.

Kinda creepy when you think about it.

I prefer the whole bringing them in, but on occasion a Marshal will have to use force in the field.  Like when that same sorcerer is trying to kill you back.

They always try to kill you back.  It’s in their nature. 

Their evil, just trying to be bad and lord it out over the normals nature.

This one had killed.

I suspected they would not come quietly.  I was going to need all the luck I could get.

“Can I get a lift to the site?” I asked the Colonel.

“Can’t you just poof there?”

I sighed.

“Show me on a map.”

Sometimes the normals knew too much for their own good.

7

The Judge is great about popping me out where I’m needed, usually to the surprise of me and whoever happened to be around when I poofed out of thin air.

Show off.

I could do it too.

Transporting took a little concentration, a lot of will power and a strong urge not to utter, “Beam me up.”

I mean, you could if you wanted, since it was a focal point for the application of will, but come one, let’s not play with clichés about transporting matter across distance.

Concentration.  Willpower.  Map.

You had to have a map to know where you were going.  And you had to try extra hard not to think about the Moon.  Or Jupiter.

Basically any place where there isn’t oxygen.

Because so far as I’m aware, magic yourself into outer space and you become so much debris floating in orbit, or a statue standing next to the American flag that won’t ever decay.

Poof.

Do you know how hard it is not to think about anything while you’re transporting?

It’s why I preferred the train.

Or my beat up old truck.

They may be slow, but they get you there.

Still, it’s a nice spell to have under your belt when you need it.

I concentrated really hard on the map coordinates, the shape of the path, the topography. 

I added in what I thought about the dead bodies, spirits that may have been trapped in the rocks, and what cordite smells like in battle. 

Anything I could think of to create a space and shape, sight and feel in my mind.

Then I willed myself there.

And only there.

The battleground was empty.

The bodies had been moved away, carted off to some temporary morgue before being tagged, bagged and shipped back to the US.

I should have gone to search for traces on the bodies before I popped out here. 

Too late now, so I added that to a mental to do list, and shifted focus to the task at hand.

I cast out my senses and felt…nothing.

No magic.

No ghosts.

Not even the village the Colonel had indicated was less than half a mile away.

That told me something.

People leave signs.  Normal people leave traces everywhere they go, and traumatic death leads to a sort of spiritual upheaval.

When a body is forced to give up the ghost in a violent manner, that ghost likes to hang around, lost and forlorn.

That’s how you get hauntings.

Ghosts are tied to places, structures.

This path should be littered with the spirits, and even though they were stronger at night, I should have been able to feel them.

Hear them.

But there was nothing.

No ghosts.

Nada.

That made the hair on the back of my neck stand up.  Ghosts are everywhere if you know how to look.

The fact that they were missing was a piece of the puzzle.

The village that was just over the ridge was missing signs too.  Not like a street sign that kids stole because it matched their name, or a population sign someone scrawled on in an effort to be funny.

I couldn’t feel the signs of life.  No people either. No goats, or sheep or children, or dogs.

The last time I felt this way-

“Shit,” I muttered and sent up a shield.

A spell bounced off and deflected into the rocks and sent up a geyser of dirt.  It was followed by three others in quick succession.

The Sorcerer was good.  Fast.  The spells were pinpoint tight and designed to kill.

My pre-cog had saved me.  Lucky.

I wiggled the fingers on my left hand and tried to remove the cloaking spell that covered the path.

It shimmered to sight as a pale fog attached to the area, and I could see harsh sunlight burning at the edges.  I concentrated on the light, let my right hand hold the shield bubble as my left went to work on the cloak.

Counter spells had never been my strong suit. 

My wife was a master as spell casting, but she was also a Nordic princess who along with her twin sister, might have been a Valkyrie.

I asked her all the time, and she laughed me off, until she went missing on a mission and I hadn’t seen her since.

I missed her every day.

Times like this, I missed her more.  The three of us made a great team in the Sidhe War.  Their precision was a compliment to my luck.

And dumb brute strength.

I’m a Battle Mage, remember?  Pre-cog can only get you too far, but learning to fight with Magic means learning all styles.  Like a Ninja and a Samurai had a little magic kung fu baby who could Spartan crap up like nobody’s business.

I called in a hurricane.

I guess in the desert, they would have referred to it as a sandstorm and the rocks around us looked like they had seen their fair share of wind torn days.

The clouds coalesced over our heads, started swirling and cracking off lightening like an out of control disco.  The wind twirled around the path, the ridge, strong enough to pick up small boulders and dance them off each other.

Rockslides scattered around my shield, bouncing with the spells off the edge to careen down the path.

The sand soaked hurricane did the trick and lifted the cloak.

It flooded my senses with everything all at once.  Ghosts howled louder than the wind.

Panicked animals bleated, barked, and howled as the villagers fled from their homes to seek shelter in a giant cave carved from the ridge wall.

And then I saw her.

A witch standing in the cavern opening.  She thrust out both hands and muttered an incantation.

Two arcs of electricity connected in my storm cloud, forming glistening eyeballs that glared down at me.

The witch moved her hands and shifted the hurricane back in my direction, and now it was glaring at me, something becoming alive.

“Did you just possess that with a Jinn?” I screamed.

It sounded like she said “Ha, ha!” back, but that was impossible. 

She was a wizened old crone, Pakistani by her features, and “ha ha” was way too Americanized of a taunt.

But it was a taunt.  I was sure of that.

That old witch was playing with fire.

Literally because the ancient spirt possessed hurricane sandstorm began spitting fireballs down on me.

All I could think of was a Johnny Cash song about burning rings as I sent up a couple of spells to stop them.

Until one blasted the rock and sand beside me into glass and sent me sprawling. 

I slid backwards on my ass down the hill in a scree of rock, until my butt butted up against a boulder.

Ouch.

I heard the witch cackle again.

“I hate witches,” I muttered and crawled to my knees.

Don’t get me wrong, I don’t hate all witches.  In fact, wiccans were pretty awesome hippies in my book. 

All natural, environmentalists, peace love and understanding types.

It was the crazy witches I didn’t like.

The ones that got power hungry and turned into sorcerers.

They liked to double bubble to boil up some trouble and it pissed me off.

I crawled to the edge of the ridge and peeked over.

The crone was making motions with her fingers and the villagers were moving at her direction.  Slaves or thralls.  I couldn’t tell from here.

But I could see the spirits trapped in circles around the cavern. 

She was whipping up a nasty spell, and if she was strong enough to call up a Jinn, then using spirits to summon meant she was going after bigger fish.

Not literal fish, because you know, we were in the desert.  But big large demon size fish.  Or whale sized demons.

Witches had released demons in the jungles of Vietnam.

The news reported that napalm was used to sever supply lines and suppress the enemy.  That was only partially right.

It wasn’t napalm, it was the Judge and a few other Battle Mages, and they were using fire to destroy a demon incursion and infestation.

The same thing happened at the end of the Sidhe War in Japan.  Twice.

You don’t mess with demons.  And on witches ever seemed to learn.

The thing was, she was powerful, and like most strong people, she probably figured she could handle it.

But if she turned a demon loose, it would destroy the village, take out all the FOB’s and invite its buddies to human eating contest.

Not on my watch.

This wasn’t my beat, so I spent all of three seconds trying to decide if I should call in back up.

But the crone below was making a motion, the trapped ghosts were whirling like miniature tornadoes in their circles, and the villagers lifted up a little girl and carried her to an alter.

Because big witch spells called for human sacrifice.

I had a problem with that.

The witch ran her wart covered hands over the struggling little girl as the villagers stretched her out over something carved in the rock.

I couldn’t make out the shapes or symbols from here, but it had to be a summoning glyph.

As soon as blood hit it, all hell would break loose.

No, I mean literally, a door to hell would open, let in a demon or three and everyone except the witch would die.

And the ghosts, since they were already dead, but I suspected her spell would zap them to nothing.

I felt like a sniper as I lined up my finger, summoned my will and sent a shot at the gathering below.

The spell missed the witch and hit the rock.

She screeched and shot a spell back at me.

I was okay with missing because I aimed at the glyph and took a chunk of rock out of it, rendering it useless.

At least she couldn’t summon a demon.

“Get him!” she screamed.  Or close to it.

I don’t speak Pashu so for all I know, she was ordering Chinese food. 

But the villagers dropped the little girl, picked up AK-47 assault rifles and peppered my position with a hail of soft points.

The wind picked up and the Jinn was stalking my way too.

I kept my shield up as bullets chewed up the earth around me.  Sand scoured the ground in front of and beside where I stood, but nothing touched me.

I watched the witch grin an evil hag grin and point at me.

I wasn’t worried.  She wasn’t strong enough to break my spell.

Turns out the crone was smarter than I gave her credit for.

She scooped the earth out of the ridge in a rumbling landslide of rock and grit. 

My footing cascaded down the side of the ridge and carried me with it.

8

I didn’t pass out.  I’m lucky remember. 

Small rocks bounced off my head, my ankle smashed between two small boulders and something snapped.

But I didn’t pass out.

I landed at the bottom of the ridge with my head facing the villagers, my feet pointed toward the sky where I had just been.

It took five seconds for the villagers to start shooting again.

I willed my shield in place in four.

It wasn’t easy.  The fall hurt.  My ankle hurt.  It was tough to concentrate.


I rolled over and tried to focus on the witch.  She was on her hands and knees, stone knife carving at the rock glyph, creating a shallow channel in the rune so blood could still flow through.

I hadn’t stopped the spell, just delayed it.

I pushed up on my knees, and wiggled the fingers on one hand toward the villagers.  A couple of the guns stopped firing, the pins jammed, but there were still two dozen more.

I tried to concentrate on reaching them, but when I let my mind move off the shield, it slipped.  I could hear the bee like buzz of bullets slipping by.

Seriously, when this wall all over, I was going to have a long talk with the Judge about his idea of assignment.

I practiced two deep breaths to see if that helped. 

It pushed back the dizziness a little, but the throb of pain from my ankle was making it hard to think of the next spell.

The witch jumped up and crowed in triumph.  She dropped the knife and called for the sacrifice.

Several villagers broke off from the shooting at me, picked up the struggling little girl and carried her back to the witch as she cast around for the knife she had just discarded.

Guess I wasn’t the only one distracted.

“Hey! Witch!” I shouted.

She ignored me.

I hated being ignored.

I shot a spell at the rocky glyph, but the angle was wrong. 

A bullet zipped through and smacked me in the right butt cheek.  I reeled and fell behind the tiniest little shield I could manage.

The villagers who weren’t carrying the little girl to her death redoubled their efforts to shoot me in the head.

The witch shouted out something in her language. 

Probably “Suck on that sucker!”  or “Eat lead, sucker!”

That’s what it sounded like.

Then she found the knife, lifted it over her head and started chanting the incantation in a sing song voice. 

I could hear the little girl crying underneath it.

I dug down deep then.

Magic is willpower, and its belief.  If you think you can do magic, you can, and once you learn how to do magic, you know you can, so it makes you stronger.

The stronger your willpower, the stronger your magic.

It comes in a lot of shapes, flavors, sizes and manifestations, but it’s all tied to will.

The Judge was the strongest magic user on the planet because he had the strongest will.

The twelve Marshals were a close second.

Or close number two through thirteen.

I thought about the little girl. The two dead magic users.  The villager slaves.  The dead SEAL teams.  There were countless others, I was sure.

I thought about the trapped ghosts and the black magic circles that kept them chained, the destruction the demon would wreak.

I tapped into it all, let it bubble as rage, ignored the aching burn in my ass and stood up, mostly on one leg and aimed my hand at the crone.

“You’re going to pay for that,” I muttered.

The villagers who weren’t holding the sacrifice concentrated their bullets on me and their aim was getting better.

The witch smiled.

The Jinn roared.

An A-10 Warthog blasted through the swirling clouds and burped a line of gunfire across the villagers.

The pilot waggled his wings and skedaddled away from the hurricane.

But it bought me a distraction.

And no one was shooting at me anymore.

I sent a spell into the witch, lifted her up and pinned her against the rock with two sharp shards of willpower that lanced through her wrists like nails.

She howled in agony and lost her control of the Jinn.

It swooped down toward the bloody remnants of the villagers.

I popped it with a spell, wrapped it in a tight ball and held it grasped in my hand, a spinning buzz of electric energy that sent a tingle up my arm.

The Jinn screamed almost as loud as the witch.

The villagers dropped the girl and stared at each other in horror.

They ran away as I limped up the hillside and kneeled next to the girl.

“Are you okay?” I smiled.

She sobbed and cried and ran away after the people who had just tried to sacrifice her.

Guess she was ensorcelled too.

The witch writhed and snarled, hurling curses in my direction, but they were worthless while she was pinned.

I shifted the will anyway, just to keep her concentrated on the pain.

There was a wineskin on pile of supplies, made from goat. 

I slipped the top and used the wine to erase the circles trapping the ghosts and heard the spirits moan as they returned to haunt the canyons where they died.

I wished I could have done more, but magic is only so strong.

I tapped that anger for a moment and shoved the Jinn into the wineskin. 

Genie in a bottle?  I’d save this one for some other purpose.  Or hide him somewhere for the next thousand years.

All that was left then was to memorize the glyph so I could give it to the Judge, erase it with a spell, which I did, and then utter the words that would take me home.

“I’m not in Kansas anymore.”

Poof.

9

The Judge always seemed to know, always seemed to be watching.  I truthfully didn’t have to say anything.

Or I could have said anything.  My wife said that was my nervous habit, to quote movies or songs when I was trying to make magic.

She did not appreciate me adding “in bed” to her observations.

I popped up in chambers, the witch on the floor beside me, her wrists leaking blood on the stone floor.

The Judge took one look at her, and confetti.  Guess she couldn’t be rehabilitated.

I described the summoning sigil.

“Did you find a book?” he asked.

I shook my head.

“I didn’t check her packs.”

“It would have been out,” he scowled.  “Damn.  That’s bad business son.   That’s going to cause a heap of trouble for you.”

“You mean us.”

“Right.  I mean us.”

He snapped his fingers and I popped over to Memphis.

It wasn’t quite home, but I had a place here.  And I knew a good bar that served craft beer two blocks off Beale Street and just a short walk from where he had sent me on the banks of the Mississippi River.

“Thanks Judge,” I said to the air.

He had healed my ankle, and butt too.  Judge.  Boo Coup power.  Way Boo Coup.

I made my way to the bar with a plan to call Elvis and have him join me.

Maybe let him set me up on a blind date he was always talking about.  My wife had been missing for almost a decade.  Maybe it was time to get back on that horse.

THE END

Urban Fantasy


GUNS AND MAGIC – a Marshal of Magic story
WITCH BLUES – a Marshal of Magic story
BIG EASY WITCH – a Marshal of Magic story

VIVA WITCH VEGAS – a Marshal of Magic Tale

The Marshal of Magic – Hail Fellow

The Marshal of Magic – The Devil You Know

The Marshal of Magic – Small Medium at Large

The Marshal of Magic – Low Elf Esteem

The Marshal of Magic – Big Trouble

CRESCENT CITY COVEN SERIES

Ware The Cats of War

Release the Cats of War

Kitten Murder Mittens

Quick Buck – a classic murder mystery

CHAPTER I

The tall man in the poorly fitting gray suit looked about cautiously before he stepped out of the doorway.

Down the long vista of street lights glimmering in the twilight haze, only a few pedestrians were visible.

And none of them were near except the fellow who had obviously been celebrating too enthusiastically.

The tall man’s knees shook just a little as he stepped out into the open of the sidewalk.

He felt the strength of steel springs in his muscles, but his hands felt naked.

Empty.

Without a knife.

A cold wind blew along the street, blew up the open cuffs of trousers that were a good three inches too short for him.

Trousers that obviously had been made to fit a shorter and heavier man.

Up the thin legs of the tall man blew the wind, and it seemed to blow up along his spine, and he shivered.

His somber eyes watched the celebrant, now only a few steps away.

The fellow was a big man, with a thick bull-like neck.

The tall man’s fingers flexed. It would be easy . . . But, no, that way was not fast enough. People would come running. Policemen. Guards.

And they would take him back.

No.

He thrust his hands into his pockets, telling himself that he must wait.

He must use the cleverness that had enabled him to change—within the few hours since his escape—his uniform suit for the suit he now wore, less conspicuous despite its poor fit.

And the man he had his eyes on had broad shoulders, too.

He would put up a fight.

“Say, Mister,” the tall man whined, “can you spare something for a guy who ain’t eaten in—in days? Just some change, Mister. Honest, I—”

The other men had stopped.

He stood there, swaying slightly, his eyes owlish.

He lifted a hand and solemnly waggled a thick finger at the suppliant.

“Can’t fool me,” he said.

“Can’t fool Fish. You want money buy drinks, not eats. Drinks. You’re bum.”

“Huh-uh, Mister. That ain’t it. Honest—”

“ ’S good idea, drinks. C’mon, I’ll buy drinks. Your hat don’t fit.”

“I don’t want—”

The tall man broke off abruptly, and his eyes grew crafty.

“Sure, Mister. That’s swell. But—uh—some quiet place, huh? The way I’m dressed and all—”

The owl-eyed man who called himself Fish ponderously hooked an arm in the elbow of the man with the ill-fitting clothes.

“Sure. Quiet place. C’mon, pal, we’ll go see Joe. Say, ’at rhymes swell. ‘Go—Joe—’ ”

From time to time the tall man surreptitiously pulled at the sleeves of the gray coat to try to make them cover more of his bony wrists, to make himself less conspicuous.

He pulled, too, at the brim of the too tight hat, jamming it tightly down over his forehead. If it fit so badly that even this half-seas-over guy would notice—

He thrust his hands back into his pockets.

They felt less naked there.

“Gee, thanks, Mister,” he said.

“I dunno how I can ever—”

“Here’s Joe’s,” said his chance companion, and piloted the tall man through a doorway into a tavern.

Behind the bar was a man even bigger than the celebrant, with a head as bald as the knob of a bannister-post. Otherwise, the place was deserted; too early for the evening crowd. The man in the ill-fitting clothes sighed audibly with relief. No other customers—what a break. Somewhere they would have—

“Hi, Fish,” said the bald barman.

“Third time today. Going in circles around the block?” Fish grinned.

“Give us a drink, Joe. Give my friend whatever he wants. Mine same as usual. Y’know, Joe, you got something there, about going in circles. Read man’s got one leg shorter’n the other. Everybody. Makes you walk in circles. Like pinwheels maybe. Or—” He talked on and on. The man in the ill-fitting clothes didn’t like the way Joe was looking at him. He stepped quickly in closer to the bar and sat down on a stool, his hands out of sight in his lap. That kept his wrists and ankles from the bald man’s suspicious stare. But the bartender didn’t keep on looking at him. He put a shot-glass on the bar and filled it from the Golden Eagle bottle, and shoved it across to Fish, without a chaser. Then he looked coldly at the slender man.

“Well, bum?” he asked. The man in the poorly-fitting clothes felt relief. If he was passing for an ordinary moocher, he had 33 cleared the first hurdle.

“I—a beer, I guess,” he said.

“But could I get something to eat first? I—uh—”

“Give him anything he wants, Joe,” said Fish magnanimously.

“Maybe the guy is hungry. I thought he just had a thrist. Someday, maybe I’ll be where he is, Joe. Maybe you will. Never can tell.” He picked up handling ain’t my detail, annahoo. Now, Joe, you give this here guy whatever he wants. I’m paying for it, see?”

“Okay, Fish, okay. I’ll take care of him.” The big bartender tapped the slender man on the shoulder.

“Come on, bum. I’ll give you some his glass and downed its contents.

“That’s why I never turn a guy down, Joe, when I’m off duty.” Luckily for the tall man, the bartender had been looking at Fish and Fish had been looking at nothing.

Neither of them saw the tall man start suddenly.

“Off duty?” he said.

“Are you—”

“Sure, pal, I’m a detective. But don’t let it worry you. I got three days off and I’m celebrating. Pangrub in the back room and leave you there to eat it. Then you scram, see? You don’t look—well, you eat and then scram.”

The tall man nodded, and followed the bartender into the back room.

There was a kitchen table there, and chairs around it.

The bartender put a plate of bread on the table, a smaller plate with some sliced sausage beside it.

He turned toward the ice-box in one corner, then reconsidered.

“That’ll do you,” he said.

“Go ahead.”

“Gee, thanks. That’s swell.”

The tall man sat down at the table and reached for a slice of bread. Then he froze in that position, motionless, as the bartender turned away and went back to the front room again.

He dropped the bread back on the plate, and pushed the chair back quietly so it wouldn’t scrape.

His eyes searched the kitchen eagerly.

There would be a knife somewhere, surely.

Where? His breath was coming fast now, with the nearness of it. The ice-box?

Not so likely.

The cupboard? Then, as he stood up, he saw the drawer of the table at which he had been sitting. His somber eyes lighted. W ITH infinite caution, half an inch at a time, he slid the drawer open. It was there!

His whole body trembled—not with fear—as he reached into the drawer and picked up the knife. His hand closed around the hilt of it, and his hand was no longer naked. . . . Back in the barroom the world revolved around Fish in pink and black circles. The pink circles were the present, and the black circles were the future. Oh, not that there was anything violently wrong about the future, past tomorrow morning. But tomorrow morning he would have a hangover, and it would be a dilly. Fish knew that, though Fish didn’t drink often. This was the first celebration he’d had since—well, since years ago. Here he had a rare three days off, and because he had done all his celebrating the first day, the second and third days were going to be misery. Anyway, the second. Something was pounding at his ears. The radio back of the bar. Where was Joe? Oh, yes. He swiveled around on the stool and yelled at the kitchen door: “Hey, Joe, how’s about shutting off this blinkin’ yell-box?” He got up off the stool to go around and shut it off himself, but decided it was too much trouble. Pretty soon he’d better take a taxi home and go to sleep. That voice on the radio — it sounded exactly like old Cap Molenauer who used to handle the radio car broadcasts when he, Fish, used to be in a radio flivver. But Cap Molenauer was dead now. The alky gang, they thought, had rubbed him out. But they had never proved who did it, and Cap Molenauer had been a swell guy, too. Fish cursed the alky gang, then cursed the radio. He gripped the glass that had held the Golden Eagle and; wondered if he could throw it straight enough to put the radio out of commission. But he was a force of law and order, on duty or off. He couldn’t go throwing glassware around taverns.

“And now for the local news,” went on Gap Molenauer, only Cap Molenauer was dead so this must be someone else who had a voice like Cap’s. “Carl Landers, the homicidal maniac who escaped late this afternoon from Belleview Asylum, is still at large. Everyone in the city is urged to take extraordinary precautions. He has been seen, or reported seen, in several places, and the police are active in investigating all leads. They hope to have him in custody within a matter of hours. He is described as—” N UTS,” said Fish, glad that he was off duty and not chasing a homi with the rest of the boys. Carl Landers, Carl Landers . . . Oh, yes. He had been arrested three, four years ago after those Blake Street killings, the nice ones with the knife. Hmmm, Fish thought, maybe he ought to phone in and ask if there was anything he could do to help in the hunt. He stood up again, but the very movement made him decide he’d better not phone Headquarters. Heck, he was off duty, anyway, and they could get along without him—he hoped.

CHAPTER II

Fish Wakes Up HE outer door opened. Fish turned to see who had entered the saloon. He frowned. It couldn’t have been anyone he wanted to see less. For it was Jerry Craven, reporter for the newspaper that habitually lambasted the Force and yowled for reform, their idea of reform being their own party in power. Craven grinned.

“Well, if it isn’t Mortimer Fish, and high as a kite. How’s the rest of the Force?” Fish glowered at the newspaperman. It was a good thing that a few drinks didn’t make Fish pugnacious, or he would have taken a poke at Craven’s smug puss just for having the crust to call him Mortimer. Yes, that was the name his parents had misguidedly given him, but that was a long time ago and he had lived it down, except for the records.

“Lissen, you—” he said.

“Hi, Joe,” said Craven, turning his head,

“What have you been feeding the police force?” Then as his eyes lit on the bottle on the bar,

“Golden Eagle? Make mine the same, and fill up Fish’s.” The bald bartender went behind the bar again, and set another glass on it.

“Sure, Mr. Craven. Water wash?”

“Not any for me, Joe,” said Fish,

“I wouldn’t drink with that punk if—” Joe grinned and filled Fish’s glass anyway.

“Make the drinks on me, then, so you two can bury the hatchet,” he said.

“In my head,” said Fish.

“That’s where he’ll bury it. With an article on—”

“No, he won’t, Fish,” said Joe pacifically.

“You’re off duty, ain’t you? So you got a right.”

“Sure, Fish,” affirmed Craven.

“I’m off duty, too, incidentally, and am I not tarring myself with the same brush? Ahh—and a very good brush it is. Now if all tavern owners were like Joe Hummer here and didn’t refill their bottles with bootleg the minute they get down past the halfway mark—”

“There ain’t any halfway mark on a whiskey bottle,” said Fish.

“But, yeah, if all tavern keepers were like Joe here, then that yella newspaper of yours-wouldn’t have anything to squawk about. Anyway, we been tryin’ to tell you, bootleg alky’s not in the department of the city police. It belongs to—”

“Sure, sure. Revenue. But how about the crimes it leads to? How about the guys this Cranston ring has bumped off because they wouldn’t play ball? Murder’s your department, no matter why it—”

“Aw, go lay an egg,” said Fish.

“There’ve been three unsolved killings that might’ve been the Cranston mob, but nobody can prove it. Not even the Blade, Craven. And when one of them was one of our own men, if you think we didn’t try —”

“Sure, sure,” said Craven.

“Now that that’s off your chest, will you have one on me?”

“Well. . .” said Fish.

“Special bulletin,” said the radio as a jazz band came to the end of a down-beat.

“Carl Landers, the escaped homicidal maniac, is reported to have been seen near Sixth and Wabash half an hour ago. He wore, at that time, a gray suit and a hat, both of which were too small for him. Apparently he has been able to ex36 change the uniform in which he escaped for civilian garb. Police are closing in on the district surrounding Sixth and Wabash. People living near there are advised to keep doors and windows locked, and not to answer any—”

“Say,” said Joe.

“That’s near here.” S OMETHING seemed to explode inside Fish’s head.

“Good tripe!” he said.

“That guy I brought in!” He and Joe looked at each other.

“What guy?” Craven wanted to know.

“Got your gun, Fish?” Joe asked. Fish shook his head, already sliding off the stool and wishing he’d had just one drink less. Joe yanked a drawer open somewhere behind the bar and came out with a short-barreled heavy revolver in his hand, and a scowl on his face. He and Fish made for the door to the back room almost abreast. The door was ajar, but from the barroom all that could be seen was a table.

“Hey!” called the reporter.

“What goes on? Let me in on—” That was when they heard the scream. It came from somewhere quite a distance away, but it was a piercing feminine shriek that cut the air like a knife. It hung for, an instant on high E, then choked off abruptly. The kitchen was empty. The door .at the back of it leading to the quarters behind the tavern stood open.

“Good gosh!” said Joe.

“I thought that was locked!” Fish, now in the lead, plowed on through into the rooms beyond. There were two of them, and they were empty. The door at the back of the second room, leading to a small cement-paved yard, stood wide open. Joe caught up the Headquarters detective and grabbed his arm as they reached the yard.

“Take it easy, guy,” he said.

“You ain’t got a gun, and this ain’t no picnic. If that was the nut—well, there were knives in that room.”

“Sure,” said Fish. A knife, of course. That was what the guy was after. That was why he had wanted to eat instead of drink. He wouldn’t be hungry yet if he had escaped only late in the afternoon— not hungry enough anyway to risk bumming a meal.

“Lord, what a sap I was!” Fish groaned. There was a light half a block down the alley, a pale yellow spot in the gray dusk. Two houses down the alley toward the light lay the sprawled bodies of two men. Each lay in the center of a dark sticky pot)l that seemed to be still spreading. Fish got almost to them, then grabbed the top of a fence to hold on. He felt sick, physically and mentally. He heard Craven’s voice behind him.

“Where’s the woman who screamed? There’ll be another body, in a yard or house or—”

“Shut up,” said Fish. He didn’t want to think about that possibility.

“Joe, go phone the station. I’ll look… Hey, gimme!” He grabbed the revolver out of the tavern keeper’s hand and started running up the alley toward the light, around and past the corpses of the men. Up there at the other end of the alley, past the yellow light, he had caught sight of a moving figure. The sheer forward momentum of Fish’s pistoning legs kept him erect —for a while. Then the curb on the left came too close and got under Fish’s feet and tripped him. The corner of a garage came straight for his face. It was like a slow-motion dream of flying. He tried to throw up a hand to ward it off, but the cornerpost of the garage came faster than his hand could move. It got larger and larger until it filled his whole field of vision, and his hand *had hardly moved yet. Then a red flash, into blackness. . .. 37 T HE nurse looked down and saw that Fish’s eyes were open between the bandage across his forehead and the thicker bandage across his nose.

“A Captain Bradwell to see you, Mr. Fish,” she said.

“Do you feel well enough to see him?”

“Arrgh,” said Fish, looking at her somberly. It was hardly a courteous affirmative, nor even a courteous negative for that matter. The nurse was a good-looking one, too, with bright red hair and a smile. From the smile, Fish decided she didn’t know anything about him or who he was. He’d had his eyes open for half an hour now and they were just beginning to focus properly. His head felt as if it had been used as a concrete mixer and his mouth felt like the inside of a sewer after a long dry spell. He didn’t want to see anybody. He didn’t even want his own company. In fact, he particularly did not want himself around, but there didn’t seem to be anything he could do about that.

“I beg your pardon?” said the nurse brightly.

“Uh,” said Fish.

“Aw, send him in.” Might as well get it over with. He tried to turn his head, and wished he hadn’t.

“Hey, wait a minute. First tell me what’s all wrong with me.” But the nurse had already left. While he waited, Fish experimentally flexed his arms a bit, then his legs. Nothing seemed to hurt as long as he didn’t move his head. He ran cautiously exploring hands along his ribs, and they seemed to be intact. Then, gently, he raised his hands to his face. Most of it was covered with bandages. His chin stuck out the bottom and seemed to work all right on its hinges, but there wasn’t any doubt about his nose being broken. There was plaster under the bandage across it. As far as he could tell with his tongue, all his teeth seemed to be there. Footsteps beside the bed made him look up. Big, red-faced Captain Bradwell stood there looking down at him. His eyes didn’t look any too friendly.

“The conquering hero,” he said.

“Hi, Cap,” said Fish.

“Yeah, I— I guess I did pull a boner all right. But I hadn’t seen a paper or anything, so I didn’t know there was a homi on the . . . Say, get him yet?”

“Not a smell of him.” Fish groaned.

“How many, so far?”

“ Just the two. He must be holed up somewhere till it cools down.”

“Just two, Cap? How about the woman who screamed. Didn’t she—”

“Nope. Turned out she didn’t see Landers. She screamed when she came across the bodies, taking a short cut home from the store through the alley. She ran on in a building and up to her flat.”

“Uh,” said Fish.

“Who were the guys?”

“One wasn’t much loss,” said Bradwell.

“Bud Miller, used to be a Cranston mobster. You remember him, I guess. Other chap—his name was Randall—was a grocer, had his store there.”

“Bud Miller,” said Fish wonderingly.

“What*was he doing there?” HE captain looked irritated.

“What’s it matter? It’s a public alley. There are a couple of taverns there with back entrances on it.”

“Did you check ’em yet?”

“No. Why should we? What do we care what he was doing in the alley?” “I dunno,” Fish admitted.

“Guess I’m still going in circles. What’s wrong with me, besides a broken smeller?”

“Bruises and contusions,” said Bradwell.

“And a suspension.”

“Hey! I wasn’t on duty, Cap. On my own time I got a right to … Well, anyway, I don’t drink anything often, do I? And I could name a few of the boys who do a lot oftener than—” “So could I,” cut in Captain Bur38 ton dryly,

“but they don’t buy drinks for homicidal maniacs on the loose.”

“But how’d I know . . . Aw, skip it. How long’s the suspension?” “There’ll be a hearing before the board, tomorrow morning at ten. You ought to be out of here by then. If not, we give you a postponement.” Fish sighed.

“Okay, okay. But say, a hearing’s usually pretty serious stuff, isn’t it?”

“It usually is,” said Bradwell.

“I have a hunch this one won’t be an exception, Fish. Well, I got to go now. Don’t worry about it—until you read the papers.” Fish lay there staring at the ceiling, after Bradwell had left. Finally, he reached over and got a cord with a buzzer-button on the end of it. He pushed the button and nothing happened. After half a minute he pushed it again. And when nothing continued to happen, he held the button down steadily until the nurse appeared in the doorway.

“Yes, Mr. Fish?” she asked.

“Will you get me a paper? This morning’s Blade?”

“Just a minute. There’ll be one in the waiting room, unless someone’s thrown it away already. But the evening papers will be out soon. Wouldn’t you just as soon wait until—”

“Huh-uh. It’s the Blade I want to see in particular.”

CHAPTER III

Trouble at Twilight HILE the nurse was gone, Fish experimented with his neck, and found he could turn his head. Encouraged, he raised himself to a sitting position and propped the pillow on end against the head of the bed, to be in a better position for reading. He decided that he probably would live, after all. The pain from his nose was only a dull throb that could be ignored, and the headache was merely a matter of time. A copy of the Blade, rather the worse for wear and with the sections out of order, was put in his lap by the nurse.

“Anything else I can bring you?” she asked brightly.

“Naw,” said Fish.

“I mean, no, thanks. Unless maybe I better have an anesthetic while I read about . . . Skip it. I was kidding.” The sports section was on top, with a headline about a fourteen inning tie between the Reds and the Giants. He put it regretfully aside, and hunted out the front page. The main banner head was by Mars out of Europe, but the Landers case story was not hard to find. It was topped by a four-column head: HOMICIDAL MANIAC STILL AT LARGE SLAYS TWO IN DOWNTOWN ALLEY And the three-column sub-head in 24-point Goudy Bold: Headquarters Detective Gives Killer Access to Lethal Weapon Fish winced a little. He closed his eyes and opened them and the subhead was still there. Maybe he should have asked the redhead for an anesthetic to go with the newspaper. Well, the story itself couldn’t be any worse than the heading, so he read on: Carl Landers, 37, homicidal maniac who escaped at four o’clock yesterday afternoon from Belleview Asylum, killed two men last night at about 7:40 p.m. and is still at large. The victims were Walter (Bud) Miller, 35, of 115 Beecher Street, and H. J. Randall, 44,, grocer, of 330 Corey Street. Both killings took place in the alley between Corey and Main Streets, at a point approximately behind the grocery store and living quarters of Randall. A knife, presumably one stolen from the back room of the tavern of Joe Hummer, 324 Corey Street, was the weapon used by the homicidal killer.

“Huh,” said Fish.

“ ‘Homicidal 39 killer’. That guy Craven needs lessons in English.” The bodies were first seen by Mrs. E. Sanders, who lives on the second floor at 334 Corey Street. She screamed and ran upstairs to phone the police. Her screams aroused the attention of— Fish’s eyes skipped down a few lines and caught the sub-head in minion bold: Police Detective Aids Maniac He gritted his teeth and read on from there: The maniac was unwittingly aided by Mortimer Fish, 41, Headquarters detective. Fish, who was in an exhilarated condition, had been accosted in Corey Street, shortly prior to the murders, by Carl Landers, who posed as a panhandler asking for money. Instead of taking Landers in charge for begging, which was the detective’s duty as a public officer, even though he was not on duty at the time, Fish took him into the tavern of Joe Hummer, and instructed Hummer . . . T HERE was more of it, much more. That was just the start, and it got worse. Much worse. Fish had read it through twice and was staring at a hole in the wall by the foot of his bed when the nurse came back.

“How do you feel, Mr. Fish?” she asked. Fish looked at her suspiciously.

“Swell,” he said.

“Why?”

“I was wondering if you’d read the editorial page, too.”

“Huh?” said Fish, and glowered at her.

“What’s it to you, anyway?”

“Nothing, but—”

“But what?”

“It’s none of my business, of course. But if you just read that article, you’re feeling very sorry for yourself, aren’t you?”

“Well—”

“Sure you are. I don’t blame you, in a way. It was sheer bad luck. You might take a few drinks a thousand The match caught the gleam of the knife that lashed out at Fish’s stomach 40 times and nothing like that would—”

“I haven’t taken a few drinks a thousand times,” said Fish.

“That was the first time in—well, in years. And, of all the people in town, he had to go and pick me.”

“That’s what I mean,” said the redheaded nurse.

“You’re still sorry for yourself. If you read that editorial, you might get mad and do something about it.”

“Do what?”

“Maybe find Carl Landers—before he kills anyone else.”

“How?”

“The newspaper said you were a detective.” ‘

“But listen,” said Fish.

“The whole department’s after him. An organized search. What could I do?”

“I don’t know. I merely suggested that you might read that editorial about yourself. Maybe you’d find it funny, or maybe—”

“Okay, okay, okay,” said Fish. He began to look through the disordered newspaper. He heard the door close, just as he found the editorial in question. He read the first half of it only…. It was twilight again when Fish left the hospital and as he walked down the street there was a tendency, at first, for him to wobble and to weave from one side of the walk to the other. But by the time he had gone a dozen blocks and was nearing the vicinity of Corey and Third Streets, Fish got that straightened out. He was pretty well straightened out about what he was going to do, too, although there were a lot of

“ifs” to that. What the second step would be depended on where the first took him, and the third depended on the second. Yeah, naturally. He was going to do the unnatural thing for a case like this by conducting a natural investigation. That was the one thing which, according to what Cap Bradwell had said, the police had not done. Undoubtedly, they had drawn a beautiful dragnet, and undoubtedly they had every available radio car at a strategic spot ready to investigate reports of a tall, thin man in ill-fitting clothes seen at such and such a place. And probably, with every housewife in the city scared stiff, there were plenty of such reports for them to investigate. But there was one thing they had not done, apparently. They had assumed—undoubtedly correctly—that the crimes were the motiveless slayings of a homi on the loose. And that once he had committed them, he had lammed out, and only a fortune-teller could guess where he would strike again. Sure, that was right. B UT—and it was the only

“but” which gave Fish a chance to work off what that editorial had done to him—they had probably ignored the very things that are strictly routine on any other murder case. They had not checked up on the scene of the crime, and the witnesses, and probably they had not bothered to check what the victims were doing at that time and place. Of course, if this Randall guy lived there and ran a grocery there, that would not be hard to explain. But

“Bud” Miller didn’t live there. What had he been doing there? And what, another part of Fish’s mind wanted to know, did it matter what he was doing there? How could it help to find where this Carl Landers was now?

“Shut up,” said Fish, to that questioning voice in his mind. If he took that attitude, he had no way to start in on things.

He might as well wander about the streets at random, hoping for lightning to strike him.

What if he couldn’t see what things like that had to do with finding Landers?

Heck, nine-tenths of the time there didn’t seem to be any reason for going through the routine steps in solving a crime, until suddenly you asked an ordinary question and got an answer you didn’t expect.

It was almost twenty-four hours after—well, after what happened twenty-three hours ago. Fifteen hours before ten o’clock tomorrow morning.

But fifteen hours from now would be time enough to think about that.

Let’s see. It had been right about here that the guy had come up to him and bummed him for money.

Had he seen the guy before that?

Fish stood there, thinking, forcing his mind back through what seemed to be heavy fog. Sure, he remembered now.

The thin man stepped out of that very doorway. Fish walked up to the door. It was locked, and there was a

“Store for Rent” sign behind the glass panel.

Well, it was a million-to-one shot, but he couldn’t overlook even that odds on a bet.

He took a ring of skeleton keys out of his pocket and found one that opened the door. He looked in, using his flashlight, and saw he need not have been suspicious. Dust was thick on the floor, and it had not been disturbed in weeks. Landers had not been in there—before or after.

He had merely waited in the doorway for a sucker to come along.

Fish strolled on slowly, thinking. A Mrs. Sanders, second floor at 334 Corey, a few doors down from Joe’s, had, according to the newspaper account, discovered the bodies, and had screamed before she ran in to phone for the police. That scream had been what had sent him and Hummer and Craven out into the alley.

Fish turned in at Number 334 and climbed a flight of steps to the second floor.

He rapped on the door at the head of the stairs.

Footsteps approached the inside of the door.

“Who’s there?” a woman’s voice called.

“Headquarters detective,” said Fish.

“Are you Mrs. Sanders? Just want to ask you a few questions, about last night.”

“I . . . My husband isn’t here, I—I can’t open the door. The papers and the radio tell us not to open unless we know—”

“Sure,” said Fish.

“Wait a minute.”

He took his identification card out of his wallet and slid it under the door.

It was pulled on inward, and in a moment the door opened. Fish took back the card and leaned against the door post as he replaced it in his wallet.

“Will you tell me just how you happened to discover the bodies, Mrs. Sanders?”

“Why, sure, but—” She looked at him, not so much suspicious this time as curious.

“But four times I told the whole story. To your Mr. Bradwell, and to—” Fish nodded.

“Yes, of course. But Captain Bradwell was taken off the case, and I wanted to hear your story myself. Of course, he told me most of it before they took him away but—”

“Took him away? Why, what—”

“Oh, nothing serious, Mrs. Sanders. Appendicitis. But they operated right away and got it in time. So, if you don’t mind running over the story once more—” Obviously, Mrs. Sanders didn’t mind at all. And obviously she had told the story a great deal more often than four times. That number, of course, had not counted friends and neighbors. And, like a snowball rolling downhill, the story had gained length with each telling. Her reasons for having returned from the store, and which store it was and all she had purchased, seemed to go back almost to the time she had married Sanders. And Sanders was a window-cleaner by trade and she always worried for fear he would fall.

Even that fact was woven into the story.

But Fish listened patiently, and learned nothing of importance.

He leaned for a while against the other side of the doorway, and then back where he had been, and wished he had gone in and sat down to listen.

Finally the torrent of words slowed down.

“Uh, thanks,” he said.

“I guess that’s about all I need to know. You— uh—told it so well, you didn’t leave any questions for me to ask.”

He took a step backward and started to turn. Then he said:

“Oh, by the way. You said you told your story four times. Who did you tell besides Captain Bradwell?”

“Oh, the other three were reporters. They were the ones that were really interested. Mr. Bradwell just wanted to know whether I’d seen which way the killer ran, and I hadn’t seen him at all. I had a hard time making Mr. Bradwell listen. But the other three men were nice. One was a Mr. Craven from the Blade, and the other two from the Sentinel”

“Two from the Sentinel? Did they come together? No, of course not, or you wouldn’t have said four times you told the story. But why did the Sentinel send two men?”

She looked at him, her eyes a bit puzzled.

“You know, I never thought to ask. Well, maybe the explanation is something like your case. I mean, the police sending two men.”

“Hmm,” said Fish.

“It might be interesting if it was. Do you recall their names?”

“The first was—I believe his name was Doyle or something like that. Not very tall, and wore thick glasses.”

“Doyle,” said Fish. “I know him. The other?”

“He called late this afternoon. His name—I believe it was Wrigley. Yes, I’m sure it was. Walter Wrigley.”

“I can’t quite place him,” said Fish honestly.

“I thought I knew all the Sentinel’s leg-men. What’d he look like?”

“Well, I’d say he was about thirty. About your height—no, a little less. But he was stockily built, weighed almost as much as you do. Kind of a yellowish complexion. I didn’t notice the color of his eyes. But he had dark hair, and kind of bushy eyebrows. He wore a dark brown suit, and I think a yellow shirt. That’s what made me notice his complexion. I guess that’s all I can remember.”

“You’ve got a swell memory,” said Fish.

“Did he show you any credentials? I suppose he did, though, or you wouldn’t have let him in.”

“I—I don’t believe he did,” Mrs. Sanders said thoughtfully.

“I was sweeping the stairs when he came, so there just wasn’t any question of opening the door for him, and I don’t believe I asked for credentials. I could see right away that he didn’t look anything like those descriptions of this Carl Landers. And, anyway, he looked familiar. I think I’ve seen him around.”

“Around here? Nearby?”

“I think so. Say, you don’t mean you think that he—that he wasn’t what he said he was, or that he was dangerous?”

“Not at all, ma’am, not at all,” said Fish.

“I just thought I knew all the reporters in town and I was trying to place him. But just the same, you stick to that idea of yours of not opening the door unless you know who’s there. It’s a good idea. Well, thanks lots.”

CHAPTER IV

Fish Williamswalked down the stairs more slowly and thoughtfully than he had gone up them, and when he went into Joe Hummer’s tavern he merely waved at Joe and crossed to the telephone on the wall.

He dialed the number of the Sentinel, and asked to talk to Walter Wrigley.

“Sorry,” said the operator.

“We have no Mr. Wrigley here.”

“He works days,” said Fish.

“I didn’t think I’d catch him there now, but maybe you can tell me how I can reach him.”

“We have no Walter Wrigley here, sir. Day or night. There’s a Mr. William Wrigley in Circulation. He’s not here now, but—”

“I could have got the first name wrong,” said Fish.

“Is this William Wrigley a stockily-built dark-haired man of about thirty?”

“No, sir. He’s quite an elderly gentleman. I have a list of all employees here, and there is no—”

“Listen, Fish,” Joe said,

“I read that Blade business, and I wouldn’t blame you if you’re sore at Craven. But he’ll probably be in here in a few minutes and—well, don’t start any trouble, will you?”

“He’ll be in here? How come?”

“I mean he probably will. He eats downtown after work—his shift ends at six-thirty—and generally drops in here for a few minutes on his way home, see? About this time, like last night. But listen, if you pop him one it’ll just make things worse.”

“Okay,” said Fish.

“There’s the door now. Is it—” Joe glanced up.

“Yeah,” he said.

“Hullo, Mr. Craven.”

“Hi, Joe — Fish.” The reporter FOUND-ONE CORPSE! Attorney John Massee is plunged into a savage melee of blackmail and death when he goes to the aid of a pretty girl motorist — and discovers a dead man in her automobile!

“Guess I just made a mistake, Sister. Never mind, and thanks.”

He put the receiver back on the hook and walked over to the bar.

“Fish,” said Joe,

“you look like, something the cat dragged in. Have a drink?”

“Sure. Lemon soda, unless you got some coffee hot, maybe.”

“Got coffee. With or without?”

“Black. Say, this is about the time I was in here last night. Maybe the same news program’s on. Turn on the radio, Joe. I want to see if there’s anything new on Landers.” Joe nodded and flipped the switch before he went back after the coffee. The European news was still on when he came back with it. came on up to the bar, not too confidently.

“Say, Fish, I hope you don’t think there was anything personal in that article. I didn’t—”

“Sure,” said Fish.

“Shut up.”

“I want you to know I didn’t write that editorial.”

“Shut up, I said,” Fish snapped

“I want to catch this broadcast.” He missed the first words. The voice on the radio was just saying,

“—are still searching for Carl Landers, the escaped maniac who killed two men last night. The activities c the Police Department are und severe criticism by—”

“Shut it off, Joe,” said Fish.

“Just wanted to be sure nothing new had come in. Listen—you, too, Craven. I wasn’t exactly myself last night. Were there any angles you know of that got overlooked, maybe?”

Craven looked at him curiously.

“What do you mean, angles?”

“You sound like you got something, Fish,” Joe said.

“Give.” Fish shook his head slowly.

“Huh-uh. Well, maybe I got something, but I don’t know what it is. Listen, do you know anyone fits this? About five feet nine or ten; heavily built; sallow skin, dark hair and bushy eyebrows. Yesterday he wore a dark brown suit and yellow shirt. Might be a newspaperman or might not.” Joe’s eyes widened.

“What could another guy have to do with this Landers? Another nut or something? That’s silly.”

“Yeah,” Fish admitted. ‘’But do you know a guy like I described? Or you, Craven?”

“Urn,” said Craven.

“No newspaperman, Fish. Unless Ronson of the Sentinel. No, you wouldn’t call his eyebrows bushy, and anyway I saw him yesterday and he wore blue serge. But, say, how about Hank Whitman?” Fish whistled. Then he drained the last of his coffee and stood up.

“Hey,” said Joe,

“let us in on it. What could Hank Whitman have to do —with Carl Landers?”

“I haven’t an idea,” Fish told him.

“But I hanker to know.”

“You mean a guy described like that was seen around here or something yesterday? But how would that tie him in with a homi killing a couple people?” Fish grinned.

“I was kidding you, Toe. It wasn’t yesterday. It was today, this afternoon.”

“But there haven’t been any murders today.”

“Not yet,” said Fish. He went out, leaving them staring t him. It had been a nice exit, Fish realized as he reached the sidewalk, but it would have been less spectacular if Joe and Craven had known that he didn’t really know a thing. He wasn’t even guessing yet. He was merely trying to guess. And there didn’t seem to be even an intelligent guess that would tie up Carl Landers and Hank Whitman,’ except through Bud Miller, one of the men Landers had killed. Hank Whitman—and that was the reason Fish had whistled—was Bud Miller’s pal.

Both members, or they had been not so long ago, of the Cranston mob. All right, where did that get him?

A homicidal maniac, who was not and never had been a criminal in the ordinary sense of the word, who could not possibly be tied up with gangsters, had escaped from an asylum.

Thus far he had killed two men, one of whom was a Cranston gangster.

The other was a grocer.

And where would a grocer fit in? Fish swore and began to walk slower so that—he hoped—he could think better.

What did it matter that the other guy was a grocer, or that Miller was a crook?

A homicidal maniac didn’t ask questions or care whom he killed, did he? But then why had Hank Whitman gone to see Mrs. Sanders this afternoon, posing as a reporter in order to question her? Maybe it hadn’t been Hank Whitman. That description was general enough to fit quite a few guys, of course. But if it wasn’t Whitman, then Fish didn’t have a lead. Yes, for the sake of seeing where it got him, he would assume that Whitman had called on Mrs. Sanders. Where did that get him? Nowhere. Except that his feet were taking him in the direction of the garage where he kept his car, and the only reason he could have for wanting that car would be to drive out to the Green Dragon, where one would be most likely to run into Cranston. Or Hank 45 Whitman. And most likely to run into trouble. If he tried arresting or questioning people without knowing even what questions he wanted to ask them. T HEN he laughed. Trouble? He couldn’t be in any worse trouhle, short of occupancy of a slab at the morgue, than he was in right now, could he? He began to walk faster. But by the time he had driven the car out of the garage, he realized that it was still a bit early for the Green Dragon. He drove slowly and roundabout, thinking. The thinking, too, was slow and roundabout. If Hank Whitman had impersonated a reporter to question the woman who had discovered the bodies of Miller and Randall, then it meant there was something fishy. But what? It was absurd to think of a tie-up between Carl Landers and the alky ring. Could it be that. . . . But no, there was no doubt about the identity of the tall man he, Fish, had taken into Joe Hummer’s to buy a drink. There had been a picture of Carl Landers in the Blade, and there wasn’t any doubt about identity. The doorman at the Green Dragon did not recognize Fish at first. Then he grinned as though the plaster cast on the detective’s nose was funnier than Charlie Chaplin.

“If you like it that much,” Fish said,

“maybe I could arrange for you to have one too. Is your best customer here?” ,The doorman pretended not to understand.

“Who?” he wanted to know. Fish glowered at him, and walked on in. He stopped at the cigar counter and took his time about buying cigarettes and lighting one of them. He knew Goldoni was there. His car had been outside across the street. And there was a communicator that the doorman could use in talking to the barman in the main room at the rear. The doorman had understood him all right, and he would phone back that a man from Headquarters was looking for Cranston. And if Cranston made himself scarce, it might mean that he didn’t want to be found, that he had something on what would be his conscience if he had one. That would tell Fish something, even if he didn’t know what. And if Cranston scrammed—well, there wasn’t anything Fish was ready to ask him anyway. Maybe there would be after he had seen Whitman. But Cranston, dapper and supercilious as ever, was lounging against the bar. He turned, as Fish walked in, and smiled with his lips.

“Ah,” he said,

“the conquering hero, with the scars of battle.” Fish walked on past him without a word or a glance and opened the door to the room behind the bar. Nothing he could have said to Cranston, he knew, would get his goat as much as completely ignoring him. It was imagination, of course, but he thought he could feel the cold, angry stare of Cranston on the back of his neck. There were four men sitting around a card table in the back room, one of them Hank Whitman. The game had just started, apparently, and was being played desultorily for small stakes until more players, suckers preferred, should join the game. Fish ignored the others.

“Hullo, Whitman,” he said.

“Want to talk to you.” Whitman was wearing, Fish noticed, a dark brown suit and a shirt that was almost yellow. Whitman glanced up at Fish insolently, then turned back to the game, lifting up the corner of the hole card he had just been dealt and leaning backward to peer at its under side.

“Go ahead,” he said.

“I can listen while I play.”

“Not here,” said Fish.

“Down at the station. Some of the other boys 46 have questions to ask you, too.”

“You wouldn’t mean this is an arrest?”

“That’s just what I would mean.” T HE dealer, with an ace up, tossed in a red chip.

“Too much,” Whitman said, and turned down his up card. Then he looked at Fish again.

“What for?”

“Suspicion,” Fish told him.

“Suspicion of anything you want to be suspected of. Want to come along willingly? I’d just as soon you didn’t myself.” He heard footsteps and knew that Cranston had left the bar and come over to the doorway.

“Looking for trouble, copper?” Cranston’s soft voice said.

“I’d love it,” said Fish, without turning.

Cranston chuckled.

“Go with the guy, Hank,” he said.

“He hasn’t got anything on us. And I’ll have a mouthpiece there by the time you get there. He can’t hold you.”

“Thanks, boys,” Fish said. “That’s too, too swell of you.”

He stepped backward and his heel came down on the pointed toe of Cranston’s shoe.

“Oops, sorry,” Fish said, but he threw his weight the wrong way for an instant before he recovered his balance and stepped sideward. Cranston’s face was white as Fish jerked around to face him, and his hand had gone, almost as though unconsciously, toward his lapel.

But Fish’s own hand was already inside his coat, and Cranston’s froze where it was, then dropped.

But his thin, white face looked like a devil mask.

“Curse you, copper,” he said. Fish grinned.

“I am an awkward lummox, ain’t I? Even the newspapers think so. Ready, Whitman, or shall I—” The sallow-complexioned man stood up and put his chips into his coat pocket. “I’ll keep these, boys,” he said.

“Back in an hour or two. Hold my seat.” He strolled toward Fish.

“If you got a heater, better park it,” Fish said.

“The boys at Headquarters might not like your carrying one. They’re funny that way.” Deliberately he turned his back on both Whitman and Cranston and started for the door. But he took only two steps, then stopped and waited. Those two steps brought him to a point where he could see behind him in the glass of a picture that hung on the wall beside the door. It was not a mirror, but the picture was a glossy print and the light shone on it diagonally. In the glass, he could see both men. No gun exchanged hands as Whitman passed his chief. Apparently Whitman was not packing one. But his hand darted to the breast pocket of his coat and flipped out a small leather-bound notebook. Cranston took it and slid it into his own pocket. Fish let it go. That notebook would be some addresses of customers of the alky ring, but the police knew most of them already. It would not be proof of anything, and anyway Fish was not interested in alky tonight. Not unless he could find out how—if at all—alky without tax concerned Carl Landers. At the door he turned and said:

“Don’t count on getting him back too soon, Cranston. It’s tough to get habeas corpus on a murder rap.” He watched Cranston’s face, and Whitman’s for reaction. But there was not a sign of anything except bewilderment, and possibly a bit of relief. And both looked genuine, but you couldn’t tell. Whitman grinned.

“I’ll phone and let you know who I’m supposed to’ve murdered, Chief,” he said.

“So long.”

Before Fish got into the car, he frisked Whitman to be sure about a gun.

Whitman was not heeled. Fish headed the car toward Third and Corey Streets.

If there was a light showing at the Sanders place, he would take Whitman up there and get Mrs. Sanders to identify him as her caller of the afternoon.

Then it would be tougher for Whitman to wriggle out of explaining. He swung the car in at the curb in front of Joe Hummer’s.

If the Sanders place was dark, Fish had another idea that involved the use of Joe’s telephone.

He was still working in the dark, and maybe hunting in the dark for a black cat that was not there, but he had a hunch something might happen if he kept throwing monkey wrenches into the machinery.

One monkey wrench would be the fact that Whitman, whether or not he talked, would not show up any more tonight, either back at the Green Dragon or at Headquarters where a mouthpiece would be waiting to spring him.

“You’re waiting for me a minute here, Hank,” Fish said.

“And just to keep you from getting ideas—”

He took out his handcuffs and snapped one of them around Whitman’s left wrist, the other to the steering post.

“What the devil are we doing here?” Whitman demanded.

“Don’t tell me you’re going to leave me here and go in there to get tanked up.”

Fish grinned at him, but didn’t answer.

He got out of the car and walked up to 334 Corey, and into the areaway alongside the building.

There wasn’t any light on the second floor.

He mumbled something, and went up and rang the bell anyway. After a couple of minutes a small, wiry Italian with curly black hair came to the door, dressed in an old bathrobe.

He was about half the size of the woman Fish had talked to.

“Mr. Sanders?” Fish asked, and showed his badge.

“Police. Awful sorry if you have to wake your wife, but I’d like her to identify someone I have in the car. I’ll bring him up, when she’s ready.”

The wiry little man shook his head.

“Elda, she’s-a not here. She’s-a very upset about finding those men stabbed. I send her spend a few days with her sister in Buffalo. She no feel-a good.”

Hummph, thought Fish, she had pulled a fast one to wangle herself a vacation.

She had enjoyed the excitement and having something to talk about.

She feel-a swell.

But if she was gone, that was that.

“Well,” he said,

“sorry if I waked you up.”

“But who you wan-a her to see? She no see guy who stabbed—”

“Naw, I know that,” Fish said.

“Another guy—one who came here to talk to her today. Said he was a reporter and gave her a phony name.”

“So? For what?”

“I dunno, yet,” admitted Fish.

“Maybe you could guess?” The wiry little man shook his head slowly.

“But,” he said helpfully,

“if he talk-a to my Elda and tell-a her he’s . . . Say, I go down and punch-a his face and make-a him tell why he—” Fish grinned.

“Thanks, but I’ve thought of that myself. I can handle it.” He turned away, then remembered the monkey wrench policy.

“The guy,” he said,

“is a member of Cranston’s mob. That suggest anything?” Again Sanders shook his head slowly.

“No. But then maybe it’s-a not so good idea to punch his face.” Fish laughed.

“It’s still a good idea. Well, so long, and thanks.” He shouldn’t, he realized, have mentioned the Cranston angle. Now, if it came to a point of Mrs. Sanders having to identify Whitman, he would have to get in touch with her somehow before her husband saw her. Obviously the Italian had a normal fear of getting in wrong with gangsters and would advise his wife not to stick her neck out. But Sanders’s reaction .had been 48 natural. He had not pretended not to know who the gangster was, nor given any other cause to be suspected.

CHAPTER V

Business was picking up in Joe Hummer’s tavern. Craven was still at the bar, occupying the same stool he had been sitting on when Fish had left a couple of hours ago.

“Hi, Fish,” Craven said.

“How’s about another cup of coffee? Or are you on the wagon again?” Joe came back from waiting on one of the tables.

“Hullo, Fish,” he said.

“Have something on Craven? He’s got the zipper open on his weasel-sack.” Fish shook his head.

“Just want to use your phone, Joe. Got a friend waiting for me outside.”

“Bring him in,” suggested Craven. He and Joe turned their heads to look out through the glass at Fish’s car.

“What the heck, Fish?” Craven said.

“That’s—”

“Name no names,” Fish interrupted.

“He’s bashful. He’d rather stay out there.”

He took his notebook out of his vest pocket and flipped through it to find the number he intended to call, then walked back to the telephone before Craven could ask any more questions. It was a local toll call, to the sheriff of an outlying village twenty miles from town, a man who was a good friend of Fish’s. The detective pitched his voice low so Craven would not hear the number or the message.

“Hey, Fish,” called Craven, as the detective replaced the receiver and started for the door.

“Let us in on it. What’s up?”

“Read about it in the Sentinel,” Fish told him, and went on out and got back in the car. He had driven quite some distance when suddenly Whitman looked around with narrowed, suspicious eyes.

“What the devil?” he demanded.

“This isn’t the way to the station.”

“That’s right,” Fish said gravely.

“Guess I must be a bit lost. Well, we’ll keep on and maybe we’ll get to it.” He swung the car into an arterial that led out of the city.

“Listen, copper, there’s a name for this. Kidnaping. And anyway, what’s it all about?”

“Save your breath for answering questions, when I ask them.”

“You’ll lose your job for this, Fish. I’ll—”

“Don’t make me laugh. Unless I pull a rabbit out of a hat, I haven’t got any job to lose. This is my last night, and I aim to have fun.”

“While you can still hide behind a badge, huh? Well, listen, if you retire tomorrow, you better pick a nice quiet island about four thousand miles from—”

“Shut up,” said Fish.

He drove on in silence, out past the last diminishing buildings of the city’s outskirts.

Ten miles out he swung the car into a side road, from it to a dirt road that looked as though it led to nowhere.

A mile up the dirt road he stopped.

“End of the line,” he said.

“Get out.”

“If you think you can get away with—” Fish put the heel of his palm in Whitman’s face and pushed, hard.

The gangster’s head hit against the glass of the door with a thud. With his other hand, Fish reached across and yanked down the handle of the door.

Whitman tumbled out of the car, barely managing to stay on his feet. He recovered his balance while Fish was climbing out after him, and started a swing at the detective’s face.

Fish caught the blow on his left forearm and then jumped down off, the running-board, adding the momentum of his descent to a short vicious right-hander that caught Whitman in the chest and sent him backward. He stumbled in the shallow ditch and fell.

“And now,” said Fish,

“I’m not hiding behind any badge. This is strictly unofficial.”

He took the badge off the under side of his coat lapel and tossed it behind him onto the seat of the car.

He took his automatic out of the shoulder holster and put it with the badge.

“Try running,” he said grimly, “and I’ll pick up that gun again and shoot your legs from under. Otherwise it’s even. Now get up.”

Hank Widner didn’t. He gave vent to his feelings in some scorching remarks, but he didn’t seem disposed to take advantage of Fish’s being without his badge and gun. Fish grinned.

“Don’t get up, then,” he said.

“The Marquis of Queensbury isn’t around here anyway, so he won’t know it if I kick your teeth out. If you want to talk now instead of later, that’s okay too. I’ll give you three chances. One. Two. Th—”

“What do.you want to know, blast you?”

“That’s better,” said Fish.

“Where’s Carl Landers?”

“Where’s. . . . Are you crazy?”

“You’re supposed to answer questions, not ask them. In case you didn’t understand, we’ll start over on those three chances. I asked you— where’s Carl Landers? One. Two—”

“I don’t know. Good glory, Fish, I never saw the guy! I never heard of him until I read he had escaped!” Whitman, obviously cowed, was sitting up now, drawn back as far as he could get against the fence at the roadside. He seemed to see that his only chance to avoid a beating was to talk, and once he started, he talked fast.

“Listen, Fish, I been in town only a year, so I didn’t know about the Landers case when he was sent up. I mean, put in. What the devil makes you think I’d know anything about a homicidal—”

“There you go asking questions again,” interrupted Fish.

“All right, you answer it yourself. You know I have a reason for tying you up with Landers. You tell me what it could be.” .

“There isn’t any reason, Fish. I don’t know how—” ACY stepped closer and said, One. How do you like the way I look with a cast on my nose? Funny? Well, you’ll look funnier with one of these and your front teeth out. Two. Th—”

“Wait! You mean Mrs. Sanders?”

“I might,” Fish admitted.

“What about Mrs. Sanders?”

“I—oh, all right, all right. I’ll start at the beginning, but it’s a mare’s nest. It was this guy Landers killed them all right.”

“Was it?”

“Sure. You must’ve found out I talked to this Sanders dame and jumped to the idea that there was something fishy. Well, I had something of the same idea, but—well, it wouldn’t wash. I decided I’d been seeing the bogey-man.”

“Just what was this idea?”

“You know well enough what I’m talking about.”

“Forget what I know. You tell me.”

“Well, it just seemed fishy that out of a whole city full of people, Bud Miller was the one who got bumped by a homi on the loose. It—well, it was a coincidence, that’s all. But I wanted to make sure.”

“How about Randall?”

“Who?”

“H. J. Randall.”

“Oh, yeah, the grocer. No, there isn’t any tie-up there. That’s partly what made me decide the homi angle was on tiie up-and-up.” Fish looked at him closely.

“That and what else?” he demanded.

“Oh, all of it. Your story, the way the papers gave it, and Craven’s and Hummer’s and—well, it all added up. It couldn’t have been anything but the loose nut, could it? You and Hummer both got a good look at him. Wasn’t it this Landers?” Fish ignored the question.

“You thought it might not be. Who did you think might have killed Bud Miller? You knew him pretty well, didn’t you?” Whitman nodded. He was talking freely now, as though having kicked loose with what he had already said, he had nothing further to hide and was even interested in finding out if Fish knew anything.

“Yeah, Bud Miller and me—well, I guess I was his closest friend. We worked together on—on whatever we worked on.”

Fish grinned at the circumlocution.

“You mean on carrying out whatever orders the boss gave you,” he said.

“We’ll skip that. But did anyone have any reason for wanting Bud out of the way?”

“No.” Whitman shook his head, then hesitated.

“Well, I’ve gone this far and I might as well say that there might have been a reason I didn’t know about. I had a hunch, for the last couple weeks, that Bud was holding out something on me. And he had a new dame.”

“What’s her name?”

“Marilyn Breese. A pony at the Troc. But she wouldn’t have anything to do with it, Fish. All I meant about her was that she was costing him plenty dough. * And he had it. That isn’t squealing because—what the heck, he’s dead.”

“You mean you think he had more money the last couple weeks than he should have had, from sources you knew about?”

“That’s it. I dunno where he got it, and it don’t matter now. But then when he got killed—well, it was silly I guess, but I thought maybe—”

“So you turned detective and conducted an investigation on your own hook. Cranston know about your little idea?” Hank Whitman shook his head again.

“Huh-uh. And listen, if it gets out about me talking to Mrs. S., I’m going to have to do some tall explaining to the boss. He’ll want to know why I didn’t come to him with it.”

“And why didn’t you?”

“Well—look, Fish, you got some idea what things are all about. Suppose Bud had crossed the boss. Suppose it wasn’t this Landers bumped him. Who would be the next most likely guy? And would the boss like to have me doing any guessing out loud? I ask you.” Fish thought it over a minute. It was disappointing. He’d hoped for more, something that would give him a definite lead. But what Hank Whitman had just told him made sense and it rang true. Apparently he and Hank had had the same idea. It had led Hank to a brick wall, and Fish didn’t see how he was going to get over that wall himself. If Carl Landers really had killed the gangster and the grocer, then that was that. Curse it all, he didn’t have any real reason to think anything else had happened. But that had been over twentyfour hours ago. Why hadn’t the homicidal maniac struck again? According to his case history, he would not be sitting quietly in hiding, waiting for them to catch him. He was an extreme case, obsessed with an insatiable urge to slash people with a knife. A ND he had a knife now. Why wasn’t he using it? Or did he have a knife? Had he ever had one, that is, since his escape? Or had he escaped? “Nuts,” thought Fish.

“Pretty soon I’ll be wondering if there ever was such a guy and if I really tried to buy him a drink.” Whitman’s voice cut into his thoughts.

“Honest, Fish, that’s all I can tell you. The whole story. Now what the devil can I tell Cranston about what you wanted with me, that won’t spill to him that I had a wrong hunch that might not set so well with him?”

“Tell him anything,” said Fish.

“Maybe by tomorrow you won’t have to tell him anything. I. . . . Skip it. What was that notebook you handed Cranston?” Whitman’s voice sounded wary.

“What notebook?” Fish took his own notebook from his pocket, the one he had carried for a long time to jot down addresses.

“One like this,” he said.

“Almost exactly like it. That refresh your memory, or do I have to get tough again?”

“Oh, that,” said Whitman.

“Yeah. That couldn’t have anything to do with this other business. Just routine. A list of addresses. You can guess what for, without my drawing a diagram.”

“You mean a list of the taverns that buy alky.”

“Whiskey,” corrected Whitman.

“If you can call it that. If you had that list, it means you were handling either deliveries or collections—you and Bud, if he worked with you. Which?”

“Listen, Fish, haven’t I sung enough? And since when are you going in for revenue work?”

“The devil with the revenue work, for now,” said Fish.

“Why’d you think I brought you out here instead of taking you in where a shorthander’d be taking down what you said? All I’m interested in right now is murder. Anything else is off the record, and anyway it would be your word against mine whether you said it or not.”

“But what’s this stuff got to do with murder?”

“Let me judge that. Which were you and Bud handling? Deliveries, or collections?”

“Okay, but it’s off the record. Fifty-fifty. We collected for whatever we delivered. That’s why 1 don’t see how Bud could’ve been chiseling. Not without being caught.”

“Maybe he was caught.” Whitman had stood up and was leaning against the fence now.

“Aw, Fish, there’s nothing in it,” he said.

“I tell you I had the same idea, but it won’t wash. Assume he was chiseling, even if I can’t see how. Give anybody you want to name all the reason you want to give ’em for rubbing him out. It’s still true that he got bumped off by a maniac. The nut was there, wasn’t he? You ought to know. He swipes a knife from Joe’s kitchen and runs out the back way and stabs the first couple guys he comes across. What else can you make out of it?” Fish grunted.

“Shut up, or you’ll have me believing it.”

“Don’t you?”

“I don’t want to,” said Fish.

“Get in the car. I might be wrong, but I think you leveled with me.”

“Okay. But listen, what am I going to tell the boss about why you picked on me, without admitting about me having the wild idea I had and seeing Mrs. Sanders?” Fish slid his automatic back into its holster and put the badge back on before he slid in under the wheel.

“You’re going to have time to figure that out before you see him again,” he said.

“I got you fixed up for board and room till tomorrow afternoon. I want to find out what Cranston does if he gets worried about you.”

“Huh? You can’t—”

“It’s strictly legal. He’s a sheriff, see? There’s nothing illegal, if he finds you on the street in his town, about arresting you as a vag, is there? I don’t think you’ll have any explanation he’ll believe about how you got there.”

“But Fish—”

“And of course you won’t have any money or identification on you when you get out of the car.” Fish grinned.

“But don’t let that worry you, pal. I’ll mail them back to you some time tomorrow.”

CHAPTER VI

Fish dropped himself on the stool by the hamburger stand counter.

“Hi, Pete,” he said to the tow-headed kid back of the counter.

“Put a couple on, with. And coffee.”

“Sure, Mr. Fish,” said the kid, and then, hesitantly:

“I read about the Carl Landers case. You sure had tough luck, Mr. Fish. Has anything more happened since then?” Fish shook his head tiredly.

“Had •what I thought was a lead, but it petered out on me.” He glanced up at the clock. Ten minutes after one. He stirred sugar into his coffee, took a sip, and it made him feel a little better. But not much. He was getting sleepy and his nose and his head hurt and he wished he could go home and go to sleep. It would not be so bad, he thought disgustedly, trying to solve a case if he could feel sure there was a case to solve. But in all probability there wasn’t any. Carl Landers had committed the two motiveless murders, then lammed out across country and, for reasons of his own, had not killed anybody else yet. Or maybe he had been hit by a truck and not yet identified or something. Or maybe— Nuts. He had may bed himself in circles until he was dizzy. And he had undoubtedly increased the jam he was in at Headquarters by making an arrest after Cap Bradwell had told him he was suspended, even though the captain had not taken his gun and badge along, and then not showing up with the man he had arrested. He wondered if Cranston’s lawyer was still waiting at the station.

“Pete,” he said, “murder is a funny thing. If you haven’t the faintest idea what you’re doing, you can always go around throwing monkey wrenches, and maybe you can get somebody worried.” The tow-headed kid put the hamburgers on the counter in front of Fish, and looked interested.

“Yeah?” he asked.

“How?”

“Murder is a guinea pig,” said Fish.

“It has pups, or piglets or whatever you’d call it. A guy commits a murder and then he finds he had to kill somebody else to cover up. Maybe the second guy might be a grocer. Then if you can keep it rolling, he’d think, whether he’s right or not, that he has to kill another guy to keep it quiet. Maybe a detective.”

“Gee, you mean you think that—”

“No, but I wish I did.” The door opened and Fish looked around as two men came in.

“Hullo, boys,” he said.

“Anything new on short-wave about Landers?”

“Huh-uh.” The foremost of the two men shook his head.

“But listen, Fish, there’s a broadcast out about you. We saw your car outside. The cap says you’re supposed to be suspended but that you pulled an arrest at the Green Dragon, and then never showed up with the guy. A lawyer waited there a long time.”

“Yeah,” said Fish. “That’s why I didn’t bring him in. I just wanted to talk to him. Got orders to bring me in, Harry, or what?” Harry Lane looked uncomfortable.

“Well, suppose you call up the station from here, Fish. See what the cap says. I don’t want to. . .”

“Okay, anything you say.” said Fish. He crossed over to the phone and talked into it for a while. His lips were a bit tight as he came back and, before he sat down again to finish his sandwiches, he took off his badge and handed it, with his gun. to the squad car men.

“It’s okay,” he told them.

“You don’t have to take me in. But the cap seemed to think I’d better not run around with these until after the hearing tomorrow morning anyway.”

“Gee, Fish, that’s tough luck. I’m sorry.”

“It’s all right, Harry. Skip it.”

While he munched the hamburgers, Fish heard the squad car start up and drive away.

He didn’t say anything more to the tow-headed kid behind the counter, and the kid had wisdom enough to keep his own mouth shut.

When Fish got back behind the wheel of his own car, he sat there and thought a while, while he unlaced the empty shoulder holster which, without a gun, made him feel strange and lopsided.

He knew he was licked, but darned if he was going to admit it, in spite of how tired he felt.

He had gambled on practically kidnaping Hank Whitman, partly to see what Cranston’s reaction would be. Well, Whitman had, in a way, disappointed him by telling what seemed to be a straight story. So it looked like he had been barking up the wrong tree, but he was going back to the Green Dragon anyway. He was going back without a gun and without authority, but Cranston wouldn’t know that. He drove slowly, trying to think out some course of action that might force . . . Blast it, was he still hunting in the dark for a black cat that wasn’t there? Well, what if he was? He hadn’t anything much to lose now. And he had the rest of the night to keep on groping. The familiar streets grew more familiar and he saw that his route across town was taking him within a block of his own place. Well, he might as well take advantage of that to leave the bill-fold he had taken from Hank Whitman in a safe place. There had been quite a bit of money in that wallet, and he would rather not carry it around until he had a chance to mail it. And a bit of cold water on the accessible portions of his face ought to help wake him up and make his mind work again. A shower? No, he had better not take time for that. It was getting pretty late. If only his nose would stop throbbing— He swung the car in to the curb and climbed out. He told himself he had better hurry, but his steps up the staircase were slow and lagging. He fumbled the key, had a lot of trouble getting it into the keyhole in the dark, so much trouble that he lit a match and held it in his left hand while he put in the key and turned it with his right. The tiny flame was dying as the door swung open toward him, but it showed him the shadowy, unidentifiable bulk of the man standing there just inside the door. And it caught the gleam of the knife that slashed out toward Fish’s stomach. A kitchen knife. It was that gleam of dim flame on dull metal that saved him. Fish still had hold of the door with his right hand and he slammed ,it inward so the edge of it struck the arm snaking forward with the knife. The impact slowed and deflected the blow, and as the door bounded back, Fish grabbed into the darkness and caught the arm of his attacker. He threw his weight through the now open doorway, bearing his assailant back, even as he felt the arm he held trying to twist about for a stabbing blow into his side. He had his cheek against his opponent’s chest, and there were blows raining 54 against his head and neck. Painful blows, but not dangerous. In the reeling darkness and the close quarters, the man he struggled with could not have aim or leverage for a rabbit punch that might have ended the fight. A S HE staggered forward, not daring to step back, Fish slid his left hand down until it closed around the wrist of the knife-hand. Then, risking letting go with his own right hand, he bent lower and caught his right arm around the back of the knees of the man he fought, and threw his own weight forward, butting with his head. There was a moment when they were both off-balance, then a heavy crash, and Fish fell on top. The knife clattered against the floor. Fish felt the man under him struggling to rise, but instead of swinging a random blow into the darkness, Fish stuck out his hand until it felt a face. He pushed the face backward, hard and suddenly, and there was a thud against the floor. The man under him went limp. Fish straightened up slowly, and struck a match. “I’ll be—” he said, as it flared. The man who had tried to kill him was Joe Hummer, the barkeeper! It was some little time before Hummer regained consciousness, and when he did he was in no position to fight or to wield a knife. Fish had seen to that. Nor was the barkeeper inclined to answer questions. “Like sin I’ll talk,” he growled to Fish’s repeated demands.

“Why should I? So you can prove I tried to kill you, and that’s bad enough, but why should I stick my neck—”

“Shut up,” said Fish. “I’m telling you why. But first I’m going to finish telling you what happened. When I came into the saloon last night with an escaped homicidal maniac in tow, you recognized him, or guessed who he was, from the descriptions or maybe his picture in the newspaper. And you suddenly saw how you could get away with killing a guy you had to kill—Bud Miller.”

“Nuts,” said Joe.

“And even if you did guess right—”

“I said to shut up,” said Fish. He gestured with the old service revolver he had dug up out of a trunk while Joe Hummer was still unconscious, and Joe sank back into the chair.

“The reason the Feds hadn’t closed on the Cranston bunch was that they didn’t know where the accounts and collections were handled. Cranston never had any records. They had searched, unofficially. “You were the dark horse of the gang, and probably next to Cranston himself in power. We’ll find out all about that when we search your place, won’t we, Joe? All right, but you’d been dragging down on the boss and Bud Miller found it out and cut himself in on the deal for extra cash. And he started bleeding you worse and you wanted a way to kill him, if you could do it in a way that not even Cranston, let alone the cops, would know he was murdered at all. Nobody figures a killing by a maniac as a murder, the ordinary way.” Joe sighed.

“Fish, do I have to listen to all this hogwash? If I’m under arrest, go ahead and take me in.”

“You’re not under arrest. I’m not even a cop any more. Listen! Bud Miller was in the part of your building behind the kitchen, waiting to see you. You saw your chance in Carl Landers. When you took him back to feed him, you stepped out a minute to see whether he would go for a knife. You wanted to be sure who he was.

“Then you captured him. You went on back and stalled Bud Miller, walked with him out into the alley, and stabbed him with the knife Landers had tried to swipe. 55

“This poor grocer, Randall, is going or coming the back way, and he’d have been a witness, so you stabbed him too. But that was all to the good. Two killings looked more like a homicidal maniac than one. And you were back in the tavern within ten minutes, and you figured I was too interested in my drinks to know you’d been gone even that long.”

Fish grinned.

“The funny part is that I never guy,” he said.

“I was just messsaw that notebook of mine I got a phone number out of and you thought it was Whitman’s and that I knew about your connection with the gang! Well, either pick up that pen and start writing or we’re on our way.’’ Joe Hummer stood up.

“Let’s get going then.”

“Okay, Joe. But not to Headquarters. I told you I’m not a cop any more. We’re looking up Cranston and I’m turning you over to him with the news that you killed Bud Miller and have been chiseling on him. I’ll telling around tonight at random, trying to start something, and in some way you got the idea that I was getting on to you and that you’d better get out of the road. But you came here to kill me, and then you’d have let Landers go and let him get himself caught somewhere and take the rap for all three killings, besides any he might do on his own hook.

“But what made you think . . . Hey, I know! You knew I had Hank Whitman out in my car when I stopped back and”—Fish laughed out loud and slapped his knees with the hand that didn’t hold the revolver—

“you him to go to your place and search there and—well, he won’t need a confession like the cops would, would he?” Hummer’s face turned pasty white.

“You’re kidding, Fish. He’d. . . . You wouldn’t do that.” Fish’s eyes, over the bandage across the middle of his face, looked to be the color and hardness of ballbearings. Joe Hummer sat back slowly and gingerly in the chair, and reached for the pen and paper on the table beside him. . . . Gray light of dawn paled the yel56 low aura of the lamp on Captain Bradwell’s desk. Fish slumped wearily in the visitor’s chair in front of that desk and talked as though each word cost him an effort.

“Yeah, so I went around and got Carl Landers, too, so I could bring them both in while I was at it. But, you see, he didn’t commit the murders at all. He was tied up in the empty building next to Joe’s. And, like I told you, Hank Whitman’s in the clink at Shelbyville. We can send for him there.

“I think that confession, and what else we’ll find at Joe’s, will give us enough to break up the whole gang. I’d have gone around and brought in Cranston too, but—” Captain Bradwell snorted.

“But you thought you might want help to round up the rest of the gang?” Fish must have been too tired to recognize the sarcasm.

“Well, there’s no hurry,” he said defensively.

“They don’t know we want ’em, or that Joe’s confession there tied up the gang with those old killings, including Molenauer’s. They don’t know we got Joe, and they’ll be easy to pick up.” Captain Bradwell grinned and winked at the stenographer at the side of his desk who was taking notes of everything.

“I guess the rest of the Force can manage to take over from here, Fish,” he said.

“Unless you really want —”

“I can, Cap, but I really ought to get a couple hours nap before that hearing at ten.”

“Hearing? What hearing? Oh, yeah. Hmmm, I don’t think yoh need to worry about attending that, Fish. I haven’t quite the authority to squash it myself, but I can promise you tile inspector will. And listen, ymtMok really done in. I have got thority to give you another vBk’s leave. You better go home and «ep a couple days straight, and then*’— he grinned—“then maybe you ought to go out and get plastered to celebrate.” Fish stood up.

“Thanks, Cap,” he said, and stuck out his hand.

“But if it’s the same to you, I’ll go fishing. G’night.” Captain Bradwell watched Fish’s broad shoulders weave down the hallway, as erratically as though liquor instead of lack of sleep and physical weariness were swaying him.

“If we had more men like that on the Force,” he said to the stenographer,

“we wouldn’t need a Force.” The stenographer looked at him.

“That doesn’t quite make sense, sir.”

“No,” said the captain, grinning.

“It doesn’t, does it?”

Ready for another Fish Williams adventure?

Check out RACK AND RUIN

Rack and Ruin – a fast paced mystery thriller

CHAPTER ONE

She was one of those women you seem to remember only at night. Fish had glimpsed her along North Meridian Street’s automobile row where, he presumed, she was employed in some sales agency office.

On his way to the U-Drive-It to pick up a rental, he caught shutter flashes of her through the traffic.

Nice legs, he observed. Nice hips.

Everything nice.

Then again, in early September, when he had a wandering husband under surveillance, Fish ran into her at a bus stop.

He noticed she carried a big purse with Jamie in embossed metal script on the flap.

So now he had her name and the idea that her gentle mouth and her quiet gray eyes were strangers to laughter.

All right, Jamie, he thought as he passed. There’s so much laughter, most of it meaningless.

Stay different, won’t you?

But out of sight, she was also out of mind.

It was only at night in his apartment-hotel room—he and the red mote of his cigarette alone in the dark, with thin dregs and a sliver of ice in his glass —that he would entertain notions of Jamie.

And he fully intended to do something about her. Sometime.

Maybe tomorrow.

Some Tuesday, perhaps.

A Tuesday then, and he awoke at ten in the a.m. for no particular reason he could think of, propped himself on an elbow, and reached for a cigarette.

He was no more shaky than usual, he con- chided.

He was certainly no less shaky either.

He had a head, but it was not the world’s largest.

A medium-size head, you might call it.

By the time he had showered and shaved and rinsed night out of his mouth. Western Union got to him with a telegram.

Decoded, it read: GREAT LAKES INDEMNITY AUTHORIZES THIRTY THOUSAND REWARD RECOVERY CHARLES JEWELS COL. BLAKE Col. Blake, in one word, boss of North American Inquiry Agencies. Col. Blake in ten words or less if it killed him.

Which it might very well do.

Sending cryptograms to chaps with medium-size heads!

Fish phoned down for breakfast and a newspaper.

By the time he had finished dressing there was a to-do in the hall. The quiet protests from Sam, of room service, were being loudly overruled.

“Know the man? Why, him and I are like that! Old friend of the family.”

Fish opened the door.

There was Sam, grinning.

There also grinned a large and lop-eared individual, about thirty, with curly, pinkish blond hair.

“Good morning, Fish, good morning,” he said.

“Nice to see you again.”

The old friend of the family heeled the door shut in Sam’s face, crinkled light brown eyes at Fish.

“Why, it’s I—Blake.”

And so it was.

Blake Speer in a hand-painted tie and a teal-blue suit with a gay bit of ’kerchief lolling out of the breast pocket, standing along side the tea wagon on splayed feet shod in tan-and-white oxfords. Blake Speer cheerfully helping himself to toast as he had, in the past, helped himself to other more valuable things belbnging to other people. His name had first appeared on the Indianapolis police blotter when he’d blown the side out of a produce company office while trying to dynamite the safe.

After reform school, he had developed a more subtle means to an identical end through a soft lead hammer and center punch.

That had gone merrily on for a while until some forthright judge sent Blake to Michigan City to punch out auto license plates for the State of Indiana.

Now, presumably, he was out on parole. Unless they were wearing ties hand-painted with palm trees at jail-breaks this sea-

“Don’t let me interrupt anything,” Blake Speer said and retired to a lounge chair with a triangle of toast on his saucer-sized palm.

“Read your paper. Drink your coffee—you need it!” Fish picked up the newspaper and sat down on the sofa.

He reached for chilled orange juice.

Blake was squatting on the edge of the chair, his knees far apart so that toast crumbs would fall elsewhere than on his elegant trousers. He licked a thumb.

Fish regarded him with not much enthusiasm  for a moment, then glanced down at the paper.

The name of Adams jumped out at him from under the heading: SAFE BURGLAR SLAIN; COMPANION FLEES WITH $100,000 IN JEWELS So now he had it.

A killing incidental to robbery. Mrs. Adams E. Adams of Cold Springs Road, returning from a party at 2:00 a.m., had surprised a man in front of the open wall safe in the library. She had rushed to the desk, had removed her husband’s revolver from a drawer, and had emptied the gun into one Virgil

“Red” Bailey, recently released from Michigan City where he’d served a stretch for armed robbery. Dr. Adams E. Adams was in Chicago attending a convention of endocrinologists. All of the Adams servants had been out at the time except the chauffeur, whom police had eventually found trussed up with a tow- rope in the garage.

Blake Speer crossed to the tea wagon again.

“Don’t let me rush you,” he said out of buttered lips,

“but I’m here on business.”

“I’ve got business,” Fish said, his eyes on the paper.

“But have I? That’s the question. Fish, this toast ain’t bad.” Blake heaped scrambled eggs on a wedge of toast and went back to the chair.

“I shot and I shot and then I fainted,” Mrs. Adams was quoted beneath a photo that showed her holding the gun in both hands at arms length, her lower lip in her teeth, her nose crinkled, and her eyes screwed nearly shut as though firearms scared hell out of her. There was an inset of Red Bailey, a heavyfaced man with a rocklike chin. He’d been living on South Illinois Street. He didn’t seem to be survived by anyone, and possibly nobody cared about his being dead except Mrs. Adams. She’d have to redecorate. Bloodstains would probably clash with her color scheme. So you had the socialite wife of a prominent doctor, plus Bailey the heist- er, the latter discovered in front of a safe that had been opened by the punch method—not a technique often acquired by specialists in armed robbery. There must have been a third party—the

“Companion Flees” of the headlines. Companion Flees must have opened the safe, not Bailey. Yet Mrs. Adams had seen only Bailey. It made for confusion. Fish finished his orange juice and drew the coffee cup into the cage of his two thin-fingered hands. He sent a long and speculative look at the cheerful blond face on the opposite side of the room. It munched toast. It licked thumbs. It was neither ornamental nor useful, unless you needed a safe punched open. And what the hell was it doing here beside munching and licking? The usual procedure for a private detective to follow on a jewel recovery job was first to channel reward rumors onto the grapevine and then wait for an underworld contact. But when the contact, dressed in a teal-blue suit, munching toast and licking its thumbs, cropped up in one’s own living room prior to the formality of the rumor, one might well ask what was this baggy- eyed old world coming to? 

“What sort of business, Blake?” Fish asked warily.

“Ah!” Blake gulped the last morsel and bounced across the room to hand out a card bearing the legend: QUINLAN MOTOR SALES George Speer Used Car Dept. ‘Down in the lower left hand corner,” Fish observed,“you have left a dandy buttery thumbprint.”

Blake shrugged massively.

“The past, Fish. All over. A slate wiped clean, as the warden said. I’m here to sell you a car.”

“No you’re not,” Fish said.

“A scarcely used convertible formerly driven around town by a gentle old maid school teacher, clean as a ribbon, loaded with extras, and a new orchid paint Job.”

“No,” Fish repeated.

“1 don’t look well in orchid.”

“Have you ever tried?” Fish pushed the newspaper, onto the tea wagon and tapped the Adams item with a thin finger.

He watched the other man out of dark eyes that were narrow between faintly puffy lids.

Blake picked up the paper, absently helping himself to a crisp strip of bacon.

“Uh,” he said and put down the paper.

“That’s all you’ve got to say—uh?”

“Uh-huh.” Blake was all open-faced innocence. Fish pushed up one side of his mouth, distorting the slender black line of his mustache.

“Could it be you have absorbed some of the strong moral fiber of all these gentle old school marms who break in cars for you dealers?” Blake nodded and winked.

“I absorb them from teachers. Through my seat of learning.” He moved to the door and went out. Fish rose from the sofa with the uneasy feeling of having been had. He crossed to the window, parted the curtains to look out across Pennsylvania Street. There, in the tarnished September sunlight, was the orchid roadster.

And the girl in it, waiting for Blake Speer, was Jamie.

Sweet little Jamie with her ripe-wheat gold hair floating back from a face so sober and lovely that seeing it, even casually, you recalled in a flash of regret all of the others and all of your personal tarnish. Jamie and Blake Speer.

Fish watched them drive off and fingered a cigarette. Muscles relaxed at the thin ends of his mouth. He thought, So she’s something I made up.

Drink cheap liquor and you’ll have cheap illusions. . . .

Fish went downtown to Police Headquarters because you have to start somewhere.

In one of the cubicles about the periphery of the detectives’ room he discovered Sergeant Mark Talbot, the gray old man of Safe-and-Loft, occupied with a small, taut, impeccably neat citizen with sleek gray temples and a lipless mouth.

From the spring- wound gestures of the latter, Fish gathered that Talbot was taking a bit of hell.

Fish sauntered to the opposite side of the room to speak to a pair of plainclothes cops who were awaiting assignment. Presently Talbot followed  his visitor from the cubicle, the sergeant’s slovenly bulges emphasized by the precise edges of the smaller man.

“Let me worry about this now, Doctor,” Talbot advised as he showed the citizen the outer corridor.

“I’ll appreciate it if you will,” the lipless man retorted.

Talbot closed the door quietly and swore quietly under his breath, then started wearily back toward the cubicle.

He noticed Fish.

“Revoke your license?” Talbot asked as though he didn’t even faintly suspect they had. Fish followed the fat sergeant into the tiny room, where Talbot hogged a puddle of air whipped up by an eight inch fan. Fish used the ash tray and sat down. He made his eyes look very blank.

“Why haven’t you picked up Blake Speer for the Adams job?” Fish asked.

“Alibi.” Talbot nibbled the end of a fat cigar.

“The doll, huh?”

“Yes, if you mean Miss Williams,” Talbot said stiffly. Fish showed bright teeth in a kind of smile. He thought, You, too, old Mark? Aloud, he asked,

“A big handbag doesn’t mean anything to you, then?” Talbot scowled and pushed out his lips.

“You spend too much time in Chicago. Around here the preacher’s wife can carry a big purse if she wants. Speer and Miss Williams went to a late movie last night. That good enough?”

“Only if Miss Williams doesn’t happen to be lying.”

Talbot shifted uneasily in his chair.

“I think she’s a good kid. I think she might make a man out of that boy. He’s got a job at the same place she works. I don’t know whether his boss knows he’s a con. That’s why I had him drop in here instead of barging in there.”

“And he brought his alibi with him?” Fish’s smile was quick and bright.

“Why not? Hell, if he readmit was a punch job he’d know what I wanted.” Fish brought out a cigarette and rapped it on the chair arm without taking his eyes off Talbot’s sweat-streaked face. His smile remained and he let Talbot do the talking.

“One reason I’m not much inclined to tie this on Speer is that he called Johnson—that’s his parole officer—and told him to try and stop Bailey from bothering him. Leaned over backwards, Speer did, to avoid anything that might look like consorting with criminals.” Fish stood, lighting his cigarette, and his eyes were shiny with malice.

“You’re in your dotage, Mark. I suppose we all have to crack sometime.” Talbot rumpled his gray hair and flushed.

“I still like to give kids a break. Not Blake Speer, especially, but the girl. If she thinks she can take a boy to raise, let’s give her a chance. Live and let live, huh?”

“Sure,” Fish agreed coolly.

“Just as long as I get my share of the living.” He paused in the door.

“Was that Dr. Adams E. Adams who just left in a blizzard of horseradish?” Talbot nodded, his eyes glum. Fish said,

“Well, thanks,” and went out to use the public phone in the outer corridor.

He called Gordo Nash, an ex-cop who held a private operatives’ license and was glad to take a job now and then to augment his slender retirement pay.

Fish asked Gordo if. he’d read, about the Adams job in the paper.

Gordo said he had.

“For ‘companion flees,’ ” Fish explained, ‘‘I like Blake Speer em ployed at Quinlan Motors. Stay on him. Call in at seven,, and I’ll. pick, up wherever you are.”

Fish then, went out. into the heat and walked east to South Illinois Street.

The former address of Red Bailey, the dead gunman, was a bar that had once had nightclub aspirations.

The scheme of decor threaded tenuously from two cocoanuts on the brackbar to an artificial palm that, rustled faded crepe paper fronds in. the blast of a twenty-inch fan.

The Cocoanut Club, but of course.

There was a tiny dance floor and a stage where a chorus of anyway four gorgeous girls might have cavorted.

The electric organ was. neatly placarded For Sale.

Over these dried bones of live entertainment the inevitable robot of illuminated plastic beat its chest triumphantly in canned jungle rhythm.

The one waitress wore bobby-socks with, high-heeled pumps.

Of her, Fish thought, nothing more need be said.

He liked the barkeep—-a hunchback with the pitifully eager eyes of the very lonely.

She of the bobby-socks came to the bar and said,

“Shorty, an ale.” She said something else which Fish didn’t catch but which directed the hunchback’s glance toward one of the booths on the opposite side of the room.

“The horsey set, we got,!’ Shorty said in to the beer cooler and winked at Fish.

“Ain’t it a kick.”

Fish looked around and met a pair of eyes as black as his own. They were closely spaced in a small, almost delicate face.

The mouth was cruel.

The man’s body seemed to belong to somebody else—too broad through the shoulders for the tiny head.

He wore a blue shirt open at the throat, dank gray breeches, black shoes, and leather puttees which, he slapped in time to the music with, a rawhide quiet.

Fish turned, again to the barkeep.

“Take away the whip, put a stiif- vizored cap and. a tie on the guy. What’ve you got?” Shorty tried that.

“Somebody’s chauffeur?” Fish nodded.

“You’re not so damned exclusive as you thought, are you?” He watched Shorty reach for another glass to polish.

“Tell, me about Bailey.”

The hunchback’s busy little hands were suddenly still

“He isn’t here.”

“1 know where he is. But he lived here since when?”

“Since last week.” Shorty went an drying the glass bur carefully now, as though it were fine crystal. “First 1 ever seen of him. Hc.came in and asked for George.”

“George who?” Fish asked, over his glass.

“Speer?” .

“Yeah, that’s the name. But I’d never heard of the guy. I’m new here. Just bought the business.” Shorty was still polishing the same glass.

“You should’ve seen Bailey start to wreck the juke.  Geez, what a guy! Just ’cause it couldn’t play Paper Doll. That old tune.” Fish nodded, remembering.

“That’s funny. Bailey outlived that recording by about six years.”

“I told him it was dead,” Shorty explained. ‘

“Get it,’ he says, and then shoved me to the stairway back there and on up to my room. Geez, what a guy!”

“Ran you out of your own room, huh?”

“Yeah, stuck fifty bucks in my hand for rent and says he was, taking over. So I moved to the back room and—” Shorty’s last word stuck out over- loud for the jukebox had run out of nickels. Still there was music. A phonograph playing somewhere in the building. Upstairs, Fish thought. And Paper Doll was the tune. He glanced across the bar at the hunchback, and Shorty’s smile was sickly. Fish drained his glass. He said,

“Red Bailey’s ghost didn’t lose any time, did it?”

CHAPTER TWO

A dame, shorty had said. Some crazy dame who’d given him five dollars for a glimpse of Red Bailey’s room.

A sensation seeker.

Or she was writing a book, looking for color.

If color was what she wanted, she could have it, Fish thought.

Green.

Seasick green on the walls of the upstairs hall.

There were crusted windows along one side, three doors in the other.

There was a dangling light bulb and a radiator.

There were other little things that scurried underfoot, and one wasn’t quick enough and died with a dry crunch of sound.

The front room, Shorty had said.

A board in the uneven floor creaked under Fish’s weight.

From the dead man’s room came the recorded voice of a whining tenor who vowed he would buy a paper doll that he could call his own.

Fish turned the knob all the way over, held, pushed the door open a crack.

She was there, about five feet from Fish, standing at the end of an oblong table, her back to the door.

And never in its palmiest days had the Coconut Club seen the like.

She was strictly North Side from the slim heels of her forty-dollar gray reptile pumps to the simple piece of gray felt molded to the back of her head.

Her hair was unalloyed platinum, what he could see of it.

Her soft gray suit clung where it ought to cling, and where it ought to have followed the long, lovely lines of her figure, it followed cunningly.

Her gray purse was at the opposite end of the table beside a lamp with a paper shade.

There was the pint-sized record player loaded with only the one disk.

There was the telephone which the woman had evidently been using, for her white-gloved right hand came away from the handset as Fish pushed the door back and stepped to the side of the table between the lady and her purse.

He took off his hat.

“Startle you?” he asked politely.

Behind harlequin glasses her large pale eyes widened and then dropped toward her purse. She bit her lower lip slightly, gave that up, looked at him out of a composed oval face that was  golden-hued deepening to sepia in the hollows beneath her cheekbones. Her nose was the haughty sort, her mouth thin and mobile, the lips carefully rouged. Her eyes were on an exact level with his own, their pale irises delicately rimmed with ink-blue.

“You’re the police?” she asked above the recorded crooning of muted trumpets.

“Private.” He smiled, pleased with her face and not then much concerned with what went on behind it.

“Fish is the name.”

“Sharp here.” Which was not very original of her, provided she had anything to do with it.

“Cindy Sharp.”

Her voice was cello-timbered, and he thought her slight, contemptuous smile was not a personal thing; rather it had to do with her present situation.

Fish turned off the record player.

He then offered Cindy Sharp a cigarette.

When she declined it, he lighted it for himself, watching her through the thin veil of smoke. He included the room in a gesture.

“Why?” She shrugged.

“One is always reading about some person who’s been murdered—” She had noticed the sudden lift of Fish’s black brows.

“Slain, then. Justifiable homicide, if you like. Anyway, it’s never anybody one knows, and I’ve always wondered what they were like—these people things happen to.”

He picked up her purse, noticing as he did so that Cindy Sharp, who was probably not Cindy Sharp, had swayed toward him, her gloved hand tentatively extended.

“If you please. My purse.”

Her scent was something unobtrusive —lavender, perhaps.

Her smile was small and sure, and he didn’t happen to like small sure smiles that afternoon.

Putty he might be, but he did not care to find himself advertised on the face of an expert putty manufacturer.

So he put his cigarette in his mouth and tipped his head to keep the writhing column of smoke out of his eyes and used both hands to open her purse.

He said,

“Try me again sometime. I’m no snob, but our surroundings aren’t up to the manner.”

She stepped back, affronted, and showed him a profile that was cameo cut.

He looked down into her purse. Light blue and navy tissue choked the interior.

It might have been gift wrapping she’d stuffed in there for lack of a wastebasket.

Fish brought it out, and it expanded to attain definite and incredible shape.

Panties.

A pair of pale blue panties made entirely of tissue paper including the navy trim and the coy pompom attached to one leg.

Fish squinted through smoke at Cindy Sharp.

Her aquamarine eyes returned his look without warmth.

“Bailey’s,” she said.

“Bailey’s?” he echoed.

“Listen, baby, I’m trying to accept a situation in which I have Cindy Sharp, who doesn’t have to be Cindy Sharp but who is definitely fashionable North Side, in a roach-ridden flat above a bankrupt bistro playing Paper Doil on a dead heister’s phonograph. That much I will try to buy because I have eyes in my head. But I am not prepared to swallow the one-time existence of a heister who wore tissue paper undies.”

Her mask broke into laughter.

“He didn’t wear them—he collected them. There are two more pairs in the bureau. He must have been a fetishist.”

As though she could add to the razzle-dazzle by dragging in Freud. Fish shook his head.

“Red Bailey wasn’t killed with paper wads while breaking into a paper doll house to steal some paper doll’s panties,” he told her.

“You’re the panties snatcher around here, and you’re going to tell me how come if I have to keep at it all night.”

“I told you,” she insisted. She had started to pick worry off the ends of her gloved fingers where it stuck like feathers to molasses.

“It was simply curiosity.”

“It gets you trouble,” he said and then glanced toward the open door, for he had heard the creak of that informative board in the uneven floor of the hall. There was the pinhead: Shorty’s member of the horsey set who, with some alterations, became somebody’s chauffeur. Standing, his disproportion was even more pronounced than it had been in the booth of a taproom below. He was built like a tick—short and wide, with that tiny head. His black, close-set eyes had noticed the purse and the panties in Fish’s hands.

“I thought this was the men’s room,” he said with an insolent smile. He came in anyway and stood with his feet wide apart and flicked his leather puttees with the quirt. His eyes shifted to the woman. She seemed to gain inches of height under his glance and she stood very still. Fish said,

“You two seem to have met.” While they were eyeing each other, he stuffed the tissue paper pan- ties into the side pocket of his coat. The man with the quirt said,

“You’d better go, Mrs. Adams. I’m surprised at you.” She hesitated an instant, then took a step toward Fish.

“Arnie, make him give me my purse.” Arnie didn’t have to. If she was Mrs. Adams then she was not Cindy Sharp, though Fish still couldn’t associate her with the news photo.

He handed her the purse, and she turned swiftly and went through the door. She had a nice walk.

Arnie, kicked the door shut behind her.

He smacked his putts with the quirt and spread his mouth thin.

“You stay out of the Adams caper, or I’ll skin you alive.”

“You’re the boss, huh?”

Fish crowded a step forward, his smile watery, his mind tight. If it had to come, it might as well come now.

The quirt snarled in the air and slashed out at Fish’s face.

But Arnie had extended himself farther than prudent. Fish took part of the blow on his left shoulder, and as the lash coiled around the back of his neck, he caught Arnie’s right wrist in both hands. Then it was a matter of turning and yanking and bending almost to the floor so that Arnie spilled over Fish’s right hip.

There were sounds to indicate that Arnie had found the floor without undue effort.

Fish straightened quickly, dark face flushed. He started toward Arnie, who was now on his backside between the bed and the table, crabbing around, his right hand behind him. His delicate face was pale and cruel and spit flew from his lips as he spoke.

“You shifty louse! Ever judo a slug?”

Fish stopped.

Arnie’s right hand had reappeared holding a stubby automatic.

“Small,” Fish said of the gun. “Also noisy.” “

You don’t care,” Arnie panted. He stood.

“With a slug in the brain you don’t hear so good. I’m telling you to get out and stay out, and if I ever And you snooping around the Adams place I’ll put one in you for a peeping tom.”

Fish made sounds like laughter.

“You don’t think I’d make a good safe burglar?”

“You look a hell of a lot more like a peeper to me and it gets you just as dead.” Arnie extended his lower lip and spat on the floor.

“Now get out and stay out.”

Fish picked up his hat from the table, turned his back to the gun, and went out. Minutes later he had crossed Kentucky Avenue to the Lincoln Hotel.

The lobby was air-conditioned, and his heat-wilted body gratefully soaked up coolness.

He took an elevator to the second floor, went down a corridor toward a blue neon sign that read: CARL DAVIS, ARTISTS MANAGEMENT.

Carl Davis looked less like a booking agent than a professor of economics, being thin, scholarly, and concerned. He looked through shiny rimless glasses at the tissue panties Fish tossed onto the desk.

“Can you associate those with the tune Paper Doll and come up with any startling information?” Fish asked.

 Carl Davis appeared more scholarly and concerned than ever.

“There was Patty Bryce, a stripper. She had a new twist.”

“Where did she twist it?” Fish wanted to know. He sat down in a chair and stretched lean legs in front of him.

“She was slightly terrific at a joint called the Cocoanut Club for a week five, maybe six years ago. She was booked as the Paper Doll, see? Stiff paper dresses,” Carl Davis explained.

“Silhouettes they were, actually, with shoulder tabs. She’d work down to these—” indicating the panties,

“then toss them to the nearest male patron as she skipped into the wings.” He shook his head.

“Slightly terrific. The cops closed the joint.”

“Then what happened to her?” Fish persisted.

“Chicago. They’re more broad-minded there. But I heard she was dead.”

“Pneumonia probably,” Fish quipped.

“Paper moths got into her wardrobe.” Carl Davis made a wry face.

“My union forbids I should laugh at nonprofessionals.” Fish laughed. Somebody had to.

“Have you some glossies of Patty Bryce?” Carl Davis shook his head.

“I didn’t book her. She was on her own, self-promoting, a B-girl with an idea. Personally, I’ve never seen the lady. I just heard how her act ran.” Fish stood.

“Well thanks for a nice try.”

“Not at all. Any time, John.” Carl Davis waved the paper panties.

“Take these with you. My wife mightn’t understand.” M organ went down into the cool lobby again, sought out the battery of telephones, and placed a long-distance call to North American Inquiry in Chicago. When he had the home office switchboard, he asked for McGowan, a woman—some small wheel in the inter-office setup. He always asked for McGowan. Once, at three in the a.m., he had called the home office and talked to McGowan. She was something like God, he thought, for while he had never seen her she always seemed to be there when she was needed. Now she was on the wire again, her voice crisp and efficient. He said,

“I’d like publicity prints of a stripper named Patty Bryce who was booked as the Paper Doll. She’s thought to have invaded Chicago from here five or six years ago, and I’ve heard she’s dead.”

“Just a minute,” said the unruffled voice of McGowan. She must have been writing. He wondered what she was like and just what she had been doing in the office at three a.m. that time. He smiled to himself. Maybe he’d been wrong about McGowan. The Devil, too, kept odd hours.

“Yes, Mr. Fish?” she prompted.

“Just one or two pictures. Can do?”

“I’ll give it my best.”

“McGowan, I love you,” he said.

“God or devil.”

“Why, Mr. Fish, you must be drunk!” Yet she had sounded less shocked than relieved. Maybe McGowan, too, had wondered. . . . Fish’s rented sedan flaunted white plumes of dust along Dr. Adams E. Adams’ crushed stone drive. The place was a miniature plantation behind a quarter mile of box-trimmed hedge. Like crocheted doilies stiffened with sugar, circular settees of white- painted wrought iron surrounded the trunks of big elms in a billiard cloth lawn. But the elms were dead and in dying had left the house stark and inhospitable in the glare. Dr. Adams was not at home. The butler—a faint beery odor about him suggested he had been pleasantly engaged with a cold bottle somewhere— took Fish’s card to Mrs. Adams and returned presently to announce that the lady was at home. Fish was led through a spacious living room where not much imagination was needed to tie forbidding ribbons arm- to-arm on the valuable period chairs. Mrs. Adams was in the basement, it seemed.

“Doing the laundry, no doubt,” Fish suggested. But the quip was lost on the butler, whose beer was getting warm and flat. He opened a door at the foot of the basement stairs and then withdrew. In the social room beyond, a woman in black satin lounging pajamas lay inverted on a red leather chaise, her hips,  shoulders and dark head on the seat, her legs extended up across the tilted backrest with her small sandaled feet considerably higher than her head. One hand cuddled a chimney glass half full of sloe gin, while the other held Fish’s card up against the indirectly illuminated ceiling.

“My God,” she said,

“not another policeman!” It was timed to his entrance. She rolled her head to the left and looked at him, and she was not Mrs. Adams. Or else she was, and there were two of them. She brought her feet down from the’ ceiling, turned, sat up with her legs coiled under her.

She did all this with out scramble.

She was supple, all quickness of a mercurial sort.

Her hair, black and lusterless as soot, was artfully arranged to suggest it hadn’t been arranged at all.

It tangled sweetly above a heart-shaped face defined by a pointed chin and high-arched brows that lent her green eyes an expression of perpetual surprise.

Or, it was an expression of having been surprised.so often before you came along that nothing you would ever do could possibly surprise her. You had a choice and the ripe red mouth tempted you to accept the latter.

He came toward her, his smile wary.

She stood angrily, taller than he had anticipated but not as tall as another Mrs. Adams who called herself Cindy Sharp.

His eyes went wandering along the embroidered row of melting Dali watches that ran diagonally across her blouse and dripped gold on otherwise unrelieved black satin. Not, he thought, that any relief was necessary.

A figure such as hers would contribute less than nothing toward monotony.

Apparently frank admiration was the correct approach.

When he got back to her face, he found her eyes had softened.

“I’m sorry I was rude,” she apologized to him.

“I didn’t notice.”

“Uhm—you didn’t notice what?” With a warm laugh, she reseated herself on the red leather chaise.

“I don’t think I noticed anything I wasn’t supposed to notice,” Fish said.

“Quick.” She nodded her moppet’s head.

“For a policeman.”

She glanced down at his card again and then examined him curiously.

“Did the Deadly Double hire you?” He was not as quick this time.

“Charlie Charlie,” she said impatiently.

“The country doctor. John Hopkins’ gift to sluggish thyroids.”

“I’m in this for the insurance company,” Fish explained.

“Your jewels were insured, as you no doubt know.” She grew round-eyed over not knowing.

“Nobody told me. How was I to know?”

“Your husband probably took out the policy.”

“But he might have told me,” she said pettishly.

“I’d just like to know what goes on around here once in a while.” She turned, her mouth sullen, and swayed to a red-and-chrome bar against a wall of pickled pine.

She seemed to be a little drunk, but for a woman who had killed a man not fifteen hours before, she was doing fine.

CHAPTER THREE

Fish thought that this was more like it. Pleasant surroundings, and Mrs. Adams might develop into congenial people. One of the troubles with crime, he had discovered, was its prevalence among criminals. When she put his brimming glass of bourbon-over-ice on the bar, the glass lighted up with neon inside its hollow wall.

“That’s quite a gadget.”

“It was quite a goiter,” Mrs. Adams said, and included the entire bar in a” somewhat tipsy gesture.

“We have this to fondly remember Mrs. Van Wyck’s operation.” They drank and she refilled his glass and he said,

“Whoa! That’s damned near an office call you’ve got in there She laughed.

“I’ve got damned near a consultation fee in me already. You want to catch up, don’t you?” It seemed a fine idea.

“But it gets you trouble,” he said.

“I’ve got trouble.”

She propped elbows on the bar, looking gloomy.

“I’d like to know why in the great burning hell I had to go and put all five slugs in that big red Irishman.”

“Well, it’s like this,” he tried to explain.

“When a man kills a snake he drops a rock on its head. But a woman gets a hoe and chops the snake into little bits of pieces.” She didn’t get it at all.

“I didn’t use a hoe,” she said.

Shuddering slightly, she picked up her glass and went back to the chaise.

He found her easy to follow.

She had saved a portion of the chaise for him, as though the room were crowded, and this she patted cozily.

He sat down beside her, rested forearms on thin knees, and studied Mrs. Adams’ profile.

It still didn’t look like the newspaper photo, but then she had been making a face.

He asked finally,

“What was Bailey doing while you were getting the gun out of the desk?”

“Looking inside the safe.” She stared fixedly at the floor.

“Then he turned and lunged at me and, I shot and I shot—”

“Then you fainted. You were all alone?”

“Except for Arnie.”

She uttered a scornful laugh.

“Arnie was all tied up in the garage. Somebody bopped Arnie, but isn’t it funny—he didn’t have a lump to show for it.”

Fish sipped from his glass.

“Did the safe burglar leave any of his tools behind?”

She nodded.

“Wasn’t that sweet of him? Our tools. Stuff from the garage.”

“How’s that again?” he asked, eyes clouded with doubt.

“A hammer and stuff he got from our garage. That’s when he bopped Arnie. If he was bopped.”

It was the first time Fish had ever encountered a boxman who left his tools at home.

“Must be a plumber,” he said whimsically.

He put his glass down on a nearby table. Mrs. Adams asked if he’d have another refill, and he said,

“Thanks, no. It gets you trouble.”

“Gets you fun first,” she said archly. He said,

“Let’s focus while I still know my name and occupation. Describe the stolen jewels.”

“Emeralds. My second-hand emeralds.”

“Why second hand?”

“They were Cindy Sharp’s, Adams’ first wife. He’s such a stinker she wouldn’t take anything from him, not even his name.”

The second Mrs. Adams patted away a yawn and stood, quick and liquid.

Fish watched her go to the bar for a short one.

She then came hack to stand at the end of the chaise, her lips apart and moist from her drink.

She knelt with one knee on the chaise, looked at him through half-closed eyes.

“Fish, I’m scared.”

“Of what?”

He made room for her.

Plenty of room, thinking a smart man would get up and leave, but who wants to be that smart?

“Of what, you say.”

“Of what?.”

“Don’t know.”

She leaned toward him, her mouth sulky, green eyes up to no good whatever, gave him a little push that sent his shoulders against the backrest, and then smoothly nestled into his arms.

He tried to kiss her, but she turned her head.

Her soot-black hair was harsh against his mouth.

Harsh and dead.

“No, Fish, just hold me like I was a little girl who bumped her head or something.”

“That,” he said, “draws pretty heavily upon the imagination.”

It struck her funny.

She pushed up from him, laughing.

He made his second try good, and her kiss was warm and searching and distinctly favored with sloe berries.

She sat up suddenly, her head tipped, listening.

“Was that a car in the drive?”

He considered her pleasantly through half-closed eyes and shaped his numb lips into a smile.

“I wouldn’t know. I have an absolutely one-track mind.”

Upstairs, a door closed.

Neat footsteps tracked across the ceiling ©f the social room. She twisted to face him, her eyes shiny with alarm.

“Dammit, get that stuff off your mouth, quick. Here, let me—”

She was over him instantly, and she jerked out something that had worked its way to the top of Fish’s coat pocket. Something she might have supposed to be a handkerchief but which blossomed into blue tissue paper pan- ties. She stood slowly, her puzzled stare on the crazy thing in her hand.

“You and your one-track mind!” Charlotte said under her breath. She dropped the panties into his lap and flew to the door. T he neat footsteps were ®n the basement stairs. Fish scrubbed at his mouth with his handkerchief, wadded that and the panties out of sight, came to his feet as the door opened. Charlotte Adams was between him and the small man with the sleek gray temples and lipless mouth—a man all edges and taut drawn wire—but for all her quickness she wasn’t quick enough to puD much wool over those colorless eyes. Fish was first aware of suspicion  and then pain on the doctor’s face. Then nothing—it was just a face, a tight cork in a bottle of seething emotion. Charlotte was really pouring it on. Her double darling, she called the doctor.

“You’re late, double darling.”

“Late?” It was a dry snap of sound. Dr. Adams kissed his wife absently and then put her aside like a piece of bric-a-brac won at a carnival. His eyes sought Fish’s and clashed with them.

“I don’t believe I know you, sir.”

“Oh, I’m sorry!” Charlotte was prettily dismayed.

“It’s Mr. Fish, darling. He’s a private detective, and it’s about the robbery.” The double Adams made it apparent he did not intend to shake hands.

“I am not aware that I hired a private investigator,” he said in his neat, dry manner.

“You entered a claim on a Great Lakes Indemnity policy,” Fish explained, not smiling.

“Automatically, it’s my baby.” Charlotte looked from one to the other like a gamin expecting a street brawl. The doctor touched a button beneath the switch-plate at the side of the door. He drew in his mouth, pulled down neat gray brows, and continued his study of Fish.

“I see. Then if it is automatic, as you say, and therefore unavoidable, may I suggest you conduct your investigation elsewhere? It should be fairly apparent the jewels are not around here, otherwise I should not have filed the claim.” Fish nodded agreeably.

“But I do need a complete description of the missing articles for the records.”

“That you may acquire from the police,” said Dr. Adams as the butler appeared in the door.

“Good afternoon, Instead of immediately returning to his car after he had been brushed off the veranda, Fish sauntered around the side of the house and toward the g a r a g e—a three-car, white-painted building with a half story above for the chauffeur’s quarters. He sidled between the doctor’s business coupe and a black town sedan to reach the stairway that led to the floor above. He could hear water running through a pipe and somebody whistling The Battle Hymn of the Republic. The door at the head of the stairs was unlocked, and Fish entered a large, very warm room with four dormer windows, pleasantly furnished for both living and sleeping. The somebody was taking a shower beyond a white enameled door at the north end. There were dark gray breeches, a blue shirt, underwear and socks piled on a chair, and black leather shoes and puttees were heaped on the floor beneath. An old radio gave forth with a soap opera on an end table beside a comfortable lounge chair. Fish went to the chair where the clothes were piled. Arnie’s gun was a recognizable lump in the breeches pocket. He pushed all the clothing to the floor, sat down, and lighted a cigarette. The water continued to splash in the bath, Arnie kept whistling, and the bickering couple on the radio were working into a dramatic interlude that would doubtless culminate in a com-  mercial. The woman sounded a lot like Charlotte Adams, which shows what a kiss can do in the way of stimulating the imagination. Fish listened. She: “But darling, I never saw the man before.” He:

“Well, you didn’t have to receive him in that—that indecent costume.” She: (a purring laugh) “Who gave me this indecent costume and said the silly melted watches reminded him of how much time he’d wasted?” Fish got up, jolting ashes from his cigarette, and went to the radio. He turned the station selector, but Charlotte Adams’ voice came through anyway:

“So maybe I am a little drunk, Charlie Charlie. You don’t know what I’ve gone through. You don’t \now what it’s like to kill & ™an even if it is some ol’ burglar.” Charlie Charlie remained silent. She: (coaxingly)

“You’re staying home tonight?” He:

“I’m going back to hospital right now.”

“Well, the hell with you.” There was no commercial. A smile tugged at the corner of Fish’s mouth as he returned to the chair and sat down. The shower had stopped running. The whistler had become a singer, still to the tune of The Battle Hymn Of The Republic.

“Oh, she stepped into the water and it came up to her knees. Oh, she stepped into the —Well, I’ll be damned, look who’s here!” Fish looked over his right shoulder at the pinhead man in the bathroom door.

Arnie was wearing an old pair of scuffs and a white terrydoth robe that exposed kinky black hair on his broad, flat chest.

“Hi,” Fish said cheerfully, the bourbon still with him.

“You missed an exciting episode of Charlie’s Other Wife.”

Arnie stared without comprehension for a moment, then took gliding steps to the radio and turned it off. He picked up a cigarette which he didn’t light and stared at Fish as though wondering what ought to be done with him.

“Can’t Dr. Adams turn off that mike in the house?” Fish asked. Arnie nodded.

“He must’ve forgot. Your car gave him the ants.”

“Papa’s little tattle-tale,” Fish said and smiled widely.

“That’s what you are, Arnie.” The chauffeur’s delicate yet cruel face remained puzzled.

“Did you know the first Mrs. Adams was in Red Bailey’s room before you joined us?”

“No.” Arnie sat down slowly on the arm of the chair.

“What did you expect to find?”

“I pick up what I can where I can,” Arnie admitted frankly. He lighted his cigarette. His cheeks hollowed and his black eyes squinted.

“Like what would you pay me I don’t tell Doc what you and little Charlotte was up to?” Fish appeared surprised. Then,

“Well, that’s only business, with the sweet setup you’ve got here. What does the other guy pay?”

“A—” Arnie broke off and stood angrily.

“What other guy?”

Fish dropped his cigarette into an ash tray, tipped back in the chair, and regarded the chauffeur with thinly veiled amusement.

“You’re blackmailing Charlotte, aren’t you? But she’s not too well heeled. You think there’s something not kosher about the robbery-kitting last night, and you’re trying to latch onto something that’ll let you get your hooks into the doctor, who seems to have plenty of lettuce. You’re not only built like a tick; you’ve got some of a tick’s parasitic attributes.”

Arnie muttered a curse, turned, went to the chest of drawers, and began to lay out clean linen.

“You know what I said I’d do if I caught you snooping around here?” Fish stiffened slightly in the chair as Arnie swung around with a Colt .45 in his fist.

The chauffeur grinned around his cigarette and glided his scuffs across the room.

He didn’t seem too sure of his marksmanship.

“I got two of them. A mama size and a papa size. This is papa.”

He shoved the Colt into Fish’s face.

“Papa don’t allow no peeping ’round this house.”

A dry scuff of sound came in through an open window.

Footsteps on the crushed stone drive.

Arnie said,

“And don’t think Doc won’t back me up. I worked for him twelve years and what I say goes around here.”

Arnie had a sobering point there.

The doctor’s footsteps were plainly audible in the garage below.

Fish slid down a little in the chair and tried not to look as though he intended to kick Arnie’s right kneecap off.

Arnie, telepathic, stepped back so hurriedly that he left one dirty white scuff on the floor like a footprint.

He laughed uneasily and flicked a glance toward the door at the head of the steps.

“Caught a snooper, Doc.” Dr. Adams walked stiffly into the room and approached Fish’s chair. The emotionless face of the doctor wore a grayish pallor. Wrinkles like hair- cracks in plaster crossed his Hpless mouth. All of the steel springs within him were wound tight.

“I think, Arnie,” the doctor said, “your choice of weapons rather flatters the man.”

And he hit Fish in the side of the face with a small fist, rocking the thin man in the chair, and then stepped back as though startled by his own temerity.

Fish stood tall and lathlike, the color spreading across his face, his long hands open at his sides.

The doctor pointed to the door with a quivering finger, and whatever neat little speech he had prepared was choked up within him by his fury.

Fish nodded.

“I can take a hint. Just one word of advice: Watch Arnie. He’s trying to put the hooks in you.”

Fish moved without haste through the door, down the steps, and out of the garage. T

he sun was lowering, copperish through the haze, and the big white house was clutched in gnarled fingers of shadow cast by the dead elms.

Fish regained his car, drove into the street and north to turn around at the next driveway and park  within a few hundred feet of the Adams gate.

He waited, his tongue exploring the cut inside his cheek.

Perhaps five minutes passed before the doctor’s gray coupe came barreling out of the crushed stone drive to make a screaming turn to the south.

Fish tramped his accelerator and chased the coupe as far as 30th Street, the crosstown artery.

At this point he was close enough to recognize the driver as Arnie—not the double Adams.

It was about what he had expected.

A jealous husband behaving according to pattern.

It was 4:30 p.m. when Fish entered his rooms at the apartment-hotel.

He went down to the phone and made an effort to trace down Red Bailey’s antecedents through the editorial offices of the local papers. It was not until he got around to the Times that he found a sob sister who was working on a supplement feature on local habitual criminals and how they got that way.

Red Bailey had been left an orphan at an early age, his father a Southern Indiana coal miner, his mother one Mary Agnes Sullivan born in Ireland.

Fish expressed thanks, hung up, went into the bedroom where he stripped to his shorts and stretched himself out on the bed.

He slept soundly until Gordo Nash telephoned.

CHAPTER FOUR

Dusk deepened along 34th Street as Jane Williams opened a card table in the bay window of her second story flat in the red brick building next to the drugstore on the corner. She then spread a gay print cloth and set out table service for two. Fish watched her from the opposite side of the street where he’d parked his rental car in front of a convenient tavern. He watched her because it gave him pleasure and because he couldn’t possibly watch Blake Speer. Blake lived in a room over the drugstore, and if he came down to the street, he would have to emerge at the door next to the last show window of this side of the drugstore building. Gordo Nash had said on the phone,

“You want to pick it up here. Subject came home about an hour ago with a blonde doll who works at Quinlan Motors.” So Fish had met Gordo Nash at the tavern. It had been an uneventful day for the latter. Subject had done nothing even faintly suspicious, unless selling a beat-up roadster with an orchid paint job could be so construed. Later, the subject had made a quick trip to Dr. Adams’ office downtown. As soon as Blake had entered the consultation room, Gordo Nash had approached the office nurse to learn from her that Blake was a regular patient of the doctor’s.

“He’s regular, maybe,” Fish had said to Gordo, “but I’m not too sure about the patient part of it. Think you can find out what ails Blake, if anything?”

Which was a large order, doctors being close-mouthed as they are, but Gordo promised to have a go at it first thing in the morning.

Fish lighted a cigarette from a glowing butt and watched Jamie place a bouquet of blue flowers in the center of the table.

In a sheer floral print dress and a frilly white apron, she was something to look at.

Some article on the table required straightening. Jamie straightened it, playing house so earnestly it put a lump in your throat.

Because Blake Speer wasn’t worth this.

Maybe nobody was.

Fish tried to understand Jamie and how it was with her.

Between her and Blake there was youth- and proximity at home., and at work.

Either she’d found him the room or the job.

There would be pity, too, on Jamie’s side, and maybe something of the reformist as in so many women—an urge to take the hard rough clod, moisten it with kindness, and then remold it.

And if she had faith in him, if Blake lied well enough, she’d have provided his alibi to help him avoid persecution from the police.

Jamie, Fish thought, was a very nice thing to happen to anyone. And then he was telling himself that he really knew nothing about her. She was two-dimensional, a doll he’d cut out of paper when in the mood for cutting out dolls.

He’d fashioned her to a pattern—no party girl, not sophisticated, but somebody who would be nice to talk to at the end of a day when a skip had eluded him or a divorce plant had blown up in his face. Fish’s attention shifted to the door at the side of the drugstore building where Blake Speer appeared wearing a gray-green slack suit. His face was scrubbed pink, his pink-blond hair wetted down. The boy look was there.

And the brute look too. After a furtive glance in either direction, he stepped to the curb, waited for a break in traffic, and then jaywalked directly toward Fish’s car. Now what the hell, Fish wondered.

“Hi-yah, Fish, ol’ pal!” Blake dropped a heavy hand on Fish’s arm.

“Jamie’s having me over for dinner.” So rub it in, Fish thought. He didn’t say anything.

“I got to thinking, as long as you’re hanging around, whyn’t you up and eat with me and Jamie?”

“No thanks,” Fish said stiffly. He withdrew his arm from the sill.

“I’m a busy man, Blake. I’ve got to find somebody to take thirty grand reward off my hands for the return of the Adams jewels.”

“Sorry I can’t help you there, Fish,” Blake said. But his grin was sly and it made you wonder. It was, Fish thought, intended to make you wonder. He watched Blake return to the other side of the street and enter the building where Jamie lived. Then Fish switched on the ignition and kicked angrily at the starter. To tell with a caper where the suspicious characters dressed up in pretty halos while the so-called nice people behaved like thieves at a picnic. When he traded early dark for the small hushed lobby of his apartment- hotel, Fish was beckoned to the desk by Benny, the night clerk. There was a telegram, and as Benny handed over the buff envelope, he added,

“And a Mr. Ashley to see you. He’s in the taproom with a lady.” 

“Ashley,” Fish repeated absently. He knew no Ashley. Fish ripped the envelope. The enclosed wire from Col. Blake in Chicago was not coded. CHARLES JEWELS RECOVERED HERE. DROP INVESTIGATION Which was a fine thing, actually, Fish thought. If he could drop it. If murder was something you could just walk away from, this was a fine thing. He drummed lightly on the desk.

“This Ashley now—he wouldn’t be wearing a white gardenia so I’d know him, perchance?” Benny laughed.

“He is wearing a platinum blonde in a picture hat, and you’ve heard that old one about boys seldom make passes at girls who wear glasses ? She’ll give you a new slant on that.” M organ nodded his thanks, sauntered to the door, and entered the small, quiet taproom where dim lighting provided a sense of seclusion. He had no trouble at all spotting Cindy Sharp at one of the small tables. The ex-Mrs. Adams was wearing a big black hat and a frock with a black chiffon bodice. The man she was with had straight, light brown hair that grew in a cute drake’s tail at the nape of his neck. He was wearing a light gray tropic worsted suit. Fish approached the table, and Ashley looked up out of eyes the color of strong tea. He had a thin, straight nose, full lips, and one of those chins that don’t go anywhere. He stood when Fish addressed him, put out a hand that proved remarkably strong. He then introduced Cindy Sharp, who smiled and said how-do-you-do as though they had never met.

“I’d like a word with you in private, Mr. Fish,” Ashley said hastily as Fish reached for an unoccupied chair.

“That is, if Miss Sharp will excuse us.” Fish smiled down at the glowing oval of face, into the clear eyes that regarded him calmly.

“What made you think Red Bailey was murdered?” He pushed that at her quietly just to see what she would do with it. And she didn’t do anything. Her face remained perfectly composed.

“That was a slip of the tongue, Mr. Fish.”

“I see,” he said and thought it must be gratifying to slip in the right direction. He wished he’d made such a slip earlier in the game. He turned to find that Ashley had led off a good ten feet from the table and now waited impatiently, his frown disapproving. It was with the same frown that he glanced” about Fish’s living room some seconds later. Maybe he didn’t go for old red mahogany and the serviceable Italian tapestries in which the furniture was upholstered. At Fish’s invitation he sat down as though he had eggs in his pockets. He seemed unconscious of the chin deficiency and kept a hand over the-lower part of his face while he talked.

“I’ve entered into something of a Galahad venture,” he announced, shaking his head at the cigarettes Fish proffered. Black’ Mask Detective Magazine

“All right. Sir—” Galahad was so obviously on the tip of Fish’s tongue that Ashley gave him a penetrating look out of yellowish eyes and then returned to picking at a loose thread in the tapestry that cov ered the arm of the chair.

“I believe in the direct approach,” he said as Fish dumped his lean body into a chair on the opposite side of the small room.

“The lady you met downstairs is being victimized by blackmailers. She has in the past committed certain—er, indiscretions, so to speak. There arc letters and photographs which she is most anxious to regain. Inasmuch as she is soon to make what I believe is called ‘a fortunate marriage’ into one of the fine old families, these blackguards have a real club over her. Do I make myself clear?”

“Yeah, you do,” Fish said unpleasantly.

“Since 1 hear the same story on an average of once a week, I’d probably understand if you spoke only Japanese. You want me to establish contact with these people, pay them their bloodmoney, and get back the evidence.” • The thread Ashley had been working on broke with a distinct pop, and he rolled it into a tiny ball with a nervous thumb and forefinger.

“The contact has been established. I have the money with me.” He reached into the inner pocket of his coat and drew out three inches of ma- nila envelope.

“I am to meet these blackmailers in—” Ashley glanced at his watch—

“one hour from now at an established point along the Collings Road. Frankly, the whole thing makes me a bit nervous. I am willing to pay you a fee to accompany me, though I have specific instructions to come alone.” He spread his lips in a hopeful smile.

“Though you might crouch down on the floor of the rear compartment. Do you carry a gun, by the way?” Fish shook his head.

“I can if I have to.”

“No, I’m sure it won’t be necessary,” Ashley said slowly.

“They’d hardly attempt to kill the goose that lays the golden egg.” Fish offered no assurance. He took a long drag on his cigarette and looked at the ceiling. He wanted a drink. He wanted the good clean taste of bourbon in his mouth. But he was not sharing good whiskey with the likes of Mr. Ashley.

“What is your fee for this sort of thing?” Ashley asked.

“You mean, what is my fee, period. The job doesn’t determine the rate. Thirty-five dollars a day or any part of a day. An hour is a part of a day, and if that’s too steep for you, that’ll be fine because I’d a whole lot rather go to bed.” Ashley waved thirty-five dollars aside as a mere nothing and took out his wallet. The bills he extended fluttered like aspen leaves in his nervous hand.

“I’ll go right down and see Miss Sharp into a cab,” he said as he went to the door.

“If you will meet me in front of the hotel in five minutes, we’ll get this over. That is—” Little pinpricks of sweat broke out on Ashley’s rather flat forehead. His laugh quavered.

“Well, in five’ minutes, then?”  Fish nodded. As he closed the door, the phone started to ring. He crossed to the writing desk, picked up the handset. Blake Speer’s voice, plainly agitated, came from the receiver.

“Where in the hell are you, Fish? I mean, what happened to you?”

“I’m in the hospital and I got run over by a truck,” Fish said nastily.

“Now wait, Fish. Easy does it. I just got the idea maybe I can help you get rid of that thirty thou after all.”

“You mean you know where the Adams jewels are?”

“Fish, that’s just what I mean.” Blake chuckled.

“Took the words right out of my mouth.”

“Well, so do I,” Fish said,

“and you haven’t got them.” He slammed the phone onto its standard, turned, went toward the bedroom. He got out of his suitcoat and went to the closet. He took down his gun in its harness.

CHAPTER FIVE

When they had crossed the old covered bridge and turned left on Col- lings Road, Ashley had told Fish he’d better get down on the floor back there. So now he sat out of casual sight on the rough carpet, his back to the door, his lean arms lashed about flexed knees, and gave himself up to the erratic movement of Ashley’s sedan which would slow almost to a stop and spurt forward again.

“What in the hell are you trying to do?” Fish complained. Ashley laughed uneasily.

“I’m looking for a mail box with the name ‘Happy Hollow’ printed on it.” He kept looking, and after three more slow-downs and spurts, he braked to a stop and turned off his lights. The darkness was absolute. Ashley got out. Fish counted two steps on gravel before Ashley’s feet found the soft grassy shoulder. Fish was to wait five minutes. If Ashley didn’t return to the car by that time, Fish was supposed to find a path that led down to a cabin on the creek bank. He was supposed to do this in very high grade darkness and in spite of an aversion to snakes that amounted almost to terror. It was a screwy setup. It went well with the Adams caper—so well that the two might have been connected by an umbilical cord. He sat there on the floor of the car with his knees under his chin and listened to the distant gurgle of the creek, the chirp of katydids, and the serenade of an errant mosquito. He waited. He thought five minutes had passed. He waited a little longer to make sure. Then he slid his hand down inside his coat and brought out the gun. He got over onto his knees, fumbled the door latch, turned it—and what in this gadget-ridden old world should appear but Fish himself fully illuminated by the dome light that came on automatically when the door opened. As he got from the car he must have made a fine target for somebody waiting hard by the right rear fender, because the blow to the head was clean and quick, and he had no sensation at all of meeting the ground. . .. 

“No lump.” Two, Fish thought. I always take two in my coffee.

“Stewed, huh?”

“The hell! Come on, Fish, quit stalling.” He was being shaken, not gently. Then slapped. He opened his eyes in the glare of an electric torch. His eyes closed again on the distinct impression that he was in a forest of trouser legs. He tried to think, to put trousered legs and the sensation of rapid rotation with the odors of dust, new- cut hay, and strong whiskey. He tried to tie all that into a package and decide where he was. On a merry-go-round in a hayfield and there was standing room only, and who had the bourbon? It was not at all reasonable.

“Who has the bourbon?” he asked plaintively. He opened his eyes and sat up. The dust was beneath him; it pushed up through splayed fingers of the hands that helped support him.

“You, fella. You had it, quite a lot.” Fish looked into the round robust face of one Leon Proust of the sheriff’s office, whose toothy smile always recalled the front end of a Buick.

“And conversely,” Fish said,

“the front end of a Buick always reminds me of Leon Proust. What hit me, Leon?” The county cop pulled his lips over his teeth as best he could and tried to look grim. He was moderately successful.

“I’m not sure you were hit. The load you’re carrying, maybe you passed out.”

“I was hit,” Fish insisted.

“With a head like mine you can’t argue.”

“With no lump you can argue. Maybe you came out of the bull-rushes into the path of that first car and pulled a phoney joe. Maybe you thought the driver would be able to identify you. Or something.” Fish realized he did have the bourbon. But outside, all over his suit- coat. He reeked like a weekend about to be lost. He had a head, though, like Monday morning, and if there was no lump he supposed you could argue. Now arms that were conceivably connected with the trousered legs hauled him to his feet. About him the dark was shot through with vagrant lights. There were cars stretching back along the side of the road. There were strange, hostile faces gaping at him. Leon Proust patted Fish and came up with a gun. Proust sniffed at the muzzle. His grunt was all satisfaction. Fish said,

“Uh huh,” wisely. In front of him, along the shoulder, there was a concentration of small lights. There the dust-covered ragweed had been swirled and trampled. There white coats gleamed, the backs in them bowed over somebody.

“Ashley?” Fish wondered. Leon Proust said,

“Ashley, he calls him. A good friend of yours, huh? First names yet.”

“Mr. Ashley, then.” Proust grunted.

“Slow recovery after a fumble.”

“Dead?”

“Sure, dead. Let him stand, Martin.” And Fish stood alone, swaying.

“How many, Leon?” 24 

“One. How many more does it take in the head?” Proust was unfriendly, sore about something. About Ashley, probably. Dead, Ashley became quite a bother. Proust said,

“You tell us, handsome. What were you and Quinlan doing out here?”

“Quinlan?” Fish repeated dazedly. But it had started to hitch. Blake Speer, Quinlan Motors.

“Ashley Quinlan. Who else did you bump tonight?” All along the line, it had started to hitch like freight cars shunted onto a siding. Fish licked dust off his dry lips.

“Sure, Leon, I’ll tell you.” Proust nodded.

“Downtown you can tell me.” S o downtown it was, in the county bastile across from the police building, in a room with buff walls and a high ceiling. With Proust and a bright young man from the prosecutor’s office, with a male stenographer who stood by and gouged up dandruff with the blunt end of his pencil. The only friendly face in the room was on the clock, and it said xo :o8. Fish tipped back in a chair and sent both hands after cigarettes.

“Later.” Proust shook his head.

“First you talk.” So he told them, beginning with Ashley Quinlan who had palmed himself off as Mr. Ashley. Then he spoke of Cindy Sharp who wanted some letters back from a blackmailer. He told it as straight as he had it, and he knew what it sounded like.

“Crap,” Proust described it, showing his teeth. He seemed surprised when Fish nodded agreement.

“But it’ll check. With Benny, the night clerk. With Cindy Sharp.” Proust reached lazily for the phone book.

“This Cindy Sharp—”

“I don’t know her number,” Fish said.

“But she’s North Side.” Proust scowled into pages of Sharps and came up with,

“Cindy A. on North Delaware?” Fish said it could be. He stood and stretched. His head was still thumping. The world’s largest head, thumping all over. He worked his lips into a smile for Mr. Proust.

“You furnish transportation to my humble abode?” Fish asked. Proust grunted.

“Where you bed down tonight, you can walk.” He moved to the door, opened it, and bawled out to somebody,

“Hey, Ollie, show Fish the bridal suite.” So he went to the bridal suite, not without protest, and the bride on the top shelf had grizzled beard stubble, a snore like a file on tool steel, and stank of Old Stump Water. Fish like many a man before him, shook the bars of the cage and shouted after the turnkey.

“Get me Mark Talbot, damnit! Sergeant Talbot.” Which neither impressed nor deterred this man Ollie. When his shadow had vanished along the corridor, Fish went to the lower bunk and sat on the edge of it. He listened to the night sounds of the jail—the snores, the nightmare mumblings, the restless shuffle of feet pacing the short distances. He sat without moving for what  seemed at least half the night before the turnkey and Leon Proust reappeared at the cell door.

“No, don’t get up,” Proust said thoughtfully. He showed his teeth in a Buick smile.

“I got news for you, Jehn.” OUie unlocked the cell and Proust Game in.

“This good-looker named Sharp, says you’re a liar,” Proust began pleasantly.

“There are no letters, no photographs, and she isn’t being black mailed, As to her getting married to a man of means, she tried that once and was cured. She’s earning her. keep with her own itty bitty hands designing goofy women’s hats, or goofy hats for women, whichever you prefer. Though she’s known Ashley Quinlan for a long time—a friend of her ex-husband—last night was her first date with him, and never again.”

“Well,, that’s reasonable,” Fish said calmly,

“unless she goes to his funeral.” He took a cigarette from the pack Proust offered, then a light. “What about Benny?”

“The night clerk?” Proust nodded.

“That checks. A Mr. Ashley, Benny says, not Quinlan. Also, something you didn’t think of.”

“What didn’t I think of?”

“The manila envelope in Ashley Quinlan’s inside coat pocket.” Proust dusted ash into the lavatory behind him.

“Contained some pieces of newspaper.” Fish nodded, his mouth down at the corners.

“So I was had again. Now either book me or let me out of this roachtrap.” Proust was offended.

“This is the 26 cleanest county jail in the state of Indiana. And we’ll book you for drunk and disorderly, if we have to. Or you can tell us the truth.” Fish said,

“I’ll talk to Talbot. I’ll talk to no damned county cop with a face like the front end of a Buick.” Proust smiled his smile and went back to the grilled door..

“Then we’ll book you, John, Nightie-night.” Morning was eightish, a gray morning with Proust back and with him Mark Talbot. Old Mark, the good gray monk of Safe-and-Loft, his face sober, with a chuckle unborn and kicking back of his belly.

“Oh, but it’s funny,” Fish said acidly. He stood without caution and bumped his fine large head on the bunk above and cursed horribly. Old Stump Water snored on peacefully, and Fish wondered if the sot had taken the top berth to avoid snakes. Talbot said,

“I heard yoa’d found lodgings over here for the night.” Fish stepped into his oxfords and went out into the corridor whh his laces flopping.

“Sober, are you?” Proust asked considerately.

“Nuts! Ask Talbot.” Talbot nodded.

“You were bopped, all right. They found what you were bopped with.”

“Tell Proust,” Fish said.

“I know I was bopped.”

“With a woman’s stocking,” Talbot said.

“Oh?” Proust opened the door of the tall room with the buff walls. He waved them into it.

“What was in the stocking? Not the usual thing.” 

“A block of yellow laundry soap,” Talbot explained.

“They found it in the stocking in the weeds along Col- lings Road. Hence, no lump. But two dents in the soap. Twice he was bopped.” Fish said,

“The hell. Once was enough.” He folded down onto a chair, stooped to tie his shoelaces.

“Two dents anyway,” Talbot said. One for me, Fish thought, and one for Arnie. Arnie, too, had been bopped lumpless. He said,

“Get bloodhounds and cherchez la femme.” He straightened, his face flushed, his head spinning. Talbot said,

“No femme ever wore these. Nothing but laundry soap.”

“These?” Proust asked.

“You found the mate to the stocking?”

“New and unused,” Talbot replied, nodding his gray head.

“In Ashley Quinlan’s bachelor apartment. Now,” he turned to Fish,

“why would Quinlan want you dead?” I T was very keen of old Mark, Fish thought. He said,

“Because I knew Quinlan had the Adams jewels.” It was not even a guess. It was something to cast in Proust’s direction, and if Proust sank his teeth in it he’d be occupied for a while. Talbot asked,

“Brown hair, yellowish eyes, no chin?”

“Ashley Quinlan to a T.” Talbot looked pleased.

“We got that description from Chicago where they found the Adams jewels in a pawn shop.”

“Wait.” That was Proust proving difficult. He frowned at Fish.

“Ashley wanted you killed?” he queried.

“Uh huh. He bopped me, soaked me in whiskey. And if I was found on the bank of the creek with my face in the water, who was to say I hadn’t gone on a tear and fallen into the drink ? Hence the lumpless bop, do you see?”

“What was this song-and-dance about Cindy Sharp and some letters?” Fish said,

“You named it—song- and-dance. Quinlan brought in the woman as window dressing to make the blackmail story sound convincing. I thought at the time I was walking into something, but I zigged when I should have zagged.” Proust wondered,

“What would a successful dealer in cars want with the Adams jewels? And who killed Quinlan if you didn’t?” Fish shrugged.

“That’s not my worry, lucky me.” He stood and glanced from Proust to the door. Proust hesitated only a^ moment.

“You sign a receipt for your pocket trinkets, John, and you can go.” He added an unpleasant note,

“For now.” Fish sighed, picked up his stuff, and left the jail with Mark Talbot. They stood for a moment on the sidewalk on the west side of Alabama Street, and Fish said thanks.

“I told you Blake Speer didn’t swipe the Adams jewels, didn’t I?” Talbot reminded Fish.

“Did I say that he did?” Fish’s eyes were very black, very shiny.

“Now you’ve got Red Bailey and Ashley Quinlan, both of them dead. And you still haven’t got anybody who can open 2 safe by the punch method.” He  nodded so-long to Mark Talbot and sauntered off up the street. Fish picked up a cab on East Washington Street, told the driver to go out North Meridian to Quinlan Motors. He lighted a cigarette, settled back, and thought that now, finally, he was going to talk to Jamie. He wondered if she was at all like the girl he had imagined she was. Probably not. Probably no girl was. You get to dreaming, alone in the dark, just you and a cigarette and the thin dregs in your glass. For that reason he rather dreaded a meeting with Jamie. That was one of the reasons. The cab braked suddenly, boosting Fish forward from the cushions. He looked out at Quinlan’s polished glass front. He paid off the hack, got out, and then he saw Jamie again. Just a glimpse of her as she ran toward the bus stop lugging a suitcase and holding a blue hat on the back of her head. He shouted at her, started to run. But the bus was there, and he noticed in that instant before the pneumatic doors swallowed her, the hurt look about her sweet mouth, as though she were choking back tears. He stopped running, watched the bus roll out into traffic. Then he turned back and entered Quinlan’s salesroom. Three personality boys were huddled in front of a nifty sports job, maybe talking about the sudden demise of the boss. Fish approached the group briskly with the name of Blake Spin- dell on his lips.

“Not here.”

“Didn’t come in this morning.”

“Anything I can do for you, sir?” The personality boys in a chorus, but Fish had already turned back to the door. Now out on the sidewalk, he dropped his cigarette into the gutter, took his life in his hands as he jaywalked Meridian to get to the U-Drive- It garage. There he picked up a rental, drove north to 34th Street and across to park in front of the tavern where he had parked on the night before. He crossed to the drugstore building, went up the steps two at a time into a dingy hall where he peered at cards on doors until he found Blake Speer’s. He knocked. The door was immediately opened by Mark Talbot looking haggard and gray.

“A meeting of great minds—” Fish began, but his eyes followed the wave of Talbot’s puffy hand. There was Blake Spindcll. On the rug. Wearing pajama bottoms. Also wearing the horn handle of a knife right of the sternum and between, say, the fifth and sixth ribs. He had been dead some time. Fish stepped over the threshold, got his eyes off Blake Speer, spotted the phone. Fish elbowed Talbot and pointed.

“Jamie.”

“What?”

“Miss Williams. Hop to it, Mark. I saw her with a suitcase heading downtown on a bus. Going bye-bye in a hurry.” Teilhgt tramped heavily to the phone. While he was dialing, Fish took a deep breath that brought the lingering fragrance of flowers to his nostrils. Perfume. Something light, not too cloying. He was no good on perfume. 

“Radio dispatcher,” Talbot said into the phone, looking sadly at Fish. In the brief interval of waiting, the old man said,

“You stay out of murder, John. Do you hear?”

“Oh, sure,” Fish said. But it was hard to stay out after you’d once been dragged in, first as a corpse that didn’t quite make the grade, and then as a fall guy. T he police picked up Jamie within five minutes after Talbot’s call. They caught her at the Union Bus Terminal as she was buying a ticket for Rising Sun, Indiana, where her parents lived. Fish got her story third-handedly from Talbot who, in turn, had talked with somebody on Homicide. Jamie and Blake had quarreled the previous evening. It seemed there was a roll of bills—a much larger roll than Blake ought to have had. Jamie had asked questions. The alibi she had provided him, on the Adams caper, was a lie. But she had lied gladly, believing in him until she caught sight . of this roll he was carrying. She had then accused him of deceiving her, of having a hand in the Adams job. That had led to the quarrel. This morning she had decided to quit her job and go home to Rising Sun, Indiana. But there were other things. There was Jamie’s perfume lingering around Blake’s room. Her favorite scent. There was the knife from her kitchen, and while she explained he had borrowed it to cut a cake she had made for him, that, Homicide thought, sounded rather pat. It did not look well for Jamie. Talbot, heavy-hearted, thought that it didn’t look well at all. Fish left police headquarters and walked toward Washington Street. He tried not to think about Jamie threading her lonely way across no-man’s land mined with all the booby traps the Homicide boys could devise. He stepped into the first drugstore he came to, went back to the phone booth, and called the Adams residence. After the usual to-do with the butler, Fish got Charlotte Adams on the wire.

“Still scared, honey?” he asked her.

“Honey, I am. I need a good detective bad, honey.” She had been at the gin already this morning. You could almost smell sloe berries through the telephone.

“This evening?” he suggested.

“Uh huh.” Charlotte, very agreeable.

“But not here, Fish. Anywhere you say, but not here.”

“How about my place?” he wondered.

“The Marion. Suite four-twelve, say eightish.”

“Eightish.” He said,

“You’d better repeat that address. I’d hate to have you wandering around looking. Especially looking the way that you look.” Her purring laugh.

“Sweet boy! The Marion. Suite four-twelve.”

“Roger.” He hung up. He was certain now that Charlotte didn’t know that the Adams house was wired for sound. After that he haunted the secondhand record shops until he found a disk of Paper Doll. Then he took a taxi out to Gordo Nash’s bungalow because he needed to borrow a gun; his own Black Mask Datcctive Magazine was still at the sheriffs office fer obvious reasons. He found Gordo in the back yard raking crabgrass out of his lawn. He was a tall gaunt man in his sixties with a deeply lined face and disillusioned blue eyes. He leaned on his rake and explained that he’d been downtown that morning trying to persuade Dr Adams’ office nurse to let him have a peek at Blake SpindeU’s medical record.

“No soap, huh?” Fish said. “Not a chip. Then I tried the general practitioner who sent Blake to Dr. Adams, and no soap there either. They got ethics, these medics. Just like you and me,” and Gordo winked. “You’ve established Blake as a regular patient, though. That’s something. And I know one thing that was wrong with him physically.”

“What’s that?” Gordo Nash wondered.

“Dextrocardia.” It meant nothing to Gordo.

“Do you die of it?”

“Not generally. But Blake managed to.” Fish looked toward the back door of the little white house where Mrs. Gordo Nash was calling them both into lunch. And it suddenly occurred to Fish just how hungry he was. It was three o’clock before Fish got back to his apartment-hotel with the borrowed gun in his under-arm sling. He picked up his mail at the desk, and among other things was a six-by-eight envelope labeled Photographs—Do Not Fold. In his rooms, he put the secondhand disk of Paper Doll down on radio-phonograph console, dumped his mail on the writing desk, took off his coat and the gun harness. Then he called Talbot to find* out if there was anything new on Jamie. There wasn’t. They still had her. Fish hung up, sat down at the desk, and opened the six-by-eight envelope. It contained a cardboard stiffener, a glossy print ©f * girl to which had been clipped a piece of note paper. On the paper was written in pencil: Believe me, this Patty Bryce is not dead! McGowan Fish smiled slightly. Great sense of humor, this McGowan. He then raised the note paper for a glimpse of this blonde. There was much to be seen of her, for she was clad in her tissue paper costume, including the paper panties. She had- a cute dimple in her chin and great, dark-shadowed eyes. The autograph read: Very sincerely yours, Patty Bryce, . Which was sweet of her, Fish thought. Especially since he’d never seen this babe anywhere before ih his life.

CHAPTER SIX

She knocked at his door at 7:50 p.m.

He opened the door, stepped back, rubbed the back of his neck, and said,

“Well, well, weH. Fooled me again.”

“Again ?”

“Well, never mind.” It was the wrong Mrs. Adams. The ex, known now as Cindy Sharp. She-was wearing lime green. Very cool. Cold even, when worn with that expression of so-slight annoyance.  She came in, and he bowed her to a chair which she sat on as though she would not stay very long.

“A drink?” he suggested, starting toward the liquor cabinet which he had freshly stocked with sloe gin for Charlotte.

“No thank you.” She looked up at him through harlequin glasses and out of aquamarine eyes, and she asked,

“Whatever possessed you to tell the police Mr. Quinlan had hired you to recover letters of mine from a blackmailer?”

“That’s what Quinlan hired me for,” he said simply.

“He was lying, of course. Have a cigarette?”

“Thank you, no.” She was furious. Beautifully furious. And she wanted nothing of him except maybe his head on a platter.

“Let’s not bicker among ourselves, Miss Sharp,” he said.

“Let’s bicker with Ashley Quinlan since he. can’t defend himself. What reason did he give you for wanting to see me?”

“Business. I presumed it was a car deal. While the man meant absolutely nothing to me, I was rather put out that he would interrupt our evening together for a stupid business transaction.” Fish sat down opposite her. She had wonderful legs. He smiled at her.

“Let’s put it this way. I’ll believe you if you believe me. And if I ever take you to dinner, I’ll drink to thee only with mine eyes.” She accepted that as her due with a very small smile.

“Why would Ashley Quinlan lie to us both?”

“He needed you as window dressing to make his story of blackmail ring true. He needed an excuse to get me out on a lonely road so he could kill

“Kill you?”

“Uh huh. Because I know too much about the Paper Doll.” He watched curiosity erase every affectation of boredom on her beautiful face. So he told her about Patty Bryce and her strip act and saw Cindy Sharp take on a strangely ecstatic smile.

“Love light of the late Mr. Bailey,” she said musingly.

“That’s rather precious.” Her laugh had a Borgia lilt in it.

“Now,” he said. He extended long legs comfortably and tipped cigarette ash into a crystal tray on the red mahogany table beside him.

“Now, once more: why did you go to Red Bailey’s?” She crossed her knees with a seductive hiss of nylon and looked away from him.

“I had met Charlotte Adams only once, but I have always wondered about her background, or utter lack of it. When this thing occurred, I began casting about wildly for something that might substantiate my woman’s intuition.” Her pale eyes returned to Fish.

“If Charlotte should turn out to be this Patty Bryce, this—uh, entertainer who had so fascinated Mr. Bailey —it would be a source of endless amusement to me. The dear Dr. Adams so prides himself on his discernment.” Maybe he was feeling charitable, but Fish was inclined to accept that. He asked,

“Whom did you phone from Bailey’s room?”

“Oh, that.” That was a mere nothing Black Mask Detective Magazir and Cindy Sharp cast it aside in a fluttering gesture.

“There was a phone number scratched on the table Top, and I called it experimentally. Some woman answered with, ‘Quinlan Motors. Miss Williams speaking.’ ” Jamie again, always around. But that got you nowhere. Bailey had been bothering Blake Speer who had worked for Quinlan.

“Were there microphones hidden about the Adams house when you lived there?” Fish asked. She nodded, watching her fingers toy with the clasp of her purse. He thought her eyes were turned in upon herself in unpleasant retrospection.

“Adams is a damnable person to live with. It’s like being in jail. And that impossible Arnie—”

“The tattle-tale.”

“Exactly.” She looked up, brightening.

“How did you find out about the microphones?” Fish asked, his eyes glinting with amusement.

“Don’t answer that if you’d rather not.” “If I told you I found one while looking under the living room sofa to see how well the maid had dusted—” She was watching his face curiously for traces of incredulity. Not finding anything of the sort nor yet any clear cut indication of belief, she laughed without embarrassment.

“I think I’d rather let you guess, Mr. Fish.”

“That’ll be fun.” His dark eyes on her, intently guessing, brought a faint flush to her cheeks. And then there was a quiet tap on his door. Charlotte, he thought and stood quickly, his finger on his lips. He crossed to Cindy.

“Charlotte,” he whispered.

“Go into the bedroom, if you’re still curious.” Cindy stood as he moved toward the foyer. She tiptoed to the bedroom. He gave her time to get out of sight before he opened the corridor door. Charlotte was there in a trim little suit of spice brown and no hat. She pouted up at him.

“Took you a while, Fish,” she said and then tipped toward him. The pout was still there and he kissed it hello and held both of her elbows in his hands. She pushed against his chest with her purse and looked into his face with those nothing-surprises-me eyes.

“My nice private policeman,” she said softly.

“Now I feel safe.”

“An insult, if I ever heard one,” he said. They both laughed, and she went gaily to the sofa to sit down on the cushion beneath which Fish had hidden Gordo Nash’s gun. That was ungood but could probably be remedied.

“A drink?” he suggested.

“But yes.” She Was stripping off gloves.

“Whatever you’re having, Fish. I feel awfully congenial tonight.” H e slipped ice cubes into Old-Fashioned glasses, fished in the cabinet for the bourbon, put down the bottle, and went to the record player.

“Soft lights and sweet music,” he explained as he pressed a button.

“And a drink, Fish,” she reminded him.

“I’m too old to suck ice cubes.” He laughed, went back to the liquor cabinet, and eased bourbon into the glasses as the phonograph began to play a piano recording of Bewitched,  Bothered, and Bewildered. He took the glasses to the sofa, handed one to ‘Charlotte.

“Uhm, Johnriy, that looks good.”

“h’s what the doctor ordered.” He stood in front of her and slightly to her right.

“Move over, will you, kitten? I’ve an old saber wound on my right ■side.” She moved quickly, without fuss

“Anything you say, Fish. What’s that word again?”

“Congenial.” He sat down over the gun. He amid readily reach it with his right hand in case they had visitors. And he thought they might have. His latch string was literally out. Charlotte fitted herself cozily into the crook of his left arm and they sipped their bourbon.

“What’s Charlie Charlie doing tonight?” he asked without too much interest.

“The hospital.” She rolled her eyes.

“So he says.” She lowered the level of her glass to the halfway mark.

“Fish, what do you think? The Deadly Double has a girl.”

“No!” That he could not believe. She nodded her moppet’s head vigorously.

“But yes. He came home last night simply reeking of perfume. Do you believe in sauce for the goose?”

“Uh huh.” With half an ear on a deft passage from Bewitched, Bothered, and Bewildered.

“Good,” she said.

“You’re congenial too, Fish. That damn Arnie. Last night he let the air out of my tires and •did something to the phone.” She tipped forward to put her glass on the coffee table and, leaning back again, she turned smoothly to come into his arms, facing him, her green eyes h’alf closed.

“Kiss me, Fish,” she whispered. He was doing that when Paper Doll came up on the record player. She broke away, clear away to the other end of the sofa in a neat quick bound and sat rigidly, panting, her eyes on him, narrow and bright.

“You—dirty—heel,” she breathed.

“You’ve known all along, haven’t.you?”

“Well—” Fish was not altogether pleased with himself—

“there were indications.”

“Such as?”

“You mugged for the news photographer. A pretty woman wouldn’t un less maybe she didn’t want to be recognized.”

“And?”

“You called Bailey an Irishman. Bailey is a Welsh name, but his mother was Irish. So you’d known him before. A photograph of Patty Bryce that I got through the mail today was slightly confusing until I remembered that small-time entertainers sometimes sell their stage names along with their acts. And—well, something had to be done.” He drank what was left of his drink, needing it.

“Because this is murder.” She threw back her head and laughed at him.

“You think you can prove that?” He put his glass down beside hers.

“I can draw a pretty good blueprint. I don’t know how you foxed Dr. Adams into marrying you, but it’s a cinch you met in Chicago and he didn’t have the slightest notion you were an ex-strip- per.” 

“I met him at a convention,” she said. “He was being very conventional and so was I. What’s that got to do with it?”

“Let’s start with Blake Speer, Bailey’s pal,” Fish said, drawing the blueprint.

“Blake was on parole. A girl named Jamie Williams was trying to make something out of him. He needed medical attention, so Jamie sent him to a general practitioner who, in turn, sent him to Dr. Adams. During one of Blake’s calls at Dr. Adams’ office, you came in to pick up some spending money, or something. Blake saw you and recognized you as the babe who used to strip at the Cocoanut Club.” She said,

“Blake stood up at our wedding.”

“You were married to Bailey?” He hadn’t known that. He watched her kick at the leg of the coffee table with the toe of a brown pump. Her face was sullen, and she didn’t reply.

“Anyway,” he went on,

“after the usual sounding-out process, Blake started to blackmail you. But Dr. Adams is the money bags, making it tough. So you went to Ashley Quinlan for help. Ashley put up the black money in exchange for—shall we say a sweet glance and a kind word?”

“You’re doing the talking,” she said.

“When Blake became more and more demanding, you and Ashley worked out a plan to get rid of Blake. Blake, not Bailey—who hadn’t come into the picture at that time. You were going to kill Blake Speer and get by with it. You must have told Blake that in order to meet his demands you’d have to sell your jewels, and to do that without exciting Dr. Adams’ suspicions you’d have to set the stage as a robbery. Blake’s part was to break open the safe, Ashley Quinlan’s to dispose pf the jewels. No risk for Blake at all, so you must have explained. No risk, except that you were going to kill him.” Fish broke off as Charlotte picked up her glass, stood, and swayed to the liquor cabinet for a reload.

“Go on, ” she said, her back to him.

“You’re very clever, I’m sure.”

“You picked night before last,” he said,

“because Dr. Adams would be in Chicago and you could arrange for all the servants to be out except Arnie, the watchdog. Ashley Quinlan took care of Arnie with a lump of soap in a stocking, then tied Arnie with the tow-line. As soon as Blake had the safe open, you were going to shoot him, then call the police. But there was a slip up.” She came back to the sofa and seemed to be having a little trouble keeping the bourbon in the glass.

“That damned red mick,” she said. Fish nodded.

“Bailey had been bothering Blake. He trailed Blake that night, right into the Adams house. He got there before the safe was open, maybe while Blake was getting the necessary tools out of the garage. Faced with Bailey, you got excited and emptied the gun in him.”

“A hell of a mess,” she said thickly. She took a quick swallow of bourbon and looked at Fish with tears in her eyes.

“All my eggs in one basket.”

“Uh huh. None left for Blake. Now you had Blake like a millstone about your neck. Up to that time he’d been getting what he could from Ashley  Quinlan, through you, including the job you got Ashley to give Blake at the garage. But this was murder and Blake knew it. Let it get out that you’d married Bailey, and it was murder in any language. Still, to save you for his own purposes, Blake went through with cracking the safe, and Ashley, for the same reason, flew the jewels to Chicago. Things began to get complicated for you.”

“Things did,” she admitted.

“Blake thought this was his chance at the big money—a chunk out of Dr. Adams’ fat bank account which the Deadly Double would be willing to pay to keep his wife out of. criminal court on a murder charge. But Blake was scared, too. He knew you and Ashley Quinlan were capable of murder. He wanted protection until he could collect from Dr. Adams. So, while fixing an alibi for himself with the police, he also acted suspicious enough around me so that I’d put an operative on him. Furnish a bodyguard for free until he got that piece of big dough from the doctor.” The record player had worked its way down to Some Enchanted Evening. It was enchanted, all right. Even haunted. He stared at Charlotte Adams’ sullen profile. He thought of Cindy Sharp in the bedroom, taking this all in with that ecstatic smile on her beautiful face. There was, he recalled, an old Cuban street song that Dr. Adams had probably never heard:

“If you want to lead a happy life, take an ugly woman for your wife …”

“But I spoiled everything,” he said. “You did.” She didn’t look at him.

“For everybody. Accidentally. When you jerked those tissue panties out of my pocket, you thought I was on the trail of the Paper Doll. And I wasn’t.” S he gave him a quick searching look and then dipped her mouth to the bourbon.

“You decided that you and Ashley Quinlan would have to get rid of me before you had another mouth to feed. Yesterday, after you thought Dr. Adams had gone to the hospital, you called Quinlan. He came to the house, and the two of you laid plans to get me out onto Collings Road to kill me. Quinlan was to get me out there, bop me lumpless, douse me with whiskey. Then you were supposed to come along, and the two of you would drag me to the creek bank, stick my head in the water, and let nature take its course.”

“I wish to God we’d managed it,” she said calmly, sipping his bourbon.

“What you don’t know, apparently,” he went on,

“is that Dr. Adams didn’t go to the hospital. He sent Arnie barreling out of the drive in the business coupe, just to trick you. Dr. Adams remained in the chauffeur’s quarters, a jealous husbajid spying on his so attractive wife. And eavesdropping, too.” She stared at him. Fish said,

“You didn’t know about the concealed microphones and the ever-listening ear.” She shook her head.

“Sure,” he said.

“That’s why Arnie wouldn’t let you go out last night to meet Ashley Quinlan on Collings Road.”

“But—” she moistened her lips—

“somebody did.” 

“Somebody certainly did. Charlie Charlie, with your plans in his head and hell in his heart. The jealous husband. He met Ashley Quinlan and they quarreled over my gun and Charlie Charlie shot Ashley and left me for the fall guy.” Charlotte scooted along the sofa toward him.

“Now I am scared!”

“After Ashley, there was Blake. Blake was expecting Charlie Charlie to come along with the balance of the lump payment for silence on the killing of Red Bailey. And Charlie Charlie put a knife into Blake. Just once. Remember what I said about killing a snake? Just one jab with the knife, but in exactly the right place, to the right of the Sternum, or breastbone.” She frowned.

“But that’s wrong.”

“It’s right if you’ve got dextrocardia, and only his doctor would know Blake had it. That meant the position of his heart was exactly the reverse of the position of most people’s hearts.” Fish broke it off there because his unlocked door had opened. There was a neat little shadow in the foyer and the dull flash of gun steel. Charlotte screamed and flung herself on Fish in a frantic, unreasoned move that had to do with her own protection. Fish dumped her on the floor, and she rolled. He reared back on the sofa, reached between his knees for Gordo Nash’s gun. Dr. Adams’ first shot was wild but not so wild but what Fish felt the breeze from it along his left cheek. Fish shot without aiming, and his bullet seemed to have gone up Dr. Adams’ right coat sleeve. Very hot. Very penetrating. Also, very lucky. And the doctor stood like a little gray rock, his lipless mouth open, and tried to switch the gun to his left hand. But Fish was on him then with a chopping blow that cut the gun out of Charlie Charlie’s hand. Then Fish gun-whipped Charlie Charlie across the side of the head, and all of the taut drawn wires seemed to snap at once. Charlotte Adams was back on the sofa, her legs coiled up under her, pressing back as though she could shrivel herself into the upholstery and never be noticed. But she would always be noticed, with that face and that figure. And Cindy Sharp came out of the bedroom, smiling very coldly. Fish went to the phone. Presently, they were all riding downtown with some official escorts. As soon as Charlie Charlie could talk, he did. Mark Talbot had something to contribute on the subject of perfume. It seemed Talbot had checked with the drugstore on 34th Street. The clerk said that Blake had bought a peace offering for his girl. For Jamie. Her favorite scent in perfume. The package must have been there in Blake’s room when Charlie Charlie had called to do murder, and he had sprinkled it about as a red herring. So Jamie was free. Fish didn’t see her that night, nor until several weeks later. Then she was along Meridian Street’s automobile row again, working somewhere. He caught a glimpse of her, and the hurt look was still around her sweet mouth. He intended to do something about her sometime. Maybe tomorrow. Or should you shatter a dream?

Ruckus – a murder mystery classic

I

Heavy thick clouds filled the sky, engulfing the countryside in darkness that lingered over the little village of Stoneville like an abysmal smog.

The rain poured down steadily in a monotonous, unceasing patter. The wind wailed as it whistled through the branches of trees that were weird, distorted shapes in the dismal early spring night.

Edwin Breaux’s rugged face was wet and grim as he plodded across the meadows toward the glen.

His eyes constantly probed the shadows, searching, for Breaux felt the fear of sudden death hanging over him.

It was an intangible feeling, yet real and unshakable.

The man who had written him the letter suggesting that they meet at the old Cedar Inn tonight to discuss a business proposition was a total stranger.

Yet about that letter there had been an underlying current of menace.

“I’m a fool to meet him at the roadhouse,” Breaux said aloud to himself.

“And yet it might mean a chance to get rid of them at last.” The sound of his own voice seemed strange to his ears, and he lapsed into brooding silence as he walked on.

The wind tugged at his heavy overcoat as if striving to pull it from his big frame.

The rain beat against his face, cold and chilling.

He left the last stretch of the meadowland now and entered the small tract of woods that formed the glen.

Moist leaves and brush made soft swishing sounds beneath his feet. The trees stood close together here and occasionally a low-hanging branch swept against his hat.

“There’s the inn,” he muttered gratefully.

“About time I was getting there.” Breaux uttered a sigh of relief as he saw the low, ram-shackle building looming dimly in a clearing ahead.

It was a blurred, boxlike shape only half visible through the driving rain, a faint light indicating its half-open door.

A weather-beaten sign creaked noisily as it swung in the wind.

Even though it was impossible in the darkness to read the words painted on it, Edwin Breaux knew the faded letters read

“Cedar Inn.”

Breaux strode across the clearing, reaching the road that ran along the front of the place.

He realized that he might have traveled on this road, but the distance was longer than the short cut he had taken across the meadows.

His attitude changed as he approached the half-open door. Why should he be afraid?

He had always been hard and ruthless, a man his enemies had found dangerous.

It was just the weather, the bleak chill, the constant patter of the rain and the wailing of the wind. He pushed the door open wide and stepped into the small hall between the entrance and the barroom of the old inn.

The light from an oil lantern resting on a rickety table cast his shadow as he stepped forward.

His own tall figure became a huge black form hovering on the grimy wall.

Behind him, the door swung silently closed.

“You’re next!”

The words lingered in the quiet that had gripped the old inn with the closing of the door.

At first, Breaux was relieved by the apparent casualness of the greeting, even though he could not see the man who had spoken. Then it suddenly dawned on him that there was something cold and horrible in those words.

Again the strange feeling of impending tragedy swept over him, stronger now than it had been before.

“Who’s there?” he called loudly.

He stood listening. Dimly, he could hear the rain beating on the roof.

In the flickering light of the lantern he saw the hall grimy with dust.

From the bar beyond he smelled the sourness of stale beer.

“You’re next!”

The voice coming from the bar sounded like the echo of the one that had spoken before. Breaux advanced toward the bar without looking back.

That was why he failed to see the short, stocky man who had been hidden behind the open door, and who was now behind him.

“I’ve been waiting for you, Breaux,” said the man in the bar.

A handkerchief masked the Danny part of his face, and his soft gray hat was pulled down so that only his eyes were visible.

His right hand, stuffed in the side pocket of his overcoat, appeared to be clutching a gun.

“Thomas Hernandez,” said Breaux tensely.

“You don’t need to disguise your face. I-I recognize your voice.”

“Good!” The masked man’s tone was cold, almost lifeless.

“Then you know what I mean when I said that you are next, Breaux.”

“But I don’t know,” protested Edwin Breaux.

“Just what do you mean, Hernandez?”

“That you are!” Hernandez’s voice was grim.

“Sure, I’ve killed others—but this is something I’ve dreamed about for a long time—something I’ve looked forward to.”

The masked man moved closer to Breaux.

Breaux began to retreat toward the door.

“This is the finish for you, Breaux,” said Hernandez.

Breaux turned to run, but he was too late.

Hands clutched savagely at his throat, strong fingers gouging into the flesh.

He fought, writhing and twisting, trying to squirm out of the grip of those hands.

He clawed wildly at the fingers, his face red, his eyes glassy.

“I’ve waited for this!” Hernandez sobbed, as his hands tightened their death grip.

The fingers pressed tighter and tighter, digging into the flesh.

Breaux’s face turned purple, his eyes starting.

Finally he shuddered convulsively and then went limp.

Even then, the viselike fingers did not release their grip as they slowly let the heavy body sag to the floor.

The killer unclasped his hands from Breaux’s throat and stood erect. He gazed down at the limp form.

Then he leaned over and hastily went through Breaux’s pockets, returning each item after he had examined it.

He swore when he had completed his search. He had failed to find what he was seeking.

“But I told him in my note to bring them,” he muttered to himself.

“It was supposed to be a business deal.”

He glared at the corpse.

“You’ve tricked me again, damn you!” Hernandez swung around as he heard the door of the inn open and then close.

Footsteps came across the creaking boards.

The killer waited tensely, his hand clutching the gun in his overcoat pocket.

A short, thickset man entered, his mouth flying open in a gasp of horror as he saw the body sprawled upon the floor.

“You killed him!” stammered the smaller man.

“Yes.” Thomas Hernandez nodded.

“I did just what I intended to do.”

He glared at the other man.

“Where have you been, Jim?”

“I was hiding behind the door, like you said to do. When he come in, I let the door swing closed. He didn’t see me. Then when he went in here, I stepped outside.”

The short, stocky man shuddered.

“I knew there was gonna be trouble. But I—I didn’t know it would be murder.”

“Now that you do know, you’ll never tell anyone who killed him, will you, Jim?” said Hernandez pointedly.

“No, but the police—they’ll find him here.”

“That’s where you’re wrong. They won’t find him here.” The masked man looked at his companion.

“You’ve never seen my face at all, have you, Jim?”

“You’ve always been masked when you was with me, Mr. Hernandez,” said Jim.

“Good. It wouldn’t be nice if you were to recognize me and tell the police anything,” said Hernandez.

“If I even suspected that you would, you’d die, Jim.”

“I ain’t sayin’ a thing, Mr. Hernandez.”

“I’m glad of that,” said the masked man.

“You see, except for you, no one around here knows me by the name of Hernandez.”

He stepped toward the corpse.

“Come on. Help me carry him.”

“Carry him where?” asked the thickset man.

“Never mind where.” Hernandez reached down casually and lifted the body by the head and shoulders.

“Just take his feet.” Reluctantly, Jim took the legs of the corpse. With the body between them, they went outside.

“Put him down,” Hernandez said shortly.

“Now go back and put out the lights and lock the door.”

The thickset man hurried to carry out the order.

The lights inside the inn went out, and then the door closed as Jim stepped outside again into the pouring rain.

Once more, the two men picked up the body.

In a few moments they were gone from sight.

II

Henry Roper, chief of police of Stoneville, yawned and leaned back lazily in his chair.

The bright sunlight was a relief after three days of rain. Suddenly he reached up with one hand and flicked a fly off his bald head. Then he glanced at the husky, dark-haired young man who sat opposite his desk.

“How do you like Stoneville, now that you’ve been here a couple of days?” he asked.

“Guess you find it pretty quiet for a big-town detective, don’t you, Gumbo?”

“It’s quiet, all right.” Danny Gumbo smiled as he looked out the window.

“But, as I told you, I’m on a vacation. I wanted to get away from the noise and excitement of New York.” The telephone on the chief’s desk jangled. Roper picked up the receiver.

“Hello?” he snapped. . . .

“Who? Edwin Breaux? . . . What happened? . . . I see. All right, get out there as fast as you can and wait until I come. Did you phone Jacob? . . . Good! Get going, Mike!”

The chief slammed the receiver back on the hook, then leaped to his feet and grabbed his uniform cap.

Roper was a small man who always moved briskly when he went into action.

Danny Gumbo looked at him questioningly.

“Edwin Breaux was in an accident out near the glen,” explained Roper.

“Don’t know just what happened, but I’ve got to go out there. Breaux’s one of the richest men around here.”

The chief looked curiously at the husky, dark-haired detective from New York.

“Want to come along?”

“Sure.” Gumbo got swiftly to his feet, licked up his hat and coat.

“Thanks for inviting me, Chief. Vacation or not, I’m getting a little tired of doing nothing but just loaf around.”

They hurried downstairs and climbed into the chief’s sedan which was parked at the curb.

A few moments later they left the village behind and were speeding out into the country.

Finally they reached a spot where a bank rose steeply, almost like a cliff, and ran parallel with the right side of the road for some considerable distance.

A hundred yards ahead there appeared signs of building operations in progress on top of the cliff like bank.

As Roper stopped the car several heaps of bricks became visible to Gumbo, and mountainous piles of slate and the half completed skeleton of a low, one story building.

“That will be Andy Wilson’s new gas station when it’s finished,” said the chief, nodding toward the building operations.

“Good location.” Gumbo’s gray eyes were fixed on a group of men gathered about something lying on the ground near a pile of yellow sand.

There was a motorcycle patrolman in the crowd.

“What happened, Mike?” demanded Roper, as he and Gumbo got out of the car and joined the group.

“Accident, Chief,” answered the motorcycle policeman.

“Mr. Breaux was smothered to death under a pile of sand.”

Mike waved his hand toward the top of the bank where a small dumpVickcart loaded with sand was standing.

“There were two carts up there yesterday. The storm must have blown one of them over last night at the very moment Breaux was passing underneath.”

“Who found him?” asked Danny Gumbo.

“The workmen discovered the body a little while ago when they started to reload the cart that had dumped over,” said Mike.

“Breaux was completely buried at the bottom of the sand pile. One of the men on the job drove back to the crossroads just as I came along. When he told me what happened, I phoned you, Chief, and then came here at once.”

Gumbo walked over and bent down beside the still form.

The body had been moved to a spot a little distance from the sand pile. The dead man was big.

His strong face was deeply scored with lines, and his dark hair was plentifully streaked with gray.

Gumbo put Breaux’s age at about forty-five.

“Died from suffocation, all right,” said Roper, as he joined Gumbo and stood looking down at the corpse.

“He just couldn’t push his way out from under that pile of wet sand.”

“Yes, it would be a tough trick for a dead man. Look at his throat. There are still signs of his having been strangled. Those black-and-blue marks could only have been made by someone choking him to death.” Roper studied the corpse intently. It was quite obvious now that Edwin Breaux had died of suffocation. His face was bluish, his tongue swollen, his eyes distended and suffused with blood.

“You’re right,” Roper said.

“Yes, you are. Those marks on his throat tell the story. It’s murder.”

“Wonder what he was doing out here last night?” said Gumbo.

“It seems certain that this happened last night, though your coroner can tell us exactly the time.”

“We haven’t a coroner here,” Roper said.

“There’s only one doctor in Stoneville, so we send for him when anything like this happens.” He glanced at the motorcycle patrolman.

“Did you call Dr. Jacob, Mike?”

“Yes, sir,” said Mike.

“The doctor was out on a call, but I left word for him to come out here as soon as he returned. And I didn’t notify the Breaux family. I thought you and the doctor would want to take care of that, Chief.”

“Yes, I’ll break the news just as soon as I get the doctor’s report,” Roper said. He glanced at Gumbo as the patrolman walked away.

“Macaulay is a good man. Been here about six months. He bought old Dr. Walker’s practice not long before Walker died.”

“I still would like to know what Breaux was doing out here in the first place,” Gumbo said thoughtfully.

“He was rich. And he owned that estate called Ridgeway Manor, didn’t he?”

“Yes. It used to belong to the Dayton family, but Breaux bought the place about two years ago.”

The chief bit off the end of a cigar and lighted it.

“What are you driving at, Gumbo?”

“Breaux must own at least one car. Then why did he walk last night when he could have ridden ? There’s only one answer. He was going some place or meeting someone—and didn’t want to be recognized.”

“Then he walked along this road, was murdered, and then somebody buried him beneath the sand,” Roper said.

“No,” Gumbo corrected.

“Breaux was carried here. Look at the soles of his shoes. They’re caked .with dirt and ashes. He was killed in some dry place, for the rain would have washed that dirt off his shoes as he walked. He’s big and heavy, so whoever brought him here couldn’t have carried him very far. Are there any houses around here, Chief?”

“None until you get to Dunston five miles from here. There isn’t a building between Stoneville and Dunston except that old roadhouse, the Cedar Inn.”

“What about it?” asked Gumbo with interest.

“No one would want to go there,” Roper said.

“It’s old and rundown, and only the owner is there most of the time. Breaux wouldn’t have gone to a place like that.”

Danny Gumbo decided that Breaux looked like a man who would go any place he felt like going, including an old rundown roadhouse, but he saw no point in arguing with the local lawman about it. There were angles to this case that interested him greatly, and he was suddenly anxious to go along with Roper until they reached the final solution.

A mud-spattered roadster drove up then and stopped behind Roper’s car.

A tall, thin man, with a reddish mustache, got out of the car. He was carrying a small black bag.

“That’s Dr. Jacob,” Roper explained.

“As soon as we talk to the doctor, I think we should interview Breaux’s household, don’t you, Chief?” said Gumbo.

“That is, I’d like to see how you handle this sort of thing. I’ll probably learn something from your way of handling things.” Chief Roper knew what Danny Gumbo said was sheer flattery, but he liked it. He grinned at the big town detective.

“Glad to have you work with me, Gumbo,” he said. Then, as the doctor came up to them:

“This is Danny Gumbo, Dr. Jacob.” Jacob nodded and knelt beside the corpse. Finally he stood up.

“Death by suffocation,” he announced.

“Doubtless from being buried under the sand.”

“I’m afraid you’re wrong, Doctor,” said Gumbo.

“Breaux died of strangulation, not suffocation. If you’ll look carefully at his throat, you’ll see.” Jacob uttered a startled exclamation and then examined the body again.

“You’re right, Mr. Gumbo,” he said, his expression serious.

“This is murder! My first examination was purely superficial. I didn’t intend it as a final verdict.”

“How long would you say he has been dead, Doctor?” asked Roper.

“About six hours,” Jacob said promptly.

“Then he must have been killed at approximately two-thirty this morning,” said Gumbo, glancing at his wrist watch.

“It’s eight-thirty now.”

“That’s right,” said Jacob.

He turned to Roper.

“Will that be all, Chief?”

Roper nodded.

Then he glanced at the motorcycle policemen and motioned Mike to come closer.

“Put the body in my car, Mike. I’ll take it back to the village.” Mike and two of the workmen lifted the corpse. As they did, something dropped to the ground.

Bending quickly, Gumbo picked it up.

Both Roper and Jacob looked at the object that Gumbo held in his palm.

It was a gray-green stone about the size of a small walnut.

“What is it?” asked Roper, as he frowned at the round object.

“The most interesting thing we’ve found yet,” said Gumbo, holding it between his forefinger and thumb for all to see.

“It’s an uncut diamond—and its value, I’d say at a rough guess, is at least five thousand dollars!”

III

Even in the bright sunlight of early morning, the huge old stone house on the estate called Ridgeway Manor was a bleak, drab-looking place that appeared to sag beneath the weight of its many years. The six acres of grounds that surrounded the house were dotted with big trees, their branches showing the first hint of green leaves.

“So this is where Edwin Breaux lived,” said Danny Gumbo, as Roper drove his sedan along the winding drive that led to the old house.

“Not a friendly-looking place, but then I don’t believe the late Mr. Breaux was friendly.”

“He wasn’t,” said Roper.

“In fact, I know of at least three men right in this neighborhood who had every reason to hate him.”

“Three men,” said Gumbo thoughtfully.

“That’s very interesting. Tell me more about them when we have time.” Roper braked the car to a halt in front of the large porch, and he and Gumbo got out. The butler who opened the massive oak door of the house at their ring seemed surprised at seeing a uniformed police official.

“Is Miss Breaux at home, Shane?” asked the chief. Gumbo studied the butler with interest. Shane looked exceedingly husky, and there was something about his battered face that hinted he had spent considerable time in the prize ring.

“Yes, Chief Roper,” said Shane,

“Miss Breaux is home. Is it about her father?”

“It is,” stated Roper grimly.

“He’s been murdered.”

“Murdered!” Shane’s face went gray and his hands clenched and unclenched.

“I beg pardon, sir. The shock—” He turned.

“If—if you’ll come into the living room, I’ll call Miss Marie.” He ushered them into a large room off the hall and hurried away. Danny Gumbo frowned. Despite the attractive furnishings and the warming sunlight pouring in through the wide windows, there was a strange, depressing atmosphere about this house. It seemed to him that it was a place that had been dominated by hate ever since its existence.

Evidently Chief Roper had the same sensation in a lesser degree, for both men remained silent, waiting in almost stolid stillness.

Through the half-open windows they could hear birds twittering in a bird bath, but within the house it remained bleak and dismal. With a sense of relief, Gumbo heard quick footsteps approaching along the wall.

Both men rose, but it was a man who entered the room and not the girl they had expected. He was young and blond, with thick, wavy hair.

To Gumbo he seemed too much like a juvenile actor making a carefully staged entrance.

His deep-set eyes darted from the face of one man to the other as he closed the door behind him.

“What did you tell Shane, Chief?” he asked.

“What’s wrong?”

“Mr. Breaux was murdered some time during the night, Mr. Dayton,” answered Roper.

“His body was found early this morning.” Danny Gumbo had been a detective long enough to be a bit hardboiled and cynical at times. He watched the blond man, thinking:

“That’s your cue, my boy. Go to it. Turn on the histrionics!” Drayton did not fail him.

“Good God!” he exclaimed dramatically.

“Murdered! So that’s what happened to him!”

“Were you expecting something to happen to him?” asked Gumbo. His words seemed to startle Dayton. He looked flustered, young and frightened for a moment. Then he recovered himself.

“I beg your pardon,” he said coldly,

“but I don’t believe we’ve met.” It was all Gumbo could do to keep from laughing in his face. The sudden rush of dignity was so obviously to cover up the slip he had just made.

“Sorry, Mr. Dayton,” said Chief Roper dryly.

“You didn’t give me a chance to introduce you. Danny Gumbo —Jimmy Dayton, Mr. Breaux’s secretary.” Dayton bowed stiffly. Gumbo merely smiled. He remembered Roper had said Ridgeway Manor had once belonged to the Dayton family, and that was an angle to be considered. Breaux’s secretary might have had good reason to hate his boss if this had been young Dayton’s former home.

“What made you feel something had happened to Mr. Breaux?” asked the chief suddenly.

“It was only natural under the circumstances,” said Dayton.

“As a matter of fact, I’ve just been trying to phone the police station, but the storm must have damaged the telephone wires. About half an hour ago I took some letters up to Mr. Breaux’s room for him to sign. He usually stays in bed until noon. But I found his bed hadn’t been slept in. When there was no sign of him around the place, naturally we grew anxious.”

“Did you know that he went out somewhere during the storm last night?” Gumbo asked.

“Mr. Gumbo is a detective from New York who is helping me on this case,” Roper explained as Dayton hesitated.

“Oh, I see.” Dayton looked intently at the husky, dark-haired man, then nodded.

“About what you just asked, Mr. Gumbo, the answer is that I did not know Mr. Breaux was away from the house last night. Would you mind telling me just what happened to him?” The chief briefly related the circumstances surrounding the finding of the body.

“So somebody finally killed him,” said Dayton.

“I’m not surprised at all. Breaux was cruel and ruthless. He loved to dominate those around him.” The blond man smiled ironically.

“That’s why he gave me a job as his secretary after he had ruined my father financially and snatched this property away from us.”

“And your father?” asked Gumbo.

“He killed himself,” Dayton said stolidly.

“So you see, gentlemen, I had plenty of reason to hate Edwin Breaux —to hate him enough to want to kill him. But I didn’t. I wish I had though.”

“Why did you remain here as Breaux’s secretary if you hated him so much?” Gumbo asked.

“After all, you didn’t have to work for him.”

“It was because—” Dayton broke off as the door opened and a girl came into the room.

She was slim, and because of her slimness she looked taller than she really was.

Her soft, dark hair gleamed blue-black in the sunlight pouring through the windows.

An attractive girl, Irish type, Danny Gumbo thought; pretty but not beautiful.

The nose was slightly too small, the blue eyes a trifle too far apart, the red mouth a bit too large for real beauty.

But she had undeniable charm.

“Miss Marie Breaux,” Roper said.

“This is Mr. Gumbo, who is working with me. I’m afraid we’ve brought you sad news.”

“I know. Shane just told me.” Her voice was low and husky.

But there was no sign of grief on her face, only a look of anxiety in her eyes as she glanced at Dayton, as though seeking some message from him.

There was apparently something comforting in his glance, for her attitude was composed as she motioned the three men to be seated and she took a chair.

“You wish us to give you the details, of course,” said Roper.

“Naturally,” she said. Her face remained perfectly expressionless as she listened to Roper’s story.

“What we are looking for is some kind of motive,” Gumbo explained, when the chief had finished.

“This was apparently a crime that was not committed on the spur of the moment. Something brought Edwin Breaux out into the storm last night—”

“The letter!” said Dayton.

“I just remembered it.”

“What letter?” asked Gumbo.

“It arrived special delivery yesterday afternoon,” said the secretary. He looked at the girl.

“Don’t you remember, Marie?”

“Yes, Jimmy, of course,” she said.

“Father read it through twice, and then threw it into the fire.”

“Did you see the postmark?” Gumbo asked Dayton.

“No, I didn’t.” Dayton rose.

“But Shane must have signed for it. I’ll get him. Perhaps he can tell us something.” He stepped out into the hall, closing the door behind him. Gumbo again turned to the girl.

“Perhaps you may know something regarding your father’s life that will be a help, Miss Breaux,” he said.

“Did he ever mention any enemies?”

“I know very little about his life,” Marie said softly.

“He never made a confidant of anyone, least of all me. It may seem strange to you, but I hardly knew him. All of my girlhood was spent in a convent in France. During that time my father spent the years in big cities, like New York and Chicago. He was always generous toward me with money, but it was not until four years ago that he brought me to America. I was seventeen then.”

“Your mother died when you were very young?” asked Gumbo.

“Yes, when I was seven. That was when Father placed me in the convent in France. Later we lived in a large house on the outskirts of Newark, and then we came here.” For the first time she looked distressed.

“I’ve always hated this place because of the way Father got the property from the Dayton’s.”

“How was that?”

“Father talked Mr. Dayton into investing heavily in a mining company, that failed. I don’t know the details, but Mr. Dayton lost all of his money and his home. The shock was too much for him and he killed himself.”

“Have you ever seen anything like this in your father’s possession ?” Gumbo drew the small gray-green stone from his pocket and held it out to her.

“Never,” Marie said.

“What is it?”

“An uncut diamond,” answered Gumbo.

“We found it on the ground near your father’s body.” From outside there came a sudden wild shout. Both Gumbo and Roper lumped to their feet. The girl rose hastily.

“Sounded as if it came from the hall,” said Gumbo, hurrying to the door and throwing it open.

“This way, Chief!” OWE stepped out into the hall, with Roper close behind him. Up the hall, Gumbo paused before a half-open door.

“Let’s take a look in here.” He opened the door wider, revealing a big dining room beyond.

“Dayton—what the devil?” The blond young man was bending over the motionless figure of the butler sprawled on the rug.

“Something’s happened to Shane.” Dayton’s tone was tense as he stood erect.

“I heard him shout and ran in here—and found him lying on the floor like this.” Gumbo stepped forward, Roper kneeling beside the butler. There were red marks on the man’s throat.

“Who did this, Dayton?” Gumbo demanded.

“Somebody tried to strangle Shane. Did you see anyone?”

“Yes,” said Dayton.

“I did. As I came in, I saw a tall man with a black cloth hiding the Danny part of his face run out through that casement window there.” Chief Roper went to the casement window. The two glass panels were closed. The chief tried the handle and then swung around.

“This window is locked,” he said

“and the key is missing. No man could have gone through this window.”

“But he did,” Dayton insisted.

“He did, I tell you!” Gumbo started to speak, but at that moment Shane moaned and then began to mumble.

“Don’t—don’t, Spike,” muttered the butler.

“I didn’t know about the big guy—” Shane opened his eyes and stared blankly up at the faces surrounding him. Then he sat up weakly, and Gumbo and Roper helped him to his feet.

“I’m sorry,” he said.

“I must have fallen and struck my head.” The chief frowned and looked as if he intended to say something, but Gumbo caught Roper’s eye and shook his head.

“You’ll be all right now, Shane,” said Gumbo, as they placed the butler in a chair.

“Just stay quiet for awhile.” He turned to Dayton.

“I wonder if we might look through Mr. Breaux’s private papers. Perhaps we’ll find some help there.”

“Of course,” said the secretary.

“He kept them all in a cabinet in his study.” Dayton led them along the hall to Breaux’s study.

At Gumbo’s suggestion, the chief left them to interview the four other servants—cook, maid, laundress and chauffeur. An inspection of the papers in the dead man’s study proved futile. There were no private papers of any kind.

“What did you find?” asked Roper when he finally returned from questioning the servants. And then, when Gumbo told him:

“I didn’t get much information. None of the servants have been with Breaux longer than a year, and they know nothing about him. His only regular visitor was a man named Sledge, who lives in a cottage not far from here.”

“Sledge?” exclaimed Dayton as he heard the name.

“That’s it. Why didn’t I think of him before!”

“I don’t know,” said Gumbo quickly.

“But you do have a way of thinking of people and special delivery letters very conveniently. Go on, Dayton. What about Sledge?”

“He’s a writer—apparently an old friend of Breaux’s. He used to come here quite often in the evenings. But they must have quarreled about something. Anyway, I heard Sledge shout: ‘I’ll kill you for this!’ Then he rushed out of the house and hasn’t been back since.”

“Are you accusing Bill Sledge of murdering Father?” Marie Breaux stood in the doorway of the study, staring at the blond man.

“Oh, Jimmy, I didn’t think you’d let your jealousy get the best of you to this extent. Bill Sledge just couldn’t be guilty.”

“Suppose we visit Sledge,” Gumbo suggested.

IV

Danny Gumbo filled and lighted a pipe as he and Roper drove away m the chief’s sedan.

“What do you think of this case now?” asked Roper.

“Too bad Shane didn’t notice the postmark on that special delivery letter.”

“He did seem evasive about it when we finally got around to questioning him,” said Gumbo.

“Interesting household that: A butler who is obviously an ex-prize fighter and who speaks with a phony British accent until he is half conscious after someone tries to strangle him. And then he talks like a mobster and mentions ‘Spike’ and the ‘big guy.’ ”

“That’s right.” The chief nodded.

“And a secretary who hated the man he worked for so bitterly that he wished he had killed him.” Roper frowned.

“Dayton could have done it, at that. Why did he stay there if he hated Breaux?”

“Because of the girl.” Gumbo paused, thinking things over. Then he nodded and went on:

“Jimmy Dayton could have tried to strangle Shane. There was plenty of time for him to do it. We must have talked to Marie for fifteen or twenty minutes after he left us to go and find Shane.”

“His story about hearing Shane shout and then rushing to the butler’s aid sounded fishy to me,” Roper agreed.

“Why didn’t he go find Shane at once?”

“Because Dayton was busy in the study destroying all of Breaux’s personal papers,” Gumbo said.

“I’m sure of that.” He puffed thoughtfully on his pipe.

“And you were wrong when you said a man could not have left the dining room by that casement window.”

“But the window was locked,” Roper protested.

“Certainly, but you mentioned the fact that the key was missing. The window could have been locked from the outside as well as the inside.” They were rolling along a stretch of country road now. Ahead was a small cottage set back among a group of trees. Roper brought the car to a stop in front of the place. Danny Gumbo looked at the drawn blinds as he and Roper got out and walked to the front door. Bill Sledge’s cottage appeared to be deserted. There was no response from within the cottage as Roper used the brass knocker.

“He seems to be out,” said Roper, turning away. Gumbo was about to follow when something on the edge of the door sill caught his eye.

“Wait, Chief!” he said. He stooped and placed his finger on a small dark stain close up against the bottom of the door.

“What’s the matter?” asked Roper.

“There’s something wrong here. That’s blood.”

Before Roper could speak, Danny Gumbo flung himself bodily at the front door.

The flimsy lock parted finally under his smashing weight and the door crashed open.

A man’s body lay sprawled in the small hall.

A little dark pool had collected around it, and the ugly hilt of a knife protruded from his chest, just above the heart.

“Good Lord!” exclaimed Roper. “It’s Sledge!”

Gumbo knelt beside the body.

Sledge had been a man in his early thirties, with a strong, hard face and thick black hair.

He was dressed in shirt and trousers and there were bedroom slippers on his feet.

Gumbo found that there was no pulse and the heart had stopped beating.

“He’s still warm and just stopped bleeding,” said Gumbo, getting to his feet.

“He hasn’t been dead very long, perhaps not more than a few minutes.” He looked grimly at the chief.

“The murderer may still be around somewhere.”

“Right!” Roper drew his gun from its holster.

“Come on, Gumbo. We’ll take a look around.” There were only five rooms in the cottage. They found no sign of anyone as they searched the place.

“At least there’s one thing we know,” said Roper.

“Neither Dayton nor Shane could have killed Sledge. They didn’t have time to be in two places at once.”

“Just for the sake of argument suppose I say you’re wrong,” said Gumbo.

“It took us about ten minutes to drive here from Breaux’s. Remember, you were driving fairly slowly while we discussed the case. We’ll take it for granted that Dayton and Shane both can drive and could easily get hold of a car. We don’t know where the butler went after he admitted us and told Dayton and the Breaux girl we were there.”

“Shane didn’t commit this murder,” protested the chief of police. Vick

“I didn’t say he did. I merely said he could have done it. Suppose he drove here, killed Sledge with a knife and then hastily drove back to Ridgeway Manor. He wants to attract our attention so he shouts, then presses his own fingers into his throat so it will look as if somebody tried to strangle him, and then fakes being unconscious. A perfect alibi.”

“What about the man with the black cloth around the Danny part of his face that Dayton saw when he rushed into the dining room?”

“Are we sure that Dayton really saw’ any such man?” Gumbo smiled.

“After all, our blond young friend loves to dramatize things. It would make it so much better if he dashed in to Shane’s rescue just in the nick of time.” An insistent rapping sounded on the back door of the cottage. Gumbo went to the door and drew it open. A short, stocky man stood there, a look of fear on his ugly, grimy face.

“Thought I recognized your car, Chief,” he said.

“I seen it from the distance as I was running across the field. He’s after me, and I want you to lock me up so as he can’t get me. He’s gonna kill me.”

“Who is going to kill you, Bentley?” demanded Roper.

“What are you talking about?”

“Thomas Hernandez,” said Bentley, trembling as he looked about him.

“He’s the one who murdered Mr. Breaux and now he’s after me.”

“Who is this man, Chief?” Gumbo asked.

“Jim Bentley,” answered Roper.

“He owns that old roadhouse, the Cedar Inn.”

“And Breaux’s body was found not far from there,” said Gumbo, turning to face Bentley.

“Who is Thomas Hernandez? Tell us what he looks like, Bentley.”

“I—I don’t know,” Bentley said.

“I’ve never seen his face.” Roper glared at him.

“You expect us to believe that?”

“You got to believe it,” Bentley pleaded.

“It’s the truth. As you know, the roadhouse ain’t been open to the public for a couple of years. I tried runnin’ the place, but it just didn’t pay. So I just been livin’ at the inn by myself. Two or three nights ago, a guy comes there and asks me do I want to make a little dough. So I says I might be interested if it wasn’t crooked.”

And just as interested if it did happen to be something outside the law, Gumbo decided as he sized up the stocky owner of the old Cedar Inn.

Bentley looked as if he would be willing to enter into any sort of a crooked deal that did not require too much courage.

“This man who offered you money was Thomas Hernandez?” asked Gumbo, as Bentley paused.

“No, it wasn’t. It was the guy who lived in this cottage—William Sledge.”

“Sledge?” exclaimed Gumbo in surprise.

“Go on, Bentley.”

“Well, this Sledge tells me that he has a couple of friends that are looking for a place to hold a private business talk. They asked Sledge to find a place for them, so he thinks of the inn and comes to see me about it. We made a deal. A guy named Hernandez is to come to my place and meet another feller. They’re gonna talk over this big business deal or something.”

“When was this supposed to take place?” asked Gumbo, as Bentley again stopped talking and looked around nervously.

“It was last night,” said Bentley.

“This Thomas Hernandez shows up, and he’s got a black handkerchief hiding the Danny part of his face. And his hat is pulled down so that you can’t see nothing but his eyes. Hard-looking guy, he was, and when he told me to stick around and do as he says, I didn’t argue with him none.”

“Was he tall or short?” asked Gumbo.

“A tall guy. Close to six feet, I guess—” Bentley broke off and stood gazing at the doorway leading from the kitchen into the hall of the cottage. His mouth was wide open. Both Gumbo and Roper swung around. Shane, the Breaux butler, stood there, a tall figure in the doorway, a somber expression on his battered face as he gazed at Bentley.

“I beg your pardon, gentlemen,” Shane said.

“I heard voices, and so I came back here hoping to find you.”

“What are you doing here, Shane?” asked Gumbo.

“I came here to find you and Chief Roper, sir,” said the butler, still watching Bentley, who was gazing at him 63 with the fascination of a bird captured by a snake.

“There was something said about your going to Mr. Sledge’s residence after you left Ridgeway Manor, so I took the liberty of borrowing one of the family’s cars and driving here at once.”

“Why?” Gumbo snapped.

“Is there something wrong?”

“I’m not certain, sir,” said Shane.

“But Miss Marie appears to be missing.”

“She’s probably just gone out for a while,” Roper said.

“I don’t think we need worry about her in broad daylight, Shane. Where is Dayton? Maybe he knows where she is.”

“But I don’t,” the blond young man said excitedly, as he stepped in through the back door of the cottage.

“I’ve been looking for her myself.”

“So you thought she might be calling on Sledge, and came to the cottage by the back way so that you might be able to look in without being seen,” said Gumbo.

“Is that it, Dayton?”

The blonde man flushed, but did not answer.

“Unfortunately, Mr. Sledge has been murdered and Miss Breaux is not here,” Gumbo told the secretary.

“Sledge murdered I” exclaimed Dayton.

“Great—”

“Forget the dramatics, Dayton,” Gumbo said.

“We’re not in the mood.”

“I’m getting out of here,” said Bentley nervously.

“I didn’t know that Sledge guy had been killed.”

“You didn’t?” Gumbo looked at the short, stocky man questioningly.

“Then, when you first mentioned Sledge a few minutes ago, why did you say: ‘It was the guy who lived in this cottage.’ You spoke of him in the past tense, Bentley, as people usually do of the dead.”

“Roper! Gumbo! Where the devil are you?” a deep voice called from the front of the cottage.

“It’s Jacob.”

“Back here, Doc,” shouted the chief.

“In the kitchen.”

“If there is nothing further I can do, I’ll be getting back to the estate,” Shane said.

“Perhaps there might be some word from Miss Marie by now.”

“All right, Shane,” said Roper suspiciously,

“go ahead. Phone me at police headquarters if you don’t find her by afternoon.”

“Very good, sir.” Shane stepped out through the back door just as Dr. Jacob entered the kitchen.

“I saw your car outside, Chief,” the doctor said, stroking his red mustache as he looked at the other men in the kitchen.

“Thought I’d stop and see if you had learned any more about Benson’s murder.” He scowled.

“But I didn’t expect to find another corpse here.”

“Neither did we,” said Danny Gumbo dryly.

“He’ll get me!” shouted Jim Bentley suddenly.

“I recognized his voice. I know he’ll get me!” The short, stocky man gave Dayton a shove, and leaped for the back door of the cottage.

“Stop him!” Gumbo shouted, darting outside after Bentley, with the others close behind him.

“He’s the most important witness we have so far!” From the front of the cottage came the sudden roar of a motor and then the meshing of gears as a car started. Gumbo rounded the corner just in time to see Bentley driving away in a low slung speeding sport coupe.

“Hey!” shouted Dayton.

“He’s stealing my car!”

“Go after him, Chief,” Gumbo said to Roper.

“I’ll stay here with the body. Take Dayton with you.”

Roper nodded and climbed into his car, with Dayton right after him.

They sped away with the siren on the chief’s car wailing. Gumbo and Jacob watched until the car disappeared from sight. Finally the detective drew out his tobacco pouch and filled and lighted his pipe.

“Complicated business, murder,” he said.

“Don’t you think so, Doctor?”

“Yes.” Jacob nodded.

“Shall I give you a report on Sledge’s body?”

V

As the doctor examined the corpse sprawled out on the floor, Gumbo leaned against the wall, watching. A patch of bright sunlight crept in through the door and seemed to halt in fright at the feet of the dead man.

“I wouldn’t touch it,” Gumbo said, as Jacob reached out a hand to withdraw the black-handled knife from Sledge’s heart.

“Fingerprints, you know, though the murderer was doubtlessly too smart for that. He probably wore gloves.”

“Probably.” The doctor got to his feet with a sigh.

“As near as I can tell, he’s been dead about an hour.”

“I don’t think it’s that long. He had just stopped bleeding when we found him,” Gumbo pointed out—

“not more than five or ten minutes before we arrived here.”

“Have it your way, if you wish.” Dr. Jacob shrugged his shoulders.

“Your guess as to when he died is as good as mine. There’s nothing more I can do here now.” They stepped through the front door and out into the bright sunlight.

“Do you think this horrible crime has anything to do with the murder of Edwin Breaux?”

“Of course.” Gumbo had removed his hat and he ran his fingers through his thick black hair.

“Murder breeds murder, Doctor. At least I’ve often found it to be the case.”

“And the motive?” Gumbo looked hard at Jacob.

“Did you like Breaux, Doctor?”

“I despised him,” said Jacob.

“That makes it practically unanimous,” said Gumbo.

“But the man who hated him the most was named Hernandez.”

“Never heard of him.” The doctor looked puzzled.

“Doesn’t live around these parts, does he?”

“I’m not sure he exists at all,” said Gumbo.

“It may be just a name the murderer is using to cover his real identity.”

“I marvel at the modem type of criminal investigator,” remarked the doctor.

“You have to be experts in so many things, like ballistics, fingerprinting. Take that murder case in New York a year or so ago, where a piece of cord was traced to the killer. I—”

Without warning, Gumbo flung himself at the doctor in a flying tackle that brought Jacob crashing to the ground.

A bullet thudded into the side of the house.

From the woods at the side of the cottage came what sounded like the crack of a .22-caliber rifle.

Gumbo rolled quickly aside and whipped an automatic out of his shoulder holster.

He fired at a figure running far back among the trees.

“What’s the idea, Gumbo?” snarled Jacob, getting to his feet.

“Somebody doesn’t like you, Doctor.” Gumbo dropped the automatic back into the shoulder holster.

“He tried to kill you with a rifle.” The husky dark-haired detective picked up the hat he had dropped when he had leaped toward the doctor.

“But who would want to kill me, and why?” Jacob exclaimed.

“I don’t know.” Gumbo frowned.

“But this complicates things greatly.”

“Why?” Jacob looked puzzled.

“Because up to now you’ve been one of my best possible suspects, Doctor.” Gumbo grinned.

“Your carelessness in reporting the time that Breaux and Sedge wick died seemed like an alibi to me.”

“Rot!” snorted the doctor.

“You’re crazy, Gumbo!”

He moved toward his car.

“But I’m glad you got’ that idea off your mind. You’ll find me at my office if you need me.”

Calmly smoking his pipe as Jacob drove away in his mud-spattered roadster, Gumbo searched the woods beyond the cottage.

It was possible the man with the rifle might sneak back through the trees, and Gumbo was not at all sure the shot he had fired had even winged the killer.

“Guess I really am foolish to stay out in the open like this,” he said to himself.

“I must make a nice target.” He stepped in through the front door of the cottage, pausing in the hall to look down at the corpse. The casual murder-investigation routine of the Stoneville police department worried him.

He missed the checking by the fingerprint experts, the work of the police photographers, and even having a guard at the spot where the body had been found.

Compared to the usual thorough examination and report given by a city police medical examiner, the way Dr. Jacob’s had handled things regarding the two dead men was a joke. Probably, as Chief Roper had said, the doctor was a good man as a general practitioner, but in Gumbo’s estimate Jacob wasn’t worth a damn as a coroner.

There were a lot of angles to this case running through Gumbo’s head.

He tried to arrange the facts as he knew them in some logical order.

First, Sledge had come to the old roadhouse and made arrangements with Bentley for the Cedar Inn to be used as a meeting place between Breaux and the mysterious Thomas Hernandez. In Gumbo’s estimation, there was a false note right there.

“Why should two men go to all that trouble to arrange a meeting place?” he said, thinking aloud.

“And why was it necessary for Sledge, a third party, to make the arrangements?” He could think of only one reason and that was that Hernandez had planned to murder Breaux from the beginning. In that case, had Sledge known of the killer’s intention and been working with him?

Was that why Sledge had been murdered—because he knew too much?

The whole thing was screwy. The little cottage was hushed and still now.

The door of the living room that opened out into the hall was closed. Silently, Gumbo opened it.

He stood there with his hand on the knob, his eyes fixed on the broad back of the man who was crouched beside a little wall safe.

“Find anything interesting there, Shane?” Gumbo said as his right hand slid to the automatic in his shoulder holster.

Breaux’s butler swung around with a snarl.

He leaped toward Gumbo even as the detective drew his gun. Before Gumbo could aim the gun, Shane smashed a hard fist against his chin.

The blow sent Gumbo reeling back against the wall of the living room with such impact that he jarred the whole cottage.

A blinding flash of pain swept over him as his elbow struck the wall, numbing his arm so that the automatic dropped from his fingers.

“You ain’t gonna get me.” All trace of Shane’s soft English accent was gone now. Gumbo did not waste any breath on words. The pain in his left arm passed as quickly as it had come. He advanced toward Shane, throwing aside a small table that stood in the center of the room.

Shane’s eyes gleamed as he saw Gumbo hastily throw off his coat and assume the professional stance of a trained boxer.

This looked as if it would be right up the ex-prizefighter’s alley.

“One of them college-boy champs, eh?” said Shane sarcastically.

“Well, I can take care of you.”

He whipped out a left, and Gumbo rode with the blow.

Another left, and Gumbo swayed to the right.

Then Gumbo came charging in fast, rocking Shane with four quick lefts to the chin.

The butler was tough, and it was evident that he didn’t have a glass jaw.

Those four wallops of Gumbo’s had plenty of power behind them, but Shane shrugged them off and came back swinging. Then Gumbo swung a right that connected with Shane’s chin and the butler went down.

Gumbo was too experienced a fighter to stand there admiring his handiwork.

He snatched up his automatic from where it had fallen. Shane moaned and sat up, looking miserable when he saw Gumbo had him covered with the gun.

“Now you be a good boy while I see what you were after,” said Gumbo. He backed to the open door of the wall safe and, without taking his eyes off Shane, drew out a flat case.

“A jewel box,” he said. He stepped to a table in one corner of the room and opened the case with one hand.

“So this is why you murdered Breaux and Sledge.”

“I didn’t kill them,” Shane protested, struggling to his feet.

“Why should I murder the boss? He was a good guy, and smart too. I’ll bet there never was a better international crook than Edwin Breaux—”

“International crook? Is that true, Shane?”

“Sure it’s true. But Breaux gave it up about ten years ago. That was when he brought his daughter home from that convent in France. Since then we’ve been going straight.” Shane frowned.

“But when I think of the way the boss used to get away with smuggling stuff into this country, and the big deals he put across, it makes me sad.”

“So you decided to try your hand at a little crooked work yourself?” Still covering Shane with his gun, Gumbo glanced at the contents of the jewel box. Arranged in neat rows were—a glittering and oddly cut diamond, a ruby, a star sapphire, two or three smaller stones, and a single uncut diamond.

“Nice little haul, this. Too bad you didn’t get away with it, Shane.”

“It is,” Shane said. He had regained control of himself, and once more his voice was suave and accented and he was careful of his English.

“Unfortunately Mr. Breaux’s death was so unexpected that he made no provision for me. I knew that Mr. Sledge had a small collection of rather valuable jewels, so I thought I had better try and feather my nest.” “So you murdered Sledge,” Gumbo said.

“But we got here too quickly for you to have a chance to steal the gems.”

“No,” Shane said,

“I didn’t kill Sledge. He was dead when I first came here looking for you and the chief a little while ago.”

“All right, we’ll let it go that way for the time being,” said Gumbo.

“But what about the big deals that Breaux used to put over? Was Sledge connected with any of them?”

“I believe he was mixed up in Mr. Breaux’s last bit of smuggling,” said Shane thoughtfully.

“There were quite a lot of rich people implicated in that, as I recall. A New York bank president— Dillard, I believe his name was—and Sledge and some other men.”

“Mike Dillard, president of the Financial Trust Company?”

“Yes, that’s the man.”

“Good! I know Dillard very well. He may be able to tell me something about that smuggling deal you mention.” Gumbo dropped his automatic back into his pocket.

“I’m going to surprise you, Shane.”

“How so, sir?” Shane was once more the placid butler.

“I’m going to let you go. Of course, I could turn you over to Chief Roper and have him jail you for attempted theft.”

“But that would be merely your word against mine, sir,” said Shane.

“After THE NEX all, I have not touched that jewel case. Only your fingerprints are on it, along with those of Mr. Sledge.” Gumbo grinned. Shane was right. It was his word against Gumbo’s, and probably his fingerprints were actually not on the jewel case, as he said. Then a sudden thought occurred to him.

“You didn’t have time to go back to the Breaux estate,” Gumbo said.

“Where did you go after you drove away from here?”

 Then he banged the wall safe shut.

“You just came here to see if I had learned anything further about Miss Breaux.”

His tone was suddenly hard.

“But I wouldn’t try to leave this part of the country, if I were you.”

“Very good, sir,” Shane picked up Gumbo’s overcoat and held it out for him.

“Your coat, Mr. Gumbo.”

For an instant, Gumbo hesitated. Once he thrust his arms into the sleeves of that coat it would give Shane a perfect chance.

“I drove around the bend to the south, parked the car and came back through the woods on foot,” said Shane.

“I came in the back door, of course. I heard you shooting, and then everything was quiet. I was sure you were chasing someone when I heard a car drive away.”

The butler rubbed the chin that Gumbo had pounded heavily.

“I made a mistake.”

“Then you don’t know if Miss Breaux is still missing?” Gumbo asked.

“No, sir, I don’t.” Shane looked at the detective then, as they heard a car stop out in the road.

“There’s somebody coming. What shall I do?”

“Nothing.” Gumbo closed the jewel case and dropped it into a side pocket of his opportunity to capture him. He glanced at the ex-prizefighter. Then he smiled and let Shane help him on with the garment.

“Thank you, Shane,” he said as he walked away. The butler bowed and followed the detective out into the hall, picking up the hat Gumbo had dropped and handing it to him. Chief Roper came barging in through the front door. There were three policemen with him. Gumbo saw that Jimmy Dayton was no longer with the chief.

“Bentley got away,” said Roper excitedly.

“We chased him about a quarter of a mile along the road, then he turned into a drive leading to an old farm. He left Dayton’s car there and struck out through the woods. He had too much of a head-start for us to chase after him on foot, so I went back to the village to get some of my men. I’ll have them search this area for Bentley. He’s around here somewhere.”

“Glad you got back, Chief,” Gumbo said, yawning.

“It’s been pretty dull around here just guarding the corpse.” He glanced at the butler.

“Hasn’t it, Shane?”

“Quite so, sir,” said Shane without the slightest change of expression.

“Dull is the word.”

VI

Moonlight cast a silver sheen on the stately trees of Ridgeway Manor, and yet there were many places where the light did not penetrate.

From beneath the weeping willow tree back near the garage, a tall man loomed into view.

A soft hat was pulled low on his forehead so that only the glittering eyes above the black cloth hiding the Danny part of his face were visible.

His overcoat collar was turned up, though the night was not cold.

A corpse lay at his feet.

“I warned him not to talk,” he muttered.

“Babbling all he knew to the chief and that detective!”

The man called Thomas Hernandez went to a tall flagpole that was set on the lawn.

He unfastened one end of the halyard and carried the rope back with him to the weeping willow.

Quickly fashioning a noose, he dropped it around the neck of the corpse.

Jim Bentley would never speak out of turn again.

The murderer worked fast, and when he had finished a dead man was hanging from the flagpole on the estate that had belonged to Edwin Breaux.

“That will puzzle them,” Hernandez said as he moved quickly away into the enveloping darkness.

The masked man did not see the plain handkerchief that dropped out of the side pocket of his coat. It was still there, a tiny patch of white in the moonlight long after he had disappeared. . . .

The car’s headlights were like round white eyes as the automobile rolled along the winding drive that led to the front of the mansion. For an instant, the hanging corpse was clearly visible in the bright glare of the headlights. The car halted abruptly.

“Good Lord!” exclaimed Roper.

“Look there, Gumbo. A man hanging from that flagpole.”

“I see him.” Gumbo opened the door and stepped out, Roper sliding from under the wheel.

“Looks like Bentley from here.”

The chief of police fumbled in the pocket of the car and produced a long barreled flashlight.

He switched the light on as they approached the pole.

The white beam revealed the contorted face of the owner of the old Cedar Inn.

“It’s Jim Bentley, all right,” said Roper.

Deftly, Danny Gumbo unfastened the ropes and lowered the body to the ground.

There were times when he hated his job—the close contact with death that murder cases frequently made necessary.

He had to be callous, but in spite of everything, Breaux, Sledge and Bentley had been human beings.

Probably they had loved life as much as any man. Suddenly something white fluttered in the breeze, catching his eye. Gumbo went over and picked it up.

It was a man’s white linen handkerchief.

And he noticed that it had a faintly sulphurous, chemical odor.

“Find something?” Roper asked, moving closer and peering at the object in the detective’s hand.

“Just a man’s handkerchief. No initials on it.”

Gumbo thrust the square of white linen into his pocket.

“Might be some latent prints on it, though.”

“Too bad that my men didn’t find Bentley,” Roper said.

“He would have been safer in jail, poor devil.”

“At least we know where he is now.” Gumbo’s tone was bitter.

“But why did Hernandez have to be so spectacular about this? Hanging Bentley on the flagpole is such a childish trick. The sort of prank a college student might play with a stuffed dummy of the dean—” He uttered a startled exclamation as he realized what he had said.

“That’s it, Chief! I was right!”

“Right about what?” Roper demanded.

“We better hurry up. Remember, the reason we came here is because Dayton phoned and told us Marie Breaux is still missing.”

His voice was tense as a thought struck him.

“Do you suppose she might have been murdered?”

“I doubt it,” Gumbo said.

“But when I said I was right a moment ago, I thought I had a line on the murderer. Now I’m not so sure of it. This afternoon you said you knew of three men who had reason to hate Edwin Breaux. Who were they?”

“Just local tradesmen. A butcher, a grocer and a man who runs a hardware store in the village. They all had arguments with Breaux at one time or another. He had a nasty disposition.” The chief sighed. “But they had no real motive for killing him.”

“The murderer did, I’m sure of that.”

“Stay here,” Roper said suddenly.

“I’m going into the house and phone for some of my men. I guess I’d better have Doc Jacob give us a report on the body.”

“That will be nice,” Gumbo called out as the chief hurried toward the house.

“He’ll probably tell us Bentley died from natural causes two days ago.”

Roper laughed, then faded into the shadows as he passed beneath the overhanging branches of some trees.

Gumbo stood beside the corpse, looking at the big house looming dimly in the night.

There were lights shining through the windows on the Danny floor, bright squares set in the gray stone. Gumbo agreed with the chief.

The three local men who hated Breaux because of his disagreeable disposition were not even worthy of consideration as suspects in this case.

There were others far more important. Jimmy Dayton had far more reason for killing the man who had ruined his father financially and caused the elder Dayton to kill himself.

Shane might also be the murderer, for Gumbo had not accepted the butler’s story without some reservations.

“What the hell!” Gumbo muttered as the lights in the house went out, leaving the windows black blotches in the gloom.

“That’s strange. Maybe I better go see what’s wrong.”

He ran across the lawn, drawing his automatic as he reached the steps of a small porch leading to the kitchen. The kitchen door was standing open, but the room beyond it was in total darkness. Danny Gumbo stopped when he saw that the cover of a small, square box built on the wall of the house was open.

He produced a pocket flashlight. Just as he had thought—it was the fuse box that controlled the house’s electricity. The main switch had been pulled open, cutting off all the lights.

“So that was it!” Gumbo reached up and pushed the switch back into place.

The instant he did so a bright light gleamed through the open kitchen door.

He stepped into the house.

There was no one in the kitchen.

Gumbo went through the butler’s pantry and on into the dining room beyond.

Electric lights were now burning all over the Danny floor, but even in the bright glow the dismal atmosphere of the place remained.

“Wonder what happened to Chief Roper?” Gumbo muttered, as he searched the rooms and found them empty.

The phone caught his eye when he stepped into what had been Edwin Breaux’s den.

The instrument was lying on the desk, as though whoever had been using it had dropped it suddenly.

Gumbo picked it up.

As he did, a weird wailing, like a loudspeaker gone crazy, burst from his phone.

Gumbo grinned and placed the phone back on the cradle.

He knew that the operator had turned on the “howler” when she had found that the line was open and received no answer.

The howler was often used when some one accidentally left their receiver off the hook.

“Hello. Stoneville operator?” Gumbo asked after he had picked up the phone and heard the operator speak.

“Did you just have a call over this wire?”

“Were you calling 911?” the operator asked.

“That’s the police department.”

“That’s right.”

Seeing Roper’s blue uniform cap lying on the floor beside the desk, Gumbo scowled.

“Let me have them again, please.”

As soon as he got the police on the wire Gumbo said that he was calling for Chief Roper, who wanted some men sent out to Ridgeway Manor right away and to come ready for trouble.

There had been another murder.

There was no longer any doubt in his mind that something had happened to Roper while he had been phoning the police station.

But what?

The only sign of a struggle was the cap lying on the floor, and the fact that the phone had evidently been put down suddenly.

He walked toward the door with the intention of exploring the rest of the house.

As he reached the door, the phone rang.

He turned back to answer it.

But at that moment someone leaped at him from the hall and a hard object crashed down on his head.

Gumbo tried to fight back, but he felt himself slipping fast into unconsciousness. …

VII

Gumbo blinked and opened his eyes.

He wondered vaguely why he was numb with cold and had such a racking pain in his head.

He stretched out his hand into the velvety darkness that surrounded him and shivered as his groping fingers encountered cold, slimy earth.

“I phoned the police,” he muttered.

“Phone rang and somebody must have hit me over the head and knocked me out when I turned to answer it.”

He struggled to a sitting position.

The pain in his head made him wince, but presently the ache subsided somewhat.

Who had struck him, and where had he been taken?

He was sure he was no longer near Ridgeway Manor.

He felt in his pockets, but the flashlight and his automatic were not there.

“If it was the murderer, why didn’t he kill me instead of knocking me out and bringing me here?” Gumbo asked himself, and then lapsed into silence as he found his own voice eerie, coming out of the black darkness.

He felt in his vest pocket for the small cigarette lighter he usually carried, flicked it on as he got to his feet.

In the dull glimmer of flame he peered about him.

“Repulsive-looking place,” he murmured.

He was in a small, low-roofed cellar, apparently hollowed out of the earth itself, for the walls were slimy with the percolated moisture of years.

His shoes splashed in an inch of foul water, and the air was so close and fetid that the flame of the lighter burned but dimly.

Gumbo shivered.

The only way to escape the water underfoot was a flight of wooden steps leading up to a pair of cellar doors, and even these steps were soggy and rotting like seaweed.

He looked down at himself.

His hat and overcoat were covered with green, slimy mud.

The pain in his head was making him feel sick, and he sat for a moment or two on the steps.

He discovered that he still had his pipe and tobacco pouch, so he filled and lighted the briar and smoked steadily in the black silence.

“I guess the next thing is to try and get out of here.”

He rose to his feet, snapped on the lighter again and examined the cellar doors, which apparently formed the entrance and exit to this mud box into which he had been thrown.

The doors fitted into a six-inch frame of cement which in its turn was embedded in solid earth.

A test of the heavy door proved they were immovable.

“Not a chance of getting out that way,” he decided.

“And the roof of the cellar here at the door must be eighteen inches thick. What I need is a steam shovel.”

On further investigation he found what seemed to be a weak patch in the roof near the hinged side of one of the doors.

Some of the earth forming the roof had crumpled away at this point. Gumbo searched through the pockets, found a clasp knife and drew it out.

He wondered why whoever had knocked him out had taken the gun and the flashlight and not the knife, and then decided they had probably reasoned it would not be used as a weapon.

Opening the blade of the knife, he mounted the steps and began digging away at the loose earth. He had to work  in the dark, but every now and then he snapped on the lighter and inspected his progress.

“I’ll probably be at this as long as the Abbe Faria in the Count of Monte Cristo was in digging that tunnel,” Gumbo muttered.

“But it’s better than sitting around in the dark doing nothing.”

Despite his self-jesting, Gumbo knew the need for haste was urgent. Both Chief Roper and Marie Breaux had disappeared.

Even now they might be in the hands of the ruthless killer who called himself Thomas Hernandez.

“What the hell!” Gumbo exclaimed, as a strange sound came to his ears.

“Water coming in here from somewhere.”

He went down the steps and stepped into water that was now up above his ankles.

It had risen four inches higher over the cellar floor while he had been digging the hole near the door.

With the aid of the pocket lighter he found the place where the water poured into his prison.

It was a drain pipe set in the cellar wall, but now, instead of letting the water out, it was bringing more and more in.

“So this is why he knocked me out and left me down here. When the water rises high enough, I drown. And it might be a long, long time before my body will be found.”

The water was coming in with too much force for any attempt to stop it by stuffing something in the drain, for the pipe was already half under water. There was only one thing to do, and that was to try and dig his way out as quickly as possible.

He splashed back through the water and climbed the steps.

He raised the lighter and the flame grew dim and then died away altogether.

“Damn it!” he swore.

“Fuel’s gone.”

He took off his overcoat and hat so he would be able to work faster, and began digging feverishly above his head with the knife.

The water rushing into the cellar was a steady, sinister sound.

Soon the job became no more than the continuous circling of the knife in the hole that he had already made.

Slowly it was becoming larger.

He was standing on one of the steps, for it was not much of a reach from there for a tall man.

He felt the water creeping up until it was on a level with the tread of the step, then above it, so that it washed around the soles of his shoes.

“Coming in faster,” Gumbo said.

“He must have turned a hose into that drain pipe.”

He continued his work and suddenly came upon a stumbling-block. The roof evidently formed the floor of some room above, for he found that the earth had been reinforced with lines of wooden rafters. He was digging a hole about eighteen inches in diameter and he scraped away until he had laid the rafters bare.

The water was up to his thighs now, even though he had climbed as far up the steps as it was possible and still be able to work with any degree of comfort.

Then he began the slow and painful task of hacking through the timber.

The wood that had been buried in the damp earth for years was not the tough, resilient stuff it had been when the builders had first sunk it there.

Age had sapped its fibers, dampness had decayed it, but it was still far from being completely rotted.

Gumbo’s wrist ached thoroughly.

His fingers had gone dead from gripping the slim knife handle, and his arms throbbed with the effort of holding them continuously above his head, but he stuck to his task.

At the end of an hour the water was up to his waist, but one section of the timber had fallen and another was half hacked through.

But there were still two more to be dislodged.

“Wonder whether it’s night or day,” he muttered, as he paused briefly to rest. He didn’t know how long he’d been knocked out or lay on the cellar floor.

He found that he was forced to work in spells, digging for a few minutes and then again resting his arms.

He knew that no matter how tired he might be, he had to get the hole dug through before the water rose much higher.

If not, he would be unable to continue, for once it rose as high as the roof he would drown.

Then suddenly Gumbo broke through.

He could feel air rushing through the place where the knife had dug open a little, but reassuring hole.

“Thank God!” he breathed, working frantically to make the hole larger.

He tugged at the two remaining rafters and finally they fell, leaving an opening wide enough for him to crawl through.

“Well, here goes.”

A dim light gleamed through the opening.

Gumbo was about to reach up and pull himself through the hole when he heard footsteps above.

He stood there in the darkness, the chill water up to his neck, listening tensely.

After all the work he had done were his efforts going to be in vain? Would the murderer find him before he was able to get free?

The footsteps above came closer.

Whoever was walking up there was close to the edge of the hole and must certainly see it.

To Gumbo’s surprise, the footsteps stopped and there followed a creaking sound and then a long sigh.

“That’s better, now that I have removed the gag,” said a gruff, apparently disguised masculine voice.

“What am I doing here?” came the husky whisper of Marie Breaux.

“I — Oh—” The broken sentence ended in a little scream.

“You have nothing to fear,” said the voice of the murderer.

“If you’ll give me the information I want, no one will harm you.”

“Information?” Marie Breaux’s voice was stronger and steadier.

“What can I tell you? Who are you, anyway? Why are you hiding your face with that black handkerchief?”

“Never mind who I am. What I want to know is what your father did with the diamonds?”

The water was getting higher and higher.

It was almost up to Gumbo’s neck, yet if he tried to climb out through the hole the killer would discover him at once.

In that case, he’d die before he even had a chance to aid the girl.

“Where are the diamonds?” Hernandez repeated.

“Tell me!”

“Diamonds?” Marie sounded puzzled.

“What diamonds?”

“Quit stalling. Your father had three hundred uncut diamonds that he managed to smuggle into this country.”

“Smuggle?” Marie said.

“You mean that my father—”

“Was a famous international crook,” Hernandez finished for her.

“Do you expect me to believe that you didn’t know?”

“Of course I didn’t,” the girl protested.

“So that was why he never told me anything about his life during those years I spent at the convent. I understand why now.” Her tone was bitter.

“My father a smuggler!”

“I didn’t come here to listen to you moan about your father’s past,” Hernandez said.

“Where did he keep the diamonds? I killed three men because I wanted those stones, and put three more where they can’t do any harm tonight.” His voice had grown sinister.

“I might make you the fourth victim if you don’t tell me. Where are those diamonds?”

“I don’t know.” Marie’s tone had changed. She was frightened now.

Danny Gumbo could sense the hysteria in her voice.

“Father never told me about the diamonds. He never told me anything. You must believe that!”

He had heard enough.

He reached up and dragged himself up through the opening he had dug between the ceiling of the cellar and the floor of the room above.

In doing so his head came into violent contact with an unseen object above.

It was such a heavy blow that it nearly knocked him back through the hole into the water below.

It took him a few seconds to recover, and then he realized he had struck his head on some metal springs two feet above his head.

He had excavated the hole by sheer chance right under a bed, a bed on which he was sure Marie Breaux was now bound.

“What was that?” Hernandez said suddenly.

“I heard a noise. Sounded as if it came from below.” He chuckled.

“Gumbo is down there. He can’t get out, and water is pouring in around him higher and higher.”

“You fiend!” Marie cried.

“You murdering beast!”

“Careful, my dear,” Hernandez said.

“Perhaps you may remember this from your school days: A verbis ad verbera.”

“It sounds like Latin.”

“It is,” said Hernandez,

“and it means ‘from words to blows.’ You really shouldn’t call me names, my dear. I’ll  be back in a little while, and then I expect you to tell me where your father hid the diamonds.”

Gumbo had been silently waiting beneath the bed, most of the water seeping out of his clothes.

The room was dimly lighted and he could see very little from where he was sprawled close to a side wall.

He caught a glimpse of a pair of feet moving away and a length of leather strap as Hernandez walked toward the door.

Hernandez was carrying that strap, apparently as a threat to the girl.

Then he was gone, closing the door behind him.

For a few moments Gumbo waited, then crawled out from under the bed and looked about him. He was in a low, dirty cellar, the comers of which were stacked with barrels and empty bottles.

It was evidently the storage cellar of the Cedar Inn.

The walls were of rough brickwork and the low ceiling was formed by the rafters of the floor above.

An oil lamp stood on an old, cracked mirror bureau that stood in one corner. Gumbo turned to the bed, which was covered by a filthy blanket that trailed on the floor on both sides of the old iron bedstead.

And on this lay Marie Benson, her wrists and ankles bound to the head and bottom rails of the bed by long strips of adhesive tape. Her face was deathly white, and across her forehead was a long gash from which blood had oozed and dried on her cheek.

Her eyes were wide as she gazed at the water-soaked figure that had just crawled out from beneath the bed.

“Don’t scream,” Gumbo said sharply.

“I’m a friend. You know me, Miss Breaux.”

“Danny Gumbo,” she said.

“Oh, thank heaven, you got here! He’s coming back to kill me if I don’t tell him where to find the diamonds. And I don’t know, I tell you! I don’t know!”

VIII

Hernandez might return at any moment. Gumbo motioned the girl to be quiet and went to the door.

He found it locked from the outside. It was built of stout oak, and he realized that even if he did succeed in battering it down, the noise would attract Thomas Hernandez.

“What’s the matter?” Marie’s voice was low as she regained control of herself.

“He locked the door,” Gumbo answered, swiftly searching the cellar for some other means of escape.

“We can’t get out of here.”

In one corner were the sub cellar doors, secured by a heavy oak bar, leading into the mud-hole from which he had escaped. He wondered how soon the mud-hole would be filled with water and the flood start rising into this cellar.

“What are we going to do?” Marie asked, as Gumbo went to the bed and cut through the adhesive tape that bound her.

She sat up, the dim light gleaming on her hair.

“There’s only one thing to do,” Gumbo said.

“He doesn’t know I’ve escaped from down below. I’ll hide under the bed again, and next time he comes in here, I’ll be ready for him.” Gumbo slid beneath the bed, hidden by the edge of the blanket that was draped over the side.

At his order the girl told him her story in a voice so low it was little more than a whisper.

That morning, after Gumbo and Chief Roper had told her of her father’s murder, she had taken her roadster and driven into the village. She had remained a little while at the undertaker’s establishment where the police had taken the body of her father. Then she had decided to drive out to the spot where the body had been found.

“I felt I simply couldn’t go back to that gloomy old house yet,” she went on.

“Jimmy would be there—Mr. Dayton, I mean—and so would Shane and the other servants. I didn’t want their sympathy. I couldn’t bear it. You see, Mr. Gumbo, I had found that my father’s death left me without the slightest sensation of the real grief I should have felt.”

“That was natural,” Gumbo said. “After all, your father was practically a stranger. But never mind that. Tell me what happened.”

“I reached the spot where the workmen were building the gasoline station,” she said.

“Then I changed my mind about stopping there. So I drove on. Finally I found myself in front of the old Cedar Inn. I wanted to find some place where I could be alone, to think things through.”

“You went into the inn?”

“Yes. And the moment I stepped inside, someone grabbed me. Strong, horrible fingers caught me by the throat. Then something struck me on the head and I partially lost consciousness. I dimly realized someone was carrying me down into this dark, musty old cellar. Then some bitter-tasting stuff was forced down my throat. It made me feel ill, and then everything went black.”

“And when you opened your eyes, the masked man was standing beside you, and you were tied to the bed?” Gumbo asked.

“Is that it?”

“Yes,” said Marie.

“He was—”

“Quiet!” Gumbo interrupted.

“I hear footsteps. He’s coming back.”

The sound of footsteps could be heard plainly as someone stopped outside the door.

A clanking noise followed as a bolt was drawn back and the heavy door opened. Hernandez entered the cellar room. He wore his soft hat drawn low over his eyes and as usual the bottom half of his face was concealed beneath a piece of black material.

“Good thing I turned off the water,” he said, glancing at the floor.

“The room’s filled down there, and the whole inn would have been flooded if I’d let that hose on any longer.”

He approached the bed.

With his overcoat collar turned up, he was a tall, sinister figure in the dim light of the oil lamp.

He stood there glaring at the girl, who was lying on the bed as though she were still helplessly tied.

“Well, have you changed your mind?” he asked.

“Are you going to tell me where the diamonds are hidden?”

“How can I tell you?” Marie said.

“I don’t know anything about them.”

“This is your last chance. Tell me!”

“I don’t know! I never heard—” She broke off With a little cry as the masked man leaned forward, his fingers reached for her throat.

“You’ll speak if I have to choke it out of you!”

Beneath the bed, Gumbo slightly raised the edge of the grimy blanket. He found that Hernandez’s feet were within a foot of him.

Suddenly he grabbed the ankles and gave a quick jerk.

The masked man shouted as he was pulled off balance.

He fell, striking the dirt floor with a thud that jarred the breath out of him.

Gumbo crawled swiftly from under the bed.

He was on his feet when Hernandez sprang up and hurled himself savagely at him.

They went down together, rolling over and over, each clawing at the other.

Marie sat up on the bed, no longer pretending she was bound.

A fist slammed against Gumbo’s chin, jerking his head back.

He caught Hernandez’s arm and then rolled over, smashing against the old bureau and knocking the lamp over.

The chimney glass broke, but the wick continued to burn.

“Look out!” Marie screamed. “He’s got an ax!”

Gumbo made it to his feet, ducked as Hernandez swung at him with a long-handled ax he had picked up from among the boxes and barrels.

Gumbo caught the ax handle as Hernandez drew it back for another swing.

“Drop it!” he shouted, tugging on the ax handle and smashing a fist into Hernandez’s face at the same time.

The blow knocked Hernandez back.

He lost his grip on the ax so suddenly that it also flew out of Gumbo’s hand and smashed into a cask of whisky, tearing a hole in it.

The liquor poured out and a bright flash of flame seared as the burning wick of the oil lamp ignited the whisky.

“Fire!” Marie screamed. “The whole place will burn!”

Hernandez lashed out with a right and a left that sent Gumbo crashing down. Before he could regain his feet the masked man had leaped to the door, slammed it shut from the outside, and shot the bolt into place.

Getting to his feet, Gumbo commanded,

“Over by the door. The fire hasn’t spread in that direction yet.”

He grabbed up an empty box and rushed to the double doors of the sub cellar.

He drew back the bolts that held them closed and flung the doors open. 

Just as he had hoped, the water had risen high enough for him to reach down and scoop up some of it in the box.

He dashed the water on the fire, and part of the flames hissed and went out.

“I’ll help,” said Marie, picking up a tin basin from the floor.

She scooped up water as Gumbo filled the soap box a second time. They worked fast, flinging water on the fire until it was completely extinguished.

Then they found themselves in complete darkness.

“We’re still trapped,” Marie said.

“He bolted the door.”

“There may be a way of getting out.” Gumbo was fumbling around in the dark.

“Here, I’ve found the ax. The handle is scorched but still usable.”

He swung the ax against the door, smashing the keen blade through the panel so that he was able to reach through the hole he made and pull back the bolt.

Carrying the ax, he stepped out of the cellar room.

Marie Breaux followed him.

The old inn was quiet and appeared deserted now.

They found a flight of stairs leading to the first floor of the place and climbed them, groping their way through the darkness.

The cold night air felt good on their faces when, finally, they stepped outside.

They walked along the road.

“Lovely place, the Cedar Inn,” Gumbo said, glancing back at the squat building behind them. Marie laughed softly.

“My car is gone, of course,” she said.

“I left it parked in front of the inn. But the killer wouldn’t have left it there after he had taken me prisoner.” Gumbo liked her. She was able to think for herself.

“But where would Hernandez take your car? You said it was a convertible, didn’t you?”

“Yes. Chartreuse with a black top.”

“Which would make it as inconspicuous as a neon sign around here,” Gumbo said.

“If you were the murderer and wanted to keep that car from arousing any suspicion around Stoneville, what would you do with it?”

“Put it back where it belonged, in the garage at Ridgeway Manor. That is, if I could do it without being seen.”

“You’re wonderful!” Gumbo said.

“That is what Hernandez must have done.”

Headlights gleamed far down the road ahead of them.

The lights grew larger and brighter. They waited, standing in the shadows at the side of the road.

“It could be him, coming back,” Marie said.

“Yes, I know.”

From the approaching car there came the high wail of a police siren. They recognized the sedan.

It was Chief Roper’s car.

Gumbo stepped out into the white glare of the headlights, waving his arms.

The sedan came to a halt with a grinding of brakes. Roper and Jimmy Dayton stepped out.

“Marie, darling!” Dayton exclaimed as he rushed to the girl.

“Are you all right? These past few hours have been utter agony!” Danny Gumbo stood there, still feeling the chill of the water in the sub cellar, his arms aching from the work he had done.

“Step over here, Chief,” he said, taking Roper and leading him away from Dayton and the girl.

“What happened to you?”

“I left you to phone my men,” Roper said.

“Just as I picked up the phone, the lights in the house went out. Someone knocked me out in the dark. When I came out of it I found that I had been locked in a clothes closet. I pounded on the door and my men heard me. They had arrived by then, so they let me out.”

“Where were Dayton and Shane?”

“They had been out looking for Miss Breaux and just returned after the police got there,” Roper said.

“But what happened to you, Gumbo?”

“That’s a long story.” Gumbo turned toward the car.

“Suppose I tell it to you on the way back to the village, Chief.”

He glanced at Marie and Dayton.

“After we have taken those two home. By the way, it might be a good idea to station some of your men at Ridgeway Manor. Miss Breaux’s a great girl. I’d hate to have anything happen to her while I’m in New York tonight.”

“New York!” exclaimed Roper. “Why are you going there?”

“To see a man about a murderer,” Gumbo answered.

He frowned and glanced at Dayton and the girl.

“And don’t ask me any more about it now.”

IX

It was a decidedly different-looking Danny Gumbo from the water-soaked mud-stained figure of the night before who entered the private office of Mike Dillard, president of the Financial Trust Company in New York.

Gumbo had showered and shaved, and was wearing a new topcoat and hat to replace those he had lost in the sub cellar of the old roadhouse.

“Good morning, Mike,” he said, as the banker rose and shook hands with him warmly.

“I realize your time is valuable, so I’ll get right to the point.”

“Wait a minute, Danny.” Dillard was a stout, bald man. He handed Gumbo a cigar.

“What’s on your mind?”

“Did you ever hear of an international criminal named Edwin Breaux?”

“No, of course not,” Dillard said hastily.

“Careful, Mike.” Gumbo’s tone was serious.

“I’ve checked up on the police records and the newspapers of ten years ago. That was around Nineteen-forty. You and four other men were foolish enough to think that you could have Breaux smuggle some jewels in from Europe for you so you’d get out of paying duty on them.”

“That’s right.” Mike Dillard nodded shamefacedly.

“It was just sort of an adventure, proving that we were smarter than the government men. But we were caught. I paid the duty on the stuff that Breaux brought in for me. It cost me forty thousand dollars, and I just managed to keep from receiving a jail sentence. As you say, there were four others mixed up in it.”

“Do you remember the names of those four men?” Gumbo smiled.

“This is strictly off the record, of course.”

“Why, yes. One was Billy Sledge. Another was Thornton Dayton—”

“Thornton Dayton?” interrupted Gumbo.

“Go on, please.”

“Then there was Harvey Vick, the ophthalmologist. He was in deeper than any of us and went to prison for ten or fifteen years.” Dillard frowned.

“As I recall it, Breaux arranged everything, but it was Vick who tried to bring the jewels through the customs.”

“Yes, I know,” said Gumbo.

“Vick claimed that Breaux framed him, but there wasn’t enough evidence against Breaux to convict him, and there was against Harvey Vick. The fourth man was Bill Thomas—a Wall Street broker, wasn’t he?” Dillard nodded.

“Thomas, Sledge, Dayton and I all paid a stiff fine and the duty on the jewels. But Vick and Thomas went to jail just the same.”

“Thanks, Mike.” Gumbo rose.

“That was all I wanted to know.”

He smiled sympathetically at the worried expression on Dillard’s face.

“Don’t worry. You won’t receive any unfavorable publicity from this. I just wanted to be sure to get the facts straight.”

Two hours later Danny Gumbo was back in Stoneville, talking to Chief of Police Roper in his office.

“Learn anything from your trip to New York?” asked the chief.

“Just about what I expected,” said Gumbo, dropping into a chair and filling his pipe.

“Anything happen at Vick’s place while I was gone?”

“Nothing.”

The little chief looked at Gumbo like a dog begging for a bone.

“What’s the idea of holding out, Gumbo? You know something that you aren’t telling.”

“I’ll tell you as soon as I’m sure of it,” said Gumbo.

“I think we had better pay a visit to Ridgeway Manor today. There are three hundred uncut diamonds hidden around there somewhere, and we’d better find them before the murderer kills someone else in trying to learn where they are.”

“Let’s drive out there now,” said the chief, getting to his feet and putting on his cap and uniform overcoat.

“I’m tired of waiting around for something to happen.”

The went out and got into Roper’s car.

It was just past noon and still chilly for early spring. Soon they had left the village behind and were swinging into the winding driveway of Ridgeway Manor. Gumbo decided he wouldn’t live in the dismal place if somebody gave it to him. “Two of my men are still on guard here,” Roper said as the car stopped in front of the house and a uniformed patrolman saluted him . . . “Everything all right here, Kelly?”

“Yes, sir,” said the patrolman.

“Been quiet around here all morning.” Gumbo glanced at a mud-spattered roadster parked farther along the drive. It was Dr. Jacob’s car and the medico was evidently in the house. Gumbo and Roper climbed the porch steps and rang the doorbell. It was a maid who admitted them.

“Where’s Shane?” Gumbo asked.

“He took the doctor up to see Miss Breaux,” the girl answered.

“She wasn’t feeling well. She must have caught a cold last night.”

“How long ago did they go up?”

“It must have been about ten or fifteen minutes ago, sir.”

“And Shane hasn’t come down yet?” Gumbo asked.

“No, sir.”

“Come on, Chief!” said Gumbo, running toward the stairs.

“Hurry, or we may be too late!”

He raced up to the second floor of the old house, Roper following. Just as they reached the upper hall a scream came from one of the rooms along the corridor.

Shane stepped out through an open doorway.

The ex-prize fighter swore profanely as he saw the two men, then turned and ran in the opposite direction along the hall.

“After him!” shouted the chief.

“He’s the murderer!” Roper ran down the hall after the butler. Gumbo did not follow.

He stepped into the room from which Shane had appeared. Dr. Jacob was seated in a chair beside the bed on which Marie Breaux lay.

The doctor’s fingers were on the girl’s pulse.

“What’s wrong with her, Doctor?” Gumbo asked quietly.

“Why did she scream?”

“She’s all right now,” Jacob said.

“Her pulse is still a little rapid, but I gave her a sedative. It was Shane. He threatened to kill both of us if we didn’t tell him where the diamonds were hidden. Miss Breaux screamed, and then Shane ran when he realized there was someone in the hall.”

Gumbo took out his handkerchief and held it to his left eye.

“The chief will get Shane. There’s not much chance of him being able to escape.”

He rubbed at his eye.

“What’s the matter, get something in it?” asked Dr. Jacob, moving over to the tall, dark-haired man.

“Better let me take a look at that eye, Gumbo.”

“Wish you would. Feels like ophthalmia to me.”

“Nonsense!” Dr. Jacob turned Gumbo’s face to the window.

“There is not enough inflammation for ophthalmia. Your eye looks all right to me.”

“You are careless, Doctor.”

Jacob suddenly found himself covered by an automatic that Gumbo had produced from the side pocket of his coat.

“Or should I say Dr. Harvey Vick?”

“Dr. Harvey Vick?” Jacob gasped.

“You’re crazy!”

Gumbo glanced at the door as the chief and his men appeared, marching Shane in front of them and with Jimmy Dayton following.

“Nice work, Shane. You probably saved your life by running away a few minutes ago, and giving Jacob a chance to insist you were the murderer.”

“Isn’t he?” demanded the chief in surprise.

“No,” said Gumbo. “Dr. Harvey Vick, alias Dr. Jacob and Thomas Hernandez is the murderer.”

“Jacob!” There was a dazed expression on Roper’s face.

“But how did you know, Gumbo?”

“First, because Jacob was so careless in giving the time that Breaux and Sledge died,” Gumbo said, as the chief snapped handcuffs on the doctor.

“He evidently did so through his ignorance of the real duties of a coroner. After all, he is—or was—a specialist in ophthalmology. I knew he had been out somewhere the night before last because of his mud-spattered car.”

“But he might have been out visiting his patients.”

“True, I was willing to grant that.” Gumbo glanced at the girl lying motionless on the bed.

“You weren’t foolish enough to let him give you that bitter tasting medicine a second time, were you, Marie?”

“No, of course not.” Marie sat up.

“I pretended to swallow it, but I didn’t. I realized the taste was the same as the stuff that the masked man forced me to swallow at the inn, so I spat it out into my handkerchief when Jacob wasn’t looking.”

“Smart girl,” said Gumbo. He shook his head sadly as he looked at the doctor.

“As I said before, you have been careless, Doctor. Tying her to the bed with white adhesive tape, such as a doctor uses, dropping your handkerchief with the sulphurous, chemical odor of iodoform on it, and talking Latin. And then when I suggested that I might have ophthalmia, you could tell just by looking at the eye whether I did or not. That required an eye specialist’s knowledge. Then I was sure you were Harvey Vick.”

“But who is this Dr. Vick?” demanded Roper.

“He was the one man who hated Edwin Breaux enough actually to kill him,” Gumbo said.

“Breaux got Vick into a smuggling deal that sent the doctor to jail for ten years and ruined his life. When he got out he made up his mind to get Breaux. Vick came here about the same time Breaux did. He had changed so much during his time in prison that Breaux did not recognize him. Perhaps Vick is disguised now, to a certain extent. The red mustache, and in other little ways.”

“I recognized the doctor yesterday when he was in the house here looking for the diamonds,” Shane said.

“I wasn’t going to say anything, though. He tried to choke me then, and I knew he might do it again if he got the chance. Later I saw Bentley try to kill Jacob with the rifle at Sledge’s cottage. It was then that I knew the doctor must be Hernandez.”

“Why were you sure of that?” Gumbo asked.

“Because Bentley ran away from the cottage badly frightened the moment that Dr. Jacob came into the kitchen,” said the butler.

“I saw that as I was leaving.”

“That’s right,” Gumbo said, nodding.

“And Bentley shouted that he had recognized the voice. He meant that Jacob and Hernandez’s voices were the same.”

“Of course,” said Shane.

“Why didn’t you tell me that when I caught you at the cottage later?” Gumbo looked at the butler.

“I thought I’d better keep quiet. After all, it would be just my word against that of the doctor. I didn’t have any proof, and besides, he had tried to strangle me at the house. I knew he was dangerous and I didn’t want to be his next victim.”

“But why did he kill Sledge?” Roper wanted to know.

“Since Mr. Gumbo appears to know everything else, let him explain that,” Jacob snarled.

The detective grinned.

“All right, I will,” he said, looking at the killer.

“The morning after you murdered Breaux you went to Sledge’s cottage. He knew you as Jacob. of course, and also knew that you were really Vick. Doubtlessly you and Sledge planned to get the diamonds from Breaux, planned it together. Hernandez  was to be an illicit jewel dealer who would take the diamonds off Vick’s hands. He had smuggled them into the country. They weren’t registered, and he was anxious to get rid of them.”

“Then that was what the special delivery letter must have been about,” exclaimed Dayton.

“Now I understand.”

“Good! It was nice of you, Dayton, to try to protect Marie from knowing her father was a crook by destroying Breaux’s papers.” Gumbo smiled at the secretary.

“So Sledge arranged the meeting between Breaux and Hernandez at the old inn. Breaux was no fool. He left the diamonds at home when he went to meet the man he was to deal with. Hernandez killed him and then was disappointed not to find the stones on the body.”

“He tricked us, damn him!” Vick shouted hoarsely.

“All right, Gumbo, you win, but you haven’t a bit of real evidence on me.”

“Haven’t we?” Gumbo looked at Roper.

“That’s where he’s wrong, isn’t he, Chief?”

“Well, yes,” said Roper.

“We’ve got a nice collection of fingerprints. One or more of them on a handkerchief, two on the knife that killed Sledge and a lot of them on that adhesive tape that was used in order to tie up Miss Breaux. And those fingerprints are all the same. They’ll check with Vick’s prints.”

“But why did he kill Sledge?” Dayton asked.

“Because Sledge was willing to rob Breaux of the diamond,” said Gumbo.

“But when Sledge found out that Vick had murdered Breaux, then he must have protested and was killed by the doctor before he could talk. Bentley may have seen this murder, since he knew Sledge was dead when I questioned him.”

“But where are the diamonds?” asked Shane.

“I’ve searched this house for them and couldn’t find anything. Mr. Breaux had all sorts of strange things around the house stuck in corners. Even had one closet filled with old inner tubes. Patched tubes they are, too.”

“Bring those tubes here, Shane,” ordered Gumbo.

In a few moments the butler returned with an armful of old inner tubes.

Gumbo took one of them and cut a hole in the rubber near the place where it had been patched.

He thrust his hand inside and drew out a little package.

“Here are some of the diamonds,” he said, as he opened the package and revealed a few of the gray-green stones.

“You’ll probably find all of them in the rest of these inner tubes. I felt that Breaux would have to hide them in some place that was almost too silly and obvious for anyone to look into. If he had hidden them in a secret safe, Shane or Hernandez would have found them long before this.”

“What an idiot I’ve been,” muttered Shane.

“Right before my eyes for months and I never got wise!”

“Careless of you, Shane,” said Gumbo. “Almost as careless as the doctor in thinking that the Stoneville police department didn’t even check up on fingerprints.”

He smiled ironically at the murderer.

“A little mental myopia, Doctor?”

The End

Lucid – a classic murder mystery

LUCID

The Gumbo Files

By

Curtis Long

I

The ticket office in the railroad station at Port Royal wasn’t meant for privacy.

Its low windows commanded a full view of the train platform. Danny Gumbo pretended to study his newspaper until train time, but his eyes were on the girl who paced up and down outside the waiting room.

She was agitated about something, but that alone wouldn’t have aroused Gumbo’s interest. He was young, single and susceptible. The girl was definitely attractive and neatly dressed, although Gumbo imagined she must be cold because of the lightweight tailored suit she was wearing. Another pair of eyes also watched her —those of a portly, bald-headed man with a ruddy complexion and little eyes.

Gumbo and the portly man both had purchased tickets, but so far the girl had not.

The train to Rumford rolled in, twenty minutes late, but Gumbo didn’t care much about that.

He had plenty of time and the Maine air was pleasant.

Gumbo picked up his bag, followed the portly man aboard the train and seated himself. The girl just stood there, apparently trying to make up her mind whether or not to get aboard. As he waited for the train to pull out, Gumbo thought of his mission. When old man Dan Lockhart yowled for his attorneys, they jumped. As junior member of the firm, Gumbo jumped highest. Lockhart specifically had asked for him, probably because Gumbo had a mild reputation for ferreting out problems not altogether concerned with law work. In fact, he was considered something of a detective and trouble spotter. Then the girl swung aboard at the last minute. The train was traveling fairly fast when she lurched down the aisle. The swaying of the coach made walking difficult. As she came abreast of the portly man, she lost her balance and practically fell into his lap. She smiled and apologized, walked to a seat across the aisle from Gumbo and sat down. Gumbo knew the portly passenger had stuck his ticket into the slot of the seat ahead of him. Now that ticket was gone. Gumbo saw the girl glance around covertly and then slide a ticket into the slot of her seat.

“Well, I’ll be—” Gumbo muttered.

“She swiped that ticket and is using it herself. Just shows you never can tell about appearances.” Just then, the conductor entered the coach and started collecting tickets. The portly man was unaware of the theft until the conductor spoke to him.

“Ticket?” The portly man bent forward to examine the slot.

“I put it right there a couple of minutes ago. It couldn’t have fallen out. I— Wait a minute. That girl back there, she stumbled against me. I saw her at the railroad station and she didn’t buy a ticket. I’ll bet she took mine!” Gumbo saw the girl flush, and her hands tightened into fists. Gumbo bent down and sent his own ticket skittering along the floor of the car. Finally he arose and ambled forward.

“You need glasses, friend. I was at the railroad station, too. I’ll bet you’d say you saw me buy a ticket also.”

“You did. I watched you. You’re just sticking up for that girl. She stole my ticket!”

“Look here,” Gumbo said frigidly.

“I’m an attorney. Your accusations can get you into trouble. She did buy a ticket, and I didn’t. I forgot all about it. And before you go leaping at conclusions, why the blazes don’t you look on the floor? You might have dropped it.” The conductor reversed a couple of seats, stooped down and came up with the ticket.

“Looks like you made a mistake, mister,” he said.

“I’d apologize to that girl if I were you.”

“And I’d sue you,” Gumbo said. He glanced at her just as he settled back into his own seat. She’d lost that strained expression and was attempting to smile. Gumbo paid his fare in cash, took a receipt and then pretended to look out of the window. When a waiter announced dinner, the girl remained seated. Gumbo could tell that she was hungry. He arose, walked over beside her and bowed.

“I’m sorry about all that nonsense,” he said.

“My name is Danny Gumbo, from New York. Under the circumstances, our fat friend should have asked your pardon and taken you to dinner. Because he didn’t, and due to the fact that I respect my own sex, I’d like to make up for his deficiency. Will you have dinner with me?” She looked up at him.

“Thank you. I’m from New York, too. Also, I’m broke and I did steal that man’s ticket. I know what you did for me and I’m grateful.”

“That’s better,” Gumbo smiled.

“Confession is good for the soul. We’ll forget all about that. The dining car is forward. An hour later, Gumbo escorted her back to her seat. He had been unable to learn her identity, why she was broke, and why her trip was so important that she’d resort to theft to accomplish it. When darkness descended Gumbo closed his eyes. When he opened them again, they were at Rumford. The portly man was alighting. The girl was not in her Gumbo glanced through the window at the deserted wooden station, and hoped to thunder old man Lockhart hadn’t forgotten to send a car. As he swung onto the platform he saw a flash of trim ankle, heard the slamming of a car door as the girl was driven away. Gumbo sighed and headed for the other side of the depot. There was a car parked there, but no one was in it. He waited five minutes and watched the portly man trudge down the road in the opposite direction. Then he saw a tag tied to the wheel of the automobile. It read: Attorney Gumbo: Sorry can’t supply driver. You know where my place is. Come up. It was signed in Old Man Lockhart’s crabbed handwriting. Gumbo got his bag, started the motor and pulled away from Danny Gumbo the station. The left headlamp was dark. Gumbo knew the roads fairly well and as he continued to drive, recognition of landmarks became even clearer. The car started to climb now, negotiating the high mountain at the top of which Dan Lockhart’s estate sprawled. There was even a private lake there, with some of the best fishing in the world. Gumbo looked forward to that. On his left was a flimsy highway fence and beyond it & drop of about two hundred feet into a valley. On the right- hand side a cliff rose, stark and jagged. If Gumbo had not rolled down the window he might not have heard the start of that avalanche.

First there was a loud cracking sound, like a tree being mowed down by a heavy tank. Then bits of loose stone and earth rained on the roof of the car.

Gumbo squirmed over to the right and peered up. He saw a gigantic boulder roll off the edge of the cliff. There was not time to manipulate the car. Gumbo threw the door wide and crouched in the comparative safety of the cliff. The huge rock hit the rear end of the car, dragged it through the fence and both plunged over the precipice. Gumbo shivered, then frowned. Had it really been an accident? A killer, planted high up on those cliffs, could have dislodged the boulder at a given moment. He’d have known too that Gumbo was in that car—by the darkened headlamp. Gumbo risked his life to go down the almost sheer wall and reach the smashed car. His bag was intact. He opened it, reached to the bottom and brought out a flashlight and a thirty-eight caliber automatic. The gun felt comfortable and reassuring in his grasp. He heard a car come to a stop on the road above.

“Don’t leave,” Gumbo yelled.

“I’m coming up and I need help!” He looped the grip around his neck, using his necktie to do so. This left both hands free to scale that wall. A slender young man with an ashen face and wide, staring eyes met him. He was about twenty and there was something akin to terror in his eyes.

“There was an accident,” Gumbo explained.

“A boulder took my car over the cliff. I have to reach Lockhart’s place as quickly as possible. I’ll pay you five dollars for the ride.”

“Don’t have to pay me,” the young man said sullenly.

“That’s where I’m going. Get in.” Gumbo watched the lad narrowly during the ride and kept his left hand buried deep in the side pocket of his coat, where he could caress the gun. It seemed to him that this boy had come along almost too coincidentally.

“Were you in town?” he asked.

“Yup!”  

“Funny that I didn’t see you,” Gumbo went on. “In fact, I didn’t see another car, and everything in town was closed up tight.”

“I was seeing a friend.” Gumbo was far from satisfied. It was possible that the young man had hidden his car, climbed to where that boulder had been previously prepared for an easy push that would send it down, and then hurried back to his car and stopped to see what actual damage his murderous act had accomplished. The winding road passed between tall rows of birches and cedars. The smell of them had long since gotten into Gumbo’s soul. He was glad to be back, despite the grim welcome he’d received. His driver brought him directly up to the front door. The car immediately pulled away toward a servant’s cabin about half a mile to the rear. A light flashed on the porch. The door opened and a woman admitted him. She was tall, straight as one of the birches on the estate, and there was no sign of welcome on her face. “You must be the lawyer. We expected you long ago. I kept something warm for you. Come in.” Gumbo walked down the long, wide reception hall. This was a two-story log building containing sixteen rooms. Ted Essex, Lockhart’s confidential secretary, came out of the study. Essex greeted him with outstretched hand and a broad smile. Gumbo immediately told him about the accident. “Rock? Car left for you?” Essex looked puzzled. “I don’t get it. I assigned the housekeeper’s son to go after you. He’s a skinny, pale kid.” “Well,” Gumbo grunted,

“he did bring me here, but I didn’t meet him until after the accident. I could have sworn the note had been written by Lockhart. There must be a mistake. How is the old boy?” “Not particularly good,” Essex said. “He and I were out driving yesterday morning, when he crashed against a tree while making a sharp turn. The car caught fire. I dragged him out, but he’s badly burned. There’s a doctor from the village with him now. Lockhart looks like a mummy. He’s swathed in oil and bandages. Lucky, though. If he’d been alone, he’d have roasted to death. Look at my hands and my arms. That is just a small sample of what Lockhart got.”

II

M^SSEX carefully pulled up his sleeves and exhibited raw, sore-looking burns.

“Lockhart has been afraid he might die, and there are some changes to be made in his will,” the secretary went on. “That’s why he called for you. Supposing you eat while the doctor finishes up. Then I’ll take you to see him. After that, you can meet the twin vultures.”

“Exactly who are they?” Gumbo laughed. Essex shrugged.

“Lockhart’s stepdaughter is one. Probably you never met her, but we let her know about the old man’s condition and she flew here, landing at the nearest airport. The other is the old man’s niece, equally attracted by the savory thoughts of his death and the estate he’ll leave. She arrived a short time ago.” Gumbo ate in a small alcove. The dour housekeeper served him with food. She answered Gumbo’s every comment with a curt yes or no. She stiffened suddenly and seemed to almost flee from the room. Gumbo looked around. A tall, slender girl in a brocaded housecoat and elaborately designed slippers, approached. “Hello,” she extended a slim hand.

“You must be the lawyer whom Daddy sent for. My name is Beth Drake.” Gumbo motioned to a chair on the other side of the table.

“Won’t you sit down?” Gumbo knew a great deal about Beth Drake. Lockhart had married her mother and the union lasted about a year.

Then Lockhart settled a sum on her. Gumbo’s firm had handled the divorce.

The mother died and Beth Drake went on to become a second-line chorus girl, a hat-check girl, a restaurant hostess, and in the process managed to attain an unsavory reputation. “We were so afraid Daddy might die,” Beth said, watching Gumbo.

“I understand he’s much better now,” Gumbo said. “Where is Lockhart’s niece?” “You mean Maddie Stanforth? Oh, she’s around, figuring what she’ll do with the things she falls heir to when the old—when Daddy does leave us.”

Gumbo patted his lips with the napkin, arose and helped Beth from her chair.

They walked across the hall into the living room.

“Maddie, you know, she’s filthy rich.”

“She’s pretty, I suppose?”

“Well, in a way. I suppose you might call her that,” Beth answered. Gumbo consequently prepared himself to meet a ravishing beauty. Yet he didn’t steel himself enough—because Miss Maddie Stanforth turned out to be the penniless girl who’d stolen a ticket on the train! She extended her hand to Gumbo as though he were a perfect stranger.

“So glad you’re here,” she said coolly.

“Mr. Essex told me to find you. Mr. Lockhart is ready now. He’s upstairs. Dr. Baker will show you where. He’s waiting at the head of the steps.” Gumbo grinned at her and climbed the stairway. Dr. Baker was a burly, bearded giant of a man and his handshake felt something like the grip of a bear.

“You may talk to the patient for ten minutes and no longer. He isn’t completely out of the woods yet, but I suspect we’ll have him around again soon. He can talk only in a whisper and he mustn’t do too much of that.” Gumbo knew he’d find something rather grim-looking in that bed, but Lockhart’s appearance shocked him profoundly. The elderly millionaire was swathed in so many bandages that only his eyes were visible. He raised a thickly bandaged hand and Gumbo just touched it.

“Shut the door,” Lockhart whispered and the bandages muffled the words.

“Nosy doctor. Don’t trust him. Don’t trust anybody!” Gumbo closed the door. Lockhart certainly hadn’t changed much.

“Now keep quiet and listen,” Lockhart whispered.

“There’s a lot going on around here I don’t like. I think the accident wasn’t quite that. Somebody tampered with the steering gear. I don’t know who it could have been. I’m pretty bad, Gumbo. Worse than you think, or that fool doctor lets on. They can’t trick me. I know!

“I’ll have Essex get my will. I wrote a new one myself and I want you to be sure it’s airtight. Essex is all right, trust him. When you’ve finished with the will, find out who monkeyed with my car. You have a reputation as a detective of sorts.” K ANE left the room and walked slowly over to the stairs. He wa3 halfway down them when he heard a wild shout. It came from Lockhart’s room. Reversing his steps, Gumbo rushed to the door, threw it wide and saw the face of the pale, skinny youth who had driven him to the house at the window. The boy held a gun in his hand. Lockhart was propped up on one elbow. Gumbo seized a vase and flung it at the face. It missed, but the youth disappeared. When Gumbo looked through the window, he saw that the boy had climbed a tree and crawled out on a thick limb to reach the window. To make his escape, he merely dropped to the ground and scampered away. Lockhart whispered hoarsely:

“He had a gun. He was going to kill me. His mother—Mrs. Webster, the housekeeper—told him to do that. As soon as I get better, I’ll kick both of ’em off the place! Gumbo, I’m probably the most hated man in this neck of the woods.”

“Bosh!” Gumbo locked the window and lowered the shade.

“Why would anybody be sore at you ?”

“Because I won’t be a good fellow and die, that’s why!” Lockhart said grimly. Downstairs, Gumbo met Maddie Stanforth again. She was alone. He took her arm and piloted her into the study.

“You can imagine my surprise at seeing you here. Who brought you up?”

“Bruno came for me,” she said.

“He’s the caretaker. If I’d known you were coming here, I’d have certainly asked you to ride with us. After all, you are a friend.”

“Would you mind taking a little walk with me—friend?” Gumbo grinned. They strolled around the north wing and paced the driveway heading to the servant’s quarters. He held her arm, drawing as close as he dared.

“Just between the two of us,” he said,

“a couple of strange things have occurred tonight. First of all, I’m certain somebody tried to kill me. Then, a few minutes ago, Mrs. Webster’s boy tried to take a pot-shot at your uncle.”

“Is—is Uncle all right?”

“Yes, but that boy had murder in his eyes. Why should he hate your uncle?”

“I don’t know, Mr. Gumbo. I’ve known Joey—the boy—about three years and he’s always been very shy. Uncle treated him well.” 121 

“And while we’re on this deep investigation,” Gumbo said,

“why not tell me how come you’re considered a very wealthy young lady, yet you were obliged to chisel a railroad ticket up here.” She lowered her head slightly. “I suppose you think I’m a thief. I had to get here tonight because I feel that something is going to happen. But I’m not rich. I work for a living, and when Uncle Dan Lockhart sent for me, I happened to be dead broke. The boss was away and I couldn’t even get an advance.” Gumbo smiled.

“It’s rather refreshing to find someone who will tell the truth. Such instances are rare in my profession. Now supposing you tell me why Lockhart sent for you.” Maddie never had to answer that question. The complete silence of the mountain was broken by a single shot. It came from the vicinity of the lake. Gumbo seized Maddie’s wrist.

“Come on!” They reached the lake and made a futile search of the south shore. Gumbo went to the first boathouse, stepped inside and lighted a match. There was nothing. With Maddie beside him, he went to the second, scraped another match, held it high and instantly blew it out.

But Maddie had a glimpse of the grisly object that stared unwinkingly, unseeingly up at the roof. It was Mrs. Webster, the housekeeper. T

here was a bullet hole in the middle of her forehead.

“Go outside and be on the alert,” Gumbo told Maddie. Kneeling beside the limp figure, Gumbo felt for a pulse he knew wouldn’t be there.

He looked around the place, using one match after another. There was no gun.

Then Gumbo heard Maddie’s shrill warning. He snuffed out the match and dropped flat. There was a sound of breaking glass and two shots rang out. Both bullets plowed into the worn floor at Gumbo’s side.

“You killed her! You’re a big city gangster and he sent for you to kill her!” I T WAS the sobbing voice of Joey, the son of the dead woman. There was frantic bitterness in his grief-stricken words. His emotions were running riot in blind revenge. Gumbo cursed himself for not carrying his automatic. He felt pity for the boy, but realized the youth might murder anyone he met. He had to be restrained. Maddie was crouched against the outside wall. Gumbo went up to her when he heard Joey flee through the underbrush.

“It’s all right,” he whispered.

“He’s gone. The poor kid saw me kneeling beside the body of his mother and thought I’d killed her. Now why should he think Lockhart would even consider doing a thing like that?”

“I don’t know.” Maddie clutched his arm tightly.

“Let’s get away from here. I’m afraid. He might return and —kill you!” Ted Essex, carrying a baseball bat in one hand, ran up.

“What the devil—” he panted.

“The devil is right,” Gumbo said.

“Mrs. Webster was murdered. She’s inside the boathouse. Her boy just took a couple of pot-shots at me, too. We’d better round him up before he goes berserk in his grief. Also, it might be a good idea to notify the police.”

“Police? There aren’t any. Just the State Troopers about fifty miles away. We can’t even phone them. Lockhart wanted phones installed, but the telephone company asked the price of a new power plant to put them in up here. Unless we send someone—”

“Not on your life,” Gumbo snapped.

“It would be just our ill luck to send the murderer. Dr. Baker had better come down here and take charge.” Maddie clung tightly to Gumbo’s arm as they followed Essex to the lodge.

“This Bruno—the caretaker who met you at the train,” Gumbo said.

“I’d like to meet him. I know he’s been here a long time and Lockhart must trust the man, but Bruno may know something to help us.”

“Bruno is as faithful as an old watchdog. I’d trust him anywhere. He likes me, too. May I see him first and arrange things? He isn’t fond of strangers and their questions, but I’m pretty sure I can make him listen to you.”

“That will be fine. Just one thing, Maddie. Be careful. There’s a killer loose on this estate and he won’t stop at one murder.” He watched her hurry away into the darkness. Bruno’s dark cabin was illuminated. Gumbo hurried to the lodge. Beth Drake was in the library idly thumping a book.

“Essex told me what happened. Who do you think killed that nice old lady?”

“Why do you speak of her like that?” Gumbo asked bluntly.

“She hated you. I could see it on her face when you walked into the dining nook.” Beth’s smile faded.

“I—well, just because she didn’t like me is no reason why I should’ve hated her. Truthfully, I don’t think Mrs. Webster liked any of us.”

“Maybe,” Gumbo agreed.

“You’ve been in the house all of the time?”

“Right in the study. Nobody seems to care much whether I’m lonesome or not.” Gumbo went upstairs. Dr. Baker sat beside Lockhart’s bed and he motioned Gumbo that it was all right to approach.

“Stay with him until I return,” he said.

“Essex told me about Mrs. Webster. I’ll go right down. He’s waiting for me at the back door.” Gumbo took the doctor’s chair. Lockhart turned his head slowly in Gumbo’s direction. A hoarse chuckle came from his throat.

“So the old hag is done for at last, is she? Good! Excellent! Find the man who killed her, Gumbo.”

“I intend to. It was a brutal murder. The man who did it must be punished.”

“Never mind the punishment,” Lockhart whispered.

“Find him and give him ten thousand dollars with my compliments. The old woman got what she deserved. Listen to me, Gumbo. You don’t know what she was. Domineering, sly and clever. She used to examine all my books, read my mail. Do you suppose that alabaster-faced kid of hers came to kill me of his own volition? Not so you’d notice it. She sent him! I’m glad she’s dead! Now get out of here and let me get some sleep.”

III

Lockhart didn’t sleep and Gumbo didn’t leave.

The old man kept muttering her name, interspersed with some of the vilest curses Gumbo had ever heard. When Baker returned Gumbo went with him into the doctor’s bedroom. He closed the door, lighted a cigar and then took a hypodermic needle from his kit.

“I’m going to give Lockhart something to make him sleep,” he said.

“Excitement is bad for him. About Mrs. Webster—a very gruesome piece of business. She was throttled into unconsciousness first and then shot. Whoever did it was a very strong person—her neck was almost broken. I covered the body, but of course I didn’t move it.

“Fortunately the law is taken care of, because I happen to be the medical examiner for this district. In fact, I’m pretty much of everything, including health officer, keeper of vital statistics and even a justice of the peace. We have a tendency to concentrate authority in these parts.” Gumbo watched Baker depart and leaned back ift his chair, thinking. Downstairs, Essex was sprawled in a chair talking with Beth. He arose when Gumbo came down and asked him to lead him to the study. There he moved back a sliding panel in the wall, exposing a small safe. He spun the combination expertly. From the safe he removed a long, sealed envelope and handed it to Gumbo.

“Lockhart gave this to me a couple of days ago. It’s his revised will—the one he wants you to check over. I’ll go out if you want to be alone.” Gumbo slit the seal.

“You’re practically in charge here, and Lockhart trusts you. He told me so. Now, let’s see .. Gumbo whistled long and softly as he laid down the one-page document.

“He certainly made some changes. I know the contents of his original will. In fact, I have a copy in my bag. He had provided for Mrs. Webster and Bruno, but this new version never even mentions them. Nor you, Essex. And he originally left you ten thousand if you were still in his employ when he died.” Essex grinned.

“I had an inkling of that. Lockhart is a very changeable person. He pays me well, and he mentioned the other day that I was a fool if I expected to gain by his death. If it’s not too confidential, who does get the money?”

“Maddie is mentioned. Twenty-five thousand dollars goes to her. He maintains she has enough money and more would only burden her. The bulk of his estate goes to Beth Drake—and I’m appointed executor. Well, I guess that’s that. I’ll have to make a legal version of this and have him sign it first thing in the morning. Now, tell me about Maddie Stanforth. Where did she get this wealth of hers?”

Essex lit a cigarette and leaned back.

“Well, her mother and the old boy upstairs were sister and brother. She married some rather insignificant scientist. The old boy didn’t like it, but he was mollified when he learned that his sister was well off financially. Seems this scientist made a pot of money. He died, and so did his wife. Maddie inherited their estate. I think the old boy is rather fair about it all, don’t you ?”

“I suppose so,” Gumbo said, going outside. Beth started to arise when he passed the library door, but Gumbo kept on going. He wanted to see Maddie, find out about Bruno and other things. She had a little explaining to do, however.

Everyone believed her to be rich, and Maddie maintained she wasn’t.

But Maddie was nowhere in sight.

Gumbo frowned and hurried toward Bruno’s lighted cabin.

He stepped up on the tiny porch.

From it he could look into a window and see half of a room. A big, ungainly man sat in a chair and ran a cleaning rag through one of the biggest revolvers Gumbo had ever seen.

This must be Bruno, but Gumbo decided he’d hate to meet him in the dark.

He looked big enough to handle any two ordinary men.

Gumbo rapped on the door.

Bruno started up and Gumbo heard him fussing around for a minute or two. Then he opened up and greeted Gumbo with a scowl.

“I’m Mr. Lockhart’s attorney,” Gumbo said.

“Maddie told me she was coming to see you and I thought, after what happened near the lake, that I’d escort her to the lodge.” “She left ten minutes ago,” Bruno declared.

He started to close the door, but Gumbo put a firm hand against the panel, slipped inside and walked into the room where Bruno had been working.

There was no sign of the revolver. Had he been cleaning it because he expected to use the gun, or to remove all traces that it had been used recently? Gumbo wondered about that.

“Well?” Bruno growled.

“Look, Bruno,” Gumbo said softly.

“There’s been a murder. The killer is still loose and everyone is open to suspicion. I’ve questioned the others and they’ve accounted for themselves. What about you? Where were you?”

“Right here, where I belong. I know my place, which is more’n that old witch did. I ain’t sorry she’s dead, but I didn’t kill her.” Gumbo’s eyes roved over the room. In a back corner he spotted a leather jacket, much too small for Bruno’s big shoulders and exactly the type which Joey Webster had worn. Gumbo said nothing. He went to the door, murmured an apology and walked out into the night. Twenty yards from the cabin he ducked behind a bush. Bruno had been too anxious for him to leave.

A murder suspect who is innocent courts an investigation, is eager for it and will answer questions.

Bruno had been highly reticent, and now—it seemed

“that young Joey was hidden in the cabin. Minutes crawled by and then all the lights in Bruno’s cabin winked out.

Gumbo moved forward. Someone emerged, who moved softly toward the servants’ quarters.

Gumbo was no woodsman, but he maintained an even, steady stride and made little sound. He got ahead of this mysterious person and, selecting a dark spot beneath the concealing branches of a birch, prepared to leap on Bruno’s visitor. He saw a shadow emerge from the gloom.

All his attention was directed at the man who came down the path. Gumbo didn’t hear a sound from behind until a man fell upon his back. Gumbo, dropping under the impact, twisted his head as he fell.

He had a glimpse of an arm raised high and there was a dagger clutched in the hand. Desperation surged strength into his muscles. With a mighty effort he dislodged the man, wriggled from his embrace, and attacked. Instead of waiting for Gumbo to reach him, the knife dropped to all fours and rolled toward Gumbo’s legs. The lawyer went upward and forward and fell with a thump that shook the breath out of him. He started to arise. The killer snapped his arm forward. The knife went wide of Gumbo by a foot as the killer melted into the darkness. Gumbo cursed his luck bitterly. Now both mystery men had escaped. Certainly Bruno hadn’t seized him, because nothing short of dynamite would have dislodged that brute.

Then who could it have been? Essex? Dr. Baker? Joey? Gumbo fumbled around in the darkness and finally found the knife. It was a peculiar weapon, curved slightly and with its keen edges notched to inflict a ragged wound. The fact that it wasn’t perfectly balanced probably had saved Gumbo’s life. Dan Lockhart had two of these blades as ornaments in his study. They came from some little-known tribe on an island off Africa. Lockhart was a collector, and knew how to throw knives. Gumbo found a stump and sat upon it.

His mind was confused with conflicting ideas. Lockhart himself had come into the picture. What if he wasn’t quite as badly hurt as he pretended? No one seemed to hate Mrs. Webster more than Lockhart did—excepting, possibly, Bruno. Gumbo shoved the knife between his belt and trousers. Still contemplating this strange turn of events, he headed toward Mrs. Webster’s quarters in the servants’ building behind the lodge. Joey might have fled there. The door was wide open.

Gumbo drew the knife and felt a little better with some sort of weapon in his hands. He made up his mind not to venture out again unless he had his automatic along. He moved into the place and frowned in puzzlement. The state of wildest confusion existed. Drawers had been opened and their contents spilled on the floor. A sewing basket was inverted. Even the small bookcase had been practically torn apart and the volumes lay in a heap, each one apparently examined to see if it contained what the intruder sought. Gumbo started toward the rear of the place and then stopped in his tracks. The floor had squeaked some place near the kitchen.

Determinedly, Gumbo approached the kitchen door, which was of the swinging type.

He gave it a kick, banging it open, and leaped into the room. Someone crouched in a corner. “Come out of there,” Gumbo snapped. Then Maddie moved forward and stopped a few feet away. “Great heavens!” Gumbo cried.

“What In the world—”

The friendly expression on her face was gone. Open animosity shone in her eyes.

“I—was afraid,” she said hesitantly.

“I—I have felt you were my friend, but I—I’m not so sure now. Put that awful knife down.” Gumbo thrust the blade into his pocket. “Maddie, what on earth is the matter? What are you doing here in this house? Who tore the place apart?”

“I don’t know,” she said. “I looked in to see if—if Joey was here. I wanted to help him. Someone came and I hid. Whoever it was searched every room but the one where I was hiding. Then something frightened him away. I was afraid to move. I thought you were the same man coming back.” She turned suddenly and fled out the back door. As Maddie crossed the front porch of the lodge, Essex and Beth Drake stood up. They stared after Maddie and looked puzzled when Gumbo approached them.

“She looks as though she’s seen a ghost,” Essex said.

“What’s wrong with her?”

“Nerves,” Gumbo soothed the pair.

“Been on the porch very long?”

“Since about five minutes after you rushed out,” Beth said with a pout “I didn’t think I was quite such bad company.” “Of course you’re not.” Gumbo sat down beside them.

“Our killer just tried to hurl this knife into my heart.” Essex looked at the knife Gumbo balanced in his hand.

“With that?” he gasped. “Why, that belongs to the old boy! He’d have a fit if he knew it had been taken. Beth,” he faced the girl,

“you’d better go inside. Please.”

She didn’t like it, but she went. Essex sat down with a grunt and studied Gumbo’s features.

“There’s something running through that brain of yours,” he said.

“I wonder if I’m smart enough to be thinking the same thing.” “About Lockhart?” Gumbo queried.

“And this knife of his? Yes, I’m wondering about him along those lines. I’d like to be sure he’s as sick as Dr. Baker indicates. Just how bad was he after the accident?”

“Half conscious and—well, you’ve seen the bandages. And as for Dr. Baker, he’s been in practice at the village for years. Holds about every public office there except town warden. Of course, the doctor may be perfectly on the level and Lockhart is putting one over on him, too. He’s a rugged soul, the old man. I’ve seen him tear a deck of playing cards in half, and he swings an ax like a born woodsman.”

“I’m going up and have a look at him.” Gumbo arose.

“Just to satisfy myself.” Beth Drake blocked his way in the hall and led him into the library.

“Maybe you wouldn’t mind telling me what’s the matter with Maddie?” she asked.

“I just went into her room and she practically ate off my head ” “She’s just upset.” Gumbo was unaccountably bothered that he had not immediately been able to see Lockhart. Perhaps Beth had deliberately drawn him into the library for a purpose.

“Look, attorney, do you have to treat me like dirt? Haven’t I the littlest bit of appeal for a guy like you? Essex seems to think I have, but you pass over me as if I were just a blank space.”

“I’m sorry,” Gumbo said. “But things have happened so darned fast I—well, frankly, I’ve been more interested in trying to protect people’s lives on this estate. We’re all in very grave danger, Beth.” Beth stepped back and he went upstairs.

He found Dr. Baker occupying a chair tilted back against the door to Lockhart’s room.

The doctor was dozing, but he jerked to attention when Gumbo walked toward him.

“Oh,” he blinked sleepily,

“it’s you again. Don’t worry about Lockhart. He’s sleeping like a baby. They can be tough as ancient oaks, but a needle full of morphine puts them away.”

“I’d like to look in on him,” Gumbo insisted. Baker removed the chair, opened the door and Lockhart’s monotonous, loud breathing filled the room.

He lay on his back, bandaged face carefully propped against the pillows. Gumbo went out on tip-toe, closed the door and asked: “In your opinion, could Lockhart get up and walk around, exert himself physically?” Baker wagged his head solemnly from side to side.

“I don’t know what you’re getting at, but Lockhart is a mighty sick man. I doubt that he could leave his bed.”

Gumbo walked down the hall to the last door and rapped softly on the panel.

When it was opened, Maddie tried to close it in his face. Gumbo wasn’t to be put off now. This affair had reached a state where he had to know the entire truth.

“Please sit down,” he told her.

“First, I want to know what made you change your attitude toward me. You saw no one but Bruno and, possibly, young Joey, because he was in Bruno’s house.”

“No, you must be wrong,” Maddie said. “Bruno was going to look for Joey. He thought he’d gone crazy. Joey wasn’t there.”

“All right, he wasn’t,” Gumbo answered. “You still haven’t told me why I’m suddenly poisoning the atmosphere when you’re around.” She looked at him and there was no fear in her eyes, just reproach.

“I’ve been told you’re not exactly what you pretend to be. I can’t forget how you watched me at Port Royal, how you interceded for me about the ticket. You took me to dinner and cross-examined me as though I were on the witness stand. You watched me get off the train. I’ve wondered if all that came about by sheer accident or whether you knew who I was and deliberately seized an opportunity to ingratiate yourself.”

“Of all the fool ideas,” Gumbo blurted.

“I’m Danny Gumbo, New York attorney. I came here because Lockhart trusts me, knows me. What more proof do you want?” “That still doesn’t make you Danny Gumbo. I heard what Joey shouted when you were kneeling by his mother’s body. He called you a gangster sent to kill Mrs. Webster.”

“Look, Maddie, use your head. When Mrs. Webster was shot, I was standing right at your side, hundreds of yards away from the boathouse. Now how could I have murdered her ? You and I happen to be the only two persons here who have a perfect alibi.” Maddie was silent, her eyes expressionless. He walked to the door and said stiffly:

“If you should need me, call. Goodnight.” Essex still was sitting on the porch, puffing a pipe and deep in thought. Gumbo didn’t bother him.

He went to the study, locked the door and tackled his job of making a legal document of Dan Lockhart’s hand-drawn will.

He typed steadily for almost an hour, filling in the whys and wherefores until he’d converted the one-page letter into a five-page document.

His task completed, Gumbo placed both documents into the still-open safe, closed the door and spun the dial.

A glance at his watch told him it was two-ten, but he felt no fatigue. There was a growing anger in his heart.

All that he had learned so far was that Lockhart hated the murdered woman.

Bruno hated her, too, but not with the complete venom that Lockhart displayed. Gumbo put his cigarette case away, went up to his room and transferred his automatic from valise to hip pocket. He donned a topcoat and hat, and softly made his way along the reception hall.

He glanced in the study and almost gave himself away by his start of surprise.

Essex and Beth Drake were deeply engrossed in one another and in a tight embrace.

Maddie’s room was illuminated, he saw, and was glad. He didn’t mind things half so much when he knew she was safe.

He wondered if that could be love. Joey had to be found and Gumbo realized that this pale, wan boy probably held the solution to the whole affair.

Despite his obviously weak body, Joey Webster still was dangerous. There was nothing fragile about that gun he possessed. Gumbo tramped through the night, one hand gripping his automatic tightly. He had no idea where Joey might be. There were dozens of good hiding places on this estate and Joey must know every one of them. He might shoot from around any tree or gully. Gumbo searched the garages behind the house first; and to insure against anyone’s leaving stealthily, he removed the keys from the three cars. The obvious thing to do was to ask someone in the house to drive for help. A detail of State Police would round up Joey and Bruno in jig time, but Gumbo was by no means satisfied that the murderer of Mrs. Webster wouldn’t seize an opportunity to run for it. He discounted the theory that Joey would have slain his own mother. And Bruno, from what Gumbo had observed of him, didn’t seem the type to kill a woman he’d worked with for years.

Bruno’s cottage was unlocked. Gumbo searched the place. In the tiny kitchen he found a table which had been set for two people. Obviously Joey had been fed here and Bruno’s denial of his whereabouts was a lie.

Mrs. Webster’s house was in darkness when Gumbo entered.

Some attempt had been made to straighten up the place.

Books had been replaced, a table turned upright and the contents of the sewing basket gathered and carefully placed in a corner of the davenport.

Gumbo heard a noise like someone moving a chair. It came from one of the bedrooms at the rear of the cottage.

He kicked open the door, pressed an electric light switch and kept his gun ready. Joey Webster stood in the middle of the room.

One hand pressed down on the back of a chair and the other held the big gun Gumbo had last seen in Bruno’s possession.

Joey had a peculiar smile on his lips and he seemed paler than ever.

“Put your gun down, Joey,” Gumbo snapped.

“Put it down! I’d hate to have to shoot you!”

Joey’s fingers relaxed their grip on the huge pistol.

It clattered to the floor. Joey let go of the chair too and took a couple of slow, hesitant forward steps.

“I. . . was .. . wrong about. .. you,” he said thickly.

“Very wrong . . . Should . . . have . . . known . . . better. Glad you . . weren’t . . . killed by . . . the stone.”

“Good,” Gumbo said.

“I’m glad you’re finally admitting your guilt. Now, keep on talking. Why was your mother killed ? Who murdered her? You must know!”

“Sure … I know.” Joey’s face was beaded with sweat.

“Should have known … all along. Found out… too late now. Fine stepfather . . . fooled everybody. Hated my mother. Hated .. . me .. .” Joey stumbled closer, and then his knees seemed to buckle under him.

He pitched forward into Gumbo’s arms.

The attorney dropped his gun, slid his arms around Joey to pick him up and then he felt his fingers become wet—wet with blood. Gumbo eased him to the floor.

Joey had a sardonic grin on his face.

He’d been stabbed in the back. He tried to explain what had happened.

Perhaps his mind wasn’t properly oriented, because his agony must have been excruciating.

He’d done his level best, but Joey had been racing with a contestant who never loses. He’d learned that Gumbo wasn’t a gangster hired to commit murder.

How? Who had finally convinced him?

And who had drove the blade into his back? Gumbo took a closer look at it.

This was the twin of that knife that had been hurled at him only a short time before. Lockhart’s knife! Stepfather! That was the answer.

Old Man Lockhart must have married Mrs. Webster. It wasn’t in the least unusual Lockhart had spent many months on this lonesome estate. Perhaps she’d used her feminine wiles on him, with his money as her ultimate reward. Then he’d become aware of what she was really after, and Lockhart’s love became hate. Perhaps that hatred had been mutual.

Could she, with Joey’s help, have rigged that car to crash? It was possible.

“The answer,” Gumbo told himself half aloud, “rests with two men—Bruno and Lockhart himself.”

Gumbo picked up his gun and Joey’s and headed for the house. It would soon be daylight. The case must be closed by then. Essex and Beth Drake were still in the study, seated side by side now and holding hands. Beth actually seemed to have lost her harshness of expression.

“Come in, Gumbo,” Essex welcomed the attorney.

“Be the first to know that Beth has promised to marry me.”

“I’m glad. But would you mind,” Gumbo asked,

“if I broke it up for the moment? Something has happened and Essex should know about it. I need his help.”

“Not if you’ll both escort me upstairs,” Beth countered. “This has been a rather ghastly—and wonderful— night.” She held Essex’s arm.

“Just the same, I’m still terribly frightened. Haven’t you caught that foolish boy yet?” They walked upstairs. Gumbo said:

“Don’t worry about him. I promise you he’ll not harm anyone.”

Dr. Baker, parked against Lockhart’s door, blinked owlishly. Gumbo let Essex take Beth to her room while he stopped to talk with Baker.

“How is he?” he asked, and pointed at the door.

“Sleeping like a child,” Baker answered.

“I looked in on him about half an hour ago. Good heavens, man, what’s that on your left hand?” Gumbo glanced down at the dark stain across the back of his hand. “Blood, Doctor. Joey Webster’s blood. He’s dead!”

“But I thought—”

“So did I. Joey was our best bet as the killer, even if the victim was his mother. The boy seemed mentally unbalanced to me. He confessed that he was the person who dislodged that boulder which almost finished me off. Now it seems we were both wrong and there is another killer on the loose.”

“What about Bruno?” Baker queried.

“I’ve seen the man once or twice. Looks like a slow-thinking brute and perfectly capable of any outrageous act.”

“Bruno is missing, and that’s what worries me. He’s powerful enough to handle any two men like you and me. Keep a sharp eye open, Doctor. By the way, have you seen Miss Stanforth?” Baker jerked a thumb in the direction of Maddie’s door.

“She’s been in her room since the last time you were up. I’ll watch out for her, too. You’d like that, I think, judging from the way you’re so concerned about her welfare.” Essex came back then and he and Gumbo went down to the library. Gumbo walked straight over to the wall where the knives had been hanging. They were both missing, but what interested Gumbo mostly was an oil smear on the wallpaper. He put his nose close to it and sniffed.

“Not petroleum, anyway,” he said.

“It’s quite odorless. Essex, Dan Lockhart was smeared with oil, wasn’t he? That’s one treatment for burns.”

“Covered with the stuff. Sweet oil, I think it was. Why? Don’t tell me you believe the old boy was down here and smeared some of the stuff on that wall. It’s impossible! Gumbo, both those knives are missing. You had one of them. Where is the other?”

“In Joey Webster’s back,” Gumbo replied.

“Sit down, Essex. This thing is getting out of hand. As soon as it’s daylight and I consider it safe, you’ll have to take one of the cars and drive to the village for help. Joey was murdered, but when I reached him there was a spark of life remaining. He made it fairly clear to me that the killer was Joey’s stepfather. That could mean only one man— Dan Lockhart!” Essex stared, eyes wide and mouth hanging slightly agape.

“I don’t believe it,” he said flatly.

“It isn’t possible. The old boy would have told me. Somebody got next to Joey and convinced him that was true, but I’m not convinced. Why, Lockhart detested the woman.”

“Then why didn’t he drive her off the estate, fire her?”

“I don’t know, Gumbo. I suggested that to him once a while back and he nearly bit my head off. I wonder if there could be a germ of truth in what Joey told you? But no—it’s utterly fantastic!”

“Well, he’s going to tell us,” Gumbo said with determination in his voice.

“Things point to him as the killer. I don’t believe he’s quite as badly hurt as we think. It’s even possible that Dr. Baker is being paid a little something to lend a helping hand. I intend to find out about that—” Gumbo stopped short, for he heard soft footsteps descending the stairs.

“Who’s that?”

“Relax,” Essex smiled wryly. “It’s just some of Beth’s work. She thought that because she’s so darned happy, everyone else should be, too. She went to Maddie’s room and sort of squared things up for you. She told Maddie you had asked her to come down.” V RGARET came in slowly. She nodded to Essex, sat down in a deep leather chair and smiled at Gumbo.

“Beth said you wanted to see me.” Essex left so unobtrusively that Gumbo wasn’t even aware of his departure for a couple of minutes. He walked over and stood in front of Maddie.

“I didn’t ask to have you sent down,” he said.

“That was Beth’s happy thought, but I’m glad you’re here. Things have happened. Joey’s dead.” Maddie’s face became pale and one hand clutched at the smooth leather arm of her chair. Gumbo went on:

“He was murdered, but before he died Joey told me a few things. Among them was the fact that he thought of me as a killer—” She arose quickly.

“Bruno intimated you might not be Danny Gumbo, but of course you are. Otherwise, Uncle Dan wouldn’t have accepted you. I think that Joey told him. Joey was in his house that night. Bruno was hiding him.”

“Now, there is another thing. I have recently prepared Lockhart’s will. His original left you the bulk of his estate— a great deal of money. The new will provided that only twenty-five thousand be granted you because Lockhart indicates that you are independently wealthy and not in need of his fortune. That doesn’t quite jibe with what you told me, and I’ve got to learn the truth.”

“Yes,” she said slowly.

“I understand that and I’ll tell you. My mother married a scientist, who worked in a research laboratory for small pay, but he was always on the verge of discovering something. All he ever developed was hope.

“Mother was extremely proud. She didn’t want Uncle Dan to know she’d married a failure. She’d have spurned Uncle Dan’s efforts to help us financially. And there would have been trouble. So you see how it was. Uncle Dan was given to believe that we were wealthy and, of course, he thinks I was left a sizable fortune. The truth is, it took every penny I could manage to scrape together for funeral expenses.

“I’m going up to see Lockhart now,” Gumbo said.

“If he really did murder Mrs. Webster and Joey, he must be out of his mind and therefore any new will he has made can probably be contested.” Dr. Baker was still on guard duty. Gumbo took his arm and piloted the physician into his bedroom.

“Just to be certain about things,” he said,

“supposing we take a look at your medicine kit, especially the bottle of morphine with which you drugged Lockhart.” Baker bristled.

“Are you insinuating that I—”

“Doctor, I’m looking for facts. Now, are you going to open that kit, or must I do it myself?” Baker shrugged and obeyed. Gumbo picked up the slim vial labeled Morphine.

He unscrewed the top and poured several tiny pills into his hand. Gumbo moistened one finger, permitted it to rest for a moment against one pill and then touched it to his lips.

He grimaced.

“I thought morphine had little or no taste, Doctor.”

“It’s slightly bitter.” 

“Then you were bamboozled,” Gumbo grunted.

“This stuff tastes sweet. Do you carry saccharin?”

“Yes—yes, of course. There’s a bottle of quarter-grain pills . . . Gumbo, has someone switched medicines? Let me taste one of those pills.” Baker did.

“Saccharin!” He gasped.

“Why, that means I gave Lockhart an injection of saccharin! It wouldn’t make him sleep, yet he’s been snoring away in there making more noise than an army barracks. Let’s go in and have a look at him. Nobody is going to trick me and get away with it!”

“You stay in the hall,” Gumbo said tartly.

“I’ll look in on Lockhart alone. What’s the best way to test him and see whether or not he’s feigning a drugged sleep.” Baker passed over a small surgical flashlight.

“Open his eyelid and shine this right on the pupil. You can tell by its dilation whether or not he’s drugged.”

Gumbo took the light and walked briskly into Lockhart’s room.

The man, thoroughly swathed in bandages lay on his back, breathing deeply and regularly. Gumbo bent over him, reached toward his right eyelid and turned on the flash. Instantly, the eyes opened.

“What kind of a silly stunt is this? . . . Oh, it’s you, Gumbo. What’s up?”

“You’ve been up—or I’ll surrender my reputation as a legal detective,” Gumbo retorted.

“Look here, Lockhart, it’s time to put an end to all this nonsense. You’re not as sick as you pretend to be. You’ve been out of bed. You went downstairs and got those knives of yours. There’s a smear from your oil-soaked bandages on the wall. I’m warning you—talk to me or to the State Police.”

Lockhart must have realized that all necessity for pretense was gone.

He sat bolt upright.

“All right, Gumbo. Supposing I have been shamming. What of it? I’m privileged to do as I please. I’ve been badly burned, yes—and hurt, too. I faked my true condition to you. Even that fool Baker thinks I’m worse than I really feel.

“Why? To see how these doting relatives and employees of mine would take it. I wanted to find out if they’d fight among themselves for a share in my estate. Well, nothing happened. I’m satisfied. I’ll make a complete explanation to anybody.”

“Even about the murder of Mrs. Webster and her son Joey?” Gumbo expected that Lockhart would be speechless with surprise, but the old man just waved a bandaged hand.

“There’s just one stipulation. First of all, you’re to go downstairs and open my safe. Remove the new will you typed. Bring it up here and I’ll sign it, make the thing legal. You’ll also find an envelope containing twenty-thousand dollars. I want that, too. Get them, do you hear me? Or I’ll freeze up on you and every policeman in the country!” After hesitating, Gumbo decided to take a chance. Lockhart gave him, verbally, the combination of the safe. Gumbo opened the safe, found the will and the envelope of currency and returned to Lockhart’s bedroom.

“Where’s that idiot of a doctor?” croaked Lockhart.

“Outside, near the head of the steps,” Gumbo said.

“Here is the will, my fountain pen and your money. Now sign it, and give me the whole truth about this affair. Remember, I’m no prosecutor or police officer. I’m here in the capacity of your lawyer. I want to help you, but I can’t unless I have the truth.” Lockhart managed to wriggle the fountain pen beneath his bandages as he scrawled his signature on the will. Gumbo glanced at it. Hardly much question about the writing. Few people had such a crabbed hand.

“Now help me up into a better sitting position,” Lockhart said.

“Put your arms around me, you nitwit! Now hoist me up.” Wrapping both arms around the man, Gumbo gently raised him. Suddenly one bandaged fist drew back, snapped forward and collided with his jaw. Gumbo slumped across the bed, trying to dust the cobwebs out of his brain. He was vaguely aware of Lockhart shoving him aside, quietly getting out of bed and seizing a flower vase. The vase smashed across the side of Gumbo’s head. A door banged. Someone shouted and then a man screamed. The sound -of someone rolling down the steps forced Gumbo to get to his feet. He found Baker at the bottom of the steps. Maddie was kneeling beside him.

“It was Uncle Dan,” she cried.

“He went out the front door and he took a rifle with him. He’s gone mad, Les! He’s stark crazy!” Gumbo tried to walk to the front door, but his legs were as uncertain as cooked spaghetti strips. He sat down, cursing his futility.

“How is Baker?” Gumbo mumbled groggily. He felt for his gun and Joey’s. Both were gone.

“He’ll be all right. Uncle Dan pushed him down the stairs. He’s waking up now. Les, don’t go after him. He’ll kill you!” Gumbo, reeling slightly, was walking to the open door.

“Warn Essex and Beth to be on guard,” he said, and disappeared into the night. Lawrence, with all his bandages, should be an easy mark to spot, but Gumbo didn’t see him. It would be light in half an hour, but a lot of things could happen in that short space of time. Gumbo searched until the sky was hazy with light.

He stood on the banks of the big lake. There was something afloat about a hundred yards offshore.

Then Gumbo saw what looked like an arm suddenly jut up.

It took him less than a minute to remove his clothing down to shorts.

He waded into the icy water until he was chest deep and then he plunged forward.

Swimming with long, powerful strokes, Gumbo rapidly overhauled the object he’d seen.

It was a boat, down to the gunwales and in danger of sinking. Gumbo reached the side of the craft and looked into it. Burly Bruno lay there, his arms and legs securely tied. He’d been placed in a rowboat and huge rocks piled on top of him. The sides of the boat had been stove in to admit water slowly.

It wouldn’t take much more ballast to sink her.

Gumbo clawed at the ropes and had loosened Bruno’s arms, when he heard the sharp crack of a rifle. A bullet smacked against a rock.

Another followed and sent several chips of wood flying. Whoever the marksman might be, he was good.

He had the range and the next bullet might do the trick. Gumbo took a quick look shoreward.

It was light enough now so he could plainly see a figure in an overcoat standing on a huge stone and taking aim with a rifle.

There was only one thing Gumbo could do.

He seized the boat and deliberately tipped it over.

Then he dove, down and down until he thought his lungs would burst. When his head bobbed on the surface the same crack of a rifle reached him and he went under again. The whirling eddies caused by the sinking boat, rocks and men smoothed themselves out after a short time. It seemed that the lake had taken its full toll. As Gumbo reached the surface again, he heard a shout. Essex, Baker. Beth and Maddie were on the landing, waving frantically. Essex was peeling off his coat. Gumbo started to swim toward them. Willing hands pulled him ashore and he stood there shivering until Maddie brought his clothes. Essex wrapped a topcoat around his soaking body.

“Bruno may have drowned,” he panted.

“Lockhart must have known just where to find him, sneaked up on him and clubbed him. Bruno’s head was bloody.”

“Listen!” Essex barked.

“It’s a car— in the garage.” Essex began running madly toward the house, with Doctor Baker at his heels. When Gumbo and the girls reached them, Essex stormed out of the garage.

“The limousine—it’s gone! Lockhart must have been watching us and seized the opportunity to escape.” Gumbo groaned as they heard this discouraging information.

“Of course it must have been Lockhart! I removed the keys from all the cars in the garage, but he probably had another one. We’ll have to go into the house to get the ones I left there. I need a change of clothing, and besides, if that was Lockhart, he’s got the fastest car and a mighty good start on us. Still, he’ll never get away.” Essex dropped into a chair and mopped his forehead. Baker and the two girls were downstairs. Gumbo swiftly changed to dry clothing. 

“What did you mean,” Essex queried,

“when you said ‘if that was Lockhart’ getting away in the car?” Gumbo shrugged.

“Nothing. Of course it was Lockhart. Who else could it be, unless there was someone on the estate nobody knew about? Mrs. Webster is dead, Joey is dead, Bruno is in the lake and Lockhart has run out. There’s you, Baker, Beth, Maddie and myself left.”

“How do you think you can stop that man?” Essex demanded.

“Don’t forget, we’re not so far from Canada.”

“If he goes that way,” Gumbo slid his knotted tie into place,

“he’ll be caught in no time at all. The Border is watched carefully these days. He won’t have a chance. Here’s my idea. We’ll take the other cars, head for town and notify the State Police to set road traps all over the area. They’ll also send out a nine- state alarm which ought to hem Lockhart in pretty well.” Essex got up.

“Well, I’m not content to sit here doing nothing while that killer gets clear. Where are the keys to my roadster? I’ll take Beth and Baker, too, if you like, into town. We’ll meet at the post office. By the time you get there. I’ll have State troopers functioning.”

VI

Gumbo opened a dresser and handed Essex two keys.

“Take your pick. I’ve forgotten which is which.” Essex took the proper key, laid the other on the dresser and fled. Gumbo went downstairs to find Maddie waiting for him.  

“Come to think of it,” he said,

“that note on the car in town was an odd piece of business. I could have sworn it was written by your uncle.”

“How could it have been?” Maddie challenged.

“He wouldn’t know what Joey was up to.”

“Granted,” he said.

“That note is still to be explained. When Joey’s little trick didn’t work, he decided he’d better take me to the estate, especially when he knew I had a gun in my pocket. Later, he tried to gun out your uncle and he darned near succeeded, too.”

“Don’t you think we ought to hurry, Les? Essex will be furious. And what will the State troopers think?” Gumbo grinned.

“They won’t get there for a while yet. Anyway, Essex will take care of the details—about the alarm and such. You know, Maddie, there’s a brand-new angle connected with this case. Before I explain it, I want you to know how 1 feel about things. You, I mean. I—well, hang it all, I’m not going to let a thing like this prevent us from seeing each other. Not unless you wish it that way.”

“I don’t, Les. Of course I don’t. I was an impressionable halfwit to have believed you weren’t what you said you were. Now, what are those new angles?”

“Simple, my dear. You see, if your uncle is insane, then this new will which he signed before he bopped me on the head is invalid. No court would hold it the act of a sane man, and so the original will is still good. That leaves the most of your uncle’s fortune to you. Of course, Mrs. Webster—or Mrs. Lockhart, as you will—was plentifully provided for, but she and her logical heir are both dead, so you get it all. The figures are going to make you dizzy. That’s why I wondered about you and—me.” She sat very close to him as he nursed the sedan along that narrow, winding road. Gumbo didn’t say much. He was on the alert for trouble and save that it might have worried Maddie, he would have put his gun on the seat beside him. They rolled into town to find the whole village clustering around the post office. Four State troopers, three in uniform, were there, talking to Essex and Dr. Baker. Essex saw Gumbo approaching and his features grew dark with anger.

“What did you do on the way down— park?” he growled.

“Can’t you realize this is a murder case?”

“I saw the bodies,” Gumbo reminded him.

“Hello, officers. I’m Danny Gumbo of New York. This young lady is Dan Lockhart’s niece.”

“Sergeant Grogan.” The trooper in civilian clothes nodded.

“I’m technically off duty. For a guy who has just seen three killings, you’re certainly calm and collected, Mr. Gumbo. But then I guess that’s just your training, eh? Heard about you. Regular big city troubleshooter, aren’t you?” Beth Drake approached Essex rather timidly and tried to insert her arm beneath his. Essex pushed her away. Beth looked as though she was ready to burst into tears. Gumbo grinned at Essex.

“Well, looks as though you might not marry an heiress after all, Essex. Tough going—to win a fortune and lose it all in the same few hours.”

“I know what you mean,” Essex snapped.

“Lockhart will be adjudged crazy and the first will stands. Well, at least I’ll get ten thousand he willed me there.”

“I don’t know,” Gumbo said slowly.

“It’s a point of law. We’ll get around to that later on. I— What’s wrong, Essex? You look as though you’re staring at a ghost.”

“Les,” Maddie huddled close to him.

“Les, it’s Bruno! I—I thought he was —dead 1” L ESLIE Gumbo patted Maddie’s hand and moved over toward the hulking form of Lockhart’s caretaker.

“Strange things will happen,” he said.

“New ones every day. Last time I saw Bruno he was in the water. Have any trouble, Bruno?”

“Hey, what is this V’ Sergeant Grogan elbowed his way closer.

“I thought you said this bird was on the bottom of the lake.”

“Oh, yes, so I did,” Gumbo turned his most disarming smile on the sergeant.

“Seems I made a slight mistake, but all in good faith, Sergeant. Bruno, you haven’t answered my question.” Bruno handed over a piece of folded paper.

“I got it all right, sir, like you told me to do when we were in the water. Had a bit of trouble with Dr. Baker’s hired man. You’d better send someone out there. You can find him tied up in the hen house. I took Mr. Lockhart’s limousine, went right to the doctor’s and broke open his desk. I found it, all right, but I don’t understand what it’s all about.”

“What’s the meaning of this?” Baker howled.

“Why did you tell this man to invade my home and break into my desk?” Gumbo went back to Maddie’s side.

“I’m afraid, my dear, that you’ll have to face something. Your Uncle Dan is dead. Has been for a couple of days. He didn’t survive the accident. Baker buried him, filed a death certificate—a copy of which Bruno got for me.

“He stated that a tramp had been burned to death in a shack well out of town. Everyone knew the shack burned down and a corpse was found in the ashes. That was—Dan Lockhart. Bruno told me what he knew while I cut him loose in the boat. So I sent him to town to look through Baker’s records. The doctor had to account for the corpse in some way.” Suddenly Essex lowered his head and tried to drive through the crowd. Like a flash Sergeant Grogan was after Essex, leaping past the excited men and women. Essex reached for his hip pocket, but holsters were made for fast draws. Grogan’s big service pistol barked once and Essex fell against a tree near a car, with a bullet through his knee. Grogan kicked the gun out of his hand.

“And there you have your complete confession,” Gumbo said softly.

“Essex was behind it all. He simply took advantage of the accident which killed Dan Lockhart. Baker helped him, seeking a nice juicy cut in the fortune Essex would get. First of all, Essex showed up at the estate and told about the accident to satisfy Mrs. Webster, Joey and Bruno.

“Then he slipped back to the village and Baker fixed him up with bandages that could be quickly removed. Like a cast with hinges, I suppose. Just open it up and there you are in the flesh. Beth Drake always had been sweet on Essex, so he knew she’d be a pushover. He returned to the estate as Dan Lockhart, but so bandaged that he couldn’t be recognized. However, Mrs. Webster had her suspicions and for that reason she was murdered.”

“And he told Joey that Mr. Lockhart was sending for a professional killer to do away with Mrs. Webster,” Bruno added.

“Even I fell for it. And believe me, Mr. Gumbo, I was set to wring your neck more than once!” Bruno’s grim face almost managed a smile.

“Thanks,” Gumbo grinned,

“for not trying. Anyway, Essex sent for me so I’d be there when things happened and I could draw up a new will which left everything to Beth instead of Maddie. I noticed that whenever I saw the bandaged man, Essex was never there. It made me wonder, but naturally, I didn’t dream he was taking Lockhart’s place. Not until he signed the will—a perfect forgery. He must have practiced Lockhart’s handwriting for days.

“Well, he gave himself away when he signed that will. He had to use a pen and he loosened the bandages. They fell away from his forearm a bit and I noticed a peculiar burn mark. I’d seen it before, on Essex’s arm when he showed me how he’d been burned in the accident, too.

“Essex had a perfect idea. He’d kill Mrs. Webster and Joey to prevent them from claiming any part of the estate, which would have been large because Mrs. Webster was really Mrs. Lockhart. He also tore her house to pieces looking for a copy of the marriage certificate. I presume he got it. Baker issues licenses here and I’ll wager he drew up the one for Dan Lockhart. Probably married them, too, so Essex needed his services badly.

“Bruno got in the way, so he was staked out for a rough finish, too. Essex planned to let me watch him sign the will, hand over twenty thousand dollars in cash. Then he slugged me, ran out of the house and removed the bandages temporarily. He got rid of Bruno easily enough.”

“Sneaked up on me when my back was turned, he did,” Bruno affirmed, with a malignant glance at Essex.

“Yes,” Gumbo said.

“Then it would appear that Lockhart had committed the crimes and run out with money enough to hide forever. Later on, Essex would have married Beth, claimed Lockhart’s fortune according to the new will, and after he made sure all the estate was in his hands, Beth would have gotten the bounce.

“Only, Essex was not an attorney. He didn’t look forward. And when the thought struck him that Lockhart might be adjudged insane and the will invalid, he showed his true colors by thrusting Beth aside. Everything he did was calculated to be the work of Dan Lockhart—who would never be found, of course, because he was buried in an unnamed grave. Well, I guess that’s about all.” T HERE was an express running through Rumford and an excited and obliging station agent flagged it down. Maddie and Gumbo occupied a drawing room on the way back to Boston, headed for New York.

“You know,” Gumbo said thoughtfully,

“Essex made a very sane and lucid statement back there in the lodge. He said that Lockhart decided not to give you all that money because a big fortune and one small girl are dangerous. Now we can’t let a situation like that go on forever. You’ll hold the moneybags, but I’m a smart lawyer. I’ll hoodwink you every time you turn around, and pretty soon that fortune—”

“You can have it.” Maddie put her head on his shoulder.

“Every penny! I’ll trade it for—you!”

The End

MORE WORK BY THE AUTHOR

RUCKUS – A classic cozy gumshoe mystery

RIBALD – A classic cozy gumshoe mystery

Brouhaha – a classic cozy mystery boxset

Louche – a murder mystery classic

I

Danny Gumbo examined what the caboose wheels had left of the large young body on the embalming table without any expression at all on his face, but deep within him was a churning bitterness.

“Sal Stone all right,” he said in a colorless voice.

Then, as though conscious something aside from dazed apathy was expected of him, he added with forced briskness,

“Funny, the way it missed his head completely.”

“We figure he fell square across one track with his head clear of the rails,” Chief Ward Herbert said.

“The wheels caught him at belt level.” Danny lifted achromatic eyes to the face of the fat chief.

“Then how you account for his arms A guy falling would push his arms in front of him; not hold them flat to his sides.”

“We figure he fell clear from the top of the car,” the police chief said.

“Probably he rolled before the wheels hit him.”

Gumbo’s lips tightened.

“Or maybe he was dead before he fell.”

Abruptly he turned and stalked toward the exit from the funeral parlor’s basement, a thin, tall man in his early thirties who moved with a belligerent strut, as though daring anyone to block his way.

Outside he waited for the slower moving fat man to catch up.

“How could he be dead before he fell?” Chief Herbert asked querulously.

“He just had an unlucky accident. Three witnesses saw him hold up the restaurant, clean out the cash drawer and shoot Larson, the proprietor. Then he hopped a freight to get out of town. There can’t be any mistake about him being the robber, because we found the money and the murder gun on his body.”

“Why’d he wait five hours to hop a freight?”

The chief shook his head resignedly.

“What’s eating you, Gumbo? So the guy was a respected citizen in Buffalo, but down here turns out to be a killer. That any skin off your nose? You act like the guy was your brother.”

You fat slob! Danny thought. But what he said was milder than his thoughts.

“My chief in Buffalo told me to stick around long as I thought necessary. Mind?”

“Don’t trust small-town police work, huh?” Herbert asked resentfully.

“You think maybe because our five cops ain’t split up into fancy-named teams like ‘vice squad’ and ‘homicide department,’ we never catch the right guy, is that it?” The little man’s patient expression hid growing irritation.

“I don’t think anything. Got any objection to my sticking around?”

“Can’t very well run you out of town. But just remember Buffalo private detective’s got no jurisdiction in Missouri. What’s the name of that fancy place you work for up there?”

“Homicide and arson.”

“Yeah. Imagine that! A whole department to chase murderers and firebugs.”

“Possibly we have more murders and fires than St. Michael,” Danny said shortly.  “Do I get police backing if I poke around?”

“What’s there to poke for?”

“Kind of like to know why a straight character like Sal suddenly went nuts. Occur to you maybe this was a frame?”

The fat man said,

“Who’d bother to frame a hobo?”

“Somebody mad at the guy he was supposed to have killed. Who held a grudge against Jonathan Larson” The chief opened his mouth, closed it again and let the fat around his eyes squeeze them half shut.

“That kind of question could get you in trouble if you asked it too public. There ain’t no doubt about Stone being the killer, and very little doubt about robbery being the sole motive. But in a town this size gossip builds mountains out of mole hills. You ask that question to a few people and it plants suspicion. They kick it around without a shade of evidence to go on, and first thing you know everybody’s asking, ‘Think so-and-so hired Jonathan killed, and the robbery was just a cover-up motive?’ Couldn’t really blame so-and-so for getting mad, could you.”

Danny stared at the fat man in amazement.

Was this a warning, or an oblique suggestion as to how to start things moving?

The former implied the chief’s complicity in some sort of underworld arrangement, and the latter that he was as suspicious as Danny, but for some , who found it unhealthy to be a stranger asking questions reason fearful of continuing the investigation himself.

Either interpretation required Danny to adjust his opinion of the man’s intelligence, but before he could decide which way to take the chief’s remarkable statement, a tall man in a light gabardine suit stopped and said,

“Good afternoon, Chief.”

The man was meagerly built, with a thin, alert face and a jutting jawline.

His complexion was a smooth tan, but his iron-gray hair indicated he was past fifty.

Chief Herbert said,

“Afternoon, your Honor. Meet Mr. Gumbo out of Buffalo.”

To Danny he said,

“His Honor, Mayor Angus. Aside from being mayor, Mr. Angus also owns the Bijou, only legitimate theater in the county.”

As they shook hands, the mayor’s alert eyes examined Danny attentively.

“Long way from home, aren’t you?”

“About nine-hundred miles.”

“The private detective isn’t satisfied with our solution of the Larson case,” the chief said.

“Wants to stay around and ask questions.” The mayor shot a quick glance at the fat man.

“Does our force require outside help?” Chief Herbert shrugged.

“I’ve closed the case as solved, and got no intention of reopening it. Don’t see how I can prevent Gumbo from asking questions though, long as he behaves himself.”

Danny sensed a baffling undercurrent in this exchange without being able to analyze it.

Was the chief subtly telling the mayor to mind his own business, or carefully explaining his position so that he could not be held responsible for whatever Danny dug up?

The double meaning innuendoes began to irritate the little man.

“What questions do you intend to ask?” the mayor said to him.

“Things like who had enough grudge against Jonathan Larson to hire him killed?”

An opaque film seemed to settle over Mayor Angus’s eyes.

“I was under the impression the killing was the bandit’s own idea.” Danny shrugged.

“Maybe it was. But from the way Chief Herbert describes the robbery, the bandit could have gotten away without hurting anyone, but deliberately went to the unnecessary trouble of killing Larson. Sounds to me as though his purpose was murder as much as robbery.”

“I see,” the mayor said thoughtfully.

After a short pause he added in a deliberate tone,

“You’ll probably discover he was trying to have me impeached. But being mayor of St. Michael is an hour-a-day job with five-hundred dollars a year salary, in case you wonder if desire to hang on to the job is sufficient motive to hire a man killed. You may unearth some other people with better motives, but I wouldn’t advise stirring up gossip unless you first uncover evidence that the killer actually was a hired assassin.”

Another warning?

As he walked back to the hotel Danny wondered if anyone in St. Michael spoke straight out what he meant, or if he could expect to encounter from everyone the Sale doubletalk which suggested menace and friendly advice at the Sale time.

In the hotel bar he brooded over a bourbon and soda while contemplating what little evidence he had. Information of Sal’s death had come to the Buffalo police in the form of a telegram from Chief Herbert reporting the death of a bandit named Sal Stone, whose papers showed he was a resident of Buffalo, and asking if he was wanted for anything there.

Since “Sal Stone” was a pseudonym under which the dead man had both written and traveled, and while he was hardly a nationally famous writer, he was well known and well thought of in Buffalo, the Buffalo police were amazed to discover he was a bandit.

Danny was not amazed; he simply did not believe it.

And since he had a personal interest in the matter, he immediately obtained leave of absence and hopped a plane for St. Michael.

On arrival he learned Sal was accused of robbery and murder, and with Sal’s death the police had marked the case closed.

In the face of the evidence Danny could hardly blame them, except for the chief’s refusal to even consider the lack of motive.

Aside from the fact that big, grinning Sal would have been incapable of shooting a man in cold blood, there simply had been no reason for him to commit armed robbery.

“Stone wasn’t a real hobo,” he had tried to explain to Chief Herbert.

“He was a professional writer bumming around for magazine article material. He wasn’t rich, but he could write a check up to two-thousand dollars. Why would he knock over a restaurant for two-hundred?”

But against the testimony of three witnesses, the chief had no intention of reopening the case on the say-so of an out-of-state PI. Until the fat man’s odd dissertation on the evils of gossip, Danny had grown increasingly to regard him as a pig-headed fool, but gradually he was beginning to realize the man’s placid exterior concealed a tortuous subtlety.

Whether this would prove helpful or dangerous to the little detective sergeant was still an open question.

II

When he finished his drink, Danny left the hotel again and walked two blocks to the town square. From the Western Union office he sent a wire to Buffalo stating arrangements had been made to ship the body home the next day.

Then he crossed the square to the restaurant Sal was supposed to have robbed.

In streamlining, the Missouri Cafe was years ahead of the rest of the town.

From its glass brick front to its chrome and bakelite tables, it was strictly modernistic.

Apparently its owner’s murder had not driven away business, for even though the hour was 8:30 P.M., a half-dozen patrons were seated at tables.

Danny perched on one of the red leather stools at the glistening black counter and ordered a cup of coffee. He was served by a bright-eyed brunette of about twenty, who seemed to be responsible only for counter trade and the cash register, for in spite of Danny being the only counter customer, she paid no attention to the loud throat-clearing of a table patron wanting service.

After placing Danny’s coffee in front of him, she stood watching him idly, and eventually another girl came from the kitchen to investigate the noise.

“You on the night shift?” Danny asked abruptly.

“Three to eleven,” she said, and a wariness jumped into her eyes—the wariness of a girl whom experience has taught to expect,

“What are you doing after work?” immediately following questions about her hours.

“What’s your name?”

“Janet,” she said without enthusiasm.

“Work night before last, Janet?”

“The night of the stickup?”

The wariness was replaced by interest.

“I’ll say I did! I was as close to the bandit as I am to you.”

“You were one of the witnesses, eh?”

“Sure. Me and Mona—she’s the girl just went back in the kitchen—and Henry, the cook, all had to go over to Werlinger’s Funeral Home to identify the bandit’s body. They use Werlinger’s for a morgue, you know, on account of we got no regular morgue.” Danny asked,

“Just the three of you and Mr. Larson were here when it happened?”

“Yeah,” she said eagerly, gratified by his attentiveness.

“It was just before closing and there hadn’t been a customer for fifteen minutes, when in walked this fellow with a handkerchief over his face—”

“Handkerchief!” Danny snapped.

“Chief Herbert didn’t say anything about a handkerchief.” Some of her previous wariness returned.

“Say, are you a reporter or something?”

“Cop,” said Danny.

“Detective Sergeant Gumbo.”

She eyed him suspiciously.

“Then you must be new. I know all the cops.”

“I’m from Buffalo.”

He slipped a badge from his vest pocket and held it before her face a moment before returning it.

“Down to take back the body. I have no official connection with the case. Just interested.”

“Oh,” she said, obviously impressed by meeting a big-city detective from so far away.

“About the handkerchief,” Danny prodded.

“How’d you identify the bandit if his face was covered?”

“Why, he might as well left it off,” she scoffed.

“He’d been in here for supper, you see, and I recognized him right away in spite of the mask. He had this white scar through one eyebrow, and his nose had a bump on it, where it had been broken sometime, I guess. The handkerchief didn’t hide that. Then too, I could tell the clothes. He had on a green corduroy jacket with leather elbow guards and leather patch pockets, blue denim pants and a pork-pie hat with a little hole worn where it pinched together in front. I noticed his clothes at supper because they was old and kind of worn like a hobo’s but clean as a pin and even pressed.” A SLOW sickness built within the little man. This was no primed witness. She was telling the truth spontaneously, and her testimony left no doubt that the killer had been Sal.

“How’d the shooting happen?” he asked dully.

“That was the terriblest thing of all. No call for it whatever. With his gun the bandit motioned me and Mona and Mr. Larson behide the counter, then pushed open the kitchen door, still keeping his gun on us, and made Henry come out too. We all crowded over there near the coffee urn while he cleaned out the register. Then he backed to the door, and we all thought he was just going to leave. Nobody made a move or said a thing, but all of a sudden he aimed the gun at Mr. Larson and fired. The boss fell dead just like that.” She snapped her fingers.

“Then the robber ran out the door.”

As one of the table customers approached the counter with his check, Janet moved over to the register. Moodily the little man watched the waitress, Mona, bring a tray of food from the kitchen and return again with a load of dirty dishes.

He drained his coffee cup and pushed it away. The bandit seemed to have been Sal all right, he decided, but he could not have been in his right mind.

The wild possibility that Sal had been hypnotized by some master criminal jumped into his mind, to be irritably kicked out as plausible only in comic books.

Could Sal somehow have been roped into what he thought was a practical joke? The idea seemed as far-fetched as the first, except the only possible circumstance under which Danny could visualize the good-natured Sal firing a gun at another human, was if he believed it loaded with blanks. He turned his mind back to Chief Ward Herbert’s remarks about starting gossip, wondering again if it had been meant as a warning or a suggestion. It seemed a sound plan to stir things up a little in either event, since he had no idea where else to start.

When the waitress returned to him, he said,

“You know, Janet, it sounds to me as though the bandit’s real purpose was to kill your boss, and robbery was just a cover-up.”

“How you mean?” Danny examined his fingernails.

“Suppose some local Joe wanted Larson out of the way, but was afraid if anything happened to him, everyone in town would know right where to look for the murderer. So he hires an out-of-town hobo to stick up the restaurant and knock off your boss. Everybody takes it for granted it’s a simple case of murder during robbery, so no one even thinks about this local Joe’s grudge.”

He glanced up to see the girl staring at him with widespread eyes, her lips formed into a round circle.

“Crap!” she breathed. “Art Simon or Harry Stuart!”

“Who?”

“Art Simon, who runs the Blue Goose across the square, or Harry Stuart, who has the bingo hall and a bookshop. The boss headed the Citizens’ Committee, which was trying to get the mayor impeached so they could run gambling out of town. You see, Mayor Angus won’t let the police touch Simon’s or Stuart’s gambling places, and if the Citizens’ Committee got the mayor kicked out, they’d get the council to appoint an interim mayor who would clamp down on both of them.”

“Why won’t Angus let the police touch Simon or Stuart?”

“He thinks gambling draws in tourists or something,” Janet said.

“Or so he says. Personally I think he figures the stage shows he books for his theatre aren’t good enough to draw people in from very far, but with gambling pulling folks from all over the county, a lot go to the Bijou, beings they’re already in town.” Danny let his lips curl in a cynical smile.

“I could think of a more probable reason.” She eyed him, puzzled.

“What’s the usual reason local governments give protection to guys running illegal businesses?” he asked.

Her face remained blank, then slowly the dawn of understanding lighted her eyes.

“Protection money! I’ll bet Art Simon and Harry Stuart are paying him off!” She frowned thoughtfully.

“That would give Mayor Angus just as much motive as either of them though. For that matter Paul Wilson’s got as much motive as all three of them.”

“Who’s Paul Wilson?”

“Druggist on the corner. Mr. Larson was divorcing his wife and naming Paul correspondent. Like to have ruined Paul’s business in a small town like this.” Danny said,

“Kind of gives Mrs. Larson a motive too then, doesn’t it? Wouldn’t she inherit the restaurant?” The girl’s mouth widened into a delighted grin.

“Yeah,” she said.

“It’s kind of convenient for the old gal, isn’t it?” Danny rose, paid seven cents for his coffee and slipped a quarter tip under the saucer.

“Better not mention our conversation to anyone, unless you’re sure it’s someone who won’t repeat it. Wouldn’t do for the guilty person to have warning before Chief Herbert has time to act.”

“Oh, sure,” Janet breathed. Danny watched the other waitress enter the kitchen with a tray.

“I’d like to talk to Mona and the cook now,” he said.

“All right to go back in the kitchen”

“Sure. Go right ahead.”

He learned nothing from Mona or the cook, Henry, except they were equally positive in their identification of the body lying at the funeral parlor as that of the bandit.

When he came out of the kitchen again, Janet was ringing the register for a woman who was paying her bill.

“—and wouldn’t it be awful if the robbery was just a cover-up,” he heard her say in a low voice.

“But don’t repeat it to a soul.” As he left the restaurant, the little man’s grin was self-satisfied.

III

 Obviously the Blue Goose was straight out of the pre-prohibition era, complete to sawdust, brass rail and cuspidors. Through double curtains across an archway at the rear came the whir of slot machines and the brittle click of dice. Aside from two men leaning against the bar, most of the place’s custom seemed to be the other side of the curtains.

“Looking for Art Simon,” Danny told the bartender.

“Usual table,” the man said, jerking his head toward the archway. The little man parted the curtains and stepped into a wide, barn-like room containing a roulette wheel, three dice tables, two poker tables and about twenty slot machines. Five men sat around one of the poker tables, a halfdozen more ringed one of the dice boards and three women played slot machines. No one was playing roulette. Behind a square table centered nearly against the rear wall sat a large-boned man of middle age wearing a close-cut mustache and goatee. Laid out in front of him on the table were stacked coins ranging from nickels to silver dollars, the last denomination taking up half the table space in stacks of ten each. Danny approached the man and said,

“Looking for Art Simon.” Sharp eyes surveyed Danny before the man spoke, and his gaze was such a solid ray of power, it exerted nearly physical force. The little man got a fleeting impression of ruthlessness, and experienced mild surprise to encounter it in a small-town gambler. A dangerous opponent, was his first appraisal, but he immediately revised it downward when he detected evidence that the man’s forcefulness was largely theatrical effect. His whole personality was an obvious pose, from tne small beard which only partially concealed a weak chin, to the thick gold ring with its glittering yellow diamond, which he wore on his right forefinger.

“You’ve found him,” the man said.

“My name is Danny Gumbo. Buffalo Homicide and Arson. Got permission from Chief Herbert to ask questions.”

“About what?”

“Killing night before last. Kind of like to know what made an honest Buffalonian turn killer.”

The sharp eyes lanced at Danny again, but when they clashed with the smaller man’s steady gaze, immediately dropped.

“What makes you think I’d know”

“Didn’t say you did,” Danny said.

“Thought I’d try tracing back the kid’s movements after he hit town. Got to start somewhere.”

“Better start somewhere else.”

He became absorbed in the refracted light from the stone on his index finger.

“Never heard of the guy until he was dead.” Simon turned his attention to a portly, bald-headed man who wanted to trade a twenty-dollar bill for silver dollars.

“Aren’t many places in town a fellow could go,” Danny said mildly.

“Thought maybe he dropped in here. Big fellow about your build, wearing a green corduroy jacket with leather pockets and elbow patches, denim pants and a flat fedora.” The portly man glanced at Danny.

“You talking about that tramp who murdered Jonathan Larson?” Danny eyed the man deliberately.

“The kid accused of it, yes.”

“He was around here a couple of days. Getting the lay of the land, I guess. Tuesday night he made thirty bucks riding me on a hot roll, then backed out of the game. The next afternoon I saw him drop five and quit. You’d think a guy that cagey with money wouldn’t need to stick anyone up, but that Sale night he robbed the Missouri Cafe.” He shifted his attention to the bearded man.

“You remember the guy he is talking of, Art. You gave him a letter to mail for you.” Simon’s face assumed an expression of sudden enlightenment.

“Yeah, I remember the guy now. Big fellow in his late twenties with a bent nose and a scar through one eyebrow. Looked like a hobo. Didn’t realize he was the one killed Larson.”

“You gave him a letter to mail?” Danny asked.

The gambler nodded and flicked a thumb in the direction of one of the tables.

“Yeah. Wanted it to make the five o’clock mail train. He was standing there doing nothing, so I gave him a buck to run it over to the post office.”

“Was he alone or with somebody?”

“Alone, I think,” Simon said.

“Didn’t really notice.” Danny turned to the bald-headed man.

“You notice?”

“I think he was by himself. . . No, wait a minute. By himself Tuesday, and I think he came in alone Wednesday afternoon, but I saw him leave with Paul Wilson.”

“The druggist, eh” Danny said softly.

“Thanks, mister.” Nodding curtly to the bearded man, he left the Blue Goose and crossed the square again to a store with a sign on the window reading: Wilson’s Drugs and Sundries. The man who came from the prescription room to wait on Danny was as tall and heavy set as Art Simon. But there the resemblance ended. He had a soft, round face and large dark eyes like a woman’s, but a blunt jaw and square, hard mouth saved him from effeminacy. Instead of asking what Danny wanted, he questioned him silently with a direct, impersonal gaze.

“You Paul Wilson?” the little man asked.

“Yes.”

“My name is Danny Gumbo. With the Buffalo police. Got Chief Herbert’s okay to ask questions about the killing Wednesday night.”

“Yes?”

“Understand you knew the guy who stuck up the Missouri Cafe.” The dark eyes stared straight into Danny’s face.

“Afraid you’ve been misinformed.” Danny shook his head.

“You left the Blue Goose with him a few hours before the robbery.” Wilson’s expression did not change.

“Oh, that. We did leave at the Sale time, but we weren’t together.”

“Witnesses say you were.” Danny estimated the man, then hazarded,

“For quite a while.”

“That’s not true,” Wilson said calmly.

“We talked not more than a minute in front of the Blue Goose. Then I came back to the store and he went on to the bookshop.”

“What you talk about?”

“Nothing, really. I’d just met the man five minutes before. He asked where Stuart’s bookshop was and I told him.”

“Ask where the post office was too?” The druggist shook his head.

“Have a letter in his hand?” Danny asked.

“A letter? Don’t remember any. . Yes, now that you mention it, I believe he did.”

“But he didn’t go to the post office when he left you?” Wilson’s voice developed an edge of impatience.

“He may have. I didn’t watch where he went. He asked about the bookshop, so I assumed he intended to go there.”

“Where is this bookshop?”

“Over the bingo hall next to the fire station. Block and a half east.”

“Where’s the post office?”

“One block west.”

“Thanks,” Danny said, and left the store. Outside two women standing by the show window furtively glanced at him, then peered through the window into the store.*

“That must be the Buffalo detective,” one said to the other in a whisper she mistakenly believed would not carry.

“Do you think Mr. Wilson—?” The little man was gratified to learn how quickly his seed was taking root. T THE post office he found a plump, gray haired woman sorting mail behind the counter.

“You the postmistress?” he asked.

“That’s me,” she admitted.

“Were you here Wednesday afternoon?”

“All day Wednesday.” Danny said,

“Notice a man come in to mail a letter who wore a green corduroy jacket trimmed with leather, denim pants and a pork-pie hat with a hole in it?”

“Why?” she asked.

“I’m from the Buffalo police.” He produced his badge.

“I have the local chief’s permission to ask questions.” She examined him interestedly.

“Chasing a crook?”

“Sort of,” Danny said non-committally.

“Remember the man I described?” She shook her head.

“Nope. What’d he look like?”

“He was about twenty-eight years old, had a nose with a crooked bump on it and a scar through one eyebrow. Kind of good-natured, but beat up face.” She shook her head again.

“Sorry. Don’t think he was in. Think I’d remember it too, because I really wasn’t very busy at all on Wednesday.”

“Were you here alone?”

“Yep. My mail clerk’s been sick for a week.”

“Any place in town aside from here a guy could mail a letter?” Danny asked.

“Just the mailbox in front of the place. Most people come on in when the post office is open.”

“Thanks,” the little man said.

IV

CAREEN paint blanked out all of the wide show window next to the fire hall, except for an oblong section through which a poster proclaimed: MONDAY, THURSDAY, SATURDAY—30 REGULAR, 10 SPECIAL GAMES—5 TO 100 DOLLAR PRIZES. Over a doorway beside the bingo hall hung a sign reading: SMOKE SHOP UPSTAIRS. But at the top of the stairs there was no evidence of any tobacco business. Instead of the usual token front room engaged in selling cigarettes and cigars, the stair head led directly into the bookshop.

A race was in progress as Danny entered, for a man wearing a phone headset stood in front of a large blackboard droning the positions of the horses at each quarter.

Seated on a dozen of the approximately fifty chairs facing the blackboard, a mixed audience of men and women listened to the results.

Ringing the walls were a series of long, narrow tables littered with racing forms and turf news, and several men sat at these, concentrating on dope sheets and paying no attention to the race currently being run.

Behind a cashier’s cage to the right of the blackboard sat a young red-headed man wearing horn-rimmed glasses. Approaching the cashier, Danny said.

“I’m with the Buffalo police. Got Chief Herbert’s okay to look into the Larson killing. Trying to check back on the bandit’s movements the day of the robbery, and understand he was in here.” The customer-greeting smile on the red-head’s pale face faded to blankness. Behind their glasses his colorless eyes examined Danny deliberately.

“He wasn’t here,” he said in a flat voice. 19

“You Harry Stuart?” the little man asked mildly.

“No.”

“Like to talk to Mr. Stuart.” The redhead said in a toneless voice.

“Sorry. He’s busy.”

Casually Danny put one hand on the swinging gate next to the cashier’s cage.

“That his office over there?” he asked. In one quick movement the cashier swept off his glasses, laid them in front of him and stepped in front of the gate.

From an advantage of three inches he stared down at the little man with his jaw outthrust.

Danny’s eyes brightened with an interested, almost eager look, and gently he massaged his left fist with his right palm.

Then he dropped the fist to his side and slowly began to push open the gate. The cashier drew in his chin.

“Wait here,” he said, turned abruptly and ducked into the office door Danny had indicated. Almost immediately he was back, followed by a thick-set, heavy-shouldered man with a long, jaundiced face and a crew haircut.

The redhead slid back on his stool and replaced his glasses, and the yellow-faced man pushed open the swinging gate to come out into the main room.

At that moment the race ended, there was a sudden burst of conversation from the audience and people began to crowd up to the cashier’s cage, either to collect their winnings or lay bets on the next race.

The yellow-faced man stood quietly examining Danny until the hubbub subsided sufficiently for his voice to be heard.

“What’s on your mind” he asked.

Danny said,

“You Harry Stuart?’

The man nodded.

“You run this place?” Stuart nodded again.

Danny repeated what he had told the cashier.

“You got a bum steer,” Stuart said.

“He wasn’t in here.”

“Witnesses say he was.”

“The witnesses are wrong.”

“Fellow wore a green corduroy jacket with leather trimming,” Danny said mildly.

“Denim pants and pork-pie hat.”

“He wasn’t here.”

“Maybe you just didn’t see him.” Danny turned to the cashier.

“Recognize that description?”

The cashier stared at Danny stonily and Harry Stuart said,

“Jack didn’t see him either. Take a walk, Stuart.”

Danny’s eyes flicked over the other’s chin at

“Stuarty,” but his tone remained amiable.

“Remember the guy?” he asked Jack. The yellow of the big man’s complexion deepened to orange, and he reached spread fingers for Danny’s shirt front. But before they could bunch the material together into a ball, the little man’s left whipped around like a swinging bat, and the crack of a line drive sounded and the big man sat on the floor. When his eyes uncrossed, he focused them blearily on the little detective.

“Remember the guy now?” Danny quietly asked the cashier.

The man moved his pale face back and forth sidewise.

“No sir. He wasn’t here.”

Harry Stuart’s dazed expression turned to malevolence, but he made no attempt to regain his feet. Amid the silent scrutiny of the horse-players,

Danny stalked to the stair head and went on down the steps.

Five minutes later when he entered the hotel lobby and passed the desk, he was stopped by the day clerk.

“Mr. Gumbo,” the clerk said.

“Is it true the police think the Missouri Cafe robbery was a put up job by some local person?”

“I wouldn’t know,” Danny said.

“You’d have to ask Chief Herbert.” After dinner the little man sat in his room and waited for the moving tide of gossip to flow over the town.

He had no idea what effect his plan would have, merely having proceeded on the principle that stirring a muddy pond could not make it muddier, and might bring something to the surface.

At eight o’clock the first tangible effects appeared in the persons of the mayor and the chief of police.

Politely offering His Honor the lone easy chair, and the fat chief the only other chair, an uncomfortable straight back, Danny seated himself on the bed.

“You been misrepresenting the truth, Gumbo,” Chief Herbert said reproachfully.

“You been creating the impression you got my backing in your poking around.” Danny raised innocent eyebrows.

“I merely said I had your permission to ask questions.”

“But people got the idea I put you up to it. Thought I made it clear you was on your own.”

“That’s unimportant now,” Angus broke in.

“Sergeant Gumbo, your rather loose talk around town has started a lot of gossip I resent exceedingly.” Danny turned his head to survey the mayor and was surprised to note the man’s thin face was pale and pinched, not with anger, but with fright.

“What kind of gossip?” he asked.

“You know very well what kind of gossip, since you started it,” Angus said irritably.

“The whole town is suddenly convinced that man Stone was hired to kill Larson by someone local. Opinion on who did the hiring seems divided between the team of Wilson and Mrs. Larson and the team of Art Simon, Harry Stuart and myself.”

“Tough,” Danny said unfeelingly.

“Wouldn’t be surprised if one of those views is correct.” The mayor raised a hand that shook slightly.

“I wouldn’t so much resent speculation that I hired the killer myself, since it’s public knowledge Larson wanted me impeached. But linking me with Simon and Stuart is hitting below the belt. People are saying they pay me protection money to let them operate unmolested, the implication being we constitute some kind of criminal organization. But I assure you my five-hundred a year salary is every cent I receive from the mayor’s office, directly or indirectly.” Danny said,

“That story must have been kicking around before Larson was killed, else why the petition to impeach you?” The mayor said indignantly,

“There was no question of dishonesty behind that. Even the Citizens’ Committee never accused me of anything but dereliction of duty. The whole argument on gambling is simply a difference of opinion about what is best for the town. My own opinion is that it stimulates trade and benefits the merchants. The gambling enterprises draw people from all over the county, and aside from my theatre, there certainly is nothing else in St. Michael to attract visitors. Many business men agree with me, and the Citizens’ Committee simply represents the blue-nosed faction which doesn’t.” All this Danny absorbed in silence.

Finally he said,

“If I understand you straight, you don’t mind being accused of hiring a guy murdered, but you resent being accused of accepting bribes.”

“You’re twisting my meaning,” Angus objected.

“I meant I could understand why people think I had a motive to kill Larson, mistaken as their opinion is, but linking me with Simon and Stuart is the most vicious kind of speculation without the slightest foundation.” Danny said,

“This is all very interesting, but just what do you expect me to do about it?” Mayor Angus cleared his throat and 21 glanced over at his fat companion, who pointedly missed the invitation to take the floor by blowing his nose.

“The chief and I think you should drop this investigation and return to Buffalo,” the mayor said finally. Danny glanced at Chief Ward Herbert.

“What do you think, Chief?”

“I’m here at Mayor Angus’s request,” the fat man said carefully.

“I’ve explained to him my official interest in the case is closed, and I was willing to repeat to you that your investigation doesn’t have my sanction.”

“Suppose I continue anyway?” The chief shrugged.

“No law I know of to prevent a man asking questions.”

“You’re virtually telling him he can stay in town!” the mayor said sharply. Chief Herbert regarded the mayor from half-closed eyes.

“You sign a charge of some kind, Sir, and I’ll put him on the next train.” Angus’s pale face reddened and abruptly he got to his feet.

“I seem to have wasted my time talking to either of you,” he said, and stalked from the room. The fat chief’s left eyelid drooped in what might have been a wink, then he surged to his feet with a grunt and started to follow the mayor.

“Just a minute, Chief,” Danny called. In the doorway the fat man turned to look back.

“About this Art Simon and this Harry Stuart. How they get along?”

“So so, I guess. Just how you mean?”

“Occurred to me this is a kind of small town to support two gamblers. They got a partnership or something?” The fat man grinned a peculiar grin.

“You’re wasting your time looking for an underworld setup of some kind in this town. You been in a city too long. Simon and Stuart are just business men. Friendly competitors, like two grocery stores would be. Far as I know they’re not in partnership, but they ain’t gunning for each other either.”

“Thanks for dropping in,” Danny said. The chief lingered for a minute.

“You shouldn’t have swung on Harry, Gumbo. He’s not a mug who has to take rushing around from cops. Around here e’s considered a prominent citizen. Member of the town council, in fact.” One of Danny’s eyebrows raised.

“That so? How about Art Simon?”

“Member of the council too.” The peculiar grin formed again.

“So’s Paul Wilson. Three of your suspects are part of the local governing body. Ain’t that interesting? Almost a majority, because there’s only seven of the council.”

When the chief left the little man mulled over the visit without getting anywhere.

About Mayor Angus he was even more puzzled than before, but at least Chief Ward Herbert’s position seemed a little clearer.

Apparently the fat man wanted Danny to continue his investigation, but wanted no personal connection with it.

That could mean either that he was afraid of someone, or was merely taking the politic attitude that a small-town police chief could not afford to step on the toes of influential local citizens unless he had more than suspicion to go on.

In either event, if the chief was not exactly on Danny’s side, apparently he was not against him.

V

An hour passed before Danny’s next visitor arrived.

At an imperious rap he opened the door to a striking brunette about his own age. She was taller than Danny, with ebon hair and luminous eyes in a square-jawed, olive face.

Her nose curved slightly over a ‘sulky mouth which gave her an appearance of restlessness.

“I’m Mrs. Larson,” she announced.

“Come in,” Danny said, stepping back and waving her toward the easy chair. She entered, closed the door and stood with her back to it, ignoring the proffered chair.

“If you’re not out of town by morning,” she said,

“I’m going to sue you for slander.”

“All right,” Danny said agreeably. The anger in her eyes was partially displaced by surprise.

“You mean you’ll leave”

“I mean go ahead and sue.” Color rushed to her face and her eyes blazed. But before she could speak again, another knock sounded. Immediately she stepped away from the door and examined it fearfully, as though trying to guess who stood on the other side.

“Come in,” invited Danny.

The door pushed open to disclose Paul Wilson.

He started to open his mouth, saw Mrs. Larson, shut it again and closed the door.

“What are you doing here, Grace?” he asked.

“Probably the Sale thing you are,” she snapped.

Wilson swung his eyes back to Danny.

“Perhaps it’s just as well we’re here together. Gumbo, unless you make immediate public apology for the rumors you’ve started, I intend to sue you for defamation of character.”

“What rumors?”

“You know very well what! The dirty story you’ve spread that Grace—Mrs. Larson and I hired her husband murdered.”

“Never even suggested such a thing,” Danny said.

“Simply suggested somebody might have.”

“But that coupled with Larson’s idiotic divorce action—”

“Listen, bub,” Danny interrupted.

“What Larson did to you is none of my concern, nor what you did to him to make him do it. That restaurant robbery was as phony as a telephone booth, and that I’ll quote for the papers. If people are embroidering that with dirt, I’m sorry, but you can expect dirt in a murder investigation. Somebody had Larson killed, and when we catch the guilty guy, people will stop talking about you—unless you’re the guy that did it. But if you think I’m going to stop a murder investigation because your feelings are hurt, think again.”

“You—” Grace Larson started to say, but stopped when the phone rang. Danny lifted the receiver and said,

“Yeah?”

“This is Mayor Angus,” a tense voice said in his ear.

“I’ve been trying to reach the chief, but can’t. I’ve discovered something in the men’s dressing room at the Bijou.”

“What?”

“Something missing. We haven’t had a show this week, or I’d have discovered it sooner. Can you come over here?”

“Listen, Mr. Mayor,” Danny said irritably,

“all I’m in town for is the Larson killing. Call on the local police to solve your robbery.”

“But this may tie in with the Larson case. If it means what I think it does, it puts an entirely different complexion on the whole matter. I just discovered—”

“Hold it!” Danny interrupted. He glanced at the attentive faces of Wilson and Mrs. Larson.

“Where is the Bijou?”

“First block beyond the square on Main Street. The front door is open, so just come on backstage.”

“Be right there,” Danny said, and hung up. Grace Larson said,

“That sounded like Mayor Angus’s voice. Did I understand him to say something about my husband”

“You got good ears, lady,” Danny said.

“Sorry to rush you people off, but I got an appointment.”

He shooed them from the room amid assurances from Wilson that he had not heard the last of this.

From his window he could see by the dim light of a street lamp that they got in the Sale car and drove off toward the square.

It took Danny only ten minutes to walk to the Bijou.

As Angus had indicated, he found the front door unlocked and walked in.

A single small light burned in the lobby, and in the main auditorium only the footlights were on.

Danny made his way down a dark aisle to the stage, mounted steps at one side and walked backstage.

He found himself in a lighted hallway, passed two doors marked with stars, another labeled LADIES’ DRESSING ROOM, and eventually came to one marked MEN’S DRESSING ROOM. The door was slightly ajar and light shown from within.

Danny pushed the door the rest of the way open, stepped through and then stopped still. Mayor Angus lay face up on the floor in the center of a pool of blood. Simultaneously with his realization that the man was dead, Danny sensed another presence in the room and attempted to spin around in order to slam the door back against whatever was behind it.

The spin was but half completed when a star shell went off in his brain, the momentary flash being followed by pitch blackness. . . . The first thing of which Danny’s dim consciousness grew aware was a large shoe.

He closed his eyes until the noise in his head subsided to boiler factory intensity, then opened them and let his gaze travel from the shoe up a wrinkled pant leg, across a bulging stomach to the face of Chief Herbert.

The chief stood some four feet away idly swinging a large revolver.

Danny sat up and rubbed the back of his head. Finally he stood up, swaying slightly, and looked around the room.

Except for the body of Angus, he and the chief were alone. On the floor next to where Danny had been a moment before lay an automatic, and lying next to the dead man was a heavy cane. Neither had been present when Danny first entered the room.

“You clip me?” Danny asked dully. The chief shook his head.

“Just got here. Mayor Angus left word at the jail for me to drop around.”

“He phoned me he had a lead on the murder,” Danny said dispiritedly.

“Said something had been stolen from this room. When I walked in, he was lying like that and his murderer clunked me from behind. I didn’t see who it was.”

“Sure,” the fat chief said tolerantly.

“You was framed.” Danny peered at the fat man through aching eyes.

“Think I shot him and then knocked myself out?” Herbert gestured with his gun toward the cane.

“Looks like you shot him, then he biffed you with the cane before he died.”

“Come awake, ’’Danny said sourly.

“Do I look stupid enough to let a guy with a cane bean me if I had a gun in my hand?”

“No stupider than getting clipped from behind.”

“All right,” Danny said.

“Either way I’m stupid. But you’ll probably find that cane came from the stock room and hasn’t got Angus’s fingerprints on it. And if that’s supposed to be the murder gun, it’s not mine. I haven’t been carrying one because I got no permit for Missouri, but you’ll find it in my suitcase at the hotel. You can check which one is mine with Buffalo.”

“Guys have been known to own two guns. Let’s go.” There was nothing Danny could do about it, so he went. The jail was in the basement of the city hall, which sat in the center of the town square. It consisted of three cells, all empty at the moment. Danny was given the middle one.

“Listen,” he said to Chief Herbert through the bars.

“If you’re going to be a boob about this, at least you can check my story. Paul Wilson and Mrs. Larson were in my room when the mayor phoned, and could hear what he said because his voice carried. You might also try to find out what was missing from the dressing room. There must be a cleaning woman or something familiar with the place.”

“Sure,” the fat man said.

“We’ll put our homicide and arson squad on it.” Danny said a four-letter word.

Following a night of fitful tossing on the hard, drop-down bunk, he was awake by seven when Chief Herbert appeared accompanied by a uniformed policeman carrying Danny’s suitcase. When the policeman had set the suitcase inside the cell and relocked the door, the chief sent him off to get some breakfast for the prisoner^ The fat man examined Danny’s reddened eyes through the bars.

“No sleep, huh?” he asked.

“No,” Danny said shortly.

“Took the liberty of removing your gun from the bag,” the chief said.

“Also checked with Buffalo by phone. It’s yours all right, and they got no record of you owning another. But your prints are on the murder gun and Angus’s on the cane.”

The little man began removing shaving equipment from the suitcase.

“They could have been put there after Angus was dead and I was unconscious.”

“Maybe,” the chief said non-committally.

“Also checked your story with Wilson and Mrs. Larson. They both say far as they’re concerned, you can rot in jail.” Danny looked up quickly.

“You mean they refused to verify my phone call from Angus?”

“Not refused, exactly. Said they didn’t know. Both remembered you got a phone call, but all they heard was your side of the conversation and you didn’t call the other party by name.”

“That’s kind of interesting,” the little man said slowly.

“Angus’s voice carried, because Mrs. Larson remarked it sounded like him. And if she could recognize the voice, maybe she could hear everything he said. Apparently the mayor was alone when he phoned, so Mrs. Larson and Wilson were the only ones aside from me knew he’d discovered something about the murder. They got in a car together, and could have made it to the theatre ten minutes before I got there.” Danny turned the hot water spigot on the bowl in one corner of the cell, found it did not work and filled the bowl with cold water.

“Also talked to Maggie, the cleaning woman at the Bijou,” the chief said.

“Had her check over everything in the dressing room. She knows the place by heart, and there ain’t a thing missing.” Danny stopped lathering his face and turned slowly.

“Then what the devil was Angus talking about?”

“Thought maybe you might know,” Herbert said.

“You’re a big city cop.” Danny said,

“What was in the dressing room when you checked it with Maggie?”

“Not much. That’s why she’s so sure nothing is missing. It ain’t exactly furnished in luxury.” The chief brought a scrap of paper from his pocket.

“Three dressing tables with mirrors and three chairs. One small stand with a phone and phone book on it. Washstand in one corner. Dozen clothes hooks around the walls. On each dressing table is a box of face tissue, a makeup kit, jar of cold cream and a water tumbler. Think of anything else that ought to be in a dressing room?”

“Not offhand,” Danny said.

“You don’t really think I killed Angus, do you?”

“Don’t know. But you’re staying locked up till I find out.” Danny finished his shave and was repacking his suitcase when breakfast arrived. It was restaurant fare, brought in from outside, and it was good, consisting of eggs, bacon, toast and coffee.

“At least you feed well,” he said to Herbert, who still stood outside the cell.

“We can afford to. Don’t have many prisoners. That’s from the Missouri Cafe.” As he ate, Danny kept turning over in his mind the list of items the chief had read off as being in the dressing room, and suddenly the item Mayor Angus might have meant occurred to him. Carefully he set down his coffee cup, looked up at the fat chief and said,

“You know, I just figured this whole thing out.”

VI

Chief Herbert regarded his prisoner placidly and waited for him to go on.

“I got it figured out,” Danny repeated, “provided I can find out one thing.”

He frowned thoughtfully at his empty coffee cup, then glanced up at the chief.

“Stone’s body is due on a train at noon. Think you could get an autopsy done right quick?”

“Might. Why?”

“We don’t need a complete autopsy. Just want to know whether or not he’d been doped. Tell the doc to look for knockout drops first. Chloral hydrate. If he can’t find that, tell him to test for the other hypnotics. Sodium amytal, for instance.”

“Sodium what?”

“Amytal. A-m-y-t-a-1.”

“Better write it down,” the chief said. For the next three hours Danny lay on his bunk staring at the ceiling.

At eleven o’clock, when Chief Herbert returned, he had just fallen asleep. He was awakened by the chief tossing spit balls through the bars at his head. Danny stretched and sat up.

“The doc found the stuff,” Herbert announced.

“Chloral hydrate. Now tell me how you knew.”

“Genius,” the little man said modestly.

“Do I get out of here now?” The chief shook his head.

“Finding Stone full of knockout drops proves nothing about Angus’s killing. You’re still the only suspect I got, and I’m hanging onto you till I get a better one.” He contemplated the prisoner and added consolingly.

“I’m a pretty cooperative guy though. You keep calling the bets and I’ll fade them.”

“Listen,” Danny said.

“Let me out of here and I’ll crack both cases. How you expect me to do anything from jail?”

“Is a tough problem,” Chief Herbert admitted.

“Good thing you’re a genius so you can figure it out.” The little man stared at his gaoler coldly.

“All right,” he said finally.

“Break them yourself.” He lay back on his bunk again and deliberately rolled his face to the wall.

“Want to talk to you, Gumbo,” said the chief.

“Turn over.” Danny continued to ignore him.

“Don’t you think it’s time we stopped calling this dead kid ‘Stone’ and started calling him Sal Gumbo?”

Slowly Danny rolled over and sat on the edge of the bunk.

“You’re not as sleepy as you look,” he said.

The chief put his hands behind him and teetered back and forth.

“Thought it kind of funny Buffalo would send a cop nine-hundred miles to check up on a dead guy. So when I phoned last night, I asked them. Found out you weren’t sent here at all. You’re on leave of absence.”

“The kid was my brother,” Danny said.

“Now you know why I was so sure he was framed. Listen, why don’t you let me out of here If I can’t crack this case in twenty-four hours, I’ll come back voluntarily.” The fat chief shook his head.

“Not a chance. If I turned you loose when the whole town thinks you shot the mayor, I might as well resign. The gossip you spread backfired a little. Talk is Angus hired Larson killed, you found it out and killed Angus instead of just arresting him, as you ought.” For a moment he examined the little man expressionlessly.

“Matter of fact, not only ain’t I going to turn you loose, I’m aiming to stay up all night on guard, case you make a break. This jail ain’t as strong as it might be.”

“I won’t make a break,” Danny said irritably. “Good. Be embarrassing to the town council if you broke out. I been asking for repair money two years now. Keep telling them the jail’s falling apart.”

Danny gazed at the fat man in astonishment. Was the chief subtly suggesting he would not be opposed if he broke jail, but could not be officially released?

The thought was fantastic, but what other interpretation could be put on the man’s remarkable comment that the jail was falling apart?

Again Danny got the impression that Chief Herbert was on his side, but for some reason must keep up a public front of unrelenting opposition.

He waited until the middle of the afternoon to test the chief’s description of the jail.

Then he rose from his bunk and wandered to the single window, which contained three vertical bars set in mortar.

Since the jail was in the basement, the window was scarcely a foot above ground level. None of the loiterers on the town square seemed to be looking his way. Tentatively Danny reached out and grasped the center bar. He shook it slightly and a minute shower of crumbling mortar fell from the upper hole in which the bar was imbedded. Satisfied, he returned to his bunk and took a nap until suppertime. After supper he sat doing nothing until the chief came back at nine, announced,

“Lights out,” and threw a switch in the hall. Danny waited fifteen minutes, then went to work on the bar.

The only tool he had was his straight razor, which against every principle of penal custody the chief had left in his possession.

He ruined the razor, but the mortar holding the bar in place was so dried out and crumbly, it took him only ten minutes to gouge out enough to remove the bar. Noiselessly setting it on the floor, he grasped the other two bars in either hand, braced his feet against the wall and literally walked up it.

He squeezed between the two outer bars feet first, going through easily up to his chest, then turning sidewise to get his shoulders through.

There was no moon, and the old-fashioned shaded street lamps at each corner of the square cast a bright circle of light directly beneath themselves, but left the rest of the square in pitch darkness.

The Missouri Cafe, directly across from Danny’s cell was the only business establishment still open, apparently, and the diffused light from its show window made for bare visibility on the city hall lawn. Just as Danny rose to his feet, he made out a portly shadow at one corner of the building. The shadow moved, and a highlight glinted on metal.

“Who’s there?” Chief Herbert’s voice demanded.

Danny froze against the side of the building. For a long period neither moved, though momentarily Danny expected the chief either to speak again or walk toward him.

He was puzzled rather than chagrined by the chief’s challenge, for he could not reconcile it with the fat man’s seeming suggestion to break jail.

And being puzzled, Danny decided to wait to see what would happen. What did happen outraged him.

Metal again glinted in the chief’s hand, then his heavy revolver roared.

Dirt rained into Danny’s face as the bullet slammed the ground almost between his feet.

For an incredulous instant Danny remained frozen, then rage at his own gullibility flowed over him as the thought flashed into his mind that Chief Herbert had deliberately talked him into breaking jail for the purpose of killing him while attempting escape.

Spinning, he headed for the opposite corner of the city hall at a dead run.

Another shot crashed, the bullet almost nicking one heel, then he was around the corner and scooting diagonally across the wide lawn.

Apparently the chief reached the corner of the building just as Danny reached the other side of the street, for a third bullet whanged into the curbstone and careened upward with a dull whine.

Then Danny was plunging between two shops into pitch darkness. From the roof of the city hall a siren began to scream. For two blocks Danny ran down an alley, then entered a back yard and cut back a half block by climbing fences.

This brought him into the parking area behind the building housing the bingo hall and bookshop run by Harry Stuart.

Danny stopped between two cars parked in the lot to organize his plan of action.

He was still both angry and amazed by Chief Herbert’s performance, for he believed the man had deliberately maneuvered him into position so that he could be killed safely and legally, which caused Danny to reconsider the entire situation.

The most logical assumption to follow was that Chief Herbert wanted him dead because Danny was too close to the real answer to the three killings.

And the most logical assumption to follow the original assumption the hood and finally to the car’s turret top.

From it he was able to reach the first landing of the fire-escape without pulling down the iron ladder and risking its creak. Swinging himself up, he noiselessly climbed to the second floor.

The window giving out on the fire escape let into Harry Stuart’s office, and it was locked.

Danny wrapped his handkerchief tightly around his fist, struck the upper pane sharply just above the catch and was rewarded by a mild crash of splintered glass.

Without pausing to determine if the noise had been heard. It was either that Chief Herbert was the killer, or a part of the underworld organization he claimed did not exist in St. Michael.

Glaring headlights flashed at the entrance of the alley, and Danny dropped between the two cars.

A patrol car—probably the town’s sole one— went by slowly, playing a spotlight over the yards on the other side of the alley, against the rear of the fire hall on this side and into the parking lot. Momentarily it hovered on a fire-escape at the rear of the bingo building. As soon as the squad car passed, Danny rose and moved to a car parked directly under the fire-escape.

Through the rear of the frame building he could hear the drone of a bingo caller’s voice announcing numbers. Stepping on the car’s bumper, Danny climbed to the left front fender, then to below, he reached through to release the catch, raised the lower pane and crawled through.

Quickly he drew the shade behind him, and in pitch blackness felt along the wall for the light switch.

He found it near the door.

The room contained very little furniture.

Centered against one wall was a scarred desk upon which sat a telephone. The only other furnishings were a filing cabinet, a safe and two straight-backed chairs.

Danny tackled the three drawers of the filing cabinet first. The top drawer contained file folders which in turn seemed to contain general correspondence.

The second held a large ledger which a cursory examination disclosed to be a record of business disbursements.

Apparently the record of profits, if any, was kept in the safe. Quickly Danny thumbed through it, noting there were four separate categories of disbursements listed, the four being given no designations other than A, B, C and D. A random check of some of the expenses listed showed under A such items as

“folding chairs,”

“Ten thousand markers,”

“five hundred number cards” and

“piano repair,” under B such things as

“turf news” and

“telephone service,” under C almost entirely B urchases of liquors and beer and under >

“three-dozen decks cards,”

“fivedozen dice” and

“five-hundred chips.” All four categories contained a number of disbursements to persons listed by name, most of them appearing at regular intervals for the Sale amount each time.

These Danny guessed to be salaries. Rapidly he glanced over the names listed, hoping to find that of Mayor Angus or Chief Ward Herbert, but none were names he had ever seen before. He closed the ledger and went on to the bottom drawer.

The lower drawer disclosed a half carton of cigarettes, two bottles of Bourbon and a small wooden rack with several round slots in its which held three shot cups and three hi-ball glasses.

Danny uncorked and sniffed at each bottle of whisky. Then he poured a drop from each into his palm and tasted it. He frowned, replaced both bottles, lifted out the glass rack and peered into each glass.

All seemed to be clean. Abandoning the filing cabinet, he went to work on the desk. He found what he was looking for at the rear of the second drawer he examined. The small box bore no label, but it contained five papers of crystalline powder.

Shoving the box into his pocket, Danny crossed the room and was just reaching for the light switch when the door suddenly opened.

“I thought I heard breaking glass up here,” Harry Stuart said in a conversational tone over the .45 automatic in his hand.

“I’ll have to learn to be more quiet,” Danny said politely.

VII

Harry Stuart moved into the room and circled toward the desk without allowing his gun muzzle to waver from its bead on Danny’s nose. Jack, the red-haired cashier, followed the yellow faced man through the door.

“Have a chair,” invited Stuart, indicating one of the straight-backs with his gun. Obediently the little man seated himself. His eyes still on Danny, Stuart reached down with his left hand and drew all the way open the drawer in which Danny had found the box of powders. Momentarily he dropped his eyes to it, immediately raised them again and pushed the drawer shut. He smiled slightly.

“Heard they had an autopsy on that bandit,” he said. Danny said,

“You must have an in with the police.” The bookmaker raised one eyebrow.

“A councilman can find out most everything, if he goes to the bother.” His pleasant expression faded and his voice became ominous.

“Hand it over.”

“What?” Danny asked, then decided pretended ignorance would only delay the inevitable, and started to reach for his pocket.

“The box, Stuart,” Harry said.

The little man’s movement toward his pocket stopped and his face flushed at the nickname.

“Come and get it, you yellow-faced ape.” The red-headed Jack casually stepped behind Danny’s chair.

The little man’s head turned to follow him warily, then snapped back toward Stuart when the bookmaker rasped,

“Eyes front, or I’ll blow your head off.” At the Sale moment a gun barrel crashed down on Danny’s head. . . . A surging, then diminishing roar, such as the breaking of surf against a cliff, awakened Danny.

For nearly a minute he lay in throbbing pain, dully trying to figure out how the ocean could have moved itself to southern Missouri. Then he realized the noise was all within his head.

He waited with closed eyes until the pain subsided to a persistent ache, then opened them to equal darkness.

He lay on the rear floor of a speeding sedan, he discovered, and his hands were bound behind him so tightly they were numb to the shoulders.

His legs were tied together both at the ankles and knees, but not so tightly that circulation was stopped.

His forehead pressed against someone’s foot, and the person’s other foot casually rested on his shoulder.

“This is about far enough,” said the owner of the feet. Danny recognized the voice as that of the yellow-faced bookmaker. Obediently the car came to a halt. The front door on the driver’s side opened, then slammed shut again. At the Sale time Harry Stuart pushed open the rear door on the other side.

For a moment his full weight rested on Danny’s shoulder as he stepped from the car, and the little man had to clench his teeth to prevent a groan of pain.

A moment later he was unceremoniously dragged from the car and dumped on the ground. Giving no indication of consciousness, Danny allowed his eyes barely to slit open.

A half moon had now risen, and by its subdued light the bound man made out that they were parked on a graveled road running parallel to a railroad track.

In the distance he heard the slow whistle of a freight.

Between the tracks and the road was a shallow ditch choked with weeds and small bushes, some of the bushes being nearly shoulder high.

“All right, snap it up,” Harry Stuart ordered his companion roughly. He stooped to grasp Danny’s shoulders as the driver caught him beneath the knees.

Like a sack of grain the two carried the little man into the ditch, dropping him between two bushes. The freight’s whistle sounded again, clearer this time, but still a mile or two away.

Harry Stuart kneeled over the bound man, unexpectedly flashing a light into his eyes. Instead of snapping shut his barely opened lids, Danny rolled his eyeballs upward so that only the whites showed.

A palm slapped him solidly across the mouth. He let his head roll loosely with the slap, which faced it away from the light and allowed him unnoticeably to close his eyes.

Fingers groped for his throat, pinched together a bit of the tender   flesh beneath his chin and squeezed until tears of pain gathered beneath the little man’s closed lids.

But he managed to keep his face vacant of expression and his body limp.

“Still out like a swatted fly,” Harry Stuart decided, rising to his feet.

“Get to work on his legs and I’ll take his hands.”

“Wouldn’t it be safer to leave him tied?” the dubious voice of cashier Jack inquired.

“How the devil would you explain it as an accident with ropes around him?” Stuart asked.

“Snap it up. If we miss this freight, we got a two-hour wait till the next.”

Danny felt hands fumbling at his bonds, and a minute later he was free.

But he might as well have remained bound insofar as use of his arms was concerned, for the tight cords had stopped circulation and both arms were asleep.

Attempting to flex his muscles, the little man discovered neither arm would respond to his will.

Although his legs tingled,

Danny learned both were in working order by wriggling his toes within his shoes.

The train whistle blew a third time, seeming only hundreds of yards away, and now the roar of wheels and the rumbling rattle of freight cars could be heard.

Then the track in front of them was suddenly bathed with light.

Above the growing noise Harry Stuart shouted to his companion,

“Keep down till the engine is past, so they don’t see us in the headlight!”

With a hiss of escaping steam the locomotive swished past, dragging behind it a long row of box cars which seemed as though, it would never end.

“Now!” the bookmaker yelled, slipping his hands under Danny’s shoulders and pulling him half erect. Danny felt his arms flop limply, tried to propel some power into them by force of will, then gave up the struggle as hopeless. His feet were grasped by the red-headed Jack and he was lifted bodily.

“Let him fly on three!” Stuart yelled above the train roar.

“And time it right, so he goes clear under.” Together they swung his limp body forward slightly.

“One!” Stuart counted. They swung Danny back, and as he reached the peak of the back swing, the bookmaker said,

“Two!”

At the Sale instant Danny jerked both knees to his chest, pulling the red-head off balance, snapped his legs straight again and felt Jack release them as though propelled from a catapult. There was one wild scream which cut off suddenly at a sickening crunch. Beside thrusting Jack beneath the train, Danny’s kick expended part of its force in the opposite direction, causing Harry Stuart to stagger back and sit down with a crash. Immediately he sprang to his feet again and threw himself at Danny. With his arms flopping uselessly at his sides, Danny rolled to his back, again brought both feet to his chest and kicked the larger man solidly in the stomach. Stuart staggered backward, teetered on one foot inches from the speeding box cars, and for a horrified moment gyroscoped his arms in an attempt to keep from falling beneath the wheels.

He fell to one elbow, at the last instant twisting from beneath the wheels, and started to scramble to safety on hands and knees.

But his moment of terrified balancing had allowed Danny to leap to his feet.

Aiming deliberately, the little man swung his right leg back and kicked the scrambling bookmaker solidly on the jaw.

It took Danny ten minutes to restore circulation to his dead arms, and another ten to tie his unconscious opponent and drag him to the car.

The box of pills he found in Stuart’s coat pocket, and the automatic in a holster under his arm.

He relieved the man of both. Half lifting and half heaving, he managed to get the big man on the car’s rear floor. Then he turned the car and drove back to town, the bookmaker tied and unconscious in the back seat. They had been nearly ten miles out, Danny discovered, and the city hall clock struck midnight as he parked on the town square. The only lights in the city hall were in the basement, on the side containing the jail and police headquarters. Over the basement entrance to police headquarters a small green light was burning.

Danny moved to a lighted window and peered into the main office. A single uniformed policeman slept in a chair with his feet elevated to a desk.

Beyond him, down a hall, the little man could see the open door of the chief’s office, and a light burned within it. Without sound the little man tiptoed under the green light, past the sleeping policeman and down the hall.

Next to the open door of the chief’s office he paused, drew the automatic he had taken from Harry Stuart and ruefully felt the twin bumps on his head. Then he took a deep breath and entered the office. Chief Ward Herbert looked up calmly from the fiction magazine he had been reading.

“Howdy,” he said.

“Been waiting up for you.” The little man circled to a chair against one wall, seated himself, thrust the automatic in his coat pocket, but kept it aimed at the chief through the cloth.

“As I remember,” he said tightly,

“you told me your town council consisted of seven members.”

The chief nodded, his face expressionless.

“One of them—Harry Stuart—is tied up in the back seat of a car outside. Get on the phone and call a special meeting of the rest of them for right now. We’ll hold it here.”

“Why?” the fat man asked.

“Two reasons,” Danny told him.

“The first is that I don’t trust the police chief and want to break this case to the council. The second is that if you don’t start calling, I’ll blow you apart.” The fat chief allowed his eyebrows to raise. Then he shrugged, picked up the phone and after a moment said,

“Hello, operator. Which one is this?” After a pause he said,

“Oh . . . Jane. Listen Jane, you know who the council members are, don’t you? I want a special meeting of them in my office right now … Yeah, fast as they can get here . . . Never mind Harry Stuart. He’s already here.”

He cradled the phone, looked up at Danny and asked,

“Satisfied?”

“Not quite,” the little man said.

“Now get hold of the three witnesses to the Missouri Cafe robbery and get them over here.” The chief looked at him in surprise.

“The Missouri’s been closed over an hour,” he objected,

“and I don’t think either waitress or Henry, the cook, have phones.”

“Send the cop sleeping in the front office,” Danny said. Then added in a warning tone,

“One attempt to signal him you’re covered, and you’ll get a bullet in the stomach. That’s a target I could hardly miss.” Without taking his eyes from Danny, the chief raised his voice and bellowed,

“Johnson!” There was the sound of feet hitting the floor with a bang, and a moment later the uniformed cop came running into the room. He halted when he saw Danny, and his eyes widened. But he could not see the gun which was hidden from him.

“Sergeant Gumbo came back of his own free will,” the chief explained mildly.

“Everything’s under control. Run over to Sadie’s Rooming House and bring back Janet and Mona, the two waitresses from the Missouri Cafe. Don’t know their last names. Then pick up Henry, the cook. He sleeps back of the restaurant, I think.” Johnson repeated the instructions, nodded his head twice and left the room. For nearly a minute after his departure, Danny and Chief Herbert silently examined each other. Finally the chief spoke.

“Mind explaining the reason for the gun while we wait?”

“Not at all. I don’t know how you fit in this, but you fit somewhere, or you wouldn’t have needled me into a jail break so you could kill me and still be able to explain it.”

The fat man nodded his head slowly.

“Thought that might be what was eating you. Thought I tried to kill you, huh?”

“What’s your story?” the little man asked coldly. Leaning back in his swivel chair, the chief clasped hands across his stomach.

“Got tired of waiting for you to move. Decided to light a fire under you.”

He paused, then added,

“Also wanted to show the general public their chief of police was on the ball, even though the town council is too stingy to give us a decent jail.”

“Be a nice story if you hadn’t missed so close,” Danny said, his tone still cold. The chief’s voice took on a faintly injured tone,

“I guess you didn’t know,” he said, “that I’m the state champ pistol shot.”

VIII

For nearly another minute the little man did not say anything. Eventually he said,

“That makes the story a little better. I might even believe it if you can explain why you’ve been sitting on the fence in this investigation and letting me do all the work.”

“Figured you were a smart feller and could work it out alone.” The chief’s eyes half closed, and he asked,

“You ever live in a small town” “No,” Danny admitted.

“If you had, you’d realize a chief of police can’t push prominent citizens around on mere suspicion. Look at the suspects you picked.” One-by-one he ticked them off on his fingers.

“The mayor, three members of the town council and the widow of the late chairman of the Citizens’ Committee. Even if one was guilty, the other four would hate my guts before I got through. I knew something was phony about that stickup, but what could I do?” The little man frowned at him.

“Suppose I hadn’t dropped around? Were you just going to let somebody get away with murder?”

“But you dropped around,” the chief said, undisturbed. . . . It was a large gathering to be crowded into the small room Chief Herbert called his office. On folding chairs facing the chief’s desk in a semi-circle sat Paul Wilson, Art Simon and the four other councilmen. Harry Stuart, handcuffed and with his jaw twice its normal size, sat in one corner under the watchful eye of the policeman Johnson. The two waitresses, Janet and Mona, and the cook, Henry, sat along the opposite wall. Behind the desk the chief comfortably hunched, while Danny sat to the right of the desk, facing the audience. Chief Herbert said to the councilmen,

“Sorry to call you out so late, but Sergeant Gumbo here claims he’s got the Missouri Cafe robbery and the mayor’s murder all solved. He don’t quite trust the police department, so wants to present his evidence to the council.” He turned to Danny.

“You’re running the performance, Gumbo. I’ll cut in if I have anything to say.” The little man ran his eyes about the circle, but aside from the open-mouthed awe of Janet and Mona, he detected no emotion stronger than rapt attention.

“To start off I better explain that the hobo you knew as Sal Stone was actually a professional magazine article writer named Sal Gumbo. He was my kid brother.” He paused long enough to stare broodingly around the circle again.

“Larson’s murderer had a nice plan to knock Larson off and put the blame on a hobo nobody would bother to check up on. Probably would have worked if he’d picked a real hobo, but he had the bad luck to ick a hobo in disguise who had a cop rother.” Reaching in his pocket, Danny drew out the box of powders.

“This I found in Harry Stuart’s desk drawer. This morning an autopsy was performed on my brother and he was found full of chloral hydrate … In commoner language, he’d been slipped a Mickey Finn. I think an analysis of the contents of this box will show it matches the dope in my brother’s stomach.” He tossed the box to the chief.

“Better mark it as evidence.”

“The next bit of evidence is not so definite,” Danny went on.

“It’s more a matter of reasoning. Just before he was killed, Mayor Angus phoned me that he had discovered something missing from the men’s dressing room at the Bijou, and the missing item put an entirely different construction on the Larson killing. A check of the room by a cleaning woman who knew every item in it, disclosed that absolutely nothing was gone. Our first assumption was that the cleaning woman had forgotten some item, but a better explanation was that when she checked, the item had been returned. As a matter of fact, the murderer was  in the act of returning it when he overheard Mayor Angus’s phone conversation, realized he had figured out how Larson’s murder was accomplished, and killed the mayor to shut him up.

“There were so few items in the dressing room, by checking the list of contents you can almost immediately guess which item had been stolen and later returned.”

From memory Danny announced the items the Chief had read from his list.

“Obviously what Angus found missing was one of the makeup kits,” he concluded.

“What happened was this: The murderer kidnaped Sal—I’ll explain how in a minute—put on Sal’s clothes, used the makeup kit he swiped from the theatre to give himself a putty broken nose and a scar through one eyebrow, covered the lower part of his face with a handkerchief and stuck up the restaurant. After killing Larson, he put the clothes back on Sal’s unconscious body, stuck the gun and money in his pocket, took him a mile out of town and threw him feet first under a freight train.”

Gumbo paused for a moment before continuing his explanation.

“Everything went as the murderer planned until two things happened,” he said.

“First the rumor got around that some local person had hired the hobo to kill Larson, and then the mayor discovered the makeup kit missing and did a bit of brilliant deduction. Unfortunately for Mayor Angus he did his deducting while the murderer was listening, and got himself killed for his trouble. Just to round things out neatly, the person who killed Angus decided to frame me for it, thereby knocking off two birds with one stone.

“If you’ve all followed me so far, you’ll realize the murderer has to be someone about Sal’s build.” Briefly Danny’s eyes flicked over Paul Wilson, Art Jacobs and Harry Stuart.

“Of the four main suspects, that lets out only Mrs. Larson as the murderer, and is the reason she wasn’t required to be here tonight.” No one said anything, and Danny went on softly.

“Some of you people got pretty mad when I started gossip circulating all over town, and that’s what gave me my first real lead. Five people were being publicly slandered, but only three called to see me. An innocent person’s reaction when accused of a crime is to yell his head off, which is exactly what Mayor Angus, Mrs. Larson and Wilson did. The only two who failed to show up were Harry Stuart—and Art Simon!”

Harry Stuart licked his lips and remained silent.

“If that’s an accusation,” Simon broke in, “you better be able to prove it.”

“Intend to,” Danny informed him agreeably.

“I’ve already tied Harry Stuart into this, because he tried to kill me tonight. You worked it in conjunction with Harry, but you did the actual killing of Gumbo, and probably of Angus. Stuart’s job was to dispose of the hobo-bandit.

“I looked over a disbursement ledger in Stuart’s office earlier tonight and found something interesting. Four categories of business disbursements are included in the Sale book. None are designated, but a study of the expenditures indicates the four businesses involved are a bingo game, a bookshop, a tavern and a casino. They wouldn’t all be in the Sale account book unless they were all under the Sale control. You and Harry Stuart are secretly partners.” Under his clipped mustache, the bearded man’s lips curled ironically.

“Is partnership a crime?”

“Partnership in murder,” Danny assured him.

“You’re finished, Simon. I even know how you managed to kidnap Sal in broad daylight.” The little man’s eyes were cold as he went on.

“Probably you’d had details of the plan worked out for some time and were just waiting for a hobo or tramp of the right size to come along. Nearly every visitor to town gets to the Blue Goose eventually, so you didn’t even have to go looking. And the plan was beautifully simple. You merely gave the guy you thought was a hobo a dollar to deliver a note for you to Harry Stuart at the bookshop. The note was Harry’s signal to offer the hobo a drink in the privacy of his office, and the drink was full of knockout drops.”

“It’s not true!” the yellow-faced bookmaker in the corner said desperately.

“Don’t be dragging me into this!”

“Shut up!” Art Simon snapped at him. His face was pale, but his smile remained ironic.

“You’re a wonderful story teller, Gumbo, but so far you haven’t mentioned a shred of evidence aside from that box, whose contents haven’t even been analyzed yet.”

“I will,” Danny reassured him.

“That’s why the robbery witnesses are here.”

He turned toward the cook and two waitresses.

“I want you three to think back to the robbery. Did all of you notice the gun closely?” Janet said,

“Notice it! I hardly took my eyes off it.”

“Yeah,” Mona put in.

“It was a black automatic. A great big—”

“Now I want you to concentrate,” Danny interrupted.

“If your attention was fixed on the gun, you must have noticed the hand holding it too. Remember anything peculiar about that hand?” All three looked blank.

Then Henry the cook’s eyes strayed toward Art Simon’s right hand. Understanding blossomed on his face, and he said quickly,

“If you mean Mr. Simon’s diamond ring, the bandit wasn’t wearing it.”

For an instant Danny felt his whole case crumbling about him, but then Janet spoke.

“He wasn’t wearing a ring,” she said slowly.

“But I remember now there was a white circle on his trigger finger.”

“Why sure,” Mona chimed in immediately.

“I remember that too.” Henry snapped his fingers.

“Of course. Gee, I’m dumb. I can even remember wondering what caused it, in spite of being so scared. It was the mark where a ring had been worn.”

“There you are gentlemen,” Danny said.

“All tied—”

Then he grabbed at the automatic in his side pocket and drew himself sidewise as the glittering stone on the bearded man’s forefinger formed a gleaming arc toward his armpit.

Danny’s gun became entangled in the cloth, and as he hit the floor and enormous explosion mushroomed in the small room.

The little man’s body involuntarily flinched, but he rolled free.

On hands and knees he looked up to see Art Simon slowly lean backward, an automatic dangling limply from one hand, then topple to the floor like a falling timber.

Danny thrust his gaze upward toward the chief in time to see a final wisp of smoke curl from his big revolver.

The handcuffed Harry Stuart crouched half out of his chair, as though wondering which way to run.

“You,” Chief Herbert said to him affably, “had better sit down and relax.”

THE END

Can I send you a free Danny Gumbo Mystery?